ate ate Catalog u 2010-2012 of University Haven New Undergrad
University of New Haven Undergraduate Catalog 2010-2012
Office UNH • DIAL • 800 • Call Toll Free 1 Admissions Undergraduate 203.932.7319 Web www.newhaven.edu 06516 ® 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, Connecticut I n f o r m at i o n D i r e c t o r y
President Busar’s Office Henry C. Lee College Maxcy Hall Maxcy Hall of Criminal Justice & 203-932-7276 203-932-7217 Forensic Science South Campus Hall Provost & Vice President Campus Access Services 203-932-7472 for Academic Affairs Sheffield Hall Maxcy Hall VOICE/TDD; 203-932-7332 Intercultural Relations 203-932-7267 Bartels Hall Career Services Center 203-932-7427 Academic Services Office Kaplan Hall Maxcy Hall 203-932-7342 International Services Office 203-932-7237 Bartels Hall Center for Adult, Graduate, 203-932-7475 Admissions, International and Veteran Student Services Graduate Echlin Hall M.K. Peterson Library Echlin Hall 203-931-2907 203-932-7197 203-932-7441 Center for Learning Resources Registrar, Graduate Admissions, International M.K. Peterson Library South Campus Hall Undergraduate 203-932-7215 203-932-7308 Bayer Hall 203-932-7320 College of Arts and Sciences Registrar, Undergraduate Maxcy Hall South Campus Hall Admissions, Graduate 203-932-7256 203-932-7301 Echlin Hall 203-932-7440 College of Business Residential Life Maxcy Hall Bixler Hall Admissions, Undergraduate 203-932-7120 203-932-7076 Bayer Hall 203-932-7319 Financial Aid Student Activities Maxcy Hall Bartels Hall Alumni Office 203-932-7315 203-479-4582 New Hall 203-932-7270 Health Services Tagliatela College Sheffield Hall of Engineering Athletic Department 203-932-7079 Buckman Hall Charger Gymnasium 203-932-7168 203-932-7016 UNH Southeastern New London, CT (860) 701-5454
Call toll-free 1-800-DIAL-UNH and ask for the four-digit extension required, or contact us on the web at: www.newhaven.edu UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 2010–2012
300 Boston Post Road West Haven, CT 06516 203.932.7000
Undergraduate Admissions: 203.932.7319 or Toll-Free: 1.800.DIAL.UNH Fax: 203.931.6093 Email: [email protected] Financial Aid: 203.932.7315 Campus Access Services (Voice/TDD): 203.932.7332 Health Services Office: 203.932.7079 Health Services Fax: 203.931.6090
Website: www.newhaven.edu 2
The University of New Haven publishes its offi- not related to performance. It is the policy of the cial undergraduate catalog electronically; it is avail- University of New Haven not to discriminate on the able at www.newhaven.edu
The University of New Haven’s official catalogs are those found on the institution’s website at http://www. newhaven.edu/academics/20937/. The University reserves the right to make periodic changes to the catalogs; such as changes are presented on the website with the dates upon which the changes are to take effect. The changes apply to all prospective and current students of the University. This published catalog incorporates all periodic updates and changes in effect at the time of its publication. The official catalog located on the University’s website should be consulted for the most current and authoritative information. The University further reserves the right to make changes at its own discretion in admission requirements, tuition and fees, staffing, course offerings, schedules, and regulations. The University 3
Dear Student,
At the University of New Haven, we provide world-class career preparation in all our programs. We consider this important to students who seek to achieve success in their careers. But we have another priority as well: to prepare students for meaningful lives. Through our courses in the arts, humanities, and sciences, we cultivate our students’ humanity; and by integrating experiential learning in our academic programs — through such areas of emphasis as community service, internships, student-faculty research, and student self-governance — we prepare our students for leadership in their careers and as members of a democratic society.
The technological and economic complexity, as well as the great cultural diversity of the world in which we live and work, will require that our graduates be exceptionally flexible, compassionate, and tolerant human beings. I hope the UNH experience will lead our students and alumni to measure their personal success both by career achievement and by the positive impact they will have on the lives of others. For this reason, I encourage all students to explore UNH for courses that will serve to both improve their skills and enrich their sense of societal responsibility.
The faculty at UNH has impressive academic and professional credentials, in many cases bringing with them national and even international reputations in their field. They are committed in unrivaled ways to the success of each and every one of our students, allowing for the establishing of relationships that extend beyond their experience at UNH.
One of my favorite quotations is from the late Ernest Boyer, a former president of the Carnegie Foundation, who once cautioned that the “crisis of our time relates not to technical competence, but to a loss of the social and historical perspective, to the disastrous divorce of competence from conscience.” As UNH students focus on their studies, I encourage them to also allow some time to look for ways to improve the world that they will help to form as members of a global society.
I wish all our students success in their studies and personal enrichment through their experiences at the University of New Haven.
Sincerely,
Steven H. Kaplan President 4 5
CONTENTS
The University ...... 8 Registration...... 44
Colleges of the University...... 10 Academic Regulations...... 45
Degrees Offered by the University...... 12 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses...... 56
University Policies...... 13 Financial Aid...... 61
University Curricula...... 16 College of Arts and Sciences...... 71
University Core Curriculum...... 16 College of Business...... 113
Academic Advising...... 19 Tagliatela College of Engineering...... 127
Experiential Education Degree Requirement Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and for the Baccalaureate Degree...... 19 Forensic Sciences...... 161
Honors Program...... 20 University College...... 179
Developmental Studies Program...... 21 Courses...... 183
Freshman Experience Seminar...... 22 Course Descriptions...... 184
The University Community...... 23 Board, Administration, and Faculty...... 285
Academic Support Systems...... 23 Academic Calendar...... 320
Student Services...... 24 Index...... 322
Student Activities...... 29 Campus Map ...... Inside Back Cover
Campus Facilities...... 32
Office of University Advancement...... 34
Research and Professional Facilities...... 35
Admission To The University...... 37
Full-Time Admission...... 37
Part-Time Admission...... 42 6
Undergraduate Programs of Study
College of Arts and Sciences Nutrition and Dietetics, B.S...... 96 Political Science, B.A...... 93 Degree Programs Psychology, B.A...... 103 Art, B.A...... 109 Community-Clinical...... 104 Biology, B.S...... 76 Forensic Psychology...... 104 Biochemistry...... 76 General...... 103 General Biology...... 77 Theatre Arts, B.A...... 83 Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinary...... 76 Arts Administration...... 84 Biotechnology, B.S...... 77 Design...... 84 Chemistry, B.A...... 80 Performance...... 83 Communication, B.A...... 82 Certificates Communication, B.S...... 82 Dental Hygiene, A.S...... 95 Public Policy ...... 94 Dental Hygiene, B.S...... 96 English, B.A...... 87 College of Business Literature...... 87 Degree Programs Writing...... 87 Accounting, B.S...... 116 Environmental Science, B.S...... 79 Finance, B.S...... 118 Global Studies, B.A...... 88 Hotel and Restaurant Management, B.S...... 124 Graphic Design, B.A...... 109 Management, A.S...... 120 Digital Art and Design...... 110 Management, B.S...... 120 History, B.A...... 90 Management of Sports Industries...... 120 Interior Design, B.A...... 111 Management of Sports Industries, B.S...... 124 Pre-architecture...... 112 Marketing, B.S...... 121 Liberal Studies, B.A...... 74 Public Administration, B.S...... 126 Marine Biology, B.S...... 79 Tourism and Event Management, B.S...... 124 Mathematics, B.A...... 99 Education...... 100 Mathematics, B.S...... 100 Tagliatela College of Engineering Computer Science...... 100 Degree Programs Applied Mathematics...... 101 Chemical Engineering, B.S...... 132 Statistics...... 101 Chemistry, B.S...... 134 Music, B.A...... 106 Civil Engineering, B.S...... 147 Music Industry, B.A...... 107 Computer Engineering, B.S...... 137 Music and Sound Recording, B.A., B.S...... 108 Computer Science, A.S...... 141 The University 7
Computer Science, B.S...... 139 Dispute Resolution...... 171 Electrical Engineering, B.S...... 142 Paralegal Studies...... 171 General Engineering, B.S...... 155 Public Affairs...... 170 Information Technology, B.S...... 144 Certificates Mechanical Engineering, B.S...... 150 Crime Analysis...... 164 System Engineering, B.S...... 157 Criminal Justice Management...... 167 Certificates Fire/Arson Investigation...... 174 Biomedical Engineering...... 157 Fire Prevention...... 177 Forensic Computer Investigation...... 167 The Henry C. Lee College of Industrial Fire Protection...... 177 Criminal Justice and Forensic Information Protection and Security...... 168 Sciences Law Enforcement Science...... 168 Degree Programs Paralegal Studies...... 172 Private Security...... 168 Criminal Justice, A.S...... 167 Victim Services...... 168 Criminal Justice, B.S...... 164 Corrections...... 164 Crime Analysis...... 164 Forensic Psychology...... 164 International Justice and Security...... 165 Investigative Services...... 166 Juvenile and Family Justice...... 166 Law Enforcement Administration...... 166 Victim Services Administration...... 166 Fire and Occupational Safety, A.S...... 176 Fire Science, B.S...... 174 Fire/Arson Investigation...... 174 Fire Administration...... 174 Fire Science Technology...... 175 Fire Protection Engineering, B.S...... 175 Forensic Science, B.S...... 169 Legal Studies, A.S...... 172 Legal Studies, B.S...... 169 8 The University
We make tomorrow. At the University of New Haven, we are wholly dedicated to the professional future of our students and caringly committed to their achievement. We provide the people, the programs, and the places that enable our students to prepare for personal success — in their careers and in life.
The University of New Haven is a private, inde- demic programs, as well as campus and student life, pendent, comprehensive University based in southern provide rich opportunities for leadership, personal New England, specializing in quality educational growth, and participation in the aesthetics of life so opportunities and preparation of both traditional that the University of New Haven will personify a and returning students for successful careers and self- successful commitment to diversity, equality, and reliant, productive service in a global society. “the pursuit of happiness.” Our goal is to distinguish ourselves by the mea- Our Mission sures of student admissions; retention; career devel- opment; collaboration with business, industry, and The University of New Haven is a student-focused community; and the success of our graduates and comprehensive University with an emphasis on excel- their support as alumni. lence in arts and sciences and professional prepara- tion. Our mission is to prepare our students to lead purposeful and fulfilling lives in a global society Our Values through experiential, collaborative, and discovery- We emphasize these values as we strive for educa- based learning. tional excellence: • Belief in and practice of UNH’s mission and Our Vision vision Our vision is to be the institution of choice for stu- • Commitment to the success of our students dents who seek the highest quality education for pro- through caring and responsive service fessionally oriented careers. We will be noted for our • Teamwork: helping each other to succeed ability to combine professional education with liberal • Communication: trusting, open, honest, and arts and sciences and with the development of high straightforward ethical and cultural standards among our graduates. • Commitment to thoughtful action Our Guiding Principles • Thinking, articulating, doing, and evaluating • Leading by example with continuous improve- UNH is committed to educational innovation, ment to continuous improvement in career-focused and professional education, and to support for scholarship • Facing all issues and being accountable and professional development. • Respect for the individual, including his or her UNH takes pride in, and models itself by, the thoughtful input standard of best practices in its commitment to ser- • Recognizing success vice, quality, integrity, and personal caring. All aca- The University 9
How We Will Be Known The University of New Haven is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges We wish to be known for the following qualities: (NEASC), Inc., a nongovernmental, nationally rec- • Excellence in career professions ognized organization whose affiliations range from • Currency in information technology and knowl- elementary schools to collegiate institutions offering edge management postgraduate instruction. • Exceptional faculty, talented students, and accom- Accreditation by NEASC indicates that an institu- plished alumni tion meets or exceeds criteria for the assessment of • Mentored and engaged real-life learning institutional quality periodically applied through a peer group review process. An accredited school or col- • Cultural awareness in a global society lege is one which has available the necessary resources • Community, business, and professional partner- to achieve its stated mission through appropriate ships educational programs, is substantially doing so, and • Ideal size and presence gives reasonable evidence that it will continue to do so • Student satisfaction in the foreseeable future. Institutional integrity is also addressed through accreditation. The hallmarks of a UNH education are quality educational opportunities at all post-secondary levels, Accreditation by NEASC is not partial but applies through career-oriented academic programs with to the institution as a whole. It is not a guarantee of a strong liberal arts foundation, taught by a caring the quality of every course or program offered or of and highly qualified faculty in safe, convenient, and the competence of individual graduates. Rather, it diverse campus environments. provides reasonable assurance of the quality of oppor- tunities available to students. A solid core curriculum of liberal, humanistic course work is balanced with professional programs The UNH College of Business is actively seek- in business, engineering, applied computer sciences, ing accreditation by the Association to Advance public safety, and other advanced technical areas. Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB). The College has voluntarily committed to participate in a system- Moreover, the University is flexible enough to atic program of quality enhancement and continuous meet the needs of students who work while they improvement that makes AACSB accreditation a attend UNH. A range of programs for part-time more realistic and operational objective. study is offered at night. A cooperative education program makes it possible for students to augment The University of New Haven’s curricula lead- their academic program with related work experience. ing to the bachelor degrees in chemical, civil, elec- trical, industrial, and mechanical engineering are The Graduate School offers students the opportu- fully accredited by the Engineering Accreditation nity to continue study beyond the bachelor degree on Commission of the Accreditation Board for a part-time or full-time basis. Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The By responding to the educational needs of its computer science bachelor degree program is students, the University of New Haven has become a fully accredited by the Computing Accreditation major regional University serving both our students Commission of ABET (CAC/ABET). and the business community. Individual programs, departments, and schools hold various forms of national professional accreditation, Accreditation which are listed in relevant sections of the catalog. The University of New Haven is a comprehensive, nonsectarian, independent institution of higher learn- ing chartered by the General Assembly of the State of Connecticut. 10
History University offers a rich variety of undergraduate and graduate degree programs in five schools: the College The University of New Haven was founded in of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business, the 1920 as the New Haven YMCA Junior College, a Tagliatela College of Engineering, the Henry C. Lee division of Northeastern University. It became New College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, Haven College in 1926 by an act of the Connecticut and the Graduate School. General Assembly. For nearly forty years, the College held classes in space rented from Yale University. Undergraduate and graduate courses and pro- grams are offered on the Main Campus in West In September 1958, the College completed con- Haven and at other off-campus and in-plant sites. struction of a classroom building on Cold Spring Graduate courses in selected fields are offered at Street, New Haven, for its daytime engineering pro- our Southeastern campus in New London and in grams. That same year, the College received autho- Waterbury, Shelton, and Newington. The graduate rization from the Connecticut legislature to offer the program in national security is also offered at a satel- bachelor of science degree in the fields of business, lite location in New Mexico. accounting, management, and industrial engineering. Although the student body on the new Cold Spring Street campus numbered fewer than 200, the Philosophy College’s facilities were fast becoming overcrowded. The University of New Haven, a private, compre- To meet the needs of the College and the local com- hensive, multi-campus University based in southern munity, the Board of Governors purchased, in 1960, New England, provides quality educational oppor- three buildings and twenty-five acres of land in tunities and preparation for self-reliant, productive, West Haven formerly belonging to the New Haven ethical service in a global society. County Orphanage. Since its founding in 1920, the University of New The combination of increased classroom space Haven has been an innovator in providing quality and four-year degree programs sparked a period of educational opportunities with special emphasis on tremendous growth in enrollment and facilities. programs addressing current and emerging social In 1961, the year after the College moved to West needs. Building on its successful past, the University Haven, the graduating class numbered seventy-five. will strive to achieve prominent and distinctive lead- Forty-seven years later the figure has climbed to ership as an institution that empowers students with 1,200 graduates annually. substantive knowledge, the ability to communicate, New Haven College received full accreditation for skills in problem-solving, and the practical experience its baccalaureate programs from the New England appropriate for success as leaders in their professions Association of Schools and Colleges in 1966. In and as citizens of the local and world communities. 1969, the College took a major step forward with the The University is committed to participatory gov- addition of the Graduate School. Initially offering ernance and quality management through continuous programs in business administration and industrial improvement as the means to achieve its goals and engineering, the Graduate School expanded rap- perform its primary service — successful student and idly. Today, twenty-eight master’s programs, along faculty growth and learning. with a wide variety of graduate certificates, offer the approximately 1,800 graduate students many choices for post-baccalaureate study. Colleges of the University In 1970, on the fiftieth anniversary of its found- ing, New Haven College became the University of New Haven, reflecting the increased scope and the The College of Arts and Sciences diversity of academic programs offered. Today, the The College of Arts and Sciences offers associate and bachelor’s degrees in numerous fields, from tra- The University 11 ditional to career-focused, all of which prepare gradu- sic science, forensic psychology, fire science, arson ates for life in a global environment. investigation, fire protection engineering, forensic Through the Graduate School, the College of Arts computer investigation, legal studies, and related and Sciences also offers master’s degree programs programs. The College provides a broad professional and graduate certificates. Detailed information on education, which often incorporates classroom learn- the graduate programs is available in the Graduate ing with laboratory and field experience. The College School catalog. attracts students of varied ages and levels of experi- ence, from recent high school graduates to seasoned industry professionals. It also serves professionals The College of Business seeking programs designed to meet requirements of The College of Business offers programs in national and/or regional accreditations and licensures. the fields of management, accounting, marketing, finance, management of sports industries, hotel and restaurant management, and tourism and event University College management. The University of New Haven was founded in 1920 as New Haven College to train students to meet Through the Graduate School, the College of the local needs of the community and region, often Business offers the M.B.A. and other master degree integrating education with experiences in business programs as well as a number of business-related and industry. For more than 80 years UNH has con- graduate certificates. tinued to provide upward mobility to adult students who otherwise would not be able to receive a college The Tagliatela College of education. University College was created in 2007 to Engineering reflect UNH’s continued dedication to meeting the educational needs of adult students. The Tagliatela College of Engineering offers eleven degree programs in ten fields: chemistry, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer The Graduate School engineering, computer science, electrical engineering, The Graduate School, founded in 1969, offers general engineering, information technology/network twenty-five master’s programs and a variety of gradu- administration and security, information technology/ ate certificates. The Main Campus in West Haven web and database development, mechanical engineer- offers all our graduate programs. Courses leading to ing, and system engineering. the master’s degree in business administration, educa- Master of science degree programs and graduate tion, engineering management, public administra- certificates in several engineering and applied sci- tion, industrial/organizational psychology, national ence fields are offered through the Graduate School. security, and other selected subjects are also offered at Students should consult the Graduate School catalog off-campus locations in Connecticut (New London, for details. Newington, Shelton, and Waterbury), and New Mexico, depending on the program. The Henry C. Lee College of The following programs are offered by the Graduate School: Criminal Justice and Forensic Business Administration, M.B.A. Sciences Business Administration, M.B.A., The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice Emerging Leaders and Forensic Sciences provides programs for students Business Administration, M.B.A., Executive who wish to major in degree programs specifically Business Administration/Industrial Engineering oriented toward careers in criminal justice, foren- (dual degree) 12
Business Administration/Public Administration (dual degree) Degrees Offered Cellular and Molecular Biology by the University Community Psychology Computer Science The University of New Haven offers undergradu- Criminal Justice ate programs leading to the bachelor of arts degree, Education the bachelor of science degree, and the associate in science degree. A number of undergraduate certifi- Electrical Engineering cates are also available. Environmental Engineering Environmental Science Engineering Management, M.S., Executive Bachelor’s Degrees Fire Science The bachelor’s degree programs at the University of New Haven require 120 or more credits of study Forensic Science and generally take a minimum of four years for full- Health Care Administration time students. Part-time students take advantage of Human Nutrition courses offered in the evening and complete their Industrial Engineering undergraduate degrees on a schedule that comple- Industrial/Organizational Psychology ments their careers. Accelerated programs for work- Labor Relations ing adults are offered in various disciplines. Management of Sports Industries Mechanical Engineering Associate Degrees National Security and Public Safety Associate degree programs are designed to encour- Public Administration (M.P.A.) age students to begin their college education even Taxation though they do not yet want to commit themselves to a full, four-year course of study. A minimum of Graduate certificates are also offered through the sixty credits is required for the associate degree, and Graduate School. the credits earned usually apply toward relevant The Graduate School operates on a trimester cal- bachelor’s degree programs. endar, with terms beginning in September, January, and April. Classes generally meet once each week during the regular trimesters. In addition, an abbre- Certificates viated summer session is offered during July and Students can take their first step toward an under- August. Classes meet twice each week during the graduate degree by registering for one of the certifi- summer session. cates offered by the University. To accommodate working professionals, most Each certificate is carefully designed as a concen- courses meet in the evenings, beginning at 5:30 or 6 trated introduction to a particular subject area and p.m. A few classes are scheduled earlier in the day or consists of courses totaling twelve or more credits. on weekends. Students may enroll either full time or Later, students may choose to apply the credits part time. they have earned toward a relevant undergraduate Additional information regarding graduate pro- degree at the University. grams may be obtained from the Graduate School Please contact University College or the appropri- Admissions Office, by emailing gradinfo@newhaven. ate academic department for further details. edu, or by calling 203.932.7133, or 1.800.DIAL. UNH, ext. 7133. The University 13
Graduate Degrees and Title IX may be directed to the University’s Affirmative Action Officer at 300 Boston Post Road, Through the UNH Graduate School, programs West Haven, CT 06516; Phone 203.932.7479. are offered leading to the master of arts, the master of science, the master of public administration, the master of business administration, the executive mas- Notification of the Family Educational ter of business administration, the executive master of Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) science in engineering management, and a number of The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act graduate certificates. For more information, contact affords students certain rights with respect to their the Graduate School Admissions Office, or consult the Graduate School catalog. education records, as follows: (1) The right to inspect and review records within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. Students should submit to the University Policies registrar, dean, head of academic department, or other appropriate official written requests that iden- tify the record(s) they wish to inspect. The University Diversity Policy official will make arrangements for access and notify The University of New Haven is committed to the student of the time and place where the records achieving a diverse and pluralistic community that may be inspected. If the records are not maintained reflects the multiracial and culturally diverse society by the University official to whom the request was of contemporary America. submitted, that official shall advise the student of The University of New Haven does not discrimi- the correct official to whom the request should be nate in admissions, educational programs, or employ- addressed. ment against any individual on the basis of gender (2) The right to request amendment of records identity or expression, race, color, religion, age, that the student believes are inaccurate or mislead- disability, sexual orientation, marital or civil union ing. Students may ask the University to amend a status, or national or ethnic origin. record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They should write the University official responsible Notice of Nondiscrimination/Equal for the record, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate Opportunity Statement or misleading. If the University decides not to amend The University of New Haven is committed to the record as requested by the student, the University equal access in educational and employment oppor- will notify the student of the decision and advise tunities for all applicants, regardless of race, color, the student of his or her right to a hearing regarding religion, gender, gender identity or expression, the request for amendment. Additional information national or ethnic origin, age, sexual orientation, regarding hearing procedures will be provided to the marital or civil union status, or disabilities not related student when notified of the right to a hearing. to performance, in compliance with federal and (3) The right to consent to disclosures of person- state statutes. Benefits, privileges, and opportunities ally identifiable information contained in the stu- offered by the University of New Haven are available dent’s education records, except to the extent that to all students and employees on a nondiscrimina- FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. One tory basis in accordance with federal and state stat- exception that permits disclosure without consent is utes. In recruitment of students and employees, the a disclosure to school officials with legitimate educa- University of New Haven subscribes to a policy of tional interests. A school official is a person employed affirmative action and equal opportunity. Inquiries by the University in an administrative, supervisory, regarding affirmative action, equal opportunity, 14 academic, research, or support staff position (includ- all colleges and universities to disclose annually infor- ing law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); mation about crime on and around their campuses. a person or company with whom the University has The Campus Crime Report includes statistics for the contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection three most recently completed calendar years. agent); a person serving on the Board of Governors; The full report for the University of New Haven, or a student serving on an official committee, such prepared by the UNH Police Department, is avail- as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting able on the UNH website and in printed form at the another school official in performing his or her tasks. UNH Police Department. This report also includes A school official has a legitimate educational interest information on University policies concerning sexual if the official needs to review an education record in assaults, alcohol, drugs, weapons, and residence hall order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. security, fire safety and missing person reports. (4) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged fail- ures by the University of New Haven to comply Drug-Free and Smoke-Free with the requirements of FERPA. The name and Environment address of the office that administers FERPA are In accordance with federal law concerning a drug- Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department free campus environment, the relevant University of Education, 600 Independence Avenue SW, policy and regulations are provided to all current stu- Washington, D.C. 20202-4605. dents and employees. The information is also avail- able upon request at the human resource department. The Student Right-to-Know and The No Smoking policy is in effect in any campus administrative, academic, or recreational building. Campus Security Act This restriction applies to all UNH offices, class- In accordance with Connecticut’s Public Act rooms, hallways, stairwells, restrooms, dining facili- 90-259 concerning campus safety and the 1990 fed- ties, conference/meeting facilities, athletic facilities, eral law, PL101-542: The Student Right-to-Know and any other public spaces within these buildings. and Campus Security Act, all colleges and universi- Smoking is confined to outdoor space, with ashtrays ties receiving state and federal financial assistance are provided at entrances to each building. required to maintain specific information related to In accordance with Connecticut law, smoking is campus crime statistics and security measures, annu- not permitted in the residence halls. ally provide such information to current students and employees, and make the data available to prospec- tive students and their families and to prospective University Email Accounts employees upon request. Upon acceptance to the University, each student Safety on the University campus is a natu- is assigned a UNH email account. This login is used ral source of concern for parents, students, and for a variety of purposes including gaining access to University employees. Education — the business Blackboard, the University’s central record-keeping of the University of New Haven — can take place platform, email distribution lists, emergency warning only in an environment in which each student and notification systems, and others. Consistent with the employee feels safe and secure. UNH recognizes this goals of providing timely information and limiting and employs a number of security measures including the use of paper-based communication, the University its own sworn police department to protect the mem- deems its email system to be an official means of noti- bers of this community. fication to staff and students, equivalent to registered The Student Right-to-Know and Campus mail. Students must review their UNH email on a Security Act (Clery Act) is a federal law that requires consistent and regular basis. The students may not The University 15 establish a non-UNH email address as their principal address for receipt of email from UNH faculty, staff, or system-wide communication unless a given mecha- nism specifically encourages or provides for the use of non-UNH addresses. Forwarding of mail from the students’ UNH account to their commercial accounts is acceptable. 16 University Curricula
University Core Curriculum Bachelor’s Degree Core The University of New Haven’s Core Curriculum Requirements strives to develop six basic competencies among Competency 1 — Communication (9 credits) — undergraduate students so that they may better Ability to develop ideas from critical reading and understand and get along with other people, succeed general observation and to express ideas effectively in their chosen careers, and pursue lifelong learning through writing and speaking. after completing the requirements for the bachelor degree. The revised core aims at graduating students who are CC 1.1 Required: • good thinkers, speakers, and writers, E 105 Composition E 110 Composition and Literature* • skilled at analysis and problem solving, • skilled at using computer technology, CC 1.2 Select one of the following: • effective citizens of their own country and the CO 100 Human Communication world, CO 205 Intercultural Communication* • aware of cultural similarities and differences, and E 220 Writing for Business and Industry* E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation* • sensitive to artistic accomplishments. E 230 Public Speaking In consultation with a faculty adviser, the student Foreign Language will select at least 40 credits of core courses from six Any Literature (E) course* categories. Individual interests are to be encouraged (list of acceptable courses can be found at the conclu- as is a breadth and depth of knowledge through tradi- sion of this section) tional and contemporary areas of study. Note well: Competency 2 — Analysis and Problem Solving 1. Courses with prerequisites are followed by an asterisk. (10–11 credits) — Ability to dissect and explain con- 2. The adviser and student are cautioned to regard the cepts, data, actions, and events in order to understand prerequisites for some courses and plan core choices their meaning, value, and relationship to the whole. accordingly. 3. A student may not use a single core course to satisfy CC 2.1 Select one of the following: more than one category of the core. BI 121 General and Human Biology with Lab I 4. An academic worksheet may prescribe or proscribe BI 122 General and Human Biology with Lab II* certain choices within core categories but, in gen- BI 125 Contemporary Issues in Biology eral, must allow the adviser and student the widest BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Lab I choice possible. Program worksheets may not limit BI 254 Biology for Science Majors with Lab II* core course choices without the approval of the BI 259 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab I* University Undergraduate Curriculum Committee. BI 260 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab II* CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 5. For students who place out of E 105, E 110 will Chemistry with Lab be the beginning English requirement. One course CH 115/117 General Chemistry and Lab I* must be selected from Competency 1.2 to replace E CH 116/118 General Chemistry and Lab II* 105. That 1.2 course may not be used to also satisfy EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems* the 1.2 competency. University Curricula 17
EN 101/102 Introduction to Environmental Science EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis* and Lab EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information PH 100 Introduction to Physics with Lab* Systems PH 103 General Physics with Lab I* M 203 Calculus III* PH 104 General Physics with Lab II* M 204 Differential Equations* PH 150 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Lab* M 311 Linear Algebra* PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Lab* QA 380 Operations Management*
CC 2.2 Select one of the following: Option B — one of the following two-course M 109 Intermediate Algebra* sequences: M 127 Finite Mathematics* Sequence I — Any more advanced mathematics or quantitative M 228 Elementary Statistics* analysis course* or P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* CC 2.3 Select one of the following: or Option A — one of the following courses: CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice* Justice*; EAS 107 Introduction to Engineering* and EAS 300 Global Solutions for Sustainability* SO 350 Survey Research* EC 134 Principles of Economics II HS 108 History of Science Sequence II— HU 300 Nature of Science* P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* PL 210 Logic or PL 240 Philosophy of Science and Technology M 228 Elementary Statistics*; and Option B — three laboratory science courses (4 cred- P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology* its each) representing at least two of the following disciplinary groups: Competency 4 — A Sense of History and Effective Biology and Environmental Science (BI, EN, or MR Citizenship (3–6 credits) — Ability to understand prefixes) local, national, and international issues affecting one’s Chemistry (CH prefixes) own nation and the world and to draw lessons from Physics (PH prefixes) the experience of the past. Courses used to satisfy this option cannot be simulta- neously used to satisfy Competencies 2.1, 4.2, or 5.3. CC 4.1 Select one of the following: HS 101 Foundations of the Western World Competency 3 — Using Technology (3 credits mini- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times mum) — Ability to apply computer skills to academic endeavors. Note: History majors will instead choose one course from CC 2.3, 4.2, or 5.1. Select one of the following: CC 4.2 Select one of the following or, as directed by Option A — one of the following courses: your program worksheet, take an additional course BI 520 Bioinformatics* from Competency 2. CS 107 Computers and their Applications HS 110 American History since 1607 CS 110 Introduction to Programming C* HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia* 18
HS 312 United States in the Twentieth Century HS 345 Europe in the Nineteenth Century LS 340 Equality and Law HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union LS 440 Law and Policy HS 353 Modern Britain PS 121 American Government and Politics HS 355 Modern Germany PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics HS 381–389 Selected Studies in History PS 332 Constitutional Law* HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Century UNIV 501 Oskar Schindler Humanities Course HTM 166 Touristic Geography I — The Western Hemisphere Competency 5 — Social Interaction and Global HTM 167 Touristic Geography II — The Eastern Perspective (6–9 credits) — Ability to understand, Hemisphere appreciate, and work well with others. HTM 307 Cultural Understanding of Food and Cuisine LS 350 Global Legal Studies CC 5.1 Select one of the following: MU 112 Introduction to World Music CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing* PS 222 United States Foreign Policy EC 133 Principles of Economics I PS 241 International Relations P 111 Introduction to Psychology PS 281–285 Comparative Governments PL 215 Nature of the Self UNIV 501 Oskar Schindler Humanities Course PL 222 Ethics PL 333 Professional Ethics* CC 5.3 Select a second course from 5.1 or 5.2 or, as PS 101 Introduction to Politics directed by your program worksheet, an additional SO 113 Sociology course from Competency 2. SO 114 Contemporary Social Problems* SO 221 Cultural Anthropology SO 390 Organizations* Competency 6 — Aesthetic Responsiveness (3 cred- UNIV 501 Oskar Schindler Humanities its) — Ability to understand and appreciate artistic achievements. CC 5.2 Select one of the following: Foreign Language (3–6 credits) CC 6 Select one of the following: CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice AT 101 Introduction to Studio Art I DI 175 Food, Nutrition, and Culture* AT 231 History of Art I E 201 World Literature I* AT 232 History of Art II E 202 World Literature II* AT 331 Contemporary Art E 217 African-American Literature I* AT 333 Survey of African-American Art E 218 African-American Literature II* AT 340 Contemporary Issues of Art and the E 406–409 International Literature* Environment EAS 300 Global Solutions for Sustainability* Any Literature (E) course* EC 200 Global Economy* (list of acceptable courses can be found at the con- GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies clusion of this section) HS 207 World History Since 1945 MU 111 Introduction to Music HS 260 Modern Asia MU 112 Introduction to World Music HS 262 Modern Chinese History MU 125 Elementary Music Theory HS 264 Modern Japanese History MU 211 History of Rock HS 270 Europe from Renaissance Through PL 356 Philosophy of Art Enlightenment T 131 Introduction to Theatre HS 306 Modern Technology and Western Culture T 132 Theatrical Style University Curricula 19
T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre E 394 American Humor T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre E 395 American Realism and Naturalism E 406–409 International Literature Associate Degree Core Requirements E 477 American Literature Between the World Wars E 478 Contemporary American Literature Students pursuing an associate degree must satisfy the E 481 Special Topics — when clearly defined as lit- following core curriculum competencies: erature by title/description Communication (CC1) — 6 credits Analysis and Problem Solving (CC2) — 3 credits Academic Advising Using Technology (CC 3) — 3 credits To assist students in their academic development, Social Interaction and Global Perspective (CC 5) — the University assigns an academic adviser from the 3 credits department of each student’s chosen field of study. A Sense of History and Effective Citizenship As soon and as often as possible, wise students seek the advice of their academic advisers regarding major (CC 4) — 3 credits requirements, career opportunities, choice of a minor, Aesthetic Responsiveness (CC 6) — 3 credits and progress in the students’ major, as well as other These competencies are explained in detail above. areas of personal interest. At the time of registration, All core requirements satisfied by the student for the academic advisers assist in and approve course the associate degree will be applied toward the larger selection. Students also confer with their advis- bachelor’s degree core if the student continues study. ers when adding or dropping courses, and advisers often make referrals to other qualified personnel on Literature Courses campus. The academic adviser is, therefore, the link between the student and the academic regulations of The following list includes all English courses that the University. are designated in the University Core Curriculum as Literature (E) courses: E 201 Early World Literature Experiential Education Degree E 202 Modern World Literature Requirement E 211 Early British Writers Each graduating student of UNH must complete E 212 Modern British Writers at least one Experiential Education opportunity E 213 Early American Writers as part of their academic program. Experiential E 214 Modern American Writers Education allows students to relate academic learning E 217 African-American Literature I to practical experience The Experiential Education E 218 African-American Literature II requirement will allow students the opportunity E 260 The Short Story to explore career options through work-integrated E 275 Popular Lyrics learning, contribute to original research through E 281 Science Fiction faculty- mentored research opportunities, impact E 290 The Bible as Literature the community while advancing learning objectives E 323 The Renaissance in England through academic service learning, or broaden their E 341 Shakespeare understanding of our global society through study E 353 Literature of the Romantic Era abroad/or study away. E 356 Victorian Literature Critical to the concept of Experiential Education is E 371 Literature of the Neoclassic Era the integration of theoretical knowledge with applied E 390 The Novel in English skills. Students should consult with their academic E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and Melville advisors on the integration of their academic and career E 393 Mark Twain 20 goals with Experiential Education, identifying the best The Honors Program opportunity to meet their individual goals. The UNH Honors Program is designed for excep- tionally motivated students who have shown high Flexibility of the Baccalaureate Degree Experiential levels of academic achievement. The university requires Education Requirement every student, regardless of major, to take core courses As the intent of the Experiential Education degree in a number of general areas. The Honors Program requirement at UNH is to encourage students to offers students an intellectually exciting and challeng- learn through experience, collaboration, and discov- ing way to satisfy some of these core requirements. ery, UNH extends the concept of flexibility to the Students may enter the Honors Program either Experiential Education degree requirement. as incoming freshmen or at the conclusion of their Except as described below, all students will first year of study. Incoming first-year students with be expected to complete at least one Experiential exceptional high school grade point averages and Education Opportunity during their academic strong SAT scores, particularly on the reading and programs at the University of New Haven. The writing sections, will be invited to apply to begin University of New Haven defines Experiential the Honors Program upon entrance to the univer- Education to include Work-Integrated learning sity. Students currently at the university and transfer (Internship, co-op, practicum); Academic Service students who have completed at least 24 credit hours Learning (designated by “s” in the schedule of with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.3 classes); Study Abroad/Study Away; and Faculty- are invited to apply to enter the Honors Program as Mentored Undergraduate Research Opportunities. sophomores. Students may, with the permission of the appro- Before graduation, all Honors students must priate Dean’s representative complete at least four Honors courses. Each course 1) Substitute an Independent Study experience actively involves students in problem solving and course that contributes to the student’s academic inquiry. The Honors Program offers both team- goals in an applied way as deemed appropriate to taught courses, featuring two faculty members the learning objectives of the program by the fac- from differing departments, and single-instructor ulty advisor. courses. Team-taught courses focus on multidisci- 2) Meet the requirement through transferring in plinary approaches to learning and study linkages a comparable experience-based course from an between disciplines. Honors courses with one instruc- accredited institution. Thus, a student who suc- tor frequently also fulfill course requirements within cessfully completes an Experiential Education various major fields of study at UNH. experience at one college, prior to transferring to In their senior year, students research and write UNH, will not be required to complete another an Honors thesis on a topic in their major discipline Experiential Education requirement. However, under the guidance of a faculty member in the major as there are various modes of offering Experiential department. Students may arrange with their depart- Education throughout the University, students ment for up to three academic credits for work on transferring to a new program within UNH the Honors thesis. The results of the research are to may find that a required course that is also is be presented orally to members of the student’s major Experiential Education course must still be taken. department and to members of the faculty Honors Committee. In order to remain in the program, students must maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.3 throughout their studies at UNH. University Curricula 21
The Honors Program sponsors various co-curricu- course students analyze several major criminal inves- lar events throughout the academic year. All Honors tigations and how societies’ opinions and expecta- students are encouraged to attend these whenever tions influenced the investigation and outcome of possible. Students not enrolled in an Honors course each case. Students learn how these cases influenced during a given semester are required to attend at least citizens’ feelings about their country and the criminal two Honors events during that semester. justice system that either served or failed citizens dur- A student-run Honors Student Council meets ing each of these historic events. regularly to coordinate additional Honors events both “Emerging Infectious Diseases: History, Science on and off campus. All Honors students are encour- and Medicine.” This course provides an overview of aged to participate in the council’s activities. the nature of human and animal pathogens and the diseases they cause. Students in the course develop a Advantages of the Honors Program global perspective on how emerging infectious dis- In addition to a challenging and exciting curricu- eases have influenced history. lum, the Honors Program offers: “Music and the Brain.” This course focuses on Small Classes: Honors program classes provide an the interplay of music, in various forms, with cogni- opportunity for participation and discussion in a set- tive and emotional functions of the human brain. ting where students know their instructors and their Students explore how music affects brain and behav- fellow students especially well. ioral functioning, and also the role of brain function- Early Registration: Honors students receive prior- ing in the creation and interpretation of music. ity registration, allowing them to register for courses “‘Though this be madness:’ Hamlet from page to before non-Honors students. stage.” This course looks at what is often considered Recognition: A student who successfully com- one of the greatest plays in the history of the English pletes the Honors Program, including the Honors language from both a literary and a theatrical perspec- Thesis, will be designated as an Honors Scholar on tive. Students see the play through critical analysis, the UNH transcript and will receive an Honors examining the literary history and value of the play, Scholar medallion at graduation. Thus, prospective as well as begin a creative exploration of the text, employers, graduate schools, and other institutions experiencing the play as actors and directors. will be aware of this extra accomplishment in the stu- dent’s pursuit of the undergraduate degree. Developmental Studies Program Hatfield Scholar Program: Students in the Honors The Developmental Studies Program is designed Program with a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 to strengthen the basic skills of entering students. or higher and who are either rising juniors or seniors Courses within the Program are taught by members are eligible to apply for one of six John Hatfield of the faculty of the Mathematics Department and Scholar awards. These competitive awards are $1,000 the English Department. per semester tuition scholarships, awarded to Honors The English Department offers two developmental Program students with high grade point averages who courses: E 102 Academic Reading and Speaking and are active in student life and community service. In E 103 English Fundamentals. These courses offer addition to the financial award, John Hatfield Scholar students a comprehensive study of the basic reading, recipients receive special parking privileges, a bronze speaking, and writing skills necessary in using the medallion, and a certificate of recognition. English language effectively. M 103 Fundamental Mathematics is taught by the Mathematics Honors Courses Department. Honors courses recently offered: Placement in these courses is determined by stu- “Criminal Investigations and Society.” In this dents’ SAT scores, in the case of English, and by a 22 placement examination, in the case of mathematics. Such placement becomes a first priority for affected students because the University believes that they can become successful college students only upon correc- tion of skill deficiencies. Please note that although E 102, E 103, and M 103 each carry three college credits, these cannot be applied toward degree programs. E 103 and M 103 usually meet for up to six hours per week to provide intensive help. Complete descriptions of the developmental courses appear in this catalog as part of the course offerings of the Mathematics Department and the English Department.
Freshman Experience Seminar In their first year, college students face a number of challenges. The Freshman Experience Seminar at UNH is designed to help students make the transi- tion from high school to college. This seminar incorporates the talents of more than thirty University personnel, both faculty and staff, and reflects the University of New Haven’s commit- ment to high-quality student advising. During their first semester, all freshmen are required to take the one-credit team-taught FE 001 Freshman Experience Seminar, which addresses top- ics such as academic standards, diversity, time and stress management, college life versus high school life, University relationships, responsible human sexuality, exploration of self, alcohol and substance abuse, and experiential learning. The goal of this seminar is to give students the tools to help them understand and succeed in what can be, and increasingly is, a very competitive environment. FE 001 is also a wonderful support system for students who may be away from home for the first time. FE 001 is mandatory for incoming first-time freshmen with no previous col- lege experience and is a requirement for graduation. A key component of the Freshman Experience Seminar involves introducing the student to his or her academic adviser, who will serve as the link between the student and the academic regulations of the University. The University Community 23 THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY
The University of New Haven provides an envi- activities of both the day and evening honor societies, ronment designed to foster the personal growth of its and provides access to the student ombudsman, who students. Through its programs, services, and facilities, can assist in resolving student complaints, perceived it provides the opportunity for students to become grievances, or concerns. involved in meaningful activities that can develop into lifelong interests. These activities include recre- ational, social, community outreach, professional and, Center for Learning Resources of course, academic pursuits. In addition, the campus The Center for Learning Resources (CLR) offers provides services to assure the comfort and well-being free tutoring and writing assistance to students seek- of its students. ing extra help with their courses. The tutoring staff includes experienced instructors who hold advanced degrees in their respective fields. Most professional Academic Support Systems tutors are instructors at UNH and/or local universi- ties; thus, they bring an intimate understanding of Academic services are provided to facilitate and the classroom to each session. Additionally, highly enhance students’ academic progress through the competent graduate and undergraduate student University by furnishing guided access to advisory tutors, chosen based on excellent academic track sources and ancillary support systems. Many of the records and the enthusiastic recommendations of available services are described below. their professors, round out the staff. The CLR is located in the heart of the campus Office of Academic Services in Maxcy Hall, Rooms 106–110. The CLR includes three labs: the Mathematics, Science and Business The Office of Academic Services provides a wide Lab; the Writing Lab; and Computer Lab. Tutoring range of academic support to day and evening under- is available six days a week throughout the semester. graduate students. The Math, Science, and Business Lab tutors offer Academic skills counselors work with students drop-in and by-appointment help with primarily individually or in small groups to strengthen abili- freshman- and sophomore-level courses in mathemat- ties or make referrals to other qualified personnel on ics, science, and business; the Writing Lab tutors offer campus. These counselors help students develop an drop-in and by-appointment assistance with all writ- individualized study strategy that focuses on textbook ing and communication assignments, as well as his- reading, lecture note-taking, time management, learn- tory and some modern languages. The tutors in the ing and memory strategies, and test-taking skills. Computer Lab are available to offer assistance with: The Office provides monitoring services to enable the latest Microsoft software, math tutorials, select counselors, mentors, and coaches to assess student computer science courses, statistics software, and progress in their courses. The Office also coordi- some graphics and desktop publishing questions. nates the efforts of mentors who work with students The Peer Tutoring Program, a satellite division enrolled in developmental Math and English courses. of the CLR, is staffed by select undergraduates with In addition, the Office provides advisers for the outstanding academic track records. Peer tutors typi- 24 cally support undergraduate courses in their majors library card and residential meal plan card. It is also or minors. Peer tutors are typically housed in areas used for security access identification and for a num- affiliated with their program and hold scheduled ber of other services. All new students are required to tutoring hours ranging from Sunday through Friday. obtain a UNH ID card. Write to [email protected], call (203) 932-7215, ID card photos are taken in Echlin Hall on the or consult our website (http://www.newhaven.edu/ Main Campus in the Campus Card Office. Hours academics/13736/) for more information about any are posted and emailed at the beginning of each CLR offering. term. In order to register for a parking permit stu- dents must present a valid UNH ID card. Developmental Studies Program Resident freshmen are not permitted to have vehicles on campus, or to park on city streets in the The Developmental Studies Program is designed to neighborhoods adjacent to campus. strengthen the basic skills of entering students. Courses within the Program are taught by members of the fac- In the interest of maintaining good relations with ulty of the Mathematics Department and the English our neighbors, it is important that resident students Department. (See the University Curricula section of limit parking to the designated on-campus parking this catalog for additional information.) areas. Resident student parking on city streets in the neighborhoods adjacent to campus is prohibited by the University. Vehicles in violation are subject to Freshman Experience Seminar University sanctions including, but not limited to, The Freshman Experience Seminar at UNH is UNH parking tickets. designed to smooth the transition of first-time students The University of New Haven is not responsible from high school into the substantially different envi- for damage to, or theft from, personal vehicles parked ronment of a university. (See the University Curricula on University property. section of this catalog for the course description of FE New students may obtain a Main Campus 001, the Freshman Experience Seminar.) parking permit for their cars or motorcycles at the University of New Haven Police Department located in the lower level of the Campus Bookstore building. Student Services All cars must display a UNH parking permit; vehi- The Universi ty of New Haven cares deeply about cles parked in violation may be ticketed or towed. the well-being of its students. A variety of services Detailed information on parking regulations, viola- is available on campus to meet needs ranging from tions, and reporting of accidents is contained in the career advising to health care. Every effort is made to Student Handbook. accommodate special student needs, such as helping Qualified individuals may register for a parking international students to adjust to a new culture or permit by logging on to www.newhaven.edu/parking. ensuring that classes and facilities are readily acces- sible to students with disabilities. Many of the avail University Police Department able services are described in the following pages. The University Police Department is located in the lower level of the Campus Bookstore building. Campus Card Office and Parking The Department is staffed by certified police officers Permits who patrol the campus 24 hours a day, year round, and have full arrest powers. They have been trained The UNH ID card is a credit-card-sized, color in first aid, CPR and AED. A defibrillator is carried photo identification card issued to all members of the by an officer on each shift. University community. It is used as the official UNH The University Community 25
The Police Department is always open and staffed Career Services Center by a trained and certified dispatcher. In addition to The mission of the University of New Haven’s handling radio and telephone communications, dis- Career Services Center (CSC) is to help students patchers assist the public as needed, including issuing clarify their educational and career goals, as well as UNH parking permits. to acquire employment-seeking skills and ultimately Officers patrol the campus on foot, mountain attain desired employment. This mission will be bicycles, golf carts and in fully marked cruisers. They accomplished through building partnerships with, work closely with local, state, and federal agencies to and providing support to, students, alumni, faculty, enforce the law. Officers also enforce the provisions administrators, employers and the community. of the UNH Conduct Code and other University These services include assisting with career plan- rules and regulations. ning and job searching, preparing and reviewing The University maintains a network of emergency resumes and cover letters and teaching interviewing telephones, placed in strategic locations throughout skills. Individual appointments may be scheduled campus that can be used by anyone in case of emer- by phone at 203.932.7342 or by coming to Kaplan gency. Hall, Room 210. The CSC may also be contacted Our nationally certified instructors conduct self- through e-mail at [email protected]. defense training for women in the UNH community. The Rape Aggression Defense (R.A.D.) course is a free, 12-hour awareness and self-defense course that Student Employment is offered each semester. Throughout each year, employers visit campus to engage and interact with UNH students. Company The UNH Police Department assists students and visits are conducted in a variety of formats – breeze- staff with car lock-outs, and has a battery jumper to way tables in Bartels, Buckman or Kaplan, informa- loan as needed. The Department also maintains a tion sessions delivered to groups or clubs, our speed Lost and Found service. networking events or presentations in settings as The University has an Emergency Notification unique as our Internship & Job Search Boot Camp. System, “e2campus,” by which students, faculty Though the formats may differ, the goal is always and staff can receive emergency notifications to cell the same: to attract UNH students to work for their phones, wireless PDAs, and email addresses. With companies. Employers may be seeking interns, co-ops this system, subscribers will be among the first to or entry-level employers. receive emergency notifications and school delay/ To support student employment, the Internship closing information. This is currently an opt-in fea- Office posts positions on Blackboard under the tab ture. For details, visit http://www.newhaven.edu/ career development community. In addition to post- campustext. Normal text messaging fees apply per a ing news of all opportunities received, the I.O. also subscriber’s individual carrier. “mine for opportunities” that could be of interest to The University also has a Mass Notification UNH students. System. This is a powerful public address system The Internship Office maintains a database of that would be used to advise people outside on cam- reported internships, providing inquiring students pus of a serious emergency. with information on companies where other students To contact the UNH Police Department: in similar majors have worked, which could serve as a Emergency: 203.932.7070 starting point for inquiring students’ own internship Routine: 203.932.7014 searches. To summon emergency police, fire or EMS The Internship Office conducts a variety of service from the City of West Haven: workshops aimed at teaching the finer points of job/ Dial 9-1-1 internship searches and strategies for being success- 26 ful in an internship. The workshops are offered at for them. More than a regular summer or part-time various times, including evening hours, to facilitate job, an internship has certain goals, including student participation. • Providing students with a full and realistic view of To cap off a year of success, students are encour- workplace culture and expectations. aged to showcase their internships during the annual • Integrating academic preparation with profes- Experiential Education Day celebration. Participating sional challenges. students are invited to the breakfast where they are • Building confidence and success through intern- encouraged to sit with an employer and then to ship experiences. assemble their exhibit to share with employers and other students during the actual showcase. • Helping students build professional networks. From their first year, students are encouraged to Internships contribute to the professional devel- register to attend the Internship Workshops and to opment of the student and are always supervised take advantage of all the opportunities offered by the or mentored. Regular feedback sessions are part of Internship Office to facilitate employment and net- the experience, and the position may be either paid working opportunities with employers. or unpaid, depending upon the level of work, and number of hours. Regardless of the experiential learn- Our goal is for every student to graduate with at ing activity, both the experience and the learning least one internship experience. are fundamental. Reflection is a key component of internships. The Internship Office assists students in Information understanding how to make the most of their intern- The CSC publishes updates of recruiter visits in ship experiences. The Charger Bulletin as well as information regarding Students are not placed in, nor guaranteed, jobs. CSC events, the employment outlook for graduates, They are taught basic job-search skills including the and job-search hints. CSC information is also pro- rudiments of researching industries and companies, vided in University of New Haven Alumni Magazine, given insight into how their individual skills can the UNH alumni publication. transfer to various fields, and are provided with a number of opportunities to connect with employers. UNH students are encouraged to take advantage of Office of Internships and Employer the Internship Office and Career Services workshops Relations geared to helping students learn the fine points of job The Center for Experiential Education Internship searching and on-the-job success including resume Office helps students develop the key competencies preparation, interviewing skills, networking etiquette, necessary to make informed decisions about and take and pitfalls to avoid. the necessary steps to achieve their career goals. The Students may contact Arleen Anderson, Center establishes connections and facilitates interac- Director of Internships and Employer Relations at tion among students, alumni, employers and organi- [email protected] for more information. zations to generate opportunities that help students pursue their personal and professional objectives. Counseling and Psychological An internship is a supervised pre-professional learning experience in which students apply their Services skills and knowledge in a professional setting. Counseling and Psychological Services offers help Through an investment of their time, talent, and to students with problems that may interfere with enthusiasm, interns contribute to an organization’s their academic or personal lives. All services are con- mission and goals while gaining valuable skills for the fidential and include psychotherapy, interest testing, future and determining if a particular career is right and educational assessment. For more information, The University Community 27 please call 203-932-7332, go to our website at http:// all students without charge. Located on the ground www.newhaven.edu/student-life/CampusLife_ level in the rear of Sheffield Hall, the center is staffed StudentAffairs/counselingcenter/ or visit our office in with registered nurses, a part-time APRN, and part- lower Sheffield Hall. time physicians. The Health Services Center provides initial care for minor illnesses and injuries, as well as diagnosis, referral, and follow-up care for more seri- Student Ombudsman ous conditions. Also provided are care and counseling The student ombudsman serves as a neutral in health-related issues. The Health Services Center party to whom students (and parents) can appeal coordinates the health insurance program sponsored for resolution of complaints, perceived grievances, by the University. or concerns. The student ombudsman mediates dis- A part of the health program is a weekly women’s putes and attempts to develop an equitable resolution clinic, which takes place at the Health Center and between the involved parties. For more information, covers gynecological problems, birth control, and sex- please call 203.932.7213. related issues. Requirements of the Center are that students Campus Access Services entering the Full-Time Division must provide docu- Campus Access Services (CAS) works to ensure mentation of a completed physical exam within access to all university offerings to enable full par- 1 year prior to admission and a record of their ticipation for all students. The office is responsible immunizations (listed below). UNH athletes must for and committed to providing services and support have a physical exam no more than 6 months prior that promote educational equity for students with to the start date of their team sport, in accordance disabilities, significant chronic-health conditions, with NCAA Guidelines. Students entering the Part- and also students who are veterans returning from Time Division must provide documentation of their military duty to the university community. Any immunizations. UNH student who formerly held an IEP or 504 Plan Once a student’s deposit has been paid, the should consider working with CAS and utilizing the Undergraduate Admissions Office will send out a many resources available to help students indepen- packet which will contain the student’s physical and dently maneuver academic requirements. Veterans immunization form. Students can also download the who may be returning to or attending college for the 4-page physical form and information sheet by going first time after a tour of duty may also benefit from to: http://www.newhaven.edu/unh/marketing/pdfs/ utilizing the services of CAS. healthservices/health_forms.pdf Referrals and inquiries concerning campus acces- Students who plan to live in University housing sibility and/or accommodations for students with and athletes must provide proof of having received disabilities, significant chronic-health conditions, or a meningitis vaccine (date of vaccination must be no returning veterans should be directed to this office. more than 5 years prior for Menomune, and no more The office also processes student grievances, whether than 10 years prior for Menactra). These requirements informal or formal, regarding allegations of discrimi- are in compliance with the State of Connecticut nation based on disability. Health Department’s guidelines for immunization The Campus Access Services office is located in and disease control. the rear of Sheffield Hall, and can be reached by It is also recommended that students are vaccinated phone at (203) 932-7332. against Hepatitis B (3 dose series), Hepatitis A (2 dose series), and for females Gardasil (HPV vaccine – 3 dose Health Service Center series). The University Health Services Center is open to Additional necessary information, can be sent in with student’s physical forms. A copy of their private 28
an inclusive academic and social environment that Measles, Mumps and Rubella & respects the uniqueness and contributions of all Varicella Requirements community members. For additional information, To All Students (fill-time undergraduate, part- contact the Director of Intercultural Relations at time undergraduate day and evening, full and 203.932.7427. part-time graduate)you must provide documen- tation of: International Services Two valid measles vaccinations. Each year the University of New Haven admits – The first must have been given after students from many nations. These students, repre- 1/1/69, and that date must be after your senting more than fifty different countries, bring an first birthday. international dimension to the campus. – The second must have been given after The International Services Office provides for the 1/1/80. special needs and concerns of international students. Two valid mumps vaccinations. The staff assists students with U.S. Citizenship and One rubella vaccine must have been given Immigration Services regulations; provides information after your first birthday. on travel to and from the United States; and advises If you have documentation of two valid MMR’s students on academic, social, and cultural adjustment. that will fulfill the measles, mumps and rubella The Office also serves as a liaison between interna- requirement. tional students and the University community. Varicella (Chicken Pox) history is also A wide range of programs has been developed, required. including publication of an international newsletter, – This can be documented by having a his- special orientation events, information seminars, and tory of the disease with proof of date or an international festival. For more information, call – Two doses of the varicella vaccines for 203.932.7475 or email [email protected]. immunity. Blood tests (showing immunity) from a laboratory Residential Life will also be accepted for measles, mumps, rubella, The character of residential living is often a good and varicella. indication of the spirit and quality of life on campus. It is the policy of the University to withhold The goal of the University’s Residential Life program registration each semester for non-compliance. is to provide a living/learning environment that pro- Proper immunization information must be on motes academic and personal growth and a sense of file in the Health Services Center. community among students. A student’s on-campus living experience is an integral part of the educational insurance company card including company name, process. company phone number, and identification number. Students live in thirteen residence halls: seven for If a student does not have private insurance, a stu- freshmen and six for upperclassmen, supervised by dent should state that in an attached note. resident directors responsible for the administration of each hall. Resident assistants (RAs) live on each floor and serve as peer advisers, role models, and ini- Office of Intercultural Relations tiators of activities and programs. The Office of Intercultural Relations seeks to University housing is occupied on an academic- advance the mission of the University of New year basis, and it is recommended that all freshmen Haven by providing students with opportunities to and sophomores live on campus unless they live with gain intercultural understanding and to succeed in a parent or an extended-family member. The University Community 29
The Office of Residential Life refers those wishing Students are also encouraged to develop their cul- to look for off-campus housing to a website that lists tural and intellectual interests by participating in liter- students looking for roommates, apartments, condos, ary, artistic, and dramatic events. Visiting artists, play and homes in the UNH area. Students are responsi- and concert productions, invited lecturers, forums, and ble for any contract undertaken for such housing and panel discussions are among the variety of programs should consider carefully the nature of that contract available to students. UNH has more than eighty and the responsibilities incurred. active student-run clubs and organizations.
University Dining Services Intercollegiate Athletics University Dining Services facilities on campus Recognizing the importance of a broad range of include the Marketplace Food Court and Jazzman’s physical and emotional outlets to a well-balanced col- Bakery and Café, which are located in Bartels Hall, lege experience, the University of New Haven seeks the Campus Center; Charger Café in the Marvin K. to involve students in various levels of active partici- Peterson Library; the Campus Convenience Store pation in games and sports, as well as to provide an in Sheffield Hall; Sandella’s Flatbread, located in opportunity for community and student support for Botwinik Hall; and Pandini’s and Sky Ranch Grill, its varsity intercollegiate athletics program. located in New Hall. Students may select from meal plans that include Varsity Sports declining balance and board options. Purchasing a The University of New Haven athletics program meal plan is highly recommended and is required is one of the most respected and successful NCAA for resident students. Detailed information on meal Division II programs in the country. In Fall 2008, plans is available at the Dining Services Office. UNH began competing in the athletically and aca- demically prestigious Northeast-10 Conference, one of the largest and most comprehensive conferences in Student Activities the nation. UNH teams have enjoyed national recognition Being a student at the University of New Haven throughout the years. UNH was the first school from means having the best of two worlds: an active on- the Northeast Region to capture the NCAA Division campus community and the city of New Haven. II Women’s Basketball Championship (1987) and Students interested in cultural, intellectual, or social has been to the NCAA tournament seven times. pursuit have a wealth of opportunities from which to Women’s volleyball has been to the postseason 23 choose. times, and the baseball program has made 31 postsea- The Office of Student Activities, in conjunction son appearances, including 18 World Series berths. with student clubs and organizations, provides a In 1997, the Charger football program competed wide variety of events each week. With an increase in for the national championship, and the men’s soc- the quantity and quality of activities over past years, cer team has been to the Final Four twice. UNH has theme weekends such as Spring Weekend, Family over 120 postseason appearances. Weekend, and Homecoming Weekend have been UNH offers 17 varsity sports: baseball, men’s and supplemented by an ongoing activities calendar of women’s basketball, men’s and women’s cross coun- weekly events. There are plenty of opportunities to try, football, women’s lacrosse, men’s and women’s socialize and interact with fellow students, faculty, and soccer, softball, women’s tennis, men’s and women’s staff—whether by enjoying a band, lecture, comedian, indoor and outdoor track and field, and men’s and or magician; participating in volunteer opportunities; women’s volleyball. or taking a bus trip to a regional theater or recreation center. Students can also participate in a number of spirit 30 groups including cheerleading, dance team, marching Campus Recreation (ChargerREC) band and pep band. The Department of Athletics The goal of the Department of Campus welcomes all interested candidates and invites active Recreation is to provide students with a wide vari- involvement in support of our programs. ety of programs and services in order to maximize For more information about varsity athlet- student participation and involvement. Whether stu- ics, log on to www.newhavenchargers.com, or call dents interested in working out on their own, or they 203.932.7016 or 203.932.7017. want to take part in one of our programs or activities, they are sure to find something that fits their needs. Intercollegiate Athletic Facilities For more information about ChargerREC, log on to www.newhaven.edu/ChargerREC. North Campus Charger Gymnasium is located on the North David A. Beckerman Recreation Center Campus and is home to the UNH men’s and wom- en’s basketball and volleyball programs. It also serves Located in the heart of campus, the Beckerman as a practice facility for UNH’s other varsity athletic Center is a 58,000-square-foot state-of-the-art facil- teams and as a gathering place for large university- ity and includes two activity courts (for basketball, wide events, including commencements and musical volleyball, badminton), a multi-activity court (MAC concerts. Charger Gymnasium includes a full-size court, ideal for indoor soccer and floor hockey), basketball court with seating for 1,200, as well as the 6,000 square feet of fitness space, two group fitness varsity athletic weight room, equipment, administra- studios, two racquetball courts, locker rooms, an tive offices, and athletic training facilities. Adjacent indoor running track, and a juice bar. Academic year to the gymnasium are outdoor basketball courts, ten- hours of operation: Monday – Thursday – 6:30am nis courts, a softball competition venue, Frank Vieira – 11:30pm, Friday – 6:30am – 10pm, Saturday 9am Field (baseball), and the newly renovated Ralph F. – 8pm, Sunday 12pm – 10pm. DellaCamera Stadium, a multi-purpose field which is home to the Charger football program and can RECSports (Intramurals) host soccer and lacrosse games. Prior to the 2009 RECSports is an integral part of campus life, giv- season, Ralph F. DellaCamera Stadium was installed ing students the opportunity to come together for with state-of-the-art blue and gold Sprinturf, a new competition and camaraderie. RECSports activities 45-foot tall scoreboard and a two-story pressbox. are free to UNH undergraduate students. RECSports offers a variety of individual and team sports/activi- Main Campus ties in three different divisions: Men’s, Women’s and Kayo Field is located on the Main Campus, adja- Co-REC. RECSports offers four seasons of activities cent to the David A. Beckerman Recreation Center. per academic semester, including a regular season and The field underwent a $1.3 million transformation playoffs. in the summer of 2007, which saw the installation of Some of our offerings include outdoor soccer, a synthetic turf surface, new scoreboard and fencing. 4-on-4 volleyball, kickball, flag football, tennis, bas- The field is home to the men’s and women’s soc- ketball, whiffleball, floor hockey, indoor soccer, vol- cer and women’s lacrosse programs, and serves as a leyball, softball, and racquetball. practice facility for all of the Charger varsity athletic programs. Group X (Group Fitness) Free drop-in fitness classes are offered at various times throughout the week. No sign-up is required. A comprehensive schedule is available online along The University Community 31 with detailed class descriptions. Offerings vary Publications each semester but some examples include Spinning, Student publications include The Charger Bulletin, Kickboxing, Bootcamp, Step & Sculpt, Step the student newspaper, and The Chariot, the year- Aerobics, and Absolution. book. Students may volunteer their services to these student publications by emailing: chargerbulletin@ Clubs and Organizations newhaven.edu or [email protected]. More than eighty University clubs and organiza- tions serve interested students. Included are student Student Government chapters of professional societies, community-service Separate undergraduate full-time, part-time, and organizations, social groups, club sports and special- graduate student councils have responsibility for interest clubs. Every student club and organization initiating, organizing, and presenting extracurricular has a mailbox located on the top floor of Bartels activities and acting as liaisons between students and Hall, as well as an email address which can be found University staff. on our website: www.newhaven.edu/studentactivities The Undergraduate Student Government Association (USGA) is a forum where undergraduate Fraternities and Sororities full-time students provide input to the administration National and local service, social, and honorary to improve all aspects of undergraduate education fraternities and sororities are active on campus. They at the University. Student-elected senators represent sponsor programs such as banquets, game shows, the voice of their constituencies at weekly USGA the semiannual blood drive, fundraisers to benefit meetings. charities, and numerous hours of community service. Students are strongly encouraged to get involved Descriptions and contact information can be found in leadership positions within student government on our website: www.newhaven.edu/GOGREEK and other clubs and organizations. The University believes that leadership development is an integral Off-Campus Activities part of all students’ education. The USGA offices are located on the top floor of Bartels Hall. For those who want a change of pace from the college scene, the University’s proximity to the city of The Evening Student Council (ESC) is a board New Haven offers students many cultural opportuni- composed of students attending UNH evening ties. Musical entertainment includes year-round per- classes. It has three primary objectives: (1) to pro- formances by the New Haven Symphony Orchestra, mote the welfare of the evening student body, (2) to live concerts at a variety of nearby venues, and give counsel and encouragement to evening students local and national bands at many downtown clubs. as well as to develop and encourage school spirit, Professional theater thrives in New Haven, home to and (3) to convey evening students’ opinions to the three nationally recognized theaters: the Long Wharf administration and work with the administration in Theatre, the Yale Repertory Company, and the accomplishing student objectives. Shubert. Some of the region’s outstanding art collec- Membership in the Evening Student Council is tions can be seen on the Yale University campus. open to all undergraduate evening students enrolled On weekends, the Connecticut shore, Cape Cod, in courses for credit. The Council meets regularly, the ski slopes of Vermont and New Hampshire, and and all evening students are invited to participate. To New York City are just a short drive or train ride contact ESC, email [email protected]. away. 32
WNHU Radio bookstore, student center, and residence halls. Recent additions to the Main Campus include a new residence WNHU is the University of New Haven’s non- hall and an outdoor plaza. commercial, FCC-licensed FM radio station located in the basement of Maxcy Hall. Daily operations are The South Campus includes Harugari Hall and maintained by a general manager, student station South Campus Hall, the student records building. managers, and a staff comprising undergraduate stu- The North Campus is the site of the University’s ath- dents, community volunteers, and faculty members. letic fields and gymnasium. WNHU’s signal emanates from the Main Campus, at a frequency of 88.7 and a power of 1,700 watts, Computer Facilities and extends nearly thirty miles in every direction, The University of New Haven maintains numer- reaching nearly all of southern Connecticut and even ous computer laboratories and teaching classrooms at parts of eastern Long Island. WNHU’s programming various locations around the campus. Schedules are is also available as streaming audio online at www. provided at the beginning of each academic term. wnhu.net. The labs provide students with Microsoft Office, WNHU has recently undergone state-of-the-art Firefox, Internet Explorer, SPSS statistical software renovations to its on-air and production studios, pro- and other software provided to meet needs specific curing professional-level broadcast equipment utilized to the lab or computing space. Printers are also avail- by staff members to produce shows. While produc- able for student use in conjunction with the UNH tion of more than twenty hours of programming a ID card (charges apply). General access labs are dedi- day is a vital aspect of WNHU, it is not the only cated to providing students with access to email, web work to be done. Recording speeches on campus, surfing, and other standard uses, and may be staffed providing music for on-campus events, and putting by graduate students, who are available to answer on shows in the community are examples of what questions. The hardware and software available in the WNHU does besides on-air functions, and the sta- labs are periodically upgraded as computer technol- tion plans to expand these areas in the future. ogy changes. With positions available for news, productions, The University maintains, on behalf its colleges or sports, and promotions, WNHU offers more than DJ departments, a number of computer labs and teach- opportunities, and there is a spot for anyone inter- ing classrooms. The hours that these labs are open ested in a variety of concentrations. WNHU is open and the resources available may be at the discretion to full-time or part-time undergraduate students, of the individual college or department. graduate students, faculty, staff, and community vol- unteers with an interest in radio and its functions. Computer facilities provided by UNH as of Spring 2010 include: Tagliatela College of Engineering: Buckman Hall, Campus Facilities 225 and 225a Tagliatela College of Engineering: Multimedia The University’s 80-acre campus contains twenty- Teaching Classroom, Buckman 227 seven buildings that offer students modern laboratory Hospitality and Tourism: Harugari Hall 114 and library facilities, smart classrooms, the latest in Learning Center for Finance and Technology: Dodds computer technology and equipment, an athletic com- Hall 218 plex, and residential facilities. Department of Biology and Environmental Science: Located in West Haven, about ten minutes from Dodds Hall 305 downtown New Haven, the Main Campus includes administration, library, laboratory, computer, and Department of Visual and Performing Arts: Dodds classroom facilities as well as the admissions building, Hall 203 The University Community 33
Center for Learning Resources Tutorial Lab: Maxcy online databases such as Campus Research, ABI/ Hall INFORM, Criminal Justice Periodicals, CCH New Hall Computer Laboratory: New Hall Online, Computing, Education Complete, BNA Human Resources Library, Literary Reference Marvin K. Peterson Library: Ground Floor* Center, Engineering Village, FirstSearch, CQ *The computers in the library represent the larg- Researcher, Hein Online, Academic OneFile, est collection of general-use computers on the main ENGnetBASE, IEEE Computer Science Digital UNH campus. It is not a computer lab. Library, Hoover’s Online, Reference USA, Country Watch, PsycARTICLES, FORENSICnetBASE, and Marvin K. Peterson Library IRIS. The Marvin K. Peterson Library, named in honor The UNH library’s collection includes more of a former University president and dedicated in than 250,460 volumes, electronic access to more 1974, includes three floors of reading space, an than 20,379 full-text journal and newspaper titles, Information Commons, Library Café, group-study 539,776 pieces of microfiche, 12,308 volumes of rooms, stacks, and reference areas. 54 desktop com- microfilm, and 158,159 U.S. government paper puters, 6 iMacs, and 36 laptops with the Microsoft documents. Office Suite and SPSS are available for research The library is a U.S. Government Documents purposes. Students and faculty can plug in their Depository Library, and selects approximately one- laptop computers to connect to the campus network third of the U.S. government yearly output to sup- at more than 100 ports available throughout the port UNH programs. Many of these documents are library’s three floors. Wireless networking is avail- available full-text online through the library’s online able in all areas of the library. Materials are stored in catalog. a variety of formats including online, print, audio, UNH students may borrow materials from the video, microform, and CD-ROM or DVD. Albertus Magnus College Library. Students who The library’s home page is available at www. obtain a borrowing card from a Connecticut pub- newhaven.edu/library. It serves as a gateway to lic library may borrow from other public libraries information and library services and includes the statewide. As a member of OCLC, UNH has access library’s online catalog, which allows for both basic through Interlibrary Loan to the holdings of the and advanced searching of library holdings. To bor- more than 10,000 member libraries’ 110 million row library materials, students and faculty must pres- records. The library uses electronic means to transmit ent a valid UNH ID card must be presented at the articles and information between itself and other Circulation Desk. Books already borrowed can be libraries across the country whenever possible. renewed online. Recent additions to the collection Students are assisted by professional reference are listed on the library’s home page. Library Guides, librarians. One-on-one consultations are available to prepared by professional librarians, are posted. locate information for research papers and projects. Interlibrary Loan forms for current UNH students Freshmen receive instruction in how to use a modern and faculty are available online. Electronic access to library. Subject-specific library orientations are avail- more than 20,379 full-text electronic journal hold- able for upperclass and graduate students. Library ings is accessible from a link on our home page. instruction courses geared to international students Faculty and students — in their offices or residence are also provided. halls or at home — have access to a variety of online Library Guides, as well as selected instructional databases and library support from our website. support resource materials, are provided; and a UNH subscribes to many online electronic data- reserve collection is in place to support courses taught bases in all subjects. Resources, including many at UNH. Online library tutorials are available to full-text books and journal sources, are accessed in assist students in learning effective research tech- 34 niques. Library Guides help facilitate access to infor- mation resources for effective research. Sample topics Office of University covered include forensic science, psychology, national security resources, criminal justice resources, dental Advancement hygiene resources, biology, a business information The Office of University Advancement works guide, how-to-find Connecticut law, how-to-find with the University community and external orga- literary criticism, a style sheet for research papers, and nizations and individuals to develop philanthropic an introductory research guide. support for enhancement of the University’s pro- grams, facilities, and endowment, and to build Campus Bookstore awareness and reputation of the University. Gifts to The Campus Bookstore sells textbooks, new and the University enhance student financial aid, faculty used, required for courses here at the University. The development, equipment, library resources, and other bookstore also carries a wide range school supplies, institutional opportunities for growth. greeting cards, imprinted clothing and gifts, candy, The generosity of corporations, foundations, and a selection of magazines. A wide selection of alumni, parents, students, and friends contributes to software is also available, priced at a substantial the excellence of the University of New Haven. academic discount for current enrolled students at www.efollett.com. Alumni Relations The Campus Bookstore buys back used texts The Alumni Relations staff invites you to stay throughout the year. The bookstore also handles class connected to UNH by enjoying the many activities ring orders and places special orders for books. and benefits sponsored by the University’s Alumni Students who would like to order books online Association. Committed to a lifelong relationship may do go to our website, www.unh.bkstr.com. among alumni, the Association fosters friendships Students may opt to have books held at the book- and professional networking opportunities and store or to have them shipped directly to their promotes a host of educational, social, and athletic home or office. If you have any questions, call events. 203.932.7030. Benefits include career development services, the chance to audit courses at a reduced fee, use of the Bartels Hall University’s library, discounts on home and auto The renovated campus center provides a focal insurance, and much more. UNH Online, an online point for campus life and student activities. Offering directory and interactive community, helps alumni lounges, student offices, a large dining hall, Jazzman’s stay in touch with friends and network with other Bakery and Cafe, and multiple meeting rooms, the alums. The service is free to UNH alumni and can facility serves as a center for students’ non-academic be accessed through the alumni web page at www. college interests. Live entertainment and films newhaven.edu\alumni. are often presented in the evenings. Bartels Hall Each fall, alumni are invited back to campus houses the offices of the Associate Vice President for for Homecoming festivities. Throughout the year, Student Affairs and Dean of Students, International events include Alumni Cocktails and Networking, Services, Intercultural Relations, Student Activities, the Holiday Party, and our Scholarship Ball, which Community Service, and Dining Services, as well as raises significant funds for student scholarships. the Undergraduate Student Government Association Information about current activities is available and its affiliated groups. through the website, our e-newsletter, and special mailings, including University of New Haven Alumni Magazine. Alumni are asked to update their contact The University Community 35 information so that we may keep them informed of ensure the future and continuity of family businesses, the latest membership events and benefits. preserve the values held by family business members, The Alumni Board of Directors, a valued and strengthen Connecticut’s economy. The Center University advisory group, oversees the Association offers its members a variety of programs that deal and works to strengthen University ties by promoting with issues faced by family businesses, regardless of communication within the extended UNH com- the nature of the business. munity. If you have suggestions for your Alumni Eight major programs are presented each year for Association, please email [email protected]. members, held in both New Haven and Fairfield Counties. These programs feature some of the most significant national and international speakers in the field of family business. Attendees have the oppor- Research and tunity to learn from one another as well as from the Professional Facilities speakers. CFB also features small-group forums, which consist of members in similar circumstances. These Bureau for Business Research groups function as ad hoc advisory boards to their The Bureau for Business Research offers access to fellow members. databases for research on products, markets, com Periodically, breakfast meetings are held to address petition, and international issues. In addition, the specific topics that appeal to the interests of our University’s biannual, refereed academic journal, members. The CFB publishes a newsletter and is a American Business Review, is published under the source for family-business educational materials. auspices of the Bureau. The Center for Family Business is sponsored by the accounting firm of Bailey, Schaefer and Errato, UNH Center for Dispute Resolution LLC; Daniel M. Smith and Associates; and the law The Center for Dispute Resolution at the firm of Wiggin and Dana. University of New Haven is a focal point for the For further information, visit us on the web at interdisciplinary study and practice of conflict resolu- www.newhaven.edu/cfb. tion. The Center offers conflict management services to individuals and to businesses, institutions, gov- ernmental agencies, and community organizations. Center for the Study of Crime Services include mediation, program evaluation, Victims’ Rights, Remedies, design of conflict management systems, consultation, and training. On campus, the Center sponsors peer and Resources mediation and other peer dispute resolution services. The UNH Center for the Study of Crime Through research and educational programs for stu- Victims’ Rights, Remedies, and Resources is main- dents and the community at large, the Center also tained under the auspices of The Henry C. Lee strives to advance the understanding and application College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. of alternative means of dispute resolution, including The Center provides, and is in the process of devel- mediation and restorative justice. oping, numerous initiatives to enhance the knowl edge base on crime victims’ rights and on services that assist crime victims through educational, train- Center for Family Business ing, and technical opportunities via the various aca- The Center for Family Business (CFB) was demic disciplines and professional groups that study, founded in 1994 as a unique learning environment advocate for, or serve victims. for family business members. Its mission is to help These programs and services are statewide, 36 regional, and national in scope. They include instructional programs; field and program eval uation research services; internships, fellowships, and visiting scholar programs; legal, legislative, and public policy analysis and advocacy; and pub lications, conferences, and symposia. Information is available through the director’s office at the University. Admission To The University 37 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY Kevin J. Phillips, B.S., M.B.A. due May 1 for the Fall semester and January 2 for the Associate Vice President for Enrollment Management Spring semester. Phone: 203.932.7319 Toll-free: 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7319 Applying to UNH (1.800.342.5864) The University of New Haven has adopted an Early Action policy for students interested in Email: [email protected] Applying to UNH for the fall semester. Below are important dates associated with applying to UNH. Undergraduate Admission Policy Our Admissions Staff begins reviewing applications Students are admitted full time (four or five for the fall semester on September 1 on a rolling courses, 12–15 credit enrollment and registration basis, even for Early Action. Students should expect load) or part time (up to 11 credits). Acceptances are to receive a decision on their completed application customized and students are placed according to their within 2-4 weeks of when the application is complete. academic needs. To begin the application, prospective students should go to www.newhaven.edu/apply. In addition to our own application, UNH also accepts the Common Application www.commonapp.org and the Universal Full-Time Admission College Application www.universalcollegeapp.com. Equal weight is given for any of these options. The University of New Haven is committed to equal access to educational opportunities and wel- Important Dates The University of New Haven comes applicants regardless of race, creed, color, reli- offers three non-binding admission programs for fall gion, gender, national or ethnic origin, age, sexual admission. To be considered for certain programs, orientation, disability, economic level, or geographic prospective students must follow the established area. timelines and important dates which are noted in the details below. Students wishing to take any course at the University, regardless of whether they seek a degree, Admission Program Completed Applications Due By must first satisfy the admission procedures specified below. Students should note that some academic Early Action I November 15 majors may have additional admission requirements. Early Action II January 15 An individual becomes a student of the University Rolling Admission May 1 of New Haven only after he or she has completed Spring Admission Mid-January the requirements listed below, have been officially accepted, have registered for courses for the first semester, and have made the appropriate tuition Early Action I and fee payments. The University requires accepted If UNH is one of your top choice schools, you full-time students to submit a non-refundable/non- should plan on applying for Early Action I. Then transferable enrollment commitment fee in order to after you are admitted, you will have some advantages hold their placement in the incoming class. The fee is if you meet the deposit deadline when it comes to 38 consideration for additional scholarships, class reg- and/or common interests for their freshman year, istration, Living/Learning Communities, and other and enjoy benefits such as trips off campus related to programs. their major/interest, shared advising, linked classes, Due to the high volume of applications we receive for and group study sessions. Students admitted to certain programs, Early Action I is recommended for the UNH under Early Action I are given priority for the Forensic Science, Dental Hygiene, Marine Biology, and LLC program. Biology - Pre-Med Programs. Honors Program – Students who qualify academ- November 15 (or earlier) – application and all ically for admission to the UNH Honors Program required materials due. will receive an invitation after admission to the uni- versity. Students must apply under Early Action I in Admission decisions for Early Action I are order to be considered for the Honors Program. mailed no later than December 15. Housing – Special consideration will be given to January 31 (or earlier) – Submit the Enrollment Early Action I students who desire to live on campus. Commitment Form and refundable deposit of $500 for residential students or $300 for commuter stu- dents. Please note that deposits are non-refundable Early Action II after May 1. If prospective students have decided to apply after March 1 (or earlier) – Complete the Free November 15, there is still time to apply for the fall Application for Federal Student Aid http://fafsa. semester with special considerations. ed.gov (FAFSA) for financial aid consideration. The January 15 (or earlier) – application and all University of New Haven’s Title IV School Code for required materials due. the FAFSA is 001397. Admission decisions will be mailed no later than March 15 – Notification of financial aid for February 15. incoming freshmen begins to be mailed. Please note March 15 (or earlier) – Submit the Enrollment that it is likely financial aid packages will be mailed Commitment Form and refundable deposit of $500 earlier if a student’s FAFSA is completed prior to for residential students or $300 for commuter stu- March 1. dents. Housing will be assigned based on availability. March 1 (or earlier) – Complete the Free Early Action I Benefits Application for Federal Student Aid http://fafsa. Merit-Based Scholarships – All applicants are ed.gov (FAFSA) for financial aid consideration. The considered for merit-based scholarships at the time of University of New Haven’s Title IV School Code for their application to the university. Priority consider- the FAFSA is 001397. ation is given to Early Action I applicants. March 15 – Notification of financial aid for Dean’s Scholarship Consideration – Each of our incoming freshmen begins to be mailed. four colleges offer special scholarships to students enrolling in one of their programs. Early Action Early Action II Benefits I students are given special consideration for these scholarships. Dean’s Scholarships are awarded in Merit-Based Scholarships – Based on availability addition to any other merit-based scholarships that a of funds, Early Action II applicants are considered student receives. for merit-based scholarships. For a complete list of merit-based scholarships www.newhaven.edu/scholar- Living/Learning Communities – At UNH we ships offer students in many of our programs the opportu- nity to participate in a ‘Living/Learning Community’ Living/Learning Communities – Based on avail- (LLC). In an LLC students are grouped by majors ability, Early Action II students may still qualify for Admission To The University 39 participation in a ‘Living/Learning Community’ To Reserve Your Place at UNH (LLC). In an LLC students are grouped by majors The Enrollment Commitment Form and $500 and/or common interests for their freshman year, deposit for residential students or $300 deposit for and enjoy benefits such as trips off campus related to commuter students must be postmarked by May 1 their major/interest, shared advising, linked classes, for fall admission and January 2 for spring admis- and group study sessions. www.newhaven.edu/ sion. Housing will be assigned based on availability livinglearning after the Early Action I deadline. UNH adheres to Housing - Based on availability, students may still the National Candidate’s Reply Date of May 1 for be eligible for special housing consideration if they fall deposits. All deposits paid prior to this date are desire to live on campus. refundable. Requests for a deposit refund must be made in writing and postmarked by May 1. Deposits Rolling Admission made on or after May 1 are non-refundable. Based on space availability in certain majors after Students who pay their deposit after May 1 may the Early Action I and II deadlines, prospective be waitlisted for both courses and housing, depend- students may still apply to UNH and their applica- ing on availability. tions will be evaluated on a rolling basis. This means that they will receive a decision on their application Placement within 2-4 weeks of when their completed applica- Incoming students are placed in courses in English tion materials are received. and mathematics according to their individual abili- March 1 (or earlier) – Complete the Free ties as demonstrated through SAT scores (in the case Application for Federal Student Aid http://fafsa. of English), the University placement testing pro- ed.gov (FAFSA) for financial aid consideration. The gram, or transfer credit from previous college records. University of New Haven’s Title IV School Code for Some students may be placed in courses designed the FAFSA is 001397. to upgrade their skills in particular subject areas March 15 – Notification of financial aid for and prepare them for more advanced courses at the incoming freshmen begins to be mailed. University. Students whose major requires chemistry May 1 – Submit the Enrollment Commitment may be required to take a chemistry placement test. Form and refundable deposit of $500 for residential Students planning to major in music, music industry, students or $300 for commuter students. Housing or music and sound recording are required to take will be assigned based on availability. a placement test for music theory. Note that credit may also be awarded to students who submit scores Based on availability, students that apply after of 3 or greater on Advanced Placement (AP) Exams January 15 may still be considered for opportu- or of 4 or greater on International Baccalaureate (IB) nities such as scholarships, and Living/Learning Exams. Communities. English placement policy: a student who tests out of E 105 Composition must replace the course with Spring Admission E 220, E 225, E 230 or any course listed in the CC UNH considers potential freshmen and transfer 1.2 competency in the University Core Curriculum. students for spring semester admission. Applications A student who tests out of E 110 Composition and for students interested enrolling for the spring semes- Literature must replace E 105 as outlined above and ter are evaluated on a rolling basis. We recommend E 110 with any literature course. A list of English completing the application by mid-January. courses designated as Literature courses can be found under the University Core Curriculum section. 40
Mathematics placement policy: a student who thoughts. The personal essay should be between tests above the core mathematics level and has no 250 and 500 words on a topic of your choice. other mathematics requirement in his/her program may replace the core requirement with a free elective. Admission Procedure: If a student tests above the core mathematics level and has other mathematics courses required in the Full-Time Transfer Students program beyond the core level, such courses must be • Complete the Undergraduate Application replaced with other mathematics courses. for Admission and submit it to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- able application fee. Applications are available Admission Procedure: on our website, www.newhaven.edu/apply. We Full-Time Freshman Students are also members of the Common Application. • Complete the Undergraduate Application Prospective students can access the Common for Admission and submit it to the Office of Application at www.commonapp.org. Equal con- Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- sideration for admission is given to students who able application fee. Applications are available submit the UNH Application or the Common on our website: www.newhaven.edu/apply. We Application are also a member of the Common Application. • Submit official transcripts from all the colleges/ Prospective applicants can access the Common universities that you have attended. Application at www.commonapp.org. Equal con- • Students who have completed fewer than twenty- sideration for admission is given to students who four credits from their previous college(s), must submit the UNH Application or the Common submit an official secondary/high school transcript Application. ($75 for paper applications; $25 for which includes the date of graduation. A satis- on-line or common applications) factory General Equivalency Diploma (GED) is • Submit an official copy of your secondary/ acceptable in lieu of a high school diploma. high school transcript to the Undergraduate • Students who have completed fewer than twenty- Admissions Office. A satisfactory General four credits from their previous college(s), must Equivalency Diploma (GED) is acceptable in submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) place of a high school diploma. (Note: The Right or American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our of Privacy Act requires that you must request your SAT code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. official transcripts. UNH cannot request them on your behalf.) If you are currently attending sec- • Transfer students have the option to submit a per- ondary/high school you must send us your final sonal essay and at least one letter of recommenda- high school transcript with your graduation date tion from an academic source. as soon as it becomes available. Transfer students, if accepted, will receive a trans- • Submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) fer credit evaluation shortly after they are accepted. or American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our SAT code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. Admission Procedure: • Submit at least one letter of recommendation. International Students • A personal essay is required. The essay is an 1. Submit a complete Online Application for opportunity for us to get to know you as a per- International Undergraduate Students with son, not just your grades and test scores. It also a NON-REFUNDABLE Application Fee of gives us an example of how you express yourself $50.00. A student will be required to pay the and demonstrates your ability to organize your application fee using a valid credit card. His or her application will NOT be processed without Admission To The University 41
the application fee. If a student does not have the official document be translated. Translations a credit card, he or she should send a us a bank should be done by a bona fide translating agency check or money order — drawn on a U.S. Bank in your country or in the U.S. and made payable to the University of New 4. Submit at least one letter of recommendation Haven. The check or money order should be sent from an academic source. in the mail along with items 2-10 upon comple- 5. Submit a personal essay, personal statement or a tion of your online application. DO NOT SEND statement of purpose. The essay is an opportunity CASH. for us to get to know the student as a person, not 2. A. For First-Year Applicants (Students who just just his or her grades and test scores. It also gives finished, or in the process of finishing, second- us an example of how the student expresses him- ary/high school): Submit OFFICIAL/notarized/ self or herself and demonstrates his or her ability attested/or certified copies of ORIGINAL senior to organize his or her thoughts. The personal secondary/high school records. This includes mark essay should be between 250 and 500 words on a sheets, academic transcripts, final examination topic of his or her choice. results, diplomas, and degree certificates such as 6. Complete and submit the Financial Statement for Std. X (SSC), Std. XII (HSC), O Levels, A Levels, International Students Form (FSIS) accompanied IB, WAEC, CXC, etc. by an original bank statement from the sponsor B. For Transfer Applicants (Students who have showing adequate funds. The bank statement attended any post-secondary institution (col- must be of recent date of issue, no more than 6 lege/university): Submit OFFICIAL/notarized/ months old, in English, and it must be in the attested/or certified copies of ORIGINAL senior same name as your sponsor. To download the secondary/high school records (see 2.a. above) FSIS form, click here. AND ALL post-secondary school (university/col- 7. All non-native English language speakers must lege) records. This includes mark sheets, academic demonstrate English language competency by transcripts, examination result, diplomas, and providing a TOEFL score of 75 on the inter- degree certificates. Transfer applicants MUST also net based test (iBT) or an IELTS score of 6.0. submit official/certified course descriptions or syl- The University of New Haven School Code for labi, with exact course names and numbers, for all TOEFL is 3663. Completion of ELS Language post-secondary (university/college) academic work Center Level 112 is also accepted in lieu of either attempted so that it may be evaluated for pos- the TOEFL or IELTS. sible transfer of credit. Student-generated course descriptions are not acceptable. 8. Submit a clear copy of your passport information page with your complete name, date of birth, and Credit may be granted for IB Higher Level Exam country of citizenship. Scores of 4 or better and for A-Level courses of C or better. 9. Applicants currently in the U.S. must submit clear copies of their U.S. visa stamp, I-94 card, I-20 Please note: If post secondary (university/college) (if any), I-797 (if any), and all other immigration studies were done outside the U.S., a course- document(s). by-course evaluation of all academic work is strongly recommended for possible transfer of Application Deadlines: credit. Please contact http://www.wes.org/ for * For the Fall semseter, beginning in late August more information. each year, the deadline is June 1st. 3. Submit a word-for-word notarized/attested/or * For the Spring semester, beginning in late certified English translations in the same format January each year, the deadline is November 1st. as the official document if the official document is not in English. It is important that everything on * It is highly recommended that a student apply 42 and submit ALL the above documents at least one can choose to submit the paper version of the month before the deadlines. application to University College along with the * Any applications received after the above deadlines $50 non-refundable application fee). APPLY will automatically be deferred to the next semester. ONLINE AND SAVE 50 percent ON THE APPLICATION FEE! Mailing Your Documents: • Submit an official copy of your secondary/high Please mail ALL the above-mentioned documents as school transcript to University College. A satis- soon as possible, but no later than the application factory General Equivalency Diploma (GED) is deadline, to the address below. We recommend you acceptable in place of a high school diploma. use a special courier such as FEDEX, DHL, or UPS • Submit official transcripts from all the colleges/ Office of International Undergraduate Admissions universities that you have attended. Have them Bayer Hall sent directly to University College. Upon receipt University of New Haven of the transcripts students will receive an academic 300 Boston Post Road worksheet for their intended major with a prelimi- West Haven, CT 06516 nary transfer credit evaluation (TCE). The TCE U.S.A. outlines how many transfer credits students can be awarded and details which courses at their previ- Application Processing Time: ous college(s) are accepted as transfer credit for 4-5 weeks from the date your application is UNH courses in your major. received. Processing time may be extended if certain • Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American required documents are missing. Therefore, we rec- College Test (ACT) scores may be requested if the ommend that you send us ALL of the above-men- applicant has graduated from high school within tioned documents in one package/envelope to avoid 12 months of filing the admission application. any unnecessary delays. • The University recognizes both the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program (AP) and the College Level Part-Time Admission Examination Program (CLEP). Credit may be granted for AP grades of 3, 4 or 5; credit may be The University of New Haven has a rolling admis- granted for CLEP passing percentile scores of 50 sions process, which means that we do not have specific or better. Credit will be evaluated by the appro- deadlines. Applications are accepted until the start of the priate department chair. For further information specific academic term; however, we recommend that or to have scores sent to UNH, go to www.colleg- you submit your application as early as possible to allow eboard.com and search for AP or CLEP. time for processing to the following address: • Information and instructions about registration University of New Haven are included in the acceptance packet for students University College who have been accepted to the University. Echlin Hall 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, CT 06516 Non-Degree Students • Complete the online Part-Time and Adult Undergraduate Application for Admission on Degree-Seeking Students our website at www.newhaven.edu and pay the • Complete the online Part-Time and Adult $25 non-refundable application fee. (Students Undergraduate Application for Admission on can choose to submit the paper version of the our website at www.newhaven.edu and pay application to University College along with the the $25 non-refundable application fee. (You $50 non-refundable application fee). APPLY Admission To The University 43
ONLINE AND SAVE 50 percent ON THE APPLICATION FEE! Be sure to select “Non- Degree” as your intended major. College tran- scripts may be required from non-degree students if they wish to take courses that have prerequisites. • Students may earn up to 12 credits as a non- degree student before they are required to matric- ulate into a degree or certificate program. • Information and instructions about registration will be mailed to students when their application has been processed. If prospective students have questions, they should contact University College at 203.932.7180 or uni- [email protected]. 44 REGISTRATION
Academic Advising and the New students or former students returning to UNH as full-time students should contact the Registration Process Undergraduate Admissions Office to obtain informa- Registration is the process of selecting classes each tion and an application. These students will receive term in consultation with an academic adviser. All registration information and instructions upon com- matriculated students have assigned faculty advisers pletion of the acceptance process. who provide guidance on academic matters and assist with registration. Normally, the assigned adviser is Part-Time Students the chair or coordinator of the student’s major course Registration dates for upcoming terms are pub- of study or another faculty member designated by the lished in advance, and currently enrolled students chair. will receive an email notification of the dates via their Online registration is offered through the Matrix UNH email account. Once the dates are published, Student Information System. Matrix is also where part-time students are encouraged to contact their final grades are posted for viewing at the end of each academic adviser to assist with course selection. After academic period. If you are a current student, you the academic adviser has approved the selection of should have received a notification informing you courses, students may register online on their des- of your student ID, login, password, and University ignated day as outlined in the email notification of email address. Newly accepted students receive this registration dates. information once the acceptance process has been Part-time students may register for up to 11 cred- completed. This information enables you to access its in any term, semester, or module. Students desir- your UNH email account, the Blackboard Learning ing to enroll for more than 11 credits must change System, and the Matrix Student Information System. their standing to full time and be charged full-time Full-Time Students tuition. New students or former students returning Registration dates for upcoming terms are pub- to UNH as part-time students should contact lished in advance, and currently enrolled students University College to obtain information and an will receive an email notification of the dates via their application. These students will receive registration UNH email account. Once the dates are published, information and instructions upon completion of the full-time students must pick up a copy of their aca- acceptance process. demic worksheet from the Registrar’s Office and schedule an appointment with their academic adviser. Alumni Auditors After the academic adviser has approved the selection Alumni who audit courses pay a reduced tuition of courses, students may register online on their des- but must be approved through the Alumni Office ignated day as outlined in the email notification of before registering for courses. Auditing at the reduced registration dates. rate is limited to courses at or below the level of the Students desiring to register for more than 18 degree earned while previously enrolled as a student credits in any one semester must obtain written con- at UNH. Alumni may be required to complete an sent from their adviser and department chair, and application for admission if their current information must have a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) is not available in the Matrix Student Information of 3.20 or higher. System. Please contact University College to obtain All undergraduate international students are required information and an application. to enroll for a minimum of 12 credits each semester. Academic Regulations 45 Academic Regulations
Ways of Earning Credit Coordinated Courses In order to maintain continuity in a degree pro- Academic Credit gram, students are encouraged to use UNH Summer Sessions and Winter Intersession; however, courses Academic credit is granted on a credit-hour basis. taken by matriculated UNH students at regionally In addition to successfully completing regular courses, accredited institutions may be designated as coor- students may earn credit by independent study, coor- dinated courses. Credit for such courses is accepted dinated courses, crediting exams or CLEP exams, or and posted to students’ transcripts, and the grades are transfer of previously awarded credit from other insti- included in students’ grade point averages. tutions. These methods are detailed in the following pages of this section. Credit for courses taken at a two-year institution is restricted to equivalent UNH courses at the fresh- man and sophomore levels. (Students with junior or Transfer of Credit to the University higher standing at UNH may not take coordinated Students may transfer to the University after com- courses at two-year institutions.) pleting academic work at other institutions. Normally, Prior authorization for a coordinated course the University accepts credit from regionally accredited must be obtained from the department(s) hous- colleges on an equivalency basis. The regional insti- ing the student’s major and the related course at tutional accreditation bodies in the U.S. are Middle UNH. The appropriate form must be obtained from States Association of Colleges and Schools (MSA), the Registrar’s Office, approved by the academic New England Association of Schools and Colleges department(s), and returned to the Registrar’s Office (NEASC), North Central Association of Colleges and before the course begins. Normally, approval is granted Schools (NCA), Northwest Commission on Colleges only for those courses that are equivalent to courses and Universities (NWCCU), Southern Association of offered at UNH, and/or standard courses in a given Colleges and Schools (SACS), and Western Association discipline unavailable at UNH because of frequency of of Schools and Colleges (WASC). offerings, cancellation, etc., or courses that are inacces- Students transferring from another institution must sible to the student because of temporary residency at a have at least a 2.0 grade point average based on a four- distant location. Complete detailed instructions can be point scale. Credit is normally granted for undergradu- found on the Coordinated Course form. ate courses completed with at least a grade of C, or its Students must be continuously matriculated at equivalent. Credit is not awarded for pass/fail courses UNH while taking a coordinated course. Approval or pass/fail grades. Credit transferred from a two-year for a coordinated course will become void upon institution is generally limited to sixty credits and withdrawal from the University by the student or dis- restricted to freshman- and sophomore-level courses, missal of the student from the University. unless otherwise approved in writing by the dean of Students are responsible for securing an official the college in which the student seeks to enroll. Credit transcript upon completion of their course work. is accepted only for transfer courses that are equivalent Official transcripts must be mailed directly from the to UNH courses or electives; all accepted credit must other institution to the attention of the Registrar’s pertain to UNH degree requirements. Office at UNH. Credit will not be posted to the student’s UNH transcript until the official transcript from the other institution has been received by the Registrar’s Office. 46
Advanced Placement University may, with the approval of the appropriate The University recognizes the program of department chair and dean, take a special crediting advanced placement available to talented high school examination in lieu of taking the course. students through the College Entrance Examination Students are reminded that they must earn at least Board. Students satisfactorily completing advanced thirty credits through regular UNH course work if placement courses in high school and the final exami- they are to meet the residency requirements for grad- nation prepared by the Educational Testing Service uation. Credits by examination do not count toward (ETS) may be given appropriate college credit if their the residency requirement or calculation of GPA. courses are similar to those offered at the University Students may not take crediting examinations of New Haven. during the first term in which they are enrolled. ETS advanced placement examinations are graded from 1 to 5. Credit may be allowed when the grade External Credit Examinations earned is 3, 4, or 5. Students desiring to submit advanced placement courses for college credit should Learning acquired through various traditional and have all results of these courses and tests sent in with non-traditional approaches can be measured and vali- their application for admission. dated by objective procedures acceptable to the faculty of UNH. This learning must appropriately parallel the The University of New Haven accepts credit by curriculum of the University in order to be awarded examination from the College-Level Examination UNH credit. Sources of external credit that may be Program (CLEP), subject to academic department evaluated currently include the following: chair approval. The passing percentile for CLEP and subject examinations is 50. Credit will be evaluated • College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) by the appropriate department chair. • Proficiency Examination Program (ACT PEP) The University of New Haven awards credit, • Dantes Subject Standardized Tests (DSST) normally for scores of 4 or greater, on International • Modern Language Association Foreign Language Baccalaureate (IB) exams. To receive credit, students Proficiency Tests (MLA) must request that the testing service forward official • Military Service School Courses test results directly to the University of New Haven. IB credit is subject to evaluation by the appropriate Enrollees on active duty in the U.S. Armed Forces department chair. should arrange for DD Form 295 to be completed and forwarded from the duty station. Veterans of any A-Level examination credit awarded through period of active service should provide the University the Cambridge International Examinations (CIE) with a copy of DD Form 214 or other notice of are awarded in many subject areas. A-Level credit is separation for each period of service. This may assist awarded only upon matriculation. While credit is sub- in identifying possible sources of academic credit. ject to evaluation by the department chair, the UNH website may be consulted for those exams that are pre-approved for academic credit. Credits are awarded Independent Study in transfer for exams scored C or better, based on the In all courses of independent study the student transcript provided to the Undergraduate Admissions and adviser must jointly file a project outline with Office by the Cambridge Board. the Registrar’s Office within four weeks of the begin- ning of the course. This outline shall serve as the Credit by Examination basis for determining satisfactory completion of course requirements. A student who has at least a 2.0 cumulative G.P.A. and has independent knowledge of the Normally, independent study is restricted to no content of an undergraduate course offered by the more than six credits and is open only to seniors, Academic Regulations 47 juniors, and exceptionally qualified sophomores. Matriculation Students must have at least a 3.0 grade point average. Matriculation is the formal act of registering to Projects to substitute for regularly scheduled study for a specific degree offered by the University. courses (that is, those offered at least once every four Matriculation is, therefore, not automatic. A student semesters by UNH) are not normally acceptable as must request matriculation by seeking admission independent study. to a specific University degree program. Formal acceptance into a degree program shall constitute the Field Experience granting of matriculation. In all credit-bearing courses of field experience, Students seeking credit to be transferred to including internships, theses and work study, stu- another institution, or simply wishing to audit dents will earn credit for the learning gained through courses or to take them without working toward a the activity. The student and adviser must jointly file degree, need not matriculate. Nonmatriculated stu- a project outline with the Registrar’s Office within dents must register to take their chosen courses, how- four weeks of the beginning of the course. This out- ever, and will be allowed to enroll in courses only as line shall serve as the basis for establishing the mecha- space permits. It is the student’s responsibility to seek nism by which the adviser will evaluate the learning matriculation should he or she later decide to pursue to occur and thus for determining completion of a University of New Haven degree. course requirements. Academic Worksheets Academic Status and Progress Generally, matriculating students are subject to those requirements defined in the Undergraduate Catalog and listed on the academic worksheet in Full-Time Students effect for the semester of initial enrollment. Full-time student status is attained by registering If students change academic majors, they are sub- for a minimum of 12 credits per semester, or equiva- ject to the requirements of the catalog and worksheet lent term, on either a matriculated or non-matricu- in effect at the time of the change. lated basis. Such status is continued to a succeeding If students withdraw or are dismissed from the term provided a minimum of 12 credits is completed University and decide to return at a later date, in the current term. Completion is defined as receipt they are subject to the requirements of the catalog of a letter grade of A+ through D-, F, S, or U. Other and worksheet in effect at the time of their return. letter grades do not signify course completion. Reapplication for University for admission is Full-time students are eligible for all daytime required. student activities and benefits and are subject to Part-time students are permitted a total of three full-time tuition charges and other relevant fees. It is semesters (consecutive or otherwise) of break in study assumed that full-time students will select the great during which they may continue on the original majority, if not all, of their courses from daytime academic worksheet. After the three-semester limit course schedules, unless needed courses are unavail- has been reached, students are subject to the require- able during the day. ments of the new catalog and worksheet in effect at that time. Part-Time Students Students who initiate a leave of absence will con- Students who register for 1 through 11 credits tinue on the same academic worksheet upon their during a semester or equivalent term maintain part- return to the University. However, students who fail time status. Part-time status may be held by students to return after the designated leave of absence period attending UNH during the day or in the evening. will be considered withdrawn students and are sub- 48 ject to the catalog and worksheet requirements out- ments are detailed in the Catalog under the relevant lined above. department listing. A minimum cumulative 2.0 Students who begin their studies based on a cata- G.P.A. in major courses is required for graduation in log and worksheet that subsequently changes may addition to a minimum cumulative 2.0 G.P.A. in all request to use the latest worksheet for that major; courses. See program requirements for further clarifi- however, those students are not required to change cation of specific courses/requirements. to the current worksheet unless they have been away from the University as described above. Minor Many baccalaureate programs can be supple- Year of Study mented by an associated minor program, which A student’s year of study at the University of New normally includes five or six courses. The University Haven is defined at the undergraduate level using the encourages students to augment their major program following scale: with an associated minor. Details, requirements, and a minor worksheet can be obtained from the aca- Freshman — 0 to 26 completed credits demic department that offers the minor. Sophomore — 27 to 56 completed credits The minor worksheet, developed by the academic Junior — 57 to 86 completed credits department, must be submitted to the Registrar’s Senior — 87 or more completed credits Office in order for a student to receive credit for It is important to note that a student’s year of the minor. A minimum of one-half of the courses study does not transition to the next level until cred- required for any minor must be completed in resi- its have been completed. Attempted credits, such as dence at UNH. those not yet completed in a current term, or those Minors are recorded on the student’s transcript for which a student is pre-registered in a future term, in conjunction with the degree and major awarded. are not included in determining a student’s year of Minors cannot be awarded without completion of a study. baccalaureate degree.
Change of Student Status Grading System Full-time undergraduate students who wish to The following grading system applies to final change their status to part time must complete a course grades.(See the Grade Point Average section Classification Package Change form available from for additional information.) the Registrar’s Office. Full-time students who wish to A+ Excellent 4.0 quality points change to part-time status may become part-time day A Excellent 4.0 quality points or part-time evening students. To qualify for part- A- Excellent 3.7 quality points time evening status, a student normally is restricted B+ Good 3.3 quality points to enrolling in evening courses only. B Good 3.0 quality points Part-time undergraduate students who wish to B- Good 2.7 quality points enroll in more than 11 credits in any term must C+ Fair 2.3 quality points apply to Undergraduate Admissions to first be C Fair 2.0 quality points accepted as a full-time student. C- Fair 1.7 quality points D+ Poor 1.3 quality points Major D Poor 1.0 quality point By the end of the sophomore year of study, each D- Poor, lowest passing matriculated student must designate a specific degree grade 0.7 quality points program, called a major. Major program require- F Failure 0 quality points Academic Regulations 49
AU Audit. Indicates course was attended with- is assigned a quality point value. (See the Grading out expectation of credit or grade (0 quality System section.) points). The grade point average is obtained by multiply- INC Incomplete. Indicates one of the following two ing the quality point value of each grade by the num- possibilities: ber of credits assigned to each course as listed in the 1. Some required course work remains to be Catalog, then dividing the sum of the quality points completed to gain academic credit for the earned by the number of credits attempted in courses course. An INC shall not be automatic but for which a grade of A+ through F is awarded. shall be based upon an evaluation of the Course grades of AU, DNA, INC, S, U, and W are student’s work completed up to that point not calculated in the grade point average since they and an assessment of the student’s abil- carry no quality points. A cumulative grade point ity to complete course requirements. To average is obtained by calculating the grade point remove the INC grade, the student must average for all courses attempted at the University of complete all required course work as stipu- New Haven. lated by the instructor - typically within 60 days, but not longer than 12 months fol- Satisfactory Progress lowing the last day of the term in which the INC was recorded. Any extensions beyond For full-time matriculated students, satisfactory one year require approval of the Committee progress toward a degree is defined as successful on Instruction and must be requested and completion of 24 credits applicable to that degree submitted by the instructor. program during an academic year. This should 2. The student has failed to complete the include registration for at least 12 credits per semes- required course work and no extension was ter and successful completion of at least nine credits requested by the instructor; therefore, the per semester. Completion is defined as the receipt of INC grade remains on the student’s tran- a final letter grade (A+ to F), but not the receipt of script (0 quality points). a Withdrawal (W), Did Not Attend (DNA), or an DNA Did Not Attend. Indicates nonattendance in Incomplete (INC). Successful completion is defined a course for which a student had previously as the receipt of a passing letter grade (A+ to D-). registered but not officially dropped (0 quality Students are required to maintain a minimum points). cumulative grade point average in accordance with W Withdrawal. Indicates unofficial withdrawal the following scale: (i.e., non-attendance) from a course any time Cumulative grade point average of 1.75 for 3 to 27 after the last date to drop a course as published credits attempted; in the academic calendar. The grade of W will Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 not be assigned to a student who has taken credits attempted; the final examination in the course (0 quality points). Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for 58 or S Satisfactory. Given only in noncredit courses more credits attempted. (0 quality points). A minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 is required in the U Unsatisfactory. Given only in noncredit major, in a minor, or in any undergraduate certificate courses (0 quality points). program in order to graduate with that credential. In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited to Grade Point Average accumulated attempted credits totaling no more The academic standing of each student is than 150 percent of the published credits required determined on the basis of the grade point aver- to receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a age (G.P.A.) earned each term. Each letter grade program that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maxi- 50 mum allowable credits attempted for financial aid tion by a probationary student for more than four eligibility. Every semester that a student is enrolled courses. Any course above the four-course limit taken in school is counted, even the semesters when a stu- by a student at another institution during a period dent does not receive financial aid. Transfer credits of academic probation is not accepted for credit by accepted by the University from other institutions the University. Because UNH is dedicated to help- count toward the maximum credit limit. ing students be successful, probationary students are required to work with assigned academic skills coun- Dean’s List selors in the Office of Academic Services as a condi- tion of their academic probation. The dean’s list honors undergraduate students The counting of the number of academic proba- who demonstrate excellence in their academic perfor- tions for any student shall not change as the result of mance. Full-time undergraduate students who earn a an academic dismissal. A student shall be dismissed grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.50 or better in any automatically as a result of the third or, if readmitted, one semester will be appointed to the dean’s list for any subsequent probation. that semester. Academic probation(s) are recorded on the stu- Part-time undergraduate students who have accu- dent’s transcript. mulated a minimum of 14 credits of course work at the University will automatically be considered for the dean’s list at the end of each semester. A cumula- Academic Dismissal tive G.P.A. of 3.50 or better is required. Students are dismissed from the University (1) upon qualification for a third probation, (2) upon Academic Probation qualification for any subsequent probation after readmission from an academic dismissal, or (3) when Students are placed on academic probation when the student’s grade point average for any individual they fail to maintain a minimum cumulative grade semester is less than 1.0 and the student’s cumula- point average in accordance with the following satis- tive grade point average does not indicate satisfactory factory progress scale: progress as described in the Satisfactory Progress sec- Cumulative grade point average of 1.75 for 3 to 27 tion. If the cumulative grade point average indicates credits attempted; Satisfactory Progress as described in the satisfactory Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 progress section, an academic warning is issued credits attempted; instead of an academic dismissal. Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for 58 or First-semester freshmen earning a grade point more credits attempted. average of less than 1.0 for the first semester are not Academic probation of transfer students is deter- dismissed, but are automatically placed on academic mined in accordance with the same graduated, probation. minimum cumulative grade point average scale Academic dismissals are recorded on the student’s as for non-transfer students, as detailed above. In transcript. determining a transfer student’s academic standing, the student’s total semester hours completed — those transferred from other institutions plus those Dismissal/Readmission Procedure attempted at the University of New Haven — are Notification of academic dismissal is made by the applied to the minimum cumulative grade point Registrar via certified letter. This letter specifies the average scale. time span and criteria for appeal. Students who are on academic probation are Upon written submission by the student, an limited to a course load not to exceed four courses appeal will be heard by the Academic Standing and (13 credits). The University may void a registra- Academic Regulations 51
Readmissions Committee (ASRC). If the appeal has Office (for full-time students) or to University merit and is granted, the student will be so notified College (for part-time students). by the chair of the Committee. The Committee may require special arrangements or conditions to allow Repetition of Work the student to continue. Satisfaction of such condi- tions is an obligation of the student. A course that a student has completed may be repeated only with the consent of the chair of the If there is no appeal or if an appeal is denied, the department that offers the course or if a minimum student will be removed from any courses for which grade is required to enroll in a subsequent course in he or she is registered that have not yet begun. The a series. If a student achieves a higher grade in the student may continue in any intersession or summer second attempt, that grade rather than the first is course that began before the date of the dismissal, used to compute the cumulative grade point average. but may not begin any courses after the dismissal is However, both the higher and lower grades in the effective. course remain on the student’s transcript. Notations of readmission by successful appeal and/ When credit for a graded course previously or denial of appeal appear on the student’s transcript. attempted at UNH is earned through a method that Application for readmission of students who have does not carry a grade with a quality point value, been dismissed and who either did not appeal or the previous instance of that course is removed from whose appeal was denied normally will be considered the cumulative G.P.A. calculation. However, both only after the lapse of one semester and only when instances are recorded on the student’s transcript. students provide evidence that indicates probable suc- cess if readmitted. Requests for readmission should be submitted in writing to the chair of the ASRC at Changes least three weeks before the opening of the semester and should include evidence supporting the student’s Adding and Dropping Classes belief that he or she will succeed if readmitted. If the student has attended another college or university in A student who wishes to add or drop a course the interim, an official academic transcript is required must refer to the deadline dates as published in the from that institution. Because the student is not undergraduate academic calendar. Drop/Add forms matriculated at UNH during this period, no coordi- are available online and from the Undergraduate nated courses will be accepted. Records Office. For full-time students, all adds and drops require the signature of the instructor and the Readmission is not automatic. The Committee student’s adviser. In the case of part-time students, reviews each application and makes a decision on adds and drops require the signature of the instructor acceptance, rejection, or conditional acceptance of only, although it is strongly recommended that part- students. A student who is readmitted may be pro- time students consult with their advisers. hibited from continuing with the academic program in which he or she was enrolled at the time of dis- missal as a condition of readmission. Withdrawal from a Class Upon successful readmission, a student may enroll Submitting a properly signed Drop form to the in the normal manner as a continuing student and Registrar’s Office before the last day to drop as pub- does not need to submit a new application unless lished in the academic calendar removes the student’s he or she does not return to UNH in the semes- name from the class roster and removes the enroll- ter immediately following the date of readmission. ment from the student’s transcript. After the last Students who decide not to return until a later date day to drop a course, student names remain on class must submit a new application and pay another rosters and on transcripts, even if a student decides to application fee to the Undergraduate Admissions stop attending a class. In this case, the student should 52 request a final grade of W (Withdrawal) from the • A student who has been dropped or dismissed instructor of the course. Because full-time students from the University for disciplinary or academic are assessed full-time tuition based upon a credit reasons is not eligible for a leave of absence until range, dropping a course does not qualify full-time properly reinstated. students for cancellation of tuition or fees. Because • A student who has withdrawn as a degree can- part-time students are assessed tuition on a per-credit didate is not eligible for a leave of absence. If a basis, the tuition refund policy is applied when a student withdraws while on leave of absence, the course is dropped. leave is invalidated. • Leaves of absence are not required or granted for Changing a Major intersession or summer terms. Students wishing to change their major must meet • Normally, leaves are not approved for a period with the chair of the department into which they longer than two semesters. Under special extraor- wish to transfer. In consultation with the student, dinary circumstances, usually medical in nature, a the chair completes an Academic Program Change leave of absence may be approved for a maximum Request (available online and in the Registrar’s of four semesters or two years. Office) and forwards it to the Registrar’s Office. • A student who wishes to return later than the Students who wish to declare an additional major semester originally stated on the leave of absence must meet with the chair of the department that form must apply through the Registrar’s Office houses the additional major. In consultation with for an extension of the leave of absence, not to the student, the chair completes an Additional Major exceed the maximum period as outlined above. Request (available online and in the Registrar’s • A student who plans to enroll in course work at Office) and forwards it to the Registrar’s Office. another accredited institution during a leave of absence should review program plans with his or Leave of Absence her academic adviser to verify eligibility for receiv- ing credit at the University of New Haven. Undergraduate matriculated students may inter- rupt continuous enrollment by electing to take a • Taking a leave of absence may affect a student’s leave of absence from the University for medical or financial aid. Students receiving financial aid are personal reasons, to pursue a program of study at encouraged to contact the Financial Aid Office another institution, or to engage in other off-campus before taking a leave of absence. educational experiences without severing their con- • A student who fulfills the conditions of an nection with the University of New Haven. Before approved leave of absence may return to the taking a leave of absence, students are encouraged to University and register for classes without apply- discuss their particular situation with an academic ing for readmission; such students may preregister adviser, the dean of their school, an academic skills for the semester in which they plan to return. counselor in the Office of Academic Services, or a • A student who does not apply for an extension or counselor in the Counseling Center. who exceeds the maximum period but wishes to The policies regarding leaves of absence are as follows: return to the University must be formally read- • Noninternational students must file for a leave mitted by the Undergraduate Admissions Office of absence through the Registrar’s Office or the (full-time students) or by University College Office of Academic Services; international stu- (part-time students). Upon successful readmission, dents must initiate the leave of absence through the student may register for classes for the first the International Student Services Office. term of their return through the Undergraduate Admissions Office or University College. • Students who are on University disciplinary pro- bation are not eligible for a leave of absence. Academic Regulations 53
• For leaves of absence submitted during the first dent must reapply to the University through the twelve weeks of the semester, the student’s tran- Undergraduate Admissions Office (full-time stu- script will contain no record of courses attempted dents) or University College (part-time students). or grades received during that semester. The degree requirements in place at the time of read- • Leaves of absence submitted after the twelfth week mission will apply. but before the end of the semester may result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F for courses General Policies in which the student is registered at the time of the declaration of the leave of absence. Academic Integrity Policy Withdrawal from the University The University of New Haven expects its stu- dents to maintain the highest standards of academic Undergraduate students desiring to withdraw conduct. Academic dishonesty is not tolerated at the from the University must complete a Withdrawal University. To know what it is expected of them, form (available online, in the Office of Academic students are responsible for reading and understand- Services, and in the Registrar’s Office), submit it to ing the statement regarding academic honesty in the the Office of Academic Services or the Registrar’s Student Handbook or on the University website. Office, and notify each of their instructors. It is the student’s obligation to complete this formal proce- dure. Failure to do so leaves the student liable for all Attendance Regulations of the current semester’s tuition and fees and may Students are expected to attend regularly and result in grades of F being assigned in courses. promptly all their classes, appointments, and exer- Formal withdrawal must be completed during the cises. While the University recognizes that some first four weeks of the semester in order to obtain absences may occasionally be necessary, these should any cancellation of tuition and fees according to be held to a minimum. A maximum of two weeks of the tuition refund policy. Formal withdrawal com- absences will be permitted for illness and emergen- pleted during the first twelve weeks of the semester cies. The instructor has the right to dismiss from will ensure that the student’s transcript contains no class any student who has been absent more than the record of courses attempted or grades received during maximum allowed. After the last date to drop as pub- that semester. Formal withdrawal completed after the lished in the academic calendar, a student will receive twelfth week but before the end of the semester may a failure (F), if failing at that point, or a withdrawal result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F for (W), if passing at the time of dismissal. courses in which the student is registered at the time A student who is not properly registered with the of the declaration of the withdrawal. University is not permitted to attend classes or take Because of the serious ramifications of formal part in the course. withdrawal from the University, students contem- Excuses from classes for participation in extracur- plating this action should discuss the matter with ricular activities must be arranged in advance by the their academic adviser, an academic skills counselor faculty or staff adviser of the group, with the consent in the Office of Academic Services, or a counselor in of the instructor. the Counseling Center as soon as problems are per- Students absent from any class are responsible for ceived. making up missed assignments and examinations at If a student wishes to return to the University the convenience of the instructor. after having withdrawn and at least one semester has elapsed, or if the student has failed to register, thereby reverting to an inactive status, the stu- 54
Course Work Expectations Graduation All undergraduate full-time and part-time students are expected to spend at least two hours on academic Graduation Criteria studies outside and in addition to each hour of class time. This expectation should be used by the student Graduation is not automatic. Graduation petitions, as a guide in determining how much time to spend once filed, ensure that a student’s record will be on academic studies outside class. It should also be formally assessed in terms of degree requirements. A used by the student, in consultation with the aca- petition may be denied if graduation requirements demic adviser, to help determine the student’s course are not met. If a petition is approved, a degree will be load each semester so that the course load matches awarded for the appropriate commencement. the amount of time available for academic studies. A degree will be conferred when a student has satis- The Office of Academic Services works with stu- fied all program requirements and met all University dents individually or in small groups to assist them to requirements by having done the following: become academically successful. The mission of the • submitted a petition to graduate, signed by the Office of Academic Services is to facilitate and enhance department chair, to the Registrar’s Office students’ academic progress through the University • earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) by providing guided access to advisory sources and of no less than 2.00 in all courses applicable relevant support systems. One of their objectives is to toward the undergraduate degree; focus on strengthening study and time-management • earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) skills. Workshops to accomplish this objective are of no less than 2.00 (or higher if required by an offered throughout the academic year. individual department) in all courses in the stu- dent’s major field of study; Make-Up Policy • passed the University’s Writing Proficiency Make-up examinations are a privilege extended to Examination (for bachelor’s degree candidates); students at the discretion of the instructor, who may • been recommended by the faculty (via department grant consent for make-up examinations to those stu- chair approval of the petition); dents who miss an exam as a result of a medical prob- • met all financial and other obligations and con- lem, personal emergency, or previously announced formed to any local, state, or federal law concern- absence. On the other hand, instructors may choose to ing graduation; and adopt a “no make-up” policy. Students should refer to the instructor’s make-up policy in the course syllabus • met the residency requirement of the University. and, if no mention is made therein, should inquire If a student does not meet all the requirements as directly of the instructor. outlined above prior to the commencement date, a If an instructor does choose to offer a make-up diploma with the requested commencement date will examination, a University proctor may be used or the not be issued. It is the student’s responsibility to file instructor may choose to administer the examination a new petition for a future commencement date. At without the use of a proctor. If a University proctor that time, a refiling fee will be charged. is used, the student must pay a make-up examination fee for regular examinations and final examinations. Residency Requirement If the instructor administers the make-up examina- The residency requirement for undergraduate tion, the make-up examination fee is charged at the degrees is 30 undergraduate credits taken at the Main instructor’s discretion. In either case, the make-up Campus or at one of the University’s off-campus examination fee will be paid by the student through centers. This requirement applies to all associate the Bursar’s Office. and bachelor’s degrees. Transfer credit, coordi- Academic Regulations 55 nated courses, credit by examination, AP, CLEP, Honors are conferred upon candidates for gradua- DANTES, or other proficiency examinations do not tion according to the following standards: fulfill the residency requirement. • An associate degree With Honors is awarded to To ensure depth of study, the residency require- students who have a grade point average of 3.25 ment must include 12 credits of work in the declared for the credits specifically required for the degree major for an associate degree and 18 such credits for program from which they are graduating and who a bachelor’s degree. Exceptions may be granted only have taken 30 or more hours of required work at by the dean who administers the major. this University. • An associate degree With High Honors is awarded Writing Proficiency Examination to students who have a grade point average of 3.50 for the credits specifically required for the Because the University of New Haven believes degree program from which they are graduating that good writing skills are essential for success, it and who have taken 30 or more hours of required requires undergraduate students to demonstrate such work at this University. skills before it will confer a bachelor’s degree. Thus, during the first semester after achieving 57 credits, all • The bachelor’s degree Cum Laude is awarded students must take an examination in writing skills. to students graduating with a cumulative grade No student will be eligible to receive the B.A. or B.S. point average of at least 3.50 who have taken 60 degree unless the examination is passed. or more credits of required work at UNH and completed all the suggested courses within their The examination consists of writing an curriculum. impromptu theme on one of several topics of inter- est. If syntax, punctuation, and diction are in accord • The bachelor’s degree Magna Cum Laude is with the conventions of standard English and if the awarded to students graduating with a cumulative argument or exposition is clear and coherent, the grade point average of at least 3.70, whose grade student will pass. If a student’s writing is found to be point average in all courses counting toward their deficient in these respects, notice of the unsatisfactory major is at least 3.70, and who have taken 60 performance on the examination will be sent to the or more credits of required work at UNH and student, to the student’s academic adviser, and to the completed all the suggested courses within their Registrar. curriculum. A student who fails the examination must take • The bachelor’s degree Summa Cum Laude is specific steps to improve skills in written English. awarded to students graduating with a cumulative These steps may be systematic tutoring at the grade point average of at least 3.90, whose grade Center for Learning Resources, enrollment in E 103 point average in all courses counting toward their Fundamentals, or the formulation of a program of major is at least 3.90, and who have taken 60 self-study. The student must retake the examination or more credits of required work at UNH and each subsequent semester until the examination is completed all the suggested courses within their passed. In no case shall the requirements for a four- curriculum. year degree be completed without satisfactory perfor- In determining eligibility for degrees with honors, mance on the Writing Proficiency Examination. transfer credit and credits earned by crediting exami- nation will not be considered. Only the cumulative grade point average for courses completed at the Honors University of New Haven is considered in determin- Academic honors are posted on the student’s final ing a student’s eligibility for honors. transcript along with the name of the degree earned and the date the degree was conferred. 56 TUITION, FEES, AND EXPENSES The tuition and other expenses listed in this sec- International Student Acceptance Fee tion reflect the charges for the 2010–11 academic The international student fee is required of inter- year. national undergraduate and graduate students when Full-time students taking courses offered during they first enroll. It supports a variety of services and the day or the evening will pay the full-time tuition programs, cross-cultural workshops, community rate for the first 17 credits per semester. activities, international alumni programs, library sub- Any student who is registered as a full-time Day scriptions to international newspapers and magazines, Division student on the first day of the semester will and the International Services Office. be responsible for payment of full-time Day Division tuition for the entire semester, regardless of any sub- Engineering Tuition Differential sequent dropping of credits or withdrawal from a course. The exception to this would be when with- Courses with the designations BME, CE, CEN, drawal occurs during the first four weeks of the term. CH, CM, CS, EE, EAS, IE, ME, SE, or SU offered If this happens, the university’s tuition refund policy by the Tagliatela College of Engineering are charged would be in effect. Full-time Day Division students an $80 per credit tuition differential. who plan to enroll for fewer than 12 credits in any given term must change their enrollment standing to part time prior to the first day of the term. Students enrolled as full-time Day Division stu- dents who take 18 or more credits in a single term will be charged additional tuition for each credit over 17, unless the additional credits are required for that semester on the student’s major worksheet. Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 57
Tuition and Fees 2010–2011 Undergraduate
Per Per yearly Occurrence Term Total Pre-Enrollment Fees Paper Application Fee $50 n/a n/a Online Application Fee $25 n/a n/a Enrollment Fee — Commuter Students $200 n/a n/a Enrollment Fee — Residential Students $400 n/a n/a Acceptance Fee for New International Students $200 n/a n/a
Tuition: Full-Time Day Tuition (12–17 Credit Hours) n/a $14,125 $28,250 Additional Charge for Credits Over 17 (Per Credit) $940 n/a n/a General Student Fee n/a $610 $1,220 General Student Fee International n/a $860 $1,720
Per Per yearly Occurrence Credit Total Tuition: Part-Time Day Part-Time Tuition (1–11 Credits) n/a $940 n/a Mandatory Activity Fee for 3–5 Credits $20 n/a $40 Mandatory Activity Fee for 6–8 Credits $38 n/a $76 Mandatory Activity Fee for 9–11 Credits $56 n/a $112 Mandatory Technology Fee $50 n/a $100
Tuition: Evening Part-Time Tuition n/a $470 n/a Mandatory Activity Fee (non-accelerated session) $20 n/a $40 Mandatory Technology Fee (Non-accelerated session) $50 n/a $100 Mandatory Activity Fee $ 10 n/a n/a (each fall & spring accelerated session) Mandatory Technology Fee $ 25 n/a n/a (each fall & spring accelerated session)
Per Per yearly Occurrence Credit Total Summer I and Summer II (starting May 2010) Part-Time Tuition n/a $470 n/a 58
Per Per yearly Occurrence Term Total Auditing Alumni n/a $70 n/a Non-Alumni n/a $120 n/a Differentials Engineering Courses n/a $80 n/a Computer Science Courses n/a $80 n/a Chemistry Courses n/a $80 n/a
Per Per yearly Occurrence Term Total Residential Life Charges Room — Double Occupancy n/a $3,500 $7,000 Room – Triple Occupancy n/a $ 3,300 $ 6,600 Room – Soundview Hall Double n/a $ 4,100 $ 8,200 Room – Soundview Hall Triple n/a $4,400 $8,800 Interim Housing (Per Week) $220 n/a n/a Housing Activity Fee n/a $50 $100 Room Selection Deposit for Returning Students $250 n/a $250 Parking Fee (Residential Students Only) $200 n/a $200 Meal Plan A n/a $2,386 $4,772 Meal Plan B n/a $2,302 $4,604 Meal Plan C n/a $1966 $3,932 Meal Plan D n/a $1,966 $3,932 Meal Plan E n/a $2,302 $4,604
Per Per Occurrence Credit Additional Fees Co-op Registration — Full-Time $150 n/a Co-op Registration — Part-Time $75 n/a Late Registration Fee $25 n/a Late Payment Fee $50 n/a Lab Fees $32–700 n/a Study Away Fees $500–1,500 n/a Crediting Exams n/a $100 Graduation Refiling $50 n/a Late Graduation Filing Fee $50 n/a Diploma Replacement Fee $50 n/a Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 59
The University reserves the right to make, at any time, whatever changes it deems necessary in admission requirements, fees, charges, tuition, faculty, instructors, policies, regulations, and academic programs prior to the start of any class, term, semester, trimester, or session. The University reserves the right to divide, cancel, or reschedule classes or programs if enrollment or other factors so require. All such changes are effective at such times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but also to those who are already enrolled in the University.
General Fee There is an annual enrollment fee of $70, which includes toll-free and Internet access to education The general fee provides a partial contribution payment counselors and account information. In supporting essential infrastructure, facilities and addition, this fee includes a life insurance policy institutional services necessary to promote student for the person responsible for paying the bill. learning. This fee covers access to infirmary and Information and enrollment forms for TM.S. are counseling services and it supports student initiatives available by calling 1.800.722.4867, or online at including, but not limited to, networks, electronic www.afford.com. Application for this plan should be information resources, computer laboratories and made in May or June and must be made at least 10 smart technology classrooms. This fee also covers days prior to the first day of each semester. facility enhancements and other administrative ser- vices such as providing academic transcripts. The general fee is charged for each semester in which a Tuition Refund Policy student enrolls. After a formal withdrawal request is initiated by undergraduate students, tuition is refunded or can- Payments celed according to the following scale: Tuition, fees, and other charges are payable no Date of Receipt of Percentage later than the University’s posted due date. Checks or Withdrawal Request Canceled money orders should be made payable to University 1st week of semester 80 percent of New Haven. There is a penalty charge of $20 per 2nd week of semester 60 percent check for all checks returned by the payer’s bank. 3rd week of semester 40 percent The University withholds issuance of grades, 4th week of semester 20 percent awarding of diplomas, issuance of transcripts, and After the 4th week 0 percent granting of honorable dismissal to any student whose The University offers tuition insurance through account is in arrears. The University employs external AWG Dewar, Inc. Tuition insurance may protect up collection agencies to assist with the collection of to 75% of any monies paid or loans obtained in the delinquent tuition accounts. Students are respon- event that a student withdraws from the University sible for paying any collection costs and attorney’s due to a documented medical condition. Additional fees associated with the collection of their tuition information about this service may be obtained account. directly from AWG Dewar by calling 617.774.1555. The University offers a deferred payment option to assist families with meeting the costs of higher education. In partnership with Tuition Management Summer Sessions and Intersession Systems (TM.S.), the nation’s top-rated education In cases of withdrawal from a course or courses payment plan provider, UNH offers an interest-free within the first week of each term, a refund of 50 monthly payment plan that allows a family to spread percent of tuition is made. There is no refund of education expenses over ten monthly payments per summer or intersession tuition after the first week. year. 60
The foregoing policy is intended to protect the University, which plans its expenses and bases its budget on full collection of tuition and fees from all registered students and assumes the obligation of sup- plying instruction and other services throughout the year.
Residence Hall Fee and Withdrawal Policies • A $400 nonrefundable enrollment fee is required of new students requesting on-campus housing. A $250 nonrefundable room selection fee, which is applied to the fall semester housing fees, is required of returning students. • Housing and meal plan fees are billed on a semes- ter basis in June and December. • A housing activity fee of $50 is billed each semester. • All resident students are required to purchase a University meal plan. • The housing agreement is binding for the 2010- 2011 academic year. • Students who cancel their housing agreement for the 2011 spring semester and remain enrolled as full-time students for the spring semester will be billed for the spring semester housing fees. • Students who are leaving the University must withdraw from housing by January 20, 2011. Failure to meet the withdrawal deadline of January 20, 2011 will result in a charge of $100, which will be deducted from the student’s dam- age deposit. • Proper withdrawal includes • notifying the Office of Residential Life in writing that the student is leaving University housing, • checking out with a resident director, and • returning all keys to the Office of Residential Life. • Housing fees are nonrefundable after August 22, 2010 and January 20, 2011. Financial Aid 61 FINANCIAL AID
Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Associate Vice The following application materials must be com- President for Financial Aid pleted and submitted by each financial aid applicant: The University of New Haven offers a compre- • Free Application for Federal Student Aid hensive financial aid program, with students receiving (FAFSA). The FAFSA is required to be considered assistance in the form of grants, scholarships, loans, for financial aid from federal, state, and institu- and part-time employment. Funds are available from tional student financial aid programs. Students federal and state governments, private sponsors, and should list the University of New Haven on the University resources. More than 80 percent of the form as one of the colleges authorized to receive University’s full-time undergraduate students receive this information. The UNH Title IV School some form of financial assistance. Code is 001397. Students should apply online at Most financial aid awards are based on an indi- www.fafsa.gov. vidual applicant’s demonstration of need. Some • Tax Documentation. Applicants must submit funds are available on a merit basis for students who signed copies of both the student’s and parents’ have exceptional academic records or athletic ability. completed federal income tax returns, with W-2 Need-based awards are available only to U.S. citizens forms, from the most recent tax year prior to the or eligible non-citizens. academic year. Students filing as independents on Financial aid award decisions are made after the FAFSA are not required to submit their par- careful consideration of a student’s application for ents’ tax documentation. assistance. Eligibility for financial aid is based on • Verification. Federal regulations require that our financial need. Need is determined by subtract- office verify the accuracy of the information pro- ing the Expected Family Contribution (EFC), as vided on the FAFSA by an applicant for federal determined by the federal “needs analysis” formula financial aid. This process is called verification. using the financial information provided on the Free Other forms and documents may be requested Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), from from applicants as their aid applications are reviewed. the Cost of Attendance. In calculating need, the Upon completion of the review of an application, the Financial Aid Office attempts to consider all aspects Financial Aid Office will notify an applicant of his or of a student’s financial circumstances and attempts to her eligibility for financial aid. meet the need of aid applicants through a “package” of assistance, generally including a combination of grants, loans, and employment. Financial Aid Refund Policy Students interested in applying for financial aid When students are entitled to a refund as a result are encouraged to do so as early as possible. New of withdrawal from courses, refunds of charges and students must apply by March 1 for the fall semester financial aid will be based on the institutional refund and December 1 for the spring semester. Returning policy, as described in the academic policies section students must submit application materials no later of the Undergraduate Catalog, and on the Return of than March 1. All students are encouraged to apply Title IV Funds calculation, as required by Section for aid as early as possible to ensure full consideration 484B of the Higher Education Act. Federal regula- for available funds. tions require that any unearned Title IV aid be returned to the program(s) that provided the funds. Applications completed after the deadline will be considered on a rolling basis depending upon the availability of funds. 62
Return of Title IV Funds Loans: repayment according to terms of the loan A withdrawal requires that the University calculate Grants: repayment is 50 percent of unearned the amount of unearned aid a student has received. grant The University must determine the student’s official Students who owe Title IV grant repayments withdrawal date as documented in the Registrar’s have 45 days to repay in full, arrange to repay Office. The withdrawal date is used to determine the University, and arrange to repay the U.S. the percentage of the payment period completed Department of Education. and, therefore, the amount of aid a student earned. Students who fail to take action to repay will Students who have completed more than 60 percent be reported to the Department of Education and of the term are not subject to the federal calculation. National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) The University must then calculate earned aid by immediately after the 45-day period has elapsed. multiplying the total aid disbursed or which could Additional information is available from the have been disbursed (excluding Federal Work Study) Financial Aid Office. by the percentage of the payment period the student completed. If less aid has been disbursed than a student has Academic Requirements for the earned, then a post-withdrawal disbursement must be Retention of Financial Aid Eligibility made. The University will notify the student or par- Students must be making satisfactory academic ent in writing within 30 days of the withdrawal date progress and be in good academic standing in order that a post-withdrawal disbursement is available. The to be eligible to receive financial aid. student/parent must respond within 14 days of noti- Students receiving financial aid as full-time under- fication in order to receive the funds. The student/ graduates must successfully complete a minimum parent may accept all or part of the post-withdrawal of 24 credits during the academic year in order to disbursement. maintain satisfactory progress; full-time students If more aid was disbursed than earned, then the who attend for only one semester during the aca- University, the student, or both must return all demic year must complete a minimum of 12 credits. unearned aid in a specific order: Satisfactory academic progress for part-time students 1) Unsubsidized Stafford Loans is defined as successful completion of all the credits 2) Subsidized Stafford Loans for which financial aid was awarded. 3) Federal Perkins Loans “Successful completion” is defined as the 4) Federal PLUS Loans receipt of a passing letter grade (A+ to D-), and 5) Federal Pell Grants does not include the receipt of an F (Failure), 6) Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant INC (Incomplete), DNA (Did Not Attend), or W 7) Federal Smart Grant (Withdrawal). The requirements for good academic 8) Federal SEOG standing are described in the Academic Regulations 9) Other Title IV assistance for which return of section of the Catalog. funds is required Undergraduate students are also required to maintain Students are responsible for repaying all unearned a minimum cumulative quality ratio in accordance aid a school is not required to return, as well as any with the following scale: balance created on their Bursar account by the appli- Quality point ratio of 1.75 for 3-27 credit hours cation of the Title IV return of funds formula. The attempted University will notify the student in writing within Quality point ratio of 1.85 for 28-57 credit hours 30 days of determining an overpayment. Students attempted must repay as follows: Financial Aid 63
Quality point ratio of 2.00 for 58 or more credit acceptance to incoming full-time freshmen demon- hours attempted strating a strong academic profile, including both In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited high school GPA and SAT/ACT scores. Awards will to accumulated attempted hours totaling no more be renewed for up to three additional years provided than 150 percent of the published credits required the student maintains a B (3.0) cumulative average, to receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a remains a full-time student, and makes satisfactory program that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maxi- academic progress. The admissions deadline for full mum allowable credits attempted for financial aid consideration is January 1. eligibility. Every semester in which you are enrolled Distinguished Scholar Awards — The Distinguished in school will be counted, even the semesters when Scholar Award is awarded to incoming freshmen you do not receive financial aid. Transfer hours from based on a combination of high school G.P.A. and other institutions accepted by the University will also SAT/ACT scores achieved by the student. Awards count toward the maximum credit limit. will be renewed for up to three additional years pro- vided the student maintains a B (3.0) cumulative average, remains a full-time student, and makes satis- Major Aid Programs factory academic progress. Charger Award — Awarded at the time of accep- Grants tance to students with strong high school GPA’s Federal Pell Grants — The Pell Grant is a federal but test scores not meeting criteria for either the program providing grant assistance to low-income Presidential Scholarship or Distinguished Scholar students. Grants for the 2010–11 academic year Awards. Awards will be renewed for up to three range from $400 to $5,550 with the student’s eligi- years provided the student maintains a B (3.0) cumu- bility being determined by the U.S. Department of lative average, remains a full-time student, and makes Education. satisfactory academic progress. The admissions dead- Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity line for full consideration is January 1. Grants — (SEOG) is a federal program to provide Presidential Scholarship for Transfer Students — grant assistance to exceptionally needy students. Incoming transfer students who have completed a Students are selected by the University to receive the minimum of 12 credits at their previous institution grants. and have a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 may qualify for Connecticut Independent College Student Grant an academic scholarship. The award amounts vary Program — Funds provided by the Connecticut depending on the student’s G.P.A. Students may General Assembly are awarded to needy Connecticut receive the award for a maximum of seven semesters residents attending the University. provided they maintain a B (3.0) cumulative aver- age, remain full-time students, and make satisfactory Capitol Scholarship Program — Connecticut stu- academic progress. The deadline for consideration is dents who have finished in the top 20 percent of May 1. their high school class or who have scored 1800 or higher on their combined Scholastic Aptitude Test If a transfer student demonstrates academic success (SAT), received 27 or better on the ACT, may be but has completed fewer than 12 credits, the student eligible for the Capitol Scholarship. Students must will be evaluated for a scholarship based on the fresh- obtain an application from their high school guid- man academic scholarship criteria. ance office. Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships — A transfer student University Grants-in-Aid — University grants are who has been inducted into the Phi Theta Kappa made on the basis of need. Honor Society may be considered for an additional $2000 scholarship. This award is in addition to being Presidential Scholarship — Awarded the time of 64 considered for the Transfer Presidential Scholarship loan limits are as follows: and is renewable each academic year. First year undergraduate $3,500 Deans Scholarships — A limited number of awards Second year undergraduate $4,500 are available from the individual colleges at the Third year through completion $5,500 University to incoming full-time freshmen. Graduate students $8,500 Athletic Grants-in-Aid — Athletic grants are pro- vided to students for participation in sports. Selection The interest is subsidized by the federal government for the awards is made by the athletic department while the student is enrolled on at least a half-time based on students’ athletic abilities. Awards can range basis. Repayment begins six months after graduation up to full tuition, room, and board. Athletic grants or withdrawal from college. Entrance and exit coun- are available in the following sports: seling sessions must be conducted with all borrow- ers. The entrance session must be completed prior Men Women to the students receiving the first loan check. Exit Baseball Basketball counseling must be conducted prior to a student’s Basketball Cross Country graduation or withdrawal. Applicants must submit a Cross Country Lacrosse complete financial aid application. Football Soccer Soccer Softball Unsubsidized Federal Student Loan — The Track and Field Tennis Unsubsidized Student Loan is similar to the SSL Track and Field above except that it is not based on financial need Volleyball and there is no in-school interest subsidy. Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans cannot exceed the Miscellaneous State Scholarships — Students from annual loan limits stated above. other states may be eligible to apply for state scholar- ships that can be brought to Connecticut for atten- Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students dance at the University of New Haven. Students (PLUS) — The PLUS Loan Program is a federal should contact their state scholarship agencies for program in which parents of dependent students are information. permitted to apply for up to the cost of attendance minus any financial aid. Information on this program Donor Scholarships — Many scholarship awards is available from the Financial Aid Office. are available each year through the generosity of businesses, charitable organizations, and friends of the University. Scholarship funds are awarded from Student Employment annual gifts from sponsors and from income from Federal Work Study Program (FWS) — This is a the University’s endowments. federal financial aid program that provides employ- ment opportunities for needy students. Loans Federal Perkins Loan Program — Repayment on Alternative Financing Options Perkins Loans begins nine months after a recipient Tuition Management Services (TMS) — The TMS leaves school or drops below half-time attendance, Plan offers a monthly system to pay for educational and carries a 5 percent rate of interest commencing expenses through regularly scheduled payments over with the start of repayment. Students are selected by a ten-month contract. This plan carries an enroll- the University to receive Perkins Loans. ment fee, but there are no interest or finance charges. Federal Subsidized Student Loan (SSL) — The Applications are available at the Bursar’s Office. For Subsidized Student Loan is a federally subsidized further information, contact Tuition Management loan program available on the basis of financial need Services at 1.800.722.4867 or www.afford.com. to students enrolled at least half-time. The annual Financial Aid 65
Donor Scholarships Angela Zappia and Philip Batchelor Endowed Scholarship Award — Angela Zappia and Philip The following scholarships are awarded at the discretion Batchelor created this scholarship upon their gradu- of the University and, unless otherwise noted, require no ation from the University’s Executive M.B.A. pro- special application form. gram. The annual award is made to an undergraduate or graduate student who is in good academic stand- The Theodore D. and Libby Adams Endowed ing and has financial need, with preference to stu- Scholarship — This award is given to a student in dents enrolled in the College of Business. financial need, regardless of year, GPA or ethnicity. Bayer Corporation Endowed Scholarship — This Alumni Association Scholarships — These awards award is given to a either an undergraduate or gradu- are presented to undergraduate, evening or graduate ate student who demonstrates financial need and is in students who demonstrate academic merit and finan- good academic standing. cial need. The Steven R. Beadle Scholarship — This scholar- The Alvine Legacy Endowed Scholarship — This ship is designated for an older student regardless of fund is awarded to a student in financial need, major of academic promise who is in financial need. regardless of age, year, or ethnicity, who has dem- If such a student cannot be identified, the fund will onstrated in some significant way dedication, hard be awarded to any promising student majoring in work, commitment and caring for others. Criminal Justice. The recipient must have a mini- mum of 2.5 GPA. Amity Charitable Trust Fund Scholarship — This annual award is based on the student’s ability, prom- The Beckert Family Endowed Scholarship — The ise and financial need. Preference is given to students fund is awarded to a highly motivated student with from the greater New Haven area. financial need. Preference is given to a part-time stu- dent enrolled in a four-year undergraduate or gradu- The John J. Armstrong Endowed Scholarship — ate degree program. The award is renewable if the This annual award is granted to family members recipient maintains a 3.0 GPA. of current, retired or deceased employees of the Department of Corrections, regardless of academic The Carolyn Bell Endowed Scholarship — This major. Current or retired employees are also eligible. scholarship, named in honor of Carolyn Bell, a for- mer UNH basketball player and key member of the Edmund M. Autuori Scholarship Fund — This 1987 national championship team, is awarded to a annual scholarship is awarded to accounting majors junior or senior female student-athlete who best rep- with a minimum 3.0 GPA who demonstrate financial resents Carolyn’s spirit and sense of community. need and scholastic ability. The Samuel S. and Lois E. Bergami Endowed Robert D. Bajorin Memorial Scholarship — This Scholarship Fund — This scholarship is awarded to scholarship is awarded annually to a non-traditional a sophomore, junior, senior or graduate engineering adult student attending the UNH Southeastern student based on merit and /or financial need. branch on a part-time basis who is pursuing either an undergraduate or graduate degree. The award is The Beirmacher Family Endowed Scholarship — granted based on academic record, leadership in the This award is granted annually to one or more post- university and/or community, personal statement and freshmen-year student(s) in financial need pursuing a strength of recommendation. criminal justice degree. The student(s) must maintain a minimum 3.2 GPA in their freshman year. The The Barn Sale Scholarship — This scholarship is recipient shall be a U.S. citizen or actively pursuing available each year for a student with a disability who U.S. citizenship. has completed his or her freshman year. 66
The Carmel Benevento Memorial Scholarship ing in chemical engineering or chemistry in recogni- — This award is made annually to an outstand- tion of achievement and incentive. ing female student who has matriculated as a UNH freshman. The award is based on outstanding aca- Coca-Cola Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund demic and creative ability. — This award is made annually to an incoming stu- dent who attended the Connecticut Pre- Engineering Roland M. and Margaret T. Bixler Endowed Program at any established Connecticut college or Scholarship — This scholarship is awarded to under- university for at least two years and has maintained a graduate students based on merit. GPA of at least 3.0. The Marjorie & Norman Botwinik Fund for Connecticut Student Loan Foundation Endowed Academic Excellence — This scholarship is awarded Scholarship Fund — This annual scholarship annually to Connecticut residents in financial need. is awarded to a student or students whom the The recipient must be an undergraduate student who University determines it can help most effectively. has demonstrated academic achievement C. Cowles and Company Endowed Scholarship Bozzuto’s Charity Sports Classic Scholarship — Fund — This award is made annually to a This award is made to a student who has demon- Connecticut resident with financial need who aspires strated an exemplary academic record and financial to a career in manufacturing. need. Aldo DeDominicis Foundation Endowed Gerald O. Cavallo-Special Metals Corporation Scholarship — This scholarship is awarded annually Endowed Scholarship Fund — Preference for this to students majoring in Communication who dem- annual award is given to an undergraduate student onstrate financial need. whose relative is an employee or retiree of Special Metals Corporation, also known as Huntington Dr. Lawrence J. and Mary Lou DeNardis Endowed Alloys, Inc. If no student meets the preferred criteria, Scholarship Fund — This award is made annually to the scholarship will be awarded to an undergraduate a full-time undergraduate who has maintained a mini- from West Virginia. Should no student statisfy the mum GPA of 3.30 and demonstrates financial need. above criteria, the award may be made to an under- William L. DeSenti Scholarship Fund — An annual graduate student within the College of Business or award is presented to engineering students who dem- the Tagliatela College of Engineering. onstrate financial need. Geraldine Hughes Brekke and Gail L. Brekke The Dr. Caroline A. Dinegar Memorial Scholarship Endowed Scholarship — This award is presented — This fund is presented to an undergraduate soph- to an incoming female freshman, preferably of the omore, junior or senior majoring in Political Science first generation in her family to pursue a four-year based on academic ability and merit. college degree. If no female meets the above criteria, the scholarship will be given to an undergraduate Robert B. Dodds Scholarship — This endowed student from an under-represented group. The stu- scholarship is awarded annually to an engineering dent should be pursuing or plan to purse a degree in student. accounting, biology or education/teaching and must have a high school GPA of 3.0 or higher. Secondary William B. Dragan Endowed Scholarship — This preference will be given to a student studying in a award is granted to a Dental Hygiene student with field of life science or health science. financial need and a GPA of 3.0 or higher who is a resident of the Connecticut Valley or surrounding Clarice L. Buckman Scholarship Fund — An annual New Haven/Fairfield area. award is given to a junior with financial need major- Clarence Dunham Scholarship — A merit-based Financial Aid 67 award is made each year to a full-time civil engineer- The Richard and Norma Grossi Family Scholarship ing student entering his or her sophomore, junior or Fund — This annual award is given to a sophomore, senior year. junior or senior full-time engineering student with financial need and academic ability. Students must The Rick Eaton Endowed Memorial Scholarship achieve a minimum 3.0 GPA during their freshman — This scholarship is awarded to students who dem- year. onstrate financial need, and who are motivated and determined. Preference is given to those majoring in Wilfred Harricharan Endowed Scholarship — This communication. award was created to provide financial support for students in the College of Business with a preference John E. & Beryl Echlin Scholarship Fund — This for those majoring in business administration. The award is presented to students pursuing degrees in recipient must demonstrate financial need and good engineering, business or management and is based on academic standing. financial need. The Hartnett Endowed Scholarship — This award The Lynn W. Ellis Endowed Scholarship Fund is presented to an engineering student who demon- — This award is made annually to a student in the strates financial need and maintains a 3.0 GPA or College of Business with academic promise and higher. financial need. Dr. John D. Hatfield Memorial Endowed Ernst and Young Endowed Scholarship Fund — An Scholarship — The annual award is granted to an award is made each year to a student majoring in undergraduate or graduate student who demon- accounting and demonstrating financial need. strates financial need and good academic standing. The Robert and Linda Fiscus Endowed Scholarship Preference is given to recipients who demonstrate — This fund is awarded to students who demon- care and concern by helping others bring out the best strate financial need and academic promise regardless in themselves. of major. The Margaret E. Healy Endowed Scholarship Fund David Travis Friedrich Memorial Endowed — This fund is awarded annually to a post-freshman Scholarship Award — This award is granted to a student in financial need pursuing his or her under- graduate student who demonstrates financial need graduate degree in business or engineering. and is enrolled in the Henry C. Lee College of William Randolph Hearst Endowed Scholarship Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. Fund — This scholarship is awarded annually to Murray and Shirley Gerber Endowed Scholarship first-generation or minority sophomore or junior stu- Fund — This award is made annually to students dents who are in need of financial assistance. in the College of Business or Tagliatela College of The Robert Hendrickson Endowed Scholarship — Engineering based on their entrepreneurship and This scholarship is awarded to students who demon- leadership abilities. strate motivation, determination, and financial need. James Jacob Gerowin Memorial Scholarship — An The David Hennessey Memorial Scholarship award is made annually to an engineering student Fund — This award is given to an undergraduate showing academic promise and financial need. or graduate student in good academic standing who Marian Jean Giusto Scholarship — This award, demonstrates financial need. Preference will be given given annually to a Connecticut resident studying to a student from towns within the Valley Region criminal justice, is based on academic merit and and those majoring in the Industrial/Organizational financial need. Psychology or Communication programs. 68
Hershey-Frey Scholarship Fund — This endowed Justice and Forensic Sciences. scholarship is granted to students, with at least a 2.0 GPA, who are enrolled in the Tagliatela College Peggy Leuzzi Memorial Scholarship — An annual of Engineering. A second primary preference is award is made in memory of Mrs. Leuzzi, a former given to students residing in the Naugatuck Valley employee of the University. The scholarship is made with a second preference to students who reside in possible through the generosity of Joseph Macionus. Connecticut. Henry C. Lee Forensic Science Endowed The Honeywell Life Safety Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Fund — The award, which is based on — This fund is awarded annually to a student in the need and merit, is granted to an undergraduate or Fire Science Department who is pursuing a degree in graduate student majoring in forensic science. the field of fire technology or prevention. The recipi- The Marietta and Leighton Lee II Memorial ent must achieve a minimum 3.0 GPA in his or her Scholarship Fund — The fund is awarded annually freshman year. to post-freshman student(s) in financial need who Mrs. Yeh Ko, Hsien Endowed Scholarship — The maintain a minimum 3.0 GPA in their freshman award is designated for students in financial need year. from Taiwan and the Peoples Republic of China and Ahmed R. Mandour Memorial Scholarship — An students of Chinese/Asian ancestry who major in annual award presented to a junior or senior student criminal justice and/or forensic science. in the continuing education program. Preference is Paul Kane Memorial Scholarship Fund — An given to students majoring in economics annual award is given to an active scholar-athlete, Arnold Markle Scholarship — An annual award is with preference given to a Hamden, Conn., resident. made to a criminal justice major Nathaniel Kaplan Memorial Scholarship — An The Ellis C. Maxcy Endowed Scholarship Fund award is made each year to a full-time student who —The award is presented annually to a “nontradi- has been enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences tional” undergraduate or graduate student who comes for at least two years. The student must demonstrate to UNH from the workplace and demonstrates high financial need and take part in one or more extra- achievement, exemplary character, and leadership curricular activities on campus. within his or her community. Phillip Kaplan Endowed Scholarship — This award, Edward J. McCormack Memorial Scholarship —This which may be given to matriculated undergradu- annual award is given to a student majoring in sports ate and graduate students, is designed for students management. The scholarship is renewable based on majoring in Economics/Finance based on demon- the recipient maintaining good academic standing. strated merit. If no student meets the above criteria, secondary preference is for a student in the College James R. McCormack Memorial Scholarship — of Business. This full-tuition scholarship is awarded annually to a student enrolled in the fire science program who Martin Luther King, Jr. Scholarship Fund — The demonstrates financial need. Applications for this annual award is granted to full-time students who scholarship are available in the Financial Aid Office. demonstrate financial need, outstanding academic achievement and strong leadership qualities. William J. and Virginia S. McCurdy Scholarship Fund — This endowed scholarship is awarded annu- An Fu Wang Lee Endowed Scholarship Fund — ally to a student with demonstrated financial need. This fund is granted to talented students in financial need who are of Chinese ancestry and/or are pursu- Minority Scholarship Fund — This award is granted ing a degree in the Henry C. Lee College of Criminal to academically qualified minority students with Financial Aid 69 financial need. Preference is given to a student from ship is awarded to undergraduate part-time/evening the City of New Haven. students who demonstrate financial need and are in good academic standing. Arthur H. Moulton Distinguished Scholar Award — This full-tuition scholarship is awarded to a stu- Reid Endowed Achievement Scholarship Award — dent in the Tagliatela College of Engineering who This scholarship was created to provide tuition sup- demonstrates excellent academic promise and finan- port to students with demonstrated financial need, cial need. Applications for this scholarship are avail- academic promise, and/or achievement in a club, able in the Financial Aid Office. sport, or activity regardless of year, grade point aver- age or ethnicity. The New Haven Wives of the Rotarians Endowed Scholarship Fund — The award is presented annu- The Eugene and Mary Rosazza Scholarship Fund ally to one or more female graduates from the — This annual award is granted to a student who Greater New Haven area. The honor is based on aca- demonstrates financial need. demic achievement and need. The Andrea Ryan and Colin Foster Scholarship — Joseph O’Dowd Memorial Scholarship Fund The annual fund is awarded to a student of high aca- — This scholarship is granted to a student in the demic promise, regardless of major, who is in need Department of Fire Science who has completed his of financial assistance and has demonstrated great or her freshman year with a 3.0 G.P.A. or higher. persistence in the face of adversity. The Daniel C. O’Keefe Endowed Scholarship Fund The Jessica N. Santos Memorial Scholarship Fund — The award is given to a non-traditional student — This scholarship is awarded to a student who is pursing an electrical engineering degree. Matriculated pursuing a degree in criminal justice or forensic sci- students at the undergraduate and graduate levels are ence and who demonstrates financial need and/or eligible. merit. The Linda and Jim Olbrys Endowed Scholarship The Ernest F. Schaub Scholarship Fund — This — This scholarship is awarded to a student study- fund, which is based on financial need, is awarded ing in the Industrial and Organizational Psychology to students pursuing a degree in engineering. It is program. renewable as long as the recipient maintains a mini- mum 2.8 GPA and full-time status. Incoming fresh- The Endowed Parents Scholarship Fund — This men who demonstrate exceptional academic ability scholarship is granted to a full-time student entering with a minimum high school GPA of 3.0 are eligible. his or her sophomore, junior or senior year who must demonstrate financial need, be active on campus and Douglas D. Schumann Distinguished Scholar maintain at least a 2.0 GPA. Award — This endowed scholarship is awarded annually, on the basis of personal and academic The Virginia Parker Scholarship — This award is integrity, to a mechanical engineering student who given to a female undergraduate student with finan- has completed his/her freshman year with a second cial need and active in campus and/or off campus preference to an electrical engineering student. activities. Donald R. Scott Scholarship — This scholarship H. Pearce Family and Friends Endowed Scholarship is in memory of Donald R. Scott, former Chief of — This scholarship is granted to students who are Campus Police at UNH, and is awarded jointly by residents of the state of Connecticut and can demon- the University of New Haven and the West Haven strate financial need and academic ability. Black Coalition. Marvin K. Peterson Scholarship — This scholar- The UNH September 11th Scholarship Fund — 70
Priority for this scholarship is given to any immediate The Vincent C. Wachter Endowed Scholarship — relatives of Evan Hunter Gillette and Seth A. Morris, This scholarship is awarded annually to a student in UNH Alumni who lost their lives on Sept. 11, 2001. financial need majoring in business or engineering. Next priority will be given to any relatives of emer- gency response heroes or immediate relatives of other Richard and Michelle Ward Endowed Scholarship victims. If no student meets the above criteria, the — The scholarship is based on merit and/or need is recipient is based on need. designated for undergraduate or graduate students who are practitioners in law enforcement, fire science The Louis and Mary Tagliatela Endowed or forensic science. Scholarship Fund — This award is made annually to a junior or senior majoring in a field related to either Dorothy S. Weiss Endowed Scholarship — This the construction or the hotel industry and demon- scholarship is presented to a graduate or undergradu- strating financial need and academic merit. ate student enrolled in any program. The student must be in good academic standing and demonstrate Eat Healthy Promote Wellness, The Tichy Legacy financial need. Scholarship for Nutrition — This scholarship hon- ors the importance of nutrition in our general health. The West Haven Scholarship Fund — The fund is It is awarded annually to a part-time or full-time made to undergraduate or upperclassmen who lived student demonstrating financial need who shows in West Haven while attending high school and who promise in the field of nutrition and dietetics. The demonstrate financial need. Recipients must be in recipient shall provide community outreach under good academic standing, maintaining at least a 2.5 the guidance of the nutrition faculty. GPA. Edward F. Tichy Memorial Scholarship — The Robert F. Wilson Endowed Scholarship — Awarded scholarship is designated to assist a part-time student, annually to a freshman and renewable for up to three preferably from a family of three or more children, years, providing a 3.0 G.P.A. is maintained, this who exhibits passion, commitment to learning, and award is based on the following criteria: an African- promise in his or her chosen field. American from New Haven County demonstrating financial need and high achievement in academics Betty Lorello Treadwell Memorial Endowed and other activities. Scholarship — The scholarship is awarded to a full- time, non-traditional student in need of financial The World Journal Endowed Scholarship Award — assistance. This scholarship is made annually to an undergradu- ate or graduate student attending the University’s Dany J. Washington Scholarship — This scholar- Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and ship is awarded to non-traditional adult students Forensic Sciences, with priority given to family mem- based on scholarship and leadership displayed in the bers of police officers or firefighters who sacrificed University or community environment. their lives or were injured during the September 11, 2001 attacks, and secondary preference to family UHY Scholarship — This award is made to account- members of any victim who perished in the attacks. ing majors with high grade point averages and dem- onstrated financial need. Dr. Frank R. Yulo Endowed Scholarship — This scholarship is awarded to a minority student or stu- Rubin W. Vine Endowed Veterans Scholarship — dent of color who is majoring in education and has This award is designated for veterans and/or family demonstrated financial need. members of veterans in financial need regardless of GPA or ethnicity. Entering freshmen, sophomores, juniors or seniors are eligible. College of Arts and Sciences 71 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Dean The professors in the College of Arts and Sciences Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D., Associate Dean are committed to the student learning experience. The commitment goes beyond classroom instruc- The College of Arts and Sciences prepares stu- tion to include student opportunities to work with dents for lifelong learning. Through varied academic faculty on their scholarship and research, to study disciplines, the College provides the foundation for abroad, and to apply knowledge and skills through success as a global citizen. The College’s degree pro- internships or in the community working on real- grams prepare students for meaningful careers or for life projects. We also expect students to expand continued study in graduate or professional schools. their knowledge and understanding of the world to The College offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor a global level. Graduates of the College of Arts and of science, a number of associate degrees and under- Sciences are prepared to make an impact in tomor- graduate certificates. The College’s graduate pro- row’s world. grams lead to the master of arts and master of science degrees, and to a number of graduate certificates. The The College of Arts and Sciences also offers a host College also complements programs in other Colleges of extracurricular activities to supplement the learn- at UNH and offers many of the essential courses in ing experience. These events include campus-wide the University Core Curriculum. Those undecided debates, symposia, and faculty forums. The College about a major will find a welcoming home in the adds to New Haven’s vibrant cultural environment. undeclared major program that allows ample flexibil- For example, the College supports the UNH Theatre ity to sample courses from a variety of disciplines. through its student productions. The Seton Gallery is a well-established University art gallery featuring, in The dynamic nature of the world today requires addition to a permanent collection, a wide variety of students to be open-minded, critical thinkers who work by students, renowned artists, and sculptors at can approach society’s issues and problems from a shows throughout the academic year. variety of perspectives. The education offered in the College of Arts and Sciences is designed to provide For students, staff and faculty, the College has that background. We offer students the opportunity to developed Arts@Noon events that feature UNH study and learn historical, cultural, social, individual, talent in poetry, theatre, music, dance, and film. and political perspectives on your world. Our goal is Through Arts@Night, the College presents entertain- to challenge students to take advantage of the many ment events on campus for UNH and public atten- resources and talents within the College to help them dance, with performances in various musical styles, prepare for their future. comedy, and dance. 72
Programs and Concentrations Applied Mathematics Statistics Music and Sound Recording Undergraduate Programs Nutrition and Dietetics
Bachelor of Arts Associate in Science Art Dental Hygiene Chemistry Communication Graduate Programs English Literature Master of Arts Writing Community Psychology Global Studies Industrial/Organizational Psychology Graphic Design History Master of Science Interior Design Pre-architecture Cellular and Molecular Biology Liberal Studies Education Mathematics Environmental Science Education Human Nutrition Music Music Industry Graduate Certificates Music and Sound Recording Applications of Psychology Political Science Geographic Information Systems Psychology International Relations Community/Clinical Legal Studies Forensic Psychology Mental Retardation Services General Psychology Psychology of Conflict Management Theatre Arts Arts Administration Teaching as a Career Design Performance Students interested in earning a teaching certificate to Undeclared qualify to teach at the elementary or secondary level may do so by applying to the graduate program in Bachelor of Science education. This 4+1 Program in Education enables students in selected undergraduate majors to com- Biology plete both the B.A. and M.S. degrees in Education in Biochemistry five years, not including the required thirteen-week General Biology student teaching experience that is completed after Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinary the master’s degree coursework. Biotechnology Communication Dental Hygiene Minors Environmental Science It is highly recommended that students work- Marine Biology ing toward a degree in one area of study give serious Mathematics thought to organizing their elective courses so as Computer Science to receive a minor in a second discipline. A minor College of Arts and Sciences 73 usually consists of 18 credits devoted to the study University Core Curriculum of either a group of courses on related subjects or a In addition to departmental requirements, stu- series of courses offered by one department. dents must fulfill all requirements of the University Students interested in studying for a minor should Core Curriculum. consult with the chair of the department offering the minor. Possible minors are listed below: Art General Policies in the College of Arabic Language-Area Studies Arts and Sciences Bioengineering • Each student is assigned an academic adviser. Biology Normally, the adviser is a member of the faculty Black Studies in the major department for the student’s degree Chemistry program. Chinese Language-Area Studies • A student may select a minor in a department Communication other than the major department after consulta- Digital Art and Design tion with the adviser or the appropriate depart- English ment chair. Environmental Science Global Studies • To receive a degree from the College of Arts and Graphic Design Sciences, the student must be awarded his/her last History 30 credits by the University of New Haven. Mathematics • A minimum of 120 credits is required for graduation. Museum Studies Music Nutrition Experiential Education Requirement Philosophy The College of Arts and Sciences requires each Photography student to complete at least one experiential educa- Physics tion opportunity prior to graduation. These oppor- Political Science tunities correspond to those endorsed by the UNH Psychology faculty. Given the diversity of programs within Russian Language-Area Studies the college, there are experiential education differ- Sociology ences among programs. The experiential education Spanish Language-Latin American Studies opportunity is included in many programs within a Theatre Arts specific course requirement. Students are expected to consult with their advisor on the requirement in their programs. The student is responsible for ensuring that Certificates this requirement is met and has been approved by the Students can take their first step toward an under- student’s advisor. graduate degree by completing a certificate offered Students meet this requirement through satisfac- by the College of Arts and Sciences. Certificates are tory completion of one of the following options. carefully designed as a concentrated introduction to a Each option requires student reflection and assess- particular subject area and generally consist of courses ment of the educational experience. totaling 15 to 18 credits. Later, students may choose 1. A UNH-sponsored or UNH-approved study- to apply the certificate credits they have earned abroad or study-away educational experience. toward their undergraduate degree at the University. (Academic advisor approval of study-abroad or Currently, the College of Arts and Sciences offers a study-away plans other than UNH-sponsored certificate in: courses is required.) Public Policy 74
2. An internship, capstone, or practicum course that an interdisciplinary program of study. The flexible is approved by the student’s advisor. Course credit nature of this program permits students to integrate may range from 0 to 3 credits and may be part of a courses from across the University for the achieve- student’s major requirements. ment of personalized educational goals. Those goals 3. A course involving faculty-supervised research or may be directed toward the realization of specific scholarship that has been approved by the student’s career objectives not met by other programs. advisor. Examples include Independent Study, Students earning a bachelor’s degree in lib- Senior Project, and participation in the UNH- eral studies must complete the University Core SURF program. Curriculum as part of the 121 credits required for the 4. A course identified as an experiential education degree. (e.g., academic service learning) course approved Students will also select a minimum of eight by the Arts & Sciences Curriculum Committee. courses each from two of the four focus areas for a These courses include students applying their dis- minimum of 48 credits. Students must complete a cipline-specific knowledge to a problem or project minimum of three courses from a discipline in each outside of the classroom arranged and approved by of the other two. At least ten focus area courses that the course professor. were not used to satisfy Core Curriculum require- ments must be at the 300-level or above. Coordinated Course Policy To implement the University’s coordinated course Focus Areas policy, the College of Arts and Sciences has adopted the following additional guidelines: Focus Area 1: Humanities • A student may take a maximum of two Arts and Disciplines: Communication, English, Modern Sciences courses on a coordinated basis. The Languages, History, Philosophy courses must be either (a) upper-division courses; that is, equivalent to 300- or 400-level courses at Focus Area 2: Mathematics and the Natural UNH, or (b) courses required by the student’s Sciences major program; that is, non Arts and Sciences Disciplines: General Biology, Chemistry, elective courses. Environmental Science, Marine Biology, • Coordinated courses from two-year colleges will Mathematics, Physics be accepted only for students who have freshman or sophomore standing at UNH. A student who Focus Area 3: Social/Behavioral Sciences has completed a total of 57 credits cannot obtain Disciplines: Economics, Political Science, consent for a coordinated course taken at a two- Psychology, Sociology, Legal Studies year college. • Any exceptions to the previously stated guidelines Focus Area 4: Visual and Performing Arts must be approved by the dean of the College of Disciplines: Art, Graphic Design, Interior Design, Arts and Sciences. Music, Theater • Students should note that in all cases they must In consultation with the Arts and Sciences adviser, seek approval before taking a coordinated course. students develop a personal plan of study. This plan includes an elective sequence of 33 credits to support the student’s academic/professional goals. Students B.A., Liberal Studies may choose their elective sequence from the areas The B.A. degree in liberal studies affords students of arts and sciences, business, engineering, or public the opportunity to address individual needs through safety/professional studies. College of Arts and Sciences 75
Undeclared Major Biology and The undeclared major is designed for students who want to explore options before declaring an academic Environmental Science major that best suits their career and life objectives. This program is also open to first-year and second-year Chair: Roman N. Zajac, Ph.D. students at UNH who are contemplating a change in Professors Emeriti: Burton C. Staugaard, Ph.D., majors. It is estimated that nationally over 40 percent University of Connecticut; H. Fessenden Wright, of undergraduates change majors in college. Ph.D., Cornell University Professors: R. Laurence Davis, Ph.D., University Features of Rochester; Charles L. Vigue, Ph.D., North Upon enrollment, students who choose the unde- Carolina State University; Henry E. Voegeli, clared major are assigned a faculty adviser who will Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Roman N. guide the student in course selection and exploration Zajac, Ph.D., University of Connecticut of academic disciplines and majors. Faculty advisers Associate Professors: Carmela Cuomo, Ph.D., Yale work with students to select courses in disciplines of University; Michael J. Rossi, Ph.D., University interest so that students can explore their options. of Kentucky; Eva Sapi, Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand Advisers also work with students and the Office of University Student Life to assess the students’ interests through Assistant Professor: John T. Kelly. Ph.D., University personality and career inventories. of California Davis At any point during the first two years of study, Lecturers: James Ayers, M.S., Purdue University; students have the opportunity to declare a major Nina Flay, Ph.D., University of Health Sciences/ once they decide on a course of study. Chicago Medical School; Cheryl L. Lyon, N.D., Many of the courses in the undeclared major are University of Bridgeport; Rosemary Murray- selected to meet the University Core Curriculum Whelan, Ph.D., University College-Dublin requirements so that once a major is declared the student is able to smoothly transition into that cur- The Co-op Program riculum. The department participates in the cooperative Other courses are selected to enable students to education program (co-op), which enables students learn more about specific majors and decide if the to combine their education with practical, paid work major is a good match for them. experience in their career field. For further details see Students transferring from another institution the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” may also select the undeclared major while they are earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- considering a major. While the undeclared major is tor for the College of Art and Sciences. part of the College of Arts and Sciences, the College works closely with the other Colleges — the College of Business, the Tagliatela College of Engineering, Biology and the Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice Biology provides one of the cornerstones of a and Forensic Sciences — to best meet the needs of liberal education by increasing knowledge and appre- students with an undeclared major. ciation of oneself and of other living organisms in the ecosphere. Biology is an active and exciting field leading to careers in drug discovery, medicine, and Art education. As a major, biology prepares the student See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual for professional or graduate training or for technical Arts. and research positions in one of the health or life sci- 76 ence fields and also the various sub-disciplines of the Plus two semesters of college physics with laboratory: biological sciences. PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory or B.S., Biology PH 105 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in and biology must complete a minimum of 122 credits PH 104 General Physics II with Laboratory for the General Biology and Pre-medical/Pre-dental/ or Pre-veterinary Medical Biology concentrations and PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with a minimum of 125 credits for the Biochemistry Laboratory concentration. Courses include the University Core Curriculum and the course requirements for the par- Plus three of the following: ticular biology concentration as indicated below. BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology with Laboratory I and II BI 303 Cells and Tissues with Laboratory Concentration in Pre-medical/Pre-dental/ BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory Pre-veterinary Medical Biology BI 305 Developmental Biology with Laboratory This concentration gives the student the basic BI 306 Genetics entrance requirements of virtually every U.S. col- BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology lege of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry Entrance into these colleges is highly competitive, BI 506 Genomics and completion of the concentration does not guar- BI 520 Bioinformatics antee acceptance into a medical, dental, or veterinary CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with medical college. Graduates have gone on to pursue Laboratory medical, dental, and veterinary medical degrees at a variety of institutions. Students who complete the Concentration in Biochemistry program but decide not to pursue a medical career This concentration is most appropriate for stu- are highly qualified to enter the workforce in one of dents interested in a career in the rapidly growing the technically oriented research, health, or related fields of biotechnology and biomedical/pharmaceuti- life science fields. In addition to the University Core cal research or in pursuing an advanced degree in Curriculum and eight free electives, the following biochemistry or molecular biology. The program courses are required: offers extensive hands-on experience in biochemical, BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with cellular, and molecular techniques. In addition to the Laboratory I and II University Core Curriculum and eight free electives, BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory the following courses are required: BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory Laboratory I and II BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory M 117 Calculus I CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II M 228 Elementary Statistics CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory College of Arts and Sciences 77
M 117 Calculus I BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory M 228 Elementary Statistics BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature Plus two semesters of college physics with laboratory: CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II or CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory PH 105 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with M 117 Calculus I Laboratory M 228 Elementary Statistics and PH 104 General Physics II with Laboratory Plus two semesters of college physics with laboratory: or PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with or Laboratory PH 105 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Plus three of the following biochemistry restricted Laboratory electives: and PH 104 General Physics II with Laboratory BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology or BI 502 Biochemistry of Bioenergetics PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry Laboratory CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory Plus four of the following: CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory Plus three of the following restricted electives: BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology with Laboratory I and II BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory BI 303 Cells and Tissues with Laboratory BI 306 Genetics BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory BI 506 Genomics BI 305 Developmental Biology with Laboratory BI 511 Molecular Biology of Proteins with BI 306 Genetics Laboratory BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology Laboratory BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry BI 520 Bioinformatics BI 506 Genetics CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory BI 510 Environmental Health BI 520 Bioinformatics Concentration in General Biology CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory This concentration gives the student a general CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with overview of the biological sciences. It is appropri- Laboratory ate for the student with a broad interest in biology. EN 500 Environmental Geoscience In addition to the University Core Curriculum MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory and seven free electives, the following courses are MR 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory required: BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with B.S., Biotechnology Laboratory I and II The bachelor of science in biotechnology program BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory is designed to prepare students to enter the growing BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory biopharmaceutical and biotechnical fields. The pro- BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory gram integrates courses in biochemistry, genetics, and BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory cellular and molecular biology. 78
All students earning a B.S. with a major in bio- courses listed below. In some instances, an upper- technology must complete a minimum of 126 cred- level biology course can be substituted for general its. Courses include the University Core Curriculum, biology. the required courses listed below, and six elective BI 121–122 General and Human Biology with courses. Laboratory I and II Required Courses or BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I and II Laboratory I and II BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory or BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory BI 306 Genetics BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory Plus the following: BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with Laboratory Environmental Science CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II Environmental scientists are employed by munici- CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II pal, state, and federal agencies and by consulting CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II companies and businesses, both large and small. CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II These scientists work on problems such as wetland CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with mapping and protection; watershed management; Laboratory ground and surface water contamination; aquifer M 117 Calculus I delineation and protection; marine resource manage- M 228 Elementary Statistics ment; crop and pest management; natural hazards; Plus two semesters of college physics with laboratory: regulatory compliance; environmental health and PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory safety; water, wastewater, and air treatment; and pol- or lution prevention and remediation. PH 105 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Usually, specialized training is necessary if one Laboratory wishes to hold an administrative job at a high salary and level. Our programs are designed to enable students PH 104 General Physics II with Laboratory to enter a graduate or specialty school to continue or their education. Examples of advanced study include PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with a graduate program in environmental science or Laboratory engineering; a school of forestry, planning, or public Plus two of the following: health; a program in urban ecology or environmental BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry geology; or even, with proper selection of electives, BI 506 Genomics business or law school. BI 511 Molecular Biology of Proteins with The B.S. degree program establishes a solid back- Laboratory ground in the biological and earth sciences, chemis- BI 520 Bioinformatics try, physics, and mathematics in the first three years. In the fourth year, students concentrate on advanced Minor in Biology environmental science courses. To minor in biology, students must complete the College of Arts and Sciences 79
B.S., Environmental Science For specific information concerning a minor in environmental science, please consult with the pro- Required Courses gram coordinator. All students earning a bachelor’s degree in envi- ronmental science must complete the University Required Courses Core Curriculum and the courses listed below. EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science EN 102 Environmental Science Laboratory EN 102 Environmental Science Laboratory EN 320 Introduction to Environmental Geoscience EN 500 Environmental Geoscience or EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutant EN 500 Environmental Geoscience BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors I and II with EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information Laboratory Systems BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory BI 510 Environmental Health Plus 3 of the following: CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutants CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II EN 521 Hydrology CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory EN 525 Geomorphology PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory Laboratory MR 330 Coastal Resources Management M 228 Elementary Statistics MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration Plus 18 to 24 credits of biology, science, or chemistry electives B.S., Marine Biology CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II This program prepares students to enter the rap- and idly expanding fields of aquaculture, resource man- CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II agement, environmental assessment, protection and M 109 Intermediate Algebra conservation, biotechnology, and education related and to estuarine, coastal, and marine environments. The M 115 Pre-Calculus level of experience required for an individual to con- or tribute in these fields is not adequately satisfied by M 115 Pre-Calculus an undergraduate degree in biology or environmental and science; therefore, individuals with specific, advanced, M 117 Calculus I and focused training are needed. This program, with or a strong basic emphasis on the biological and chemi- M 117–118 Calculus I and II cal sciences, will prepare students for these fields. Plus five electives Required Courses All students majoring in marine biology must Minor in Environmental Science complete the University Core Curriculum and the The minor in environmental science provides a following courses: useful background for students majoring in other MR 101 Introduction to Marine Biology areas who have concern for the environment. For MR 102 Seminar in Marine Biology example, students majoring in political science might MR 200 Fundamentals of Oceanography well combine their program with a minor in envi- MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory ronmental science. Another useful combination is an MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory environmental science minor and a major in business MR 310 Marine Botany with Laboratory administration or engineering. MR 320 Marine Pollution 80
MR 501–502 Senior Project in Marine Biology I and II a concentration in general biology is the best choice BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory for a major for those planning to teach at the second- BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with ary level, but other related majors are also acceptable. Laboratory I and II Please contact the Education Department for addi- BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory tional information. BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II Biotechnology CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II See Biology and Environmental Science. CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II M 115 Pre-Calculus M 117 Calculus I Chemistry M 228 Elementary Statistics PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with The Department of Chemistry and Chemical Laboratory Engineering resides in the Tagliatela College of Plus two of the following restricted electives: Engineering but offers the B.A. degree in chemistry CH 221 Instrumental Methods with Lab through the College of Arts and Sciences. Please see EN 533 Special Topics in Field Geology the departmental listing in the Tagliatela College MR 330 Coastal Resources and Management of Engineering section of the catalog for additional MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration information, including a list of faculty members MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and Biotechnology and details on other degree programs offered by the MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry with Lab Department. Plus one of the following: BI 306 Genetics B.A., Chemistry BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory This program is designed to provide a traditional BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory liberal arts background with the basic requirements BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory of a chemistry major. Plus two electives Required Courses All students in the B.A. program in chemistry Minor in Bioengineering must complete 124 credits. Courses must include the No rigid group of courses constitutes a minor in University Core Curriculum and the following: bioengineering. Students wishing to follow such a CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II program should major in one aspect of engineering CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II with and take a minor (20 credits) in biology, or the biol- Laboratory ogy major program may be combined with a minor CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II or concentration in engineering. Students should CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory consult with the particular engineering and biology CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory department chairs before starting the program. CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II Teaching Biology CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry cate in secondary education in biology may enter the CH 411 Chemical Literature graduate program at UNH. The B.S. in biology with CH 412 Seminar College of Arts and Sciences 81
CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry Instructor: Paul C. Falcone, M.B.A., University of CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry New Haven M 117–118 Calculus I and II Lecturers: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence M 203 Calculus III College; Karen Isaacs, M.A., Fairfield University; PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Brian Lane, M.S., St. Joseph’s College of Maine Laboratory Students in this program develop a comprehensive PH 205 Electromagnetism and Opticswith understanding of interpersonal communication as Laboratory well as organizational communication, public rela- Plus 24 credits of electives tions, advertising, and mass communication (journal- ism, radio, television, and film). The program blends B.S., Chemistry theoretical concepts and skills, academic rigor, and hands-on experience to prepare students for careers See the departmental listing in the Tagliatela in business, the public sector, or the media, or for College of Engineering. additional studies at the graduate level. An active internship is a valuable complement Minor in Chemistry to the student’s classroom studies. The Department These programs appear in this catalog under the offers internships with regional and national busi- Tagliatela College of Engineering. nesses, public service organizations, and print and electronic media. Communication majors can gain additional experience through writing for The Teaching Chemistry Charger Bulletin (the student newspaper), working at Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- WNHU-FM (the campus radio station), doing pro- cate in secondary education in chemistry may enter gramming for local television, or producing special- the graduate program at UNH. The B.A. or B.S. ized film and video programs. in chemistry is the best choice for a major for those Department faculty have served as editors or associ- planning to teach at the secondary level, but other ate editors of more than a half dozen of the top-tier related majors are also acceptable. Please contact the scholarly journals in the communication field and Education Department for additional information. have received national and international recognition. All faculty members do research, publish, and have practical experience in their communication special- Communication, Film, ties. Faculty and students belong to professional orga- nizations such as the International Communication and Theatre Association; the Public Relations Society of America; the Eastern Communication Association; the Chair: Steven A. Raucher, Ph.D. National Association of College Broadcasters; the Professors: Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D., Southern Illinois National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences; University at Carbondale; Marilou McLaughlin, the National Academy of Cable Programming; the Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Steven A. National Federation of Local Cable Programming; Raucher, Ph.D., Wayne State University, the American Film Institute; the Broadcast Educators’ J.D., Bridgeport School of Law at Quinnipiac Association; the National Communication Association; College; Donald C. Smith, Ph.D., University of the Association for Educational Journalism and Mass Massachusetts at Amherst Communication; the Organization for the Study of Communication, Language, and Gender; the World Assistant Professor: Eun-A Park, Ph.D., Communication Association; and the International Pennsylvania State University Listening Association. 82
In the interest of maximizing students’ communi- CO 214 Elements of Film cation experiences as well as encouraging professional CO 300 Persuasive Communication contacts and advancement, the Department urges CO 301 Communication Theory and Research students to enter regional and national competitions in CO 302 Social Impact of Media public relations, advertising, radio, television, and film. CO 306 Public Relations Systems and Practices CO 308 Broadcast Journalism Lambda Pi Eta CO 309 Public Relations Writing CO 420 Communication and the Law The Department sponsors the Beta Kappa CO 500 Seminar in Communication Studies Chapter of Lambda Pi Eta, the national communica- J 201 News Writing and Reporting tion honor society. To receive honorary membership J 311 Copy Desk in this prestigious organization, students must have Plus three communication or journalism electives at least 45 University credits and at least nine credits in communication courses. Students must have a 3.0 Plus seven electives cumulative G.P.A. and a 3.25 G.P.A. in communi- cation courses. Members become part of a national B.S., Communication network of communication majors and may showcase their work at regional and national conferences. Students earning a B.S. degree in communica- tion are required to complete 121 credits, includ- ing the University Core Curriculum and the The Co-op Program Communication program core. The Department participates in the cooperative education program (co-op), which enables students Core Curriculum to combine their education with practical, paid work 40 credits experience in their career field. For further details see The following courses must be completed and will the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” be utilized in partial fulfillment of University Core earlier in the catalog, or contact the Department chair. Curriculum requirements. HS 108 History of Science B.A., Communication or The bachelor of arts degree program has a strong HU 300 The Nature of Science journalism and public relations concentration. In This course will be used to fulfill core competency addition, interpersonal communication theory is requirement 2.3. emphasized, giving the student a broad background DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia in all the elements of the communication field. This course may be used to fulfill core compe- tency requirement 3. Required Courses Communication Core All students in the B.A. program in communi- cation must complete 121 credits. Courses must 42 credits include the University Core Curriculum and the fol- These courses develop the foundation knowledge and lowing: competencies from which additional advanced course CO 100 Human Communication work may follow. CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication CO 100 Human Communication CO 102 Writing for the Media CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication CO 114 Production Fundamentals CO 102 Writing for the Media CO 205 Intercultural Communication CO 114 Production Fundamentals CO 212 Television Production I CO 205 Intercultural Communication College of Arts and Sciences 83
CO 212 Television Production I or more of these areas. These areas include perfor- CO 214 Elements of Film mance, design, and arts administration. CO 220 Film Production The theatre program participates in the Kennedy or Center American College Theatre Festival, providing CO 203 Radio Production students with many scholarship opportunities as well CO 300 Persuasive Communication as workshops and master classes taught by theatre CO 301 Communication Theory and Research professionals in their areas of expertise. The festival CO 302 Social Impact of Media is held annually in the New England region, and the CO 312 Television Production II national festival is held in Washington, D.C. The CO 420 Communication and the Law University has been cited by the Kennedy Center as CO 500 Seminar in Communication having one of the best emerging new programs in Plus 6 credits of communication or journalism New England. courses chosen with the adviser The theatre is a reflection, an evaluation, and Plus eleven electives chosen with the adviser a celebration of life in all of its aspects. Diversity is what makes the theatre vibrant and alive. The theatre thrives on people who bring as many diverse Minor in Communication areas of thought and life experience to the process A total of 18 credits of communication courses as possible. The more resources students can bring must be earned in order for a student to declare the to the theatre, the richer the theatre they create area of study as a completed minor. This work must becomes. With that spirit and philosophy in mind, include CO 100 Human Communication. The the University seeks to develop well-rounded and additional credits are chosen in consultation with the informed theatre students, prepared and ready to adviser. make positive contributions to the theatre of the twenty-first century by learning the lessons of the past, challenging the perceptions of the present, and Theatre Arts embracing the possibilities of the future. Coordinator: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A. The program seeks both students who wish to B.A., Theatre Arts pursue careers in the theatre, as well as students who have a more general interest in the theatre and desire Students earning a B.A. degree with a major in a strong undergraduate liberal arts education, which theatre arts must complete 121 credits. Courses at the same time provides them with practical and include the University Core Curriculum and the marketable skills. Graduates of the program will be course requirements for the particular theatre arts prepared to pursue careers and/or graduate school in concentration as indicated below. a wide variety of theatre-related areas, but will also find the creative and practical skills required of a Concentration in Performance theatre major useful in many other careers including, T 132 Theatrical Style but not limited to, law, business, political science, T 150 Acting communication, and education. T 241 Early World Drama The objectives of the program are to provide stu- T 242 Modern World Drama dents with the opportunity to experience a high qual- T 275 Stagecraft I ity, well-rounded interdisciplinary education in the T 342 Directing I craft, art, and business of the theatre. Each student T 350 Playwriting will be exposed to the various components that make T 485 Student Run Theatre up the theatre, and will be given the opportunity, in T 491 Production Practicum I their junior and senior years, to concentrate on one T 492 Production Practicum II 84
MG 210 Management and Organization LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory or Environment MK 200 Principles of Marketing MG 210 Management and Organization T 225 Beginning Dance or T 250 Acting II MK 200 Principles of Marketing T 442 Directing II (in addition to the required program core course) MU 116 Vocal Performance Plus twelve electives Plus twelve electives Productions Concentration in Design The University community may take part in all departmental productions. Volunteers may act in T 241 Early World Drama productions as well as help with lighting, set, and T 242 Modern World Drama costume design; set construction; publicity; and stage T 275 Stagecraft I management. Participants need not be enrolled in T 342 Directing I theatre classes. T 350 Playwriting T 485 Student Run Theatre T 491 Production Practicum I Minor in Theatre Arts T 492 Production Practicum II Students may complete a minor in theatre arts MG 210 Management and Organization by taking 18 credits in the theatre program. Three or major productions are mounted each year by the MK 200 Principles of Marketing Department, with opportunities for students in per- T 375 Stagecraft II formance, directing, and backstage work. AT 103 Basic Design I AT 213 Color Required Courses CO 114 Production Fundamentals T 131 Introduction to the Theatre Plus twelve electives T 132 Theatrical Style T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre Concentration in Arts Administration Plus 6 credits in theatre arts, chosen from T 341 T 132 Theatrical Style Acting, T 342 Play Directing, T 491 Production T 150 Acting I Practicum I, T 492 Production Practicum II, and T T 241 Early World Drama 599 Independent Study T 242 Modern World Drama T 275 Stagecraft I T 342 Directing I Dental Hygiene T 350 Playwriting See DIVISION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS T 485 Student Run Theatre AND SCIENCES. T 491 Production Practicum I T 492 Production Practicum II MG 210 Management and Organization or Education MK 200 Principles of Marketing Chair: Nancy S. Niemi, Ph.D., University of A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting Rochester CO 306 Public Relations Systems and Practices Professors: Louise M. Soares, Ph.D., University of Illinois College of Arts and Sciences 85
Associate Professors: Nancy S. Niemi, Ph.D., Introduction to Education, provides students with an University of Rochester; Judy Randi, Ed.D., overview of the field of education. (All credit require- Teachers College of Columbia University ments for financial aid and undergraduate standing Assistant Professor: Amanda R. Bozack, Ph.D., must be maintained while pursuing the 4+1 Program University of Arizona in Education.) In their senior year undergraduates take two graduate education courses. Following their Lecturers: John Ciochine, M.A. and 6th Year undergraduate graduation, students begin the gradu- Certificate, Fairfield University; Susanne ate program in August and an internship in a public Murphy, M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Southern school, which provides payment for tuition, but not Connecticut State University; Lawrence Roberts, for the culminating student teaching experience. M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Connecticut Students attend classes in the evening. Our program’s College and Sacred Heart University field component places students in a local school to While the University of New Haven does not work with schoolchildren under the direction of a offer an undergraduate degree in the subject of edu- classroom teacher. This experience gives our students cation, the Education Department does offer two the opportunity to observe professional teachers in programs of graduate study: Teacher Certification, their own classrooms, thus gaining valuable hands- for those seeking initial teacher certification, and on experience in an urban and/or a suburban school Professional Education, for currently certified teach- district as well as linking theory and practice. UNH’s ers seeking professional advancement. Both programs Education Department is currently placing interns in lead to the Master of Science in education degree. 36 Connecticut public schools. Students also experi- These programs represent the University’s commit- ence thirteen weeks of student teaching and are fully ment to the preparation of teacher candidates for responsible for the cost of student teaching. meaningful roles in teaching the youth of the twenty- The master’s degree is tuition-free with par- first century. The Education Department prepares ticipation in the public school internship program. future elementary and secondary school teachers. Successful completion of all requirements, includ- Secondary school subject areas include business edu- ing the student teaching component, will result in cation, English/language arts, mathematics, music, UNH’s recommendation to the State Department science, social studies, and world languages. of Education for Connecticut certification. Students All students who are interested in pursuing are able to apply for Fall teaching positions in a teaching career should contact the Education Connecticut public schools. Department as soon as possible during their under- graduate career. University of New Haven under- Entrance Requirements graduates who wish to pursue a career in teaching • Students are required to have and maintain an may be eligible for early admission to the UNH undergraduate cumulative 3.0 G.P.A. Education Department’s graduate program through • Students must develop a modified major work- the 4+1 Program in Education. This process allows sheet by their sophomore year. For example, a qualified undergraduates to begin their education mathematics major would develop a worksheet course work as undergraduates, enabling them to for the “B.A. in Mathematics — Pre-Education.” earn a bachelor’s degree, a master’s degree, and Formal admission into the program occurs in the Connecticut certification in five and one-third student’s senior year. years. Students in this program develop a modified major worksheet: for example, a “Bachelor of Arts in • Successful completion of Praxis I, or a total of Mathematics — Pre-Education.” 1100 on the SATs for a waiver. Secondary stu- dents must pass Praxis II (content exam) before Students in the 4+1 Program in Education beginning student teaching. take their first education course during the spring semester of their junior year. This course, ED 350, • Passing grade on the UNH Writing Proficiency 86
Exam by the end of junior year. of liberal education as it also improves one’s think- • Successful completion of ED 350 Introduction to ing, writing, and speaking. A major in literature is Education. looked upon very favorably by admissions officers of law, medical, and dental schools. The major is good • Approval/recommendation from major advisers. preparation for graduate work in fields such as busi- • Completion of formal application for gradu- ness, education, urban planning, social work, and ate school and satisfaction of all graduate school public health. Employers in many areas of business, requirements. All fees waived. industry, and government seek college graduates with broad knowledge and the ability to communicate effectively. English In the writing concentration, students get experi- ence with a variety of written language compositions Chair: Donald M. Smith, Ph.D. from the expository essay to business and technologi- Director of Freshman English: Richard J. Farrell, cal applications to more creative forms. Some specific M.Phil., Yale University areas in which writing skills have immediate practical Professors Emeriti: Srilekha Bell, Ph.D., University worth are journalism, advertising, public relations, of Wisconsin; Paul Marx, Ph.D., New York sales training, and promotion. Many companies University; Douglas Robillard, Ph.D., Wayne hire writers and editors for company periodicals and State University; Brenda R. Williams, Ph.D., reports, equipment handbooks, and service manu- Washington University als. Publishing houses provide employment, of many kinds and on many levels, for persons skilled in writ- Professors: David E. E. Sloane, Ph.D., Duke ing. For writers of proven ability, there are numerous University; Donald M. Smith, Ph.D., New York opportunities to freelance for trade journals, newspa- University pers, magazines, and other publications. An English Assistant Professors: Randall Horton, Ph.D., State major may also prepare for teacher certification at University of New York at Albany; Margaret F. the elementary or secondary level. The English track Savilonis, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin; in the 4+1 Program in Pre-Secondary Education Senior Lecturers: Wesley J. Davis, M.A., Southern includes courses in literature, writing, and public Connecticut State University; Richard J. Farrell, speaking along with courses in American history and M.Phil., Yale University introduction to education. Lecturers: Pamela Asmus, Ph.D., Brown University; Jeffrey Foster, Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Modern Language Study Jonathan Hartmann, Ph.D., the Graduate Center While study of a modern language is not required, of the City University of New York; Diane C. it is strongly recommended that the student who Russo, Ph.D., University of South Carolina; majors in English know at least one modern lan- Leon Weinmann, Ph.D., University of Illinois at guage. Knowledge of a modern language makes one Urbana-Champaign. more sensitive to the use and meaning of words in An English major may choose the concentra- one’s own language. Furthermore, knowledge of a tion in either literature or writing. Students in the modern language widens one’s perspective and deep- literature concentration develop their analytic skills ens one’s understanding through the insights gained and critical ability by reading widely varied works into another culture. Students who are considering in the English language by a variety of authors: graduate study certainly should be competent in at William Shakespeare to Walt Whitman, Jane Austen least one modern language. to Gwendolyn Brooks. The study of English and American literature provides a depth and breadth College of Arts and Sciences 87
The Literary Club and at least two from each of the other three catego- The English Department sponsors the University’s ries of upper-level English courses. Literary Club, which is open to all UNH students. Category I Category II Category III Category IV Its aim is to further interest in the literary arts. The E 201 E 202 E 217 E 214 Club’s primary activity is publishing The Elm City E 290 E 212 E 281 E 218 Review, a journal of students’ art and writing. E 323 E 353 E 392 E 260 E 341 E 356 E 395 E 275 Transfer Credit for Writing Courses E 371E 390 E 477 E 394 The English Department awards credit for fresh- E 406–409 E 478 man writing courses taken at an accredited American college or university if the courses are essentially the same as E 105 or E 110 and if the student received Concentration in Writing at least a “C.” If the courses were taken at a foreign The writing concentration requires two additional college, the student must demonstrate proficiency in literature courses, each from a different category writing before credit is awarded. In the latter case, of the above list, and six of the following writing the student should make an appointment with the courses: secretary of the English Department for the writing E 220 Writing for Business and Industry of a one-hour composition. E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation E 251 Narrative Nonfiction The Co-op Program E 267 Creative Writing I The Department participates in the cooperative E 268 Creative Writing II education program (co-op), which enables students E 270 Advanced Essay Workshop to combine their education with practical, paid work E 480 Internship experience in their career field. For further details see the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” Track in Pre-Secondary Education earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- The pre-secondary education track requires three tor for the College of Arts and Sciences. additional literature courses, four writing courses, one public speaking course, an American history course, B.A., English and three education courses. Thirty credits in English beyond the freshman level, with the restrictions indicated below, are Teaching Language Arts required for a major in English. All English majors Students interested in earning a teaching cer- must take the University Core Curriculum and the tificate for secondary education in language arts following courses: may enter the graduate program at UNH. The E 211 Early British Writers B.A. in English is the best choice for a major, but E 213 Early American Writers other majors are also acceptable. Please contact the HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times Education Department for additional information. Plus 16 free electives Minor in English Concentration in Literature E 110 Composition and Literature and fifteen The literature concentration requires eight addi- additional credits in English above E 110, selected tional literature courses, at least one from Category I by the student in consultation with an English Department adviser, are required for the minor. 88
Minor in Black Studies ies, in history, and in political science, and minors The minor in black studies is an interdisciplinary in global studies, history, political science, philoso- program offered in the College of Arts and Sciences phy, Arabic, Chinese, Russian, and Spanish-Latin and housed in the Department of English. The American area studies. Modern languages include minor consists of courses in English, history, political elementary and intermediate-level courses in Arabic, science, sociology, and world music. A student may Chinese, French, German, Italian, Russian, and minor in this program by completing 18 credits of Spanish. Faculty members also have organized inter- courses selected from the following: session and summer study abroad programs in China, the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Dubai, Jordan, E 217 African-American Literature I Oman, and Russia. This Division also contributes E 218 African-American Literature II many of the courses to the major in global studies, HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States reflecting the University’s commitment to develop MU 112 Introduction to World Music interdisciplinary ties within the social sciences. MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic Music PS 205 The Politics of the Black Movement in America Global Studies SO 221 Cultural Anthropology Coordinator: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., Cornell SO 315 Social Change University SO 400 Minority Group Relations The B.A. in global studies is an innovative inter- disciplinary major designed to serve students who Environmental Science seek to understand global issues that increasingly See Biology and Environmental Science. affect all aspects of our lives. These issues include international terrorism and crime networks, global stresses on the environment, transnational economic issues, and the effectiveness of diplomacy in respond- Division of Social Sciences ing to global crises and opportunities. The program permits students to integrate courses from across the and Humanities University with real-life learning experiences (intern- ships and study abroad) in order to achieve global competency. Students in this major will be prepared Global Studies, History, Modern to enter career opportunities in government, nongov- Languages, Political Science, and ernmental organizations, or multinational companies. Philosophy Chair: Rosa A. Mo, Ed.D., R.D. B.A., Global Studies Courses in global studies, history, modern lan- All students earning a bachelor’s degree in guages, political science, and philosophy offer stu- global studies must complete the University Core dents an understanding of the social, political, and Curriculum as part of the 121 credits required for the cultural forces that have shaped the contemporary degree. Additional requirements are as follows: world. Increasingly, citizens of a global society need GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies to gain expertise in the rich array of courses offered GLS 200 Issues in Global History and Cultures in this division, from an understanding of interna- GLS 490 Global Studies Internship tional relations and the analysis of historical events, or a semester abroad to the discussion of the role of women and religion GLS 491 Global Studies Research Seminar in modern society. PS 241 International Relations The Division offers the B.A. degree in global stud- Plus two semesters (six credits) of a modern language College of Arts and Sciences 89 other than the student’s native language (Students RU 401 Russian Culture through Literature and the concentrating in Area Studies should take a language Media relevant to their specific region.) Special Topics courses as approved by the Coordinator for Global Studies Plus two Global Studies electives (Global Studies electives, including special topics and Area Studies - Asia independent studies, must be approved by the Global CN 401 Chinese Culture through Literature and the Studies adviser.) Media Plus ten 300-level or 400-level electives HS 260 Modern Asia HS 262 Modern Chinese History Students must select one of the focus areas described HS 264 Modern Japanese History below and complete a minimum of five courses PS 281 Comparative Political Systems: Asia from the designated list. Special topics courses and independent studies may be applied to a concentra- Special Topics courses as approved by the tion as appropriate, but only with prior approval by Coordinator for Global Studies both the student’s adviser and the Global Studies International Relations Advisory Committee. Students may alternately elect to construct a customized concentration, but it must CJ 325 Transnational Crime be developed in careful consultation with the Global CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice Studies adviser and approved by the Global Studies CO 205 Intercultural Communication Advisory Committee. EC 342 International Economics HS 207 World History since 1945 LS 350 Global Legal Systems Focus Area in Area Studies – choose one of PS 222 U.S. Foreign Policy the following areas: PS 241 International Relations Area Studies - The Americas PS 243 International Law and Organization PS 355 Terrorism E 406-409 International Literature HS 350 Latin American History Special Topics courses as approved by the MU 300 Studies in Music I Coodinator for Global Studies PS 283 Comparative Political Systems: Latin America Global Economy SP 401 Latin American Culture through Literature and the Media EC 200 Global Economy Special Topics courses as approved by the EC 342 International Economics Coordinator for Global Studies EC 440 Economic Development MK 326 Overview of e-Commerce Area Studies - Europe MK 413 International Marketing E 406-409 International Literature MK 442 Marketing Research in a Global HS 270 Europe from Renaissance through Environment Enlightenment Special Topics courses as approved by the HS 345 Europe in the 19th Century Coordinator for Global Studies HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union HS 353 Modern Britain HS 355 Modern Germany Study Abroad HS 446 Europe in the 20th Century All Global Studies majors are strongly encouraged to MU 201-202 Analysis and History of European Art complete at least one study abroad experience. and Music I and II PS 282 Comparative Political Systems: Europe 90
Minor in Global Studies Phi Alpha Theta The Global Studies program offers several focus The University of New Haven has a chapter of areas for students from other disciplines who wish to the international honor society in history, Phi Alpha enhance their degree program. The minor in global Theta, which is open to students who have com- studies consists of 18 credits. All students must com- pleted at least 12 credits of history and have main- plete GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies. In tained an average of better than 3.0 in history courses consultation with their adviser and the Coordinator and better than 2.9 overall. The University chapter of for Global Studies, they will additionally select five Phi Alpha Theta provides students and faculty with courses from one of the focus areas as listed above. a social and intellectual experience beyond classroom work, offering films, speakers, and roundtable discus- sions. Students not eligible for membership in the History society are welcome to participate in all of the chap- Coordinator: Edmund N. Todd, Ph.D., University ter’s activities. of Pennsylvania Associate Professor: Paulette L. Pepin, Ph.D., B.A., History Fordham University Students in the B.A. history program must com- Assistant Professor: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., plete 121 credits. The courses must include the Cornell University University Core Curriculum and 36 credits of history Lecturers: Bradley Woodworth, Ph.D., Indiana courses, including those listed below. The balance of University; Matthew Wranovix, Ph.D., Yale the program can be arranged in consultation with an University adviser. Students interested in pursuing a career as a History provides a framework for a liberal edu- social studies teacher in secondary schools through cation. The study of human experience — failures the Bachelors Plus program will take five education as well as achievements — is the core of historical courses instead of free electives in consultation with study. It gives insight into related disciplines in the an adviser from the Education Department. humanities and social sciences and broadens the per- Required Courses spective of students in the professional fields of busi- ness and engineering by revealing the complexity and HS 101 Foundations of the Western World interrelatedness of human experience. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times HS 200 History Methods History is also excellent preparation for a variety Plus either HS 211 United States History to 1865 of careers in business, government, law, journal- and HS 212 United States History Since 1865 ism, foreign service, and many other areas. Because or of the great variety of professional programs at the HS 110 American History Since 1607 and any other University of New Haven, the student interested in upper division history course excluding: history can combine this interest with highly techni- HS 211/212 cal professional training. HS 260 Modern Asia The Department strives to meet its objectives by HS 491 Senior Seminar teaching not only content but critical and writing Plus four upper-division history courses, one history skills through reading, class presentations and discus- elective at any level, and two restricted electives, one sion, research, and writing. Historical methodology is in social science and one in international relations stressed in all advanced courses, and students take the history seminar in their senior year to sharpen their Plus fourteen electives critical and analytic skills. College of Arts and Sciences 91
Minor in History PS 285 Comparative Political Systems: Middle East A total of 18 credits in history is required for a or minor in history. Courses must include the two listed Relevant special topics course in another discipline as below and any other four courses in history that sup- selected with Modern Language adviser port the student’s interests and needs. Required Courses Minor in Chinese Language-Area Studies HS 101 Foundations of the Western World This minor combines courses in basic and HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times advanced language, literature and the media, as well as area studies. If students begin at a level beyond Modern Languages CN 102, they can take additional courses from the area studies category to meet the 18-credit hour Coordinator: Roberto Irizarry, Ph.D., University of requirement. Kansas In an interconnected world, the knowledge of Required Courses modern languages has become increasingly important CN 102 Conversational Chinese II and greatly enhances global awareness. The Division CN 201 Intermediate Chinese I offers a variety of courses in Arabic, Chinese, French, CN 202 Intermediate Chinese II German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in CN 301 Advanced Chinese other major world languages may also be offered on CN 401 Chinese Culture through Literature and the a less regular basis. These courses fulfill the core cur- Media riculum requirements on all worksheets. In addition, Plus one of the following: students interested in study abroad are encouraged to HS 260 Modern Asia begin their study of a modern language at UNH. HS 262 Modern Chinese History Refer to the course section of this catalog for courses PS 281 Comparative Political Systems: Modern Asia beginning with the prefixes AR, CN, FR, GR, IT, or RU, and SP. Relevant special topics course in another discipline as The Division also offers four minors in Modern selected with Modern Language adviser Languages: Minor in Russian Language-Area Studies Minor in Arabic Language-Area Studies This minor combines courses in basic and advanced This minor combines courses in basic and language, literature and the media, as well as area advanced language, literature and the media, as well studies. If students begin at a level beyond RU 102, as area studies. If students begin at a level beyond they can take additional courses from the area studies AR 102, they can take additional courses from the category to meet the 18-credit hour requirement. area studies category to meet the 18-credit hour requirement. Required Courses RU 102 Elementary Russian II Required Courses RU 201 Intermediate Russian I AR 102 Elementary Arabic II RU 202 Intermediate Russian II AR 201 Intermediate Arabic I RU 301 Advanced Russian AR 202 Intermediate Arabic II RU 401 Russian Culture through Literature and the AR 301 Advanced Arabic Media AR 401 Arabic-Speaking Cultures through Literature Plus one of the following: and the Media HS 361 Russia and the Soviet Union 92
PS 282 Comparative Political Systems: Europe But studying in this field also helps a person to or develop skills that have wide practical application. Relevant special topics course in another discipline as Philosophy students practice logical thinking, ana- selected with Modern Language adviser lytical reading and listening, and precise writing and speaking. They also practice “thinking outside the box” and, hence, cultivate creativity, even humor, Minor in Spanish Language-Latin because their occupation is none other than the American Studies questioning of fundamental assumptions in all areas. This minor combines courses in basic and advanced Thus, philosophy has served as a useful background language, literature and the media, as well as area stud- for people who have gone on to successful careers ies. If students begin at a level beyond SP 102, they in diverse professions, such as computer systems can take additional courses from the area studies cat- programming, music, management, insurance, invest- egory to meet the 18-credit hour requirement. ment, marketing, film-making, publishing, real estate, technical writing, literary writing, government, Required Courses human services, journalism, law, medicine, teaching, SP 102 Elementary Spanish II research... and stand-up comedy! SP 201 Intermediate Spanish I Philosophy courses at UNH examine the major SP 202 Intermediate Spanish II world traditions of thought from ancient times to SP 301 Advanced Spanish the present. Emphasis is placed on ethical inquiry, SP 401 Latin American Culture through Literature including the application of ethical thinking to our and the Media daily and professional lives. Plus one of the following: E 409 International Literature - Spain Minor in Philosophy HS 350 Latin American History A student in this program must complete 15 cred- MU 300 Studies in Music I (when offered as Latin its, as follows: American area studies in Music) PS 283 Comparative Political Systems: Latin America Required Courses or PL 210 Logic Relevant special topics course in another discipline as PL 222 Ethics selected with Modern Language adviser Plus at least three additional philosophy courses cho- sen in consultation with a philosophy adviser Philosophy Lecturer: David Brubaker, Ph.D., University of Political Science Illinois Professors: James W. Dull, Ph.D., Columbia The main attraction of philosophy always has University; Natalie J. Ferringer, Ph.D., University been and always will be the intrinsic fascination of of Virginia; Joshua H. Sandman, Ph.D., New thinking about the “perennial questions.” Is there York University purpose in the universe or only random causation? Lecturer: Gary Fetzer, M.S., Columbia University Does human existence have meaning, or is it absurd? A major in political science provides the student Are moral obligations real, or are they just social with a foundation for a career in government on the constructs? Is the mind anything more than the func- local, state, national, and international levels; for a tioning of the brain? Are we capable of acting freely, career in law; for graduate school programs in politi- or do we behave as nature dictates? Is reason the slave cal science, international relations, and public policy; of the passions? Is it better to be Socrates dissatisfied and for careers in the areas of campaign management, than a fool satisfied? College of Arts and Sciences 93 communication, public relations, and business. All PS 304, 308, 309 Political Parties, Legislative political science and pre-law majors or minors should Process, The American Presidency discuss career goals and educational objectives with PS 332 Constitutional Law a Department adviser within one month of entrance PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval into the program. PS 462 Political Theory: Modern and Contemporary The Political Science Department offers pre-law PS 499 Senior Seminar I advising and tracking. The American Bar Association Plus 21 credits of political science electives to be cho- statement on preparation for legal education and for sen with the student’s departmental adviser the LSAT (Law School Admission Test) serves as a Plus nine electives guide for pre-law advising course selection. Courses are selected from the following academic areas in consulta- Minor in Political Science tion with your Political Science Department advisor: political science, history, English/literature, communi- The Department of Political Science offers several cation, philosophy, psychology, and sociology. course clusters for students from other disciplines who wish to enhance their degree programs. The Further, advice on the Law School Admissions Test minor consists of 18 credits of political science (LSAT) and the Graduate Record Examination courses, chosen with a departmental adviser. Several (GRE) preparation courses, which our pre-law and three-course clusters are suggested below for inclu- graduate school-oriented students are urged to take, sion in the minor to address particular interests. In is available through the Department. each case, nine additional credits are to be chosen in Pre-law majors and minors in the Department of consultation with a departmental adviser. Political Science have been especially successful in gain- ing entrance to law schools throughout the country. American Government The political science faculty grants the Rollin G. PS 121 American Government and Politics Osterweis Award for Excellence in Political Science PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics to an outstanding political science student. PS 332 Constitutional Law International Relations B.A., Political Science PS 241 International Relations Students in the B.A. political science program PS 243 International Law and Organization must complete 121 credits. These courses must PS 281–285 Comparative Political Systems include the University Core Curriculum and 48 cred- (at least one) its of political science courses, including those listed below. Legal Studies PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence Required Courses PS 231 Judicial Behavior PS 121 American Government and Politics PS 332 Constitutional Law PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics PS 241 International Relations General Political Science PS 243 International Law and Organization PS 261 Modern Political Analysis Students whose needs are best served by a mixture of political science courses may construct an individ- Plus one of the following: ualized minor, in consultation with a departmental PS 281, 282, 283, 285 Comparative Political Systems adviser, or a certification in campaign management. (Asia, Europe, Latin America, Middle East) One additional minor cluster is offered through Plus one of the following: the Institute of Law and Public Affairs as follows: 94
Certificate in Public Policy programs are offered in dental hygiene, nutrition (Campaign Management) and dietetics, and physics. The Division also offers a graduate degree in Human Nutrition, described in A certificate in public policy is issued to students the Graduate Catalog. who complete 18 credits with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 in areas of public affairs designed to serve the stu- dent’s intellectual and professional needs. An example Dental Hygiene is the program in campaign management. Director: L. Teal Mercer, M.P.H. Required Courses Associate Professors: Mark Kacerik, M.S., University PS 121 American Government and Politics of Bridgeport; Renee Prajer, M.S., University of Bridgeport Plus five of the following: Assistant Professor: Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy M.P.S., Quinnipiac College; Gwen Grosso, M.S., PS 340 Campaign Management: Procedures and University of Bridgeport; Teal Mercer, M.P.H., Operations University of Connecticut PS 341 Campaign Management: Structure and Organization The cornerstone of the UNH dental hygiene pro- PS 344 Campaign Management: Survey Research, gram is the bachelor of science degree. This program Polling, Computers enables the student to be involved in dental hygiene PS 346 Campaign Management: Financing and course work throughout all four years of the cur- Election Laws riculum. The course of study integrates science pre- PS 450 Campaign Management: Internship requisites and general (core) education requirements with foundational and advanced-level dental hygiene Additional related elective courses may be selected courses. Graduates of the bachelor of science program with the approval of a departmental adviser. will be prepared not only to seek employment in pri- vate dental offices but also to pursue employment in Global Studies a variety of other health care settings such as dental See DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND hygiene and dental business/industry, nursing homes, HUMANITIES centers for the developmentally disabled, hospitals, home health care agencies, correctional facilities, and community health centers. Bachelor of science degree Graphic Design students also have the knowledge and skills necessary See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual to pursue education at the graduate level. Arts. Students who wish to exit the program at the end of three years of study may earn an associate in science degree in dental hygiene. This program pre- pares graduates for necessary board examinations and Division of Health employment primarily in the dental office setting. The associate degree program integrates science prerequisite Professions and Sciences courses and foundational dental hygiene courses into Chair: Rosa A. Mo, Ed.D., R.D. a three-year curriculum. Graduates of the program are positioned to practice as dental hygienists and, if The Division of Health Professions of the College desired, complete the bachelor’s degree by participat- of Arts and Sciences is the home of science-based ing in one additional year of study. professional training programs in health care. Combining a strong foundation in biological science In addition to the programs described above, UNH with practical real-life learning and field experience, offers a dental hygiene degree completion program. College of Arts and Sciences 95
This curriculum is designed for practicing dental B.S., Dental Hygiene hygienists who are graduates of associate degree pro- Students earning a bachelor of science degree grams. The degree completion program enables dental in dental hygiene must complete a minimum of hygienists to transfer credits from an accredited dental 126 credits. Courses must include the University hygiene program and utilize their academic and work Core Curriculum for bachelor’s degree students and experience as the basis for completing course work the required courses listed below. Once students leading to the bachelor of science degree. are enrolled in the dental hygiene clinical course sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, 350, 460), they must Admission Requirements be enrolled in a full-time course of study. In addition to the general admission requirements Required Courses for all prospective UNH students, it is recommended CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic that applicants to the dental hygiene program dem- Chemistry with Laboratory onstrate satisfactory performance in the sciences and CS 107 Computers and their Applications mathematics. It is strongly recommended that appli- DH 105–110 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I cants have completed both high school biology and and II chemistry with laboratory and two years of college E 105 Composition preparatory mathematics. An in-person or telephone E 110 Composition and Literature interview with the department director or a faculty HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times member is recommended; letters of recommendation M 109 Intermediate Algebra supporting the student’s ability to pursue a rigorous or science-based curriculum and desire to contribute in M 127 Finite Math the health care delivery system are strongly encour- P 111 Introduction to Psychology aged. Admission to the program is limited, and part- SO 113 Sociology time study is available only during the first year of BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I the curriculum. All students enrolled in the dental DI 215 Principles of Nutrition hygiene clinical course sequence must be full-time. DH 214 Oral Facial Structures DH 215 Radiology Professional Accreditation and Licensure DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion The program in dental hygiene is accredited or by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of CO 100 Human Communication the American Dental Association, a specialized DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II accrediting body recognized by the Commission on BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation and by and II with Laboratory the United States Department of Education. BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry Students in the program are provided with appli- BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory cation materials for the Dental Hygiene National PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems Board Examination (written) and the Northeast DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management Regional Board Examination (NERB/clinical). Both DH 325 General and Oral Pathology the National Board Examination and a clinical exam- DH 327 Periodontology ination are required for program graduates to apply DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III for dental hygiene licensure in Connecticut and most DH 342 Dental Materials other states. DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV DH 360 Local Anesthesia DH 423 Instructional Planning and Media 96
DH 438 Dental Hygiene Research BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Health and II with Laboratory DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry DH 461 Oral Medicine BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory DH 462 Dental Hygiene Internship DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior Project DH 325 General and Oral Pathology One three-credit elective from CC 5.2 DH 327 Periodontology DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III One three-credit elective from CC 6 DH 342 Dental Materials Plus two three-credit electives DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV DH 360 Local Anesthesia DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Health A.S., Dental Hygiene DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice Students earning an associate in science degree in Plus one three-credit elective from CC 6 dental hygiene must complete 100 credits. Courses must include the University Core Curriculum for associate degrees and the required courses listed below. Nutrition and Dietetics Students enrolled in the dental hygiene clinical course Director: Georgia Chavent, M.S., R.D., CSSD sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, 350, 460), must be Assistant Professor: Georgia Chavent, M.S., enrolled in a full-time course of study. Those students Columbia University; R.D., Medical College of earning an associate degree must enroll in the clinical Virginia course during the designated summer session. Lecturer: Rosa A. Mo, Ed.D., Columbia University; Required Courses R.D., Yale-New Haven Hospital DH 105–110 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I and II B.S., Nutrition and Dietetics CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic Nutrition and dietetics professionals are well Chemistry with Laboratory equipped to enter the health and wellness field. CS 107 Computers and their Applications Managing the delivery of food and providing healthy E 105 Composition eating guidance to health professionals, athletes, E 110 Composition and Literature private practice clients, chefs, food service manag- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times ers, food scientists, and consumers of all ages is the M 109 Intermediate Algebra essence of the dietetics field, offering challenges for or students to prepare themselves for varied and exciting M 127 Finite Math career opportunities. P 111 Introduction to Psychology SO 113 Sociology The Nutrition and Dietetics Program is within BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I the Division of Health Professions and is designed DI 215 Principles of Nutrition for the student seeking a career as a nutritionist or DH 214 Oral Facial Structures registered dietitian (RD). The program includes DH 215 Radiology management, food, and clinical course work that DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I is accredited as a Didactic Program in Dietetics E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion (DPD), and by the Commission on Accreditation or for Dietetics Education (CADE) of the American CO 100 Human Communication Dietetic Association, 120 South Riverside Plaza, DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II Suite 2000, Chicago, IL 60606-6995, phone College of Arts and Sciences 97
312.899.5400. Students earning credits toward a DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with dietetics degree may apply for associate membership Laboratory in the American Dietetic Association. DI 214 Menu Planning The registered dietitian (RD) credential is recog- DI 215 Principles of Nutrition nized nationally, enabling graduates to practice the DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement art and science of the nutrition care process through- DI 222 Careers in Health and Wellness out the United States. Graduates are providing food DI 315 Nutrition and Disease and nutrition services in private practice settings, DI 326 Principles of Dietetics Management health care institutions such as teaching hospitals and DI 330 Dietetic Practice in Today’s Society extended-care facilities, community nutrition sites, DI 335 Nutrition and Disease II child care centers, school lunch programs, corporate DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation food companies, physicians’ offices, and specialized DI 350 Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle programs for eating behavior and weight management. DI 405 Community and Institutional Nutrition DI 450–459 Special Topics Students who have earned a bachelor’s or gradu- DI 597 Dietetic Practicum (optional) ate degree in another discipline may apply credits E 220 Writing for Business and Industry toward a nutrition and dietetics degree or be eligible or to receive a verification statement authorizing their E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion entry into a supervised practice program, such as an MK 200 Principles of Marketing accredited dietetic internship program, once they PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems have completed the required dietetics courses. A minimum of seven to ten didactic program courses Plus five free electives must be taken at the University of New Haven for a student to receive a verification statement from the Minor in Nutrition director of the program. The minor in nutrition is highly desirable in The undergraduate nutrition and dietetics pro- today’s health-conscious marketplace and offers an gram is also associated with the master of science opportunity for students to study personal nutri- program in human nutrition, enabling qualified stu- tion, healthy eating for disease prevention or sports dents to complete graduate study concurrently with performance, food science, or cultural cuisine while the undergraduate program. strengthening their food preparation skills in the food Required Courses laboratory. A minimum total of 123 credits, including the A total of 19 credits of nutrition and related University Core Curriculum, must be completed for course work must be earned by a student to declare the bachelor of science degree in nutrition and dietet- a minor in nutrition. This minor course of study ics. The courses included are as follows: has been approved by the Connecticut Division of Higher Education and includes the following three A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting required courses: BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I with Laboratory I and II DI 215 Principles of Nutrition BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory Plus any three of the following courses (or others) CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic chosen in consultation with the program director: Chemistry with Laboratory DI 150 Sports Nutrition CO 100 Human Communication DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with DI 150 Sports Nutrition (optional) Laboratory DI 175 Food, Nutrition, and Culture DI 214 Menu Planning 98
DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement in consultation with a faculty adviser in the Physics DI 315 Nutrition and Disease Department. HTM 304 Volume Food Production and Service Required Courses for Physics Minor HTM 307 Cultural Understanding of Food and Cuisine PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Physics Laboratory Coordinator: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D. PH 211 Modern Physics Associate Professors: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D., Plus 9 credits of selected physics courses depending University of Edinburgh; Saion Sinha, Ph.D., on the career interests of the student University of Kentucky Physics is concerned with the most basic aspects of our knowledge of the natural world. It is a subject History in which experiment and theory evolve constantly to See DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND provide a precise and simple description of the physi- HUMANITIES cal phenomena around us in terms of a relatively small number of physical laws and theories. Interior Design As a fundamental science, physics is at the root See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual of almost all branches of science and technology. It Arts. has provided the microscopic basis for chemistry, has stimulated important developments in mathemat- ics, is the basis of most branches of engineering and, Marine Biology during the past decade, has proved to be increasingly See Biology and Environmental Science. valuable to the life sciences. Consequently, a basic knowledge of physics is excellent preparation for diverse careers: research in Mathematics University and government laboratories, industrial research and development, applied science and engi- Chair: James W. Uebelacker, Ph.D. neering, biological and medical sciences, research in Coordinator of Pre-Calculus Mathematics: environmental problems, and teaching at all levels from the elementary school to the University. It also Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D. prepares students for careers in non-physics-related Professors Emeriti: Donald Fridshal, Ph.D., fields such as philosophy, business, and law. University of Connecticut; Joseph M. Gangler, The University does not currently offer a bach- Ph.D., Columbia University; Baldev K. Sachdeva, elor’s degree in physics. The Department does, how- Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; Bruce ever, offer a minor in physics suitable for majors in Tyndall, M.S., University of Iowa; Shirley A. any of the University’s colleges and departments. A Wakin, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts physics minor is particularly valuable for students in Professors: Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D., University of chemistry, environmental science, biology, forensic Toronto; Erik Rosenthal, Ph.D., University of science, fire science, or occupational safety, as well California, Berkeley; Ramesh Sharma, Ph.D., as for any student planning to teach science at the Banaras Hindu University, Ph.D., University of elementary or secondary level. Windsor; James W. Uebelacker, Ph.D., Syracuse The physics minor requires a total of 20 credits University; W. Thurmon Whitley, Ph.D., of work in physics. Students should plan their minor Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University College of Arts and Sciences 99
Associate Professor: Marc H. Mehlman, Ph.D., The Co-op Program University of California, Riverside The department participates in the cooperative Lecturers: Adam Bigos, M.S., Georgia Institute of education program (co-op), which enables students Technology; Roger Fiondella, M.S., University to combine their education with practical, paid work of Bridgeport; Mary E. Hopkins, Ph.D., Florida experience in their career field. For further details see Atlantic University; Craig Miller, Ph.D., the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” University of Connecticut; Wilma Whitley, M.S., earlier in the catalog, or contact the chair of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Mathematics Department. The study of mathematics opens the door to a wide variety of career opportunities and academic Basic Courses Required for All pursuits. Mathematics is a major part of the frame- work of modern science and technology, business Mathematics Majors and social sciences. Persons with strong mathemat- All students earning a bachelor’s degree in ics backgrounds qualify for stimulating occupations mathematics must complete the University Core in an ever-increasing number of fields, from private Curriculum, the course requirements for their partic- industry to government service. ular math program, and the basic math courses listed The Mathematics Department offers a B.A. below. degree in mathematics. In addition, concentrations in M 117–118 Calculus I and II applied mathematics, computer science, or statistics M 203 Calculus III leading to a B.S. degree are offered. Students who M 204 Differential Equations do not take the computer science concentration are M 305 Discrete Structures encouraged to consider a minor in computer science M 308 Introduction to Real Analysis to be better prepared for our technological society. M 311 Linear Algebra Students majoring in other fields may minor in M 321 Modern Algebra mathematics. M 331 Combinatorics* Mathematics students have direct access to or University computing facilities via computer labo- M 361 Mathematical Modeling* ratories throughout the campus. Several modern M 338 Numerical Analysis computing languages are available. The most modern M 371 Probability and Statistics I and up-to-date data processing packages as well as M 472 Probability and Statistics II mathematical and statistical software packages have M 491 Department Seminar been installed and are utilized in instruction. *Both are required for the B.S. concentration in applied mathematics Student Awards Each year, the Mathematics Department awards B.A., Mathematics two outstanding mathematics students free honor- This program provides students with a broad ary memberships in the Mathematical Association of overview of mathematics and its applications, espe- America and the Society for Industrial and Applied cially those students who wish to study pure math- Mathematics. ematics or for those whose career objectives include In addition, the department annually awards the mathematics education or the application of math- Bert Ross Mathematics Prize to the outstanding senior ematics to fields such as business, economics, or the mathematics major. This award consists of a set of social sciences. mathematics books and a certificate of achievement. Students earning a B.A. degree with a mathemat- ics major must complete a minimum of 124 credits. 100
Courses include the basic courses required for all DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia mathematics majors listed above, the University Core M 304 Using Technology to Teach Mathematics Curriculum, and the courses listed below. PH 150 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Laboratory Required Courses ED 350 Introduction to Education and Field Study CS 110 Introduction to C Programming ED 503 Human Growth and Development CS 210 Java Programming ED 504 Educational Psychology CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections Plus six hours of mathematics, chosen from M 204 PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with or M 300 or above series Laboratory Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the Plus two restricted electives area of concentration, M 300 series or above Plus eight electives Plus three restricted electives Plus eight electives B.S., Mathematics Students interested in applied mathematics should Concentration in Mathematics — pursue the B.S. degree. Within this degree program, the concentrations of computer science, applied Education mathematics, and statistics are offered. This program is designed for students interested Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in in earning a teaching certificate in secondary educa- mathematics must complete a minimum of 124 tion in mathematics. The restricted electives and credits. Courses must include the basic courses electives give the student the opportunity to add a required for all mathematics majors listed above, the second certification. Students in this program receive University Core Curriculum, and the courses listed a B.A. degree in mathematics and have the opportu- below for one of the three concentrations. nity to participate in the University’s Bachelor’s Plus program, which results in the completion of both the bachelor’s and the master’s degree in 5 years. During Concentration in Computer Science the undergraduate program, students may apply This program is primarily for students interested to the University of New Haven’s Department of in using computing techniques to solve mathematical Education. Upon acceptance they move directly into problems in a wide variety of disciplines. In addition the graduate education program. Upon successful to the mathematics requirements, students take eight completion of the fifth year of this program, students or nine courses in computer science designed to pro- are certified to teach mathematics in Connecticut vide training in the structure of computer languages, and hold a master’s degree in education. computing machines, and computing systems. Students earning a B.A. in mathematics with an Students in this program must complete a education concentration must complete 124 cred- minimum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic its. Courses include the basic courses required of all courses required for all mathematics majors listed mathematics majors, listed above, except M 204, M above, the University Core Curriculum, and the 338, and M 472, the University Core Curriculum, courses listed below. and the courses listed below. Required Courses Required Courses CS 110 Introduction to C Programming CS 110 Introduction to C Programming CS 210 Java Programming CS 210 Java Programming CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections or CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms College of Arts and Sciences 101
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with courses required enable a person to gain employment Laboratory as a statistician in business or government or to pur- Restricted CS or Math Elective sue graduate study in statistics. These courses are also necessary for students wishing to pursue careers in Plus 9–12 credits in computer science; 9–12 credits the actuarial field. in mathematics, chemistry, or physics (the number Students in this program must complete a of credits depends on specific upper-level electives minimum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic chosen) courses required for all mathematics majors listed Plus five electives above, the University Core Curriculum, and the courses listed below. Concentration in Applied Mathematics Required Courses This program is primarily for students whose M 204 Differential Equations mathematical interests are in the application of M 338 Numerical Analysis mathematics to fields such as physics, chemistry, M 472 Probability and Statistics II operations research, and engineering. In addition to M 473 Advanced Statistical Inference the courses listed below, students take five to seven M 481–482 Linear Models I and II courses in a single discipline of the natural sciences or CS 110 Introduction to C Programming engineering. CS 210 Java Programming Students in this program must complete a mini- CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections mum of 125–127 credits. Courses include the basic Plus 12 credits in science, computer science, or math- courses required for all mathematics majors listed ematics above, the University Core Curriculum, and the Plus six electives courses listed below. Required Courses Minor in Mathematics M 204 Differential Equations M 338 Numerical Analysis Students may minor in mathematics by com- M 472 Probability and Statistics II pleting six mathematics courses approved by the CS 110 Introduction to C Programming Department. Those students contemplating a minor CS 210 Java Programming in mathematics should consult with the Department CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections as early as possible in their academic careers as to the PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with choice and availability of courses. Laboratory Required Courses Two-course science sequence M 118 Calculus II Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the M 203 Calculus III area of concentration, M 300 series or above M 311 Linear Algebra Plus 9 credits of upper-level mathematics courses that Plus two restricted electives complement the major area of interest Plus five electives Recommended Courses M 204 Differential Equations Concentration in Statistics Any course in the M 300 series or above This program provides students with a back- ground in mathematical statistics. The mathematics 102
Modern Languages L. Whitson, Ph.D., Columbia University Teachers College See DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES Lecturer: Leonard Wysocki, Ph.D., 6th Year Certificate, University of Connecticut Although psychology is one of the newest Music and Sound Recording branches of science, it has some very old roots. See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music Psychology endeavors to answer some of humanity’s / Music Industry / Music and Sound Recording oldest questions: How does our mind work? How do we interpret and use the information gathered by our Music senses? How do we learn things? How do we remem- ber things? How and why are some things forgotten? See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music. How do we acquire language? How do we com- municate verbally and non-verbally? What kinds of Nutrition and Dietetics behavior are abnormal, why do they occur, and how See DIVISION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS can they be prevented? In what ways do our intel- AND SCIENCES. lectual and perceptual faculties break down following brain damage? As the scientific study of mind and behavior, psychology tries to find answers to these Philosophy and many other fundamental questions. See DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND Our dedication to these goals requires that stu- HUMANITIES dents study psychology from a variety of viewpoints. Thus, students take courses in cognitive, develop- mental, social, physiological, and clinical psychol- Political Science ogy. Our students also develop skills in experimental See DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND design and scientific analysis through the study of HUMANITIES statistics, experimental methods, and psychological theory. Furthermore, through involvement in field- work, students have the opportunity for direct, prac- Psychology tical experience in areas such as behavior therapy and community psychology. Chair: Stuart D. Sidle, Ph.D. We offer a general psychology concentration, Professor Emeritus: Thomas L. Mentzer, Ph.D., which permits students to tailor their preparation Brown University in a number of areas. This program combines basic Professors: Michael Morris, Ph.D., Boston College; science and applications and prepares students for Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Miami University; further professional training in psychology or for Gordon R. Simerson, Ph.D., Wayne State careers in human services, law, education, business, University and industry. We also have a specialty concentration in community/ clinical psychology for those students Associate Professors: Alexandria E. Guzmán, Ph.D., who have well-defined professional goals. State University of New York at Binghamton; Stuart D. Sidle, Ph.D., DePaul University Psychology majors are also encouraged to widen their preparation by taking courses (or minors) in Assistant Professors: Tara L’Heureux-Barratt, sociology, political science, social welfare, manage- Ph.D., University of Connecticut; W. Amory ment, computer science, criminal justice, mathemat- Carr, Ph.D., Fordham University; Amy Nicole ics, and biology. This ensures that our students have Salvaggio, Ph.D., University of Maryland; Melissa College of Arts and Sciences 103 a broad knowledge of many disciplines in the College B.A., Psychology of Arts and Sciences. The B.A. in psychology program requires the The psychology program benefits from a psychol- completion of 120–123 credits, 37–46 of which are ogy laboratory building on the main campus. The required to complete the major. laboratory contains facilities for student and faculty To complete the major, students must complete research. the University Core Curriculum, 16 credits of core The University of New Haven also offers the psychology courses, and select one of two 21-credit master of arts degree in community psychology and concentrations: general psychology or community- in industrial/organizational psychology as well as a clinical psychology, or the 30-credit concentration in graduate certificate in applications of psychology. forensic psychology. The concentrations are described For descriptions of these programs, see the Graduate below. School Catalog. Required Core Courses P 111 Introduction to Psychology Psychology Club P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences Students in psychology have the opportunity to P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology participate in the Psychology Club. Its purpose is P 306 Applied Experimental Psychology to provide opportunities both to socialize and to P 341 History and Systems develop students’ interests in the science and profes- sion of psychology. Throughout the year, the club Concentration in General Psychology sponsors guest lecturers and a variety of field trips. All students are welcome to join. The general psychology concentration consists of 21 credits of psychology courses beyond the required core courses. Psi Chi Honor Society Depth and Breadth Areas Membership in the University chapter of Psi Chi, (1 course from each area below) the national honor society, is open to students in the top 35 percent of their class who have completed at Biological Psychology (1 course) least nine credits of psychology with grades of B or P 261 Drugs and Behavior better and who are making the study of psychology P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience one of their major interests. P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience Graduating seniors also may nominate themselves Clinical Psychology (1 course) for the annually awarded McGough Psychology Prize. P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology P 350 Psychological Testing and Assessment P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling The Co-op Program Psychology The Department participates in the cooperative Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) education program (co-op), which enables students P 218 Sensation and Perception to combine their education with practical, paid work P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading experience in their career field. For further details, see P 312 Cognitive Psychology the Department chair. P 315 Human and Animal Learning Developmental/Personality/Social Psychology (1 course) P 216 Child Development 104
P 217 Adolescent Development Additional required courses (which are used to satisfy P 321 Social Psychology Core Curriculum competencies): P 355 Organizational Behavior BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I P 370 Theories of Personality BI 122 General and Human Biology with Laboratory II Plus two psychology electives (6 credits) chosen with SO 113 Sociology the academic advisor Plus P 336 Abnormal Psychology Concentration in Forensic Psychology The forensic psychology concentration consists of Plus fifteen electives 30 credits of psychology courses beyond the required Additional required courses (which are used to satisfy core courses, and 6 credits of criminal justice courses. Core Curriculum competencies): Required Forensic Psychology Courses BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I P 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology BI 122 General and Human Biology with Laboratory II P 217 Adolescent Development SO 113 Sociology P 336 Abnormal Psychology P 345 Police and Investigative Psychology Concentration in Community-Clinical P 357 Legal Psychology Psychology P 365 Law, Psychology, and the Mental Health The community-clinical psychology concentration System consists of 21 credits of psychology courses beyond P 370 Theories of Personality the required core courses. P 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Required Community-Clinical Psychology Courses CJ 311 Criminology P 216 Child Development Depth and Breadth Areas or (1 course from each area below) P 217 Adolescent Development P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology Biological Psychology (1 course) P 336 Abnormal Psychology P 261 Drugs and Behavior P 350 Psychological Testing and Assessment P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience Psychology Depth and Breadth Areas Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) (1 course from each area below) P 218 Sensation and Perception P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading Biological Psychology (1 course) P 312 Cognitive Psychology P 261 Drugs and Behavior P 315 Human and Animal Learning P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience Plus eleven electives P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience Additional required courses (which are used to satisfy Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) Core Curriculum competencies): P 218 Sensation and Perception BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading BI 122 General and Human Biology with Laboratory II P 312 Cognitive Psychology SO 113 Sociology P 315 Human and Animal Learning Plus fifteen electives College of Arts and Sciences 105
Minor in Psychology Minor in Sociology Psychology, perhaps more than any other subject, A minimum of 18 credits (6 courses) is required relates closely to many other disciplines. A minor in for the minor in sociology. Three of the courses are psychology prepares you for graduate study in the specified. field and can add another dimension to your studies Required Courses in other programs at the University. A total of six courses is required for a minor in psychology. SO 113 Sociology One of the following: Required Courses SO 250 Research Methods P 111 Introduction to Psychology CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology One of the following: Plus 9 credits of psychology electives P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences Exceptions to the requirements above can be M 228 Elementary Statistics made for students whose major programs contain CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice required courses that are equivalent to P 301 and P 305 (such as CJ 251 and CJ 250). Such students The remaining three courses must be sociology electives may be permitted to substitute advanced psychol- that meet with the approval of the Sociology chair. ogy courses for P 301 and P 305. Exemptions will be granted on a case-by-case basis by the chair of the Theatre Arts Psychology Department. See Communication, Film and Theatre. Sociology Assistant Professor: Jeffrey S. Debies-Carl, Ph.D., Visual and Performing The Ohio State University Sociology is the study of social life and the Arts social causes and consequences of human behavior. Sociology’s subject matter ranges from analysis of Interim Chair: Steven A. Raucher, Ph.D. families, corporations, cities, and sports to that of Professors Emeriti: Elizabeth J. Moffitt, M.A., sexuality, death, race, gender, and ethnicity, as well as Hunter College; Ralf E. Carriuolo, Ph.D., the impact of demographic and environmental poli- Wesleyan University cies and other social phenomena. The sociological Professor: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D., Wesleyan perspective is empirically grounded and sufficiently University broad to be relevant to those considering careers in related fields such as research, governmental service, Associate Professor: Guillermo E. Mager, Ph.D., social work, personnel management, advertising, law, New York University medicine, journalism, social gerontology, and hospi- Assistant Professors: John Arabolos, M.F.A., Pratt tality and tourism. Institute; Albert G. Celotto, M.A., Indiana The University of New Haven does not currently University; Todd Jokl, M.A., University of offer a major in sociology. For those students wish- Connecticut; Christopher Reba, M.A., State ing to satisfy core or elective requirements, or for University of New York – Buffalo; Christy A. students who may wish to select sociology or social Somerville, M.A., California State University, welfare as a minor, a selection of courses is offered. Long Beach Lecturers: Sarah Campernel, M.S., Colorado State University; Jason L. DeGroff, B.M., M.M.E., 106
University of Massachusetts; Ricardo Febre, and sound recording programs. M.F.A., State University of New York – New Our recording studios are designed as both teach- Paltz; Victor Markiw, M.F.A., SUNY Purchase; ing and professional recording environments. Both Jesse Peck, M.A., Washington State University; control rooms offer comfortable seating for students Joseph Smolinski, M.F.A., University of as well as providing excellent views of the consoles, Connecticut computer screens, and associated technology.
Music Studio A Advanced recording seminar classes take place Coordinator: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D. in our newest facility, an all-digital computer-based Music courses may be used to satisfy the arts core studio running Digidesign’s Pro-Tools TDM sys- requirements. tem, the industry standard for professional recording The program in music is unique. Music is stud- studios. Additional equipment includes a Yamaha ied as a worldwide phenomenon, not defined simply 56-input digital console, Roland music workstation, in the western European art tradition. Students are Yamaha MOTIF synthesizer, and Universal Audio encouraged to view music as a creation of all cul- microphone pre-amplifiers. tures and civilizations on both the folk and art levels, including our own urban and ethnic subcultures. Studio B Exposure to various music should lead students to spe- The multitrack recording technology classes take cialization in a particular area as upper-class persons. place in a second recording facility. Equipment Since music is a performing art, students are includes a 24-track analog and two 8-track digital expected to reach a satisfactory level of proficiency in recorders for a total of 40 tracks; a 40-input/32-mon- either a traditional western instrument or one central itor console for a total of 72 inputs in mix mode; to the particular culture in which they choose to an Apple Macintosh computer running Digidesign’s specialize. Pro-Tools system; an extensive selection of outboard (signal processing) equipment; and MIDI gear, A degree in music qualifies students for profes- including synthesizer, drum machine, and an AKAI sions as performers, composers, music publishers, music production center. critics and journalists, teachers, curators, and librar- ians. Combining music with other fields, gradu- Studio C ates may enter the fields of concert and ensemble Recording fundamentals classes take place in a third management and sound engineering areas. There recording facility with a 16-input/16-monitor con- are, of course, countless performance opportuni- sole, a digital multitrack recorder, a computer with ties for instrumentalists, vocalists, and composers. digital audio and MIDI sequencing capabilities, Vocations such as music publishing, recording sales assorted signal processing equipment, and MIDI syn- and promotions, and music criticism and journalism thesizer and drum machine. are also available to graduates with a degree in music. Students may also pursue careers in music education, Workstations not only as teachers in schools and conservatories but Our digital mixing workstation contains Tascam also as curators and librarians. multitrack recorders and a digital mixing board, a Macintosh computer running Digidesign’s Pro- Tools, and assorted signal processing gear. Performance/Practice and Recording Facilities Additional workstations can be rolled into class- rooms for the Recording Fundamentals and the In addition to traditional performance and prac- Sound Synthesis/MIDI classes. tice rooms, the following special areas are equipped for the use of students enrolled in the music industry College of Arts and Sciences 107
B.A., Music promotion and sales, marketing, artist management, The bachelor of arts in music is a dynamic pro- music publishing, and any other areas in the enter- gram for the study of music within a liberal arts tainment industry. curriculum. The B.A. program is distinctive in its The program provides a unique balance of courses treatment of music as a world-wide phenomenon. in the areas of music, sound recording, and business The program is also flexible, allowing students to as well as music industry. Music courses include top- focus on performance or musicology. ics such as music theory, musicianship, music history, Students focusing on performance are urged to and performance. Sound recording courses include take private instruction on an instrument or in voice multitrack recording, digital audio, and the use of each semester of enrollment. Seniors must present computers in the recording studio. Business courses either a senior thesis or a senior recital to qualify for cover areas such as accounting, management, and graduation. There are options in the senior year cur- marketing. riculum for courses appropriate for thesis or recital Music industry courses, specifically designed for preparation. this program, cover topics such as record companies, All students majoring in the B.A. in music must contracts, music marketing and merchandising, complete 121–122 credits. recording studio management, music publishing, copyright law and concert planning, promotion, and Required Courses management. Special emphasis is given to career Courses must include the University Core planning and development. Curriculum plus the following: Required Courses MU 111 Introduction to Music Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus MU 112 Introduction to World Music the following: MU 116 Performance (12 credits minimum) MU 111 Introduction to Music MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with or Laboratory (if required) MU 112 Introduction to World Music MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II Laboratory (if required) MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II Music I and II MU 116 Performance MU 501 Seminar in Advanced Research I MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II or or MU 416 Advanced Performance MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art MU 502 Seminar in Advanced Research II Music I and II or MU 211 History of Rock MU 416 Advanced Performance MU 261 Introduction to the Music Industry MU 301 Recording Fundamentals Plus music electives (6 credits) MU 311 Multitrack Recording I Plus ten electives (eleven if MU 125-126 sequence is MU 312 Multitrack Recording II not required) or MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI MU 361 Production, Promotion, and Distribution B.A., Music Industry MU 362 Legal Issues, Copyrights, and Contracts The music industry degree is offered to anyone MU 461–462 Internship in the Music Industry I and II interested in an exciting career in the fields of music Plus music electives (6 credits) management, arts administration, record production, 108
A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting B.S., Music and Sound Recording A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting The Bachelor of Science in music and sound MG 210 Management and Organization recording is similar to the Bachelor of Arts program MK 200 Principles of Marketing in its philosophy and design, but the B.S. provides a Plus business electives (6 credits) stronger background in the science and technology Plus three electives (four if MU 125-126 sequence is of recording through classes in calculus, physics, and not required) electrical engineering. Required Courses B.A., Music and Sound Recording Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus The Bachelor of Arts in music and sound record- the following: ing is a unique four-year degree program. Its devel- MU 111 Introduction to Music opment is based on the philosophy that musicians MU 112 Introduction to World Music should have a working knowledge of the media MU 116 Performance (6 credits minimum) through which their art is most often heard and that MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with sound recordists should have a working knowledge of Laboratory (if required) the art form they are recording. Thus, the program MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II is designed to instruct students in three interrelated MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II areas: 1) music history, theory, and aesthetics; 2) MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art musicianship; and 3) sound recording methodology Music I and II and technique. MU 211 History of Rock MU 221 Film Music Required Courses MU 301 Recording Fundamentals Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus MU 311–312 Multitrack Recording I and II the following: MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI MU 111 Introduction to Music MU 401–402 Recording Seminar/Project I and II MU 112 Introduction to World Music EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog MU 116 Performance (6 credits minimum) Devices MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with EE 235 Analog Circuits Laboratory (if required) M 117–118 Calculus I and II MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II Laboratory MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Music I and II Laboratory MU 211 History of Rock Plus three electives (four if MU 125-126 sequence is MU 221 Film Music not required) MU 301 Recording Fundamentals MU 311–312 Multitrack Recording I and II MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI Minor in Music MU 401–402 Recording Seminar/ Project I and II A total of 18 credits in music courses (other than PH 100 Introductory Physics with Laboratory performance) is required for the minor in music. A PH 203 The Physics of Music and Sound with student’s program should be planned in consultation Laboratory with a member of the music faculty. Plus seven electives (eight if MU 125-126 sequence is not required) College of Arts and Sciences 109
Visual Arts Required Courses Coordinators: Interior Design, Christy Somerville; Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus Art, Digital Art and Design and Graphic Design, the following: Todd S. Jokl, M.F.A. AT 101 Introduction to Art Study of the visual arts provides an opportu- AT 103-104 Basic Design I and II nity for self–realization and gives the individual AT 105–106 Basic Drawing I and II a perception of his or her relationship to society. AT 107 Introduction to Museum Studies Foundational courses in the basics of two- and three- AT 201–202 Painting I and II dimensional design, color, and drawing, plus work in AT 209 Digital Photography and Imaging I major disciplines such as painting, sculpture, and the AT 231–232 History of Art I and II use of computers as a design tool provide the student AT 302 Figure Drawing with the necessary vocabulary for effective visual AT 304 Sculpture I communication. AT 315 Printmaking AT 401–402 Studio Seminar I and II Knowledge of the development of art throughout AT 599 Independent Study human cultural evolution from the cave era to pres- ent day is provided through studies in art history and Plus one art history elective and two art electives the contemporary art scene. Thus, equipped with a Plus ten electives working vocabulary of visual form and a sense of art history, students progress toward the goal of making a mature visual statement in their chosen field. B.A., Graphic Design University of New Haven art programs provide Graphic design is the study of visual and graphic preparation for graduate study or career opportunities literacy and the art of visual communication through in fields related to art, graphic design, interior design, words, symbols, pictures, and graphic elements. The and architecture. BA in Graphic Design examines communication using multiple media including print, digital design, Students in all B.A. art programs listed below internet, information design, signage, and exhibition must complete at least 121 credits. These courses design. The curriculum explores the graphic design- must include the core requirements for the University er’s ability to bring clarity and visual aesthetics to and the required courses as listed for each program. communication through an understanding of theory, design practice, and technology. B.A., Art The introductory courses in the graphic design This program is designed to assist students in program concentrate on basic design vocabulary, discovering their potential for creative expression in composition, color perception, drawing, introduction the arts and the development of a personal idiom in to the use of computers as a design tool, and pho- disciplines of their own choosing, including painting, tography. The curriculum continues and progresses sculpture, drawing, and printmaking. Acquisition of through advanced conceptual ideas and practical an effective visual vocabulary is promoted by founda- techniques associated with typographic studies, illus- tional courses in two- and three-dimensional design, tration, critical analysis, problem-solving method- color, and drawing. Art historical studies provide per- ology, advanced computer projects, and complex spective on art forms of the past. applied design projects. The BA in Graphic Design Coupled with concentrations in Digital Art and prepares students for the professional environment of Design and Museum Studies, the program prepares graphic design found in design studios, corporations, students for graduate study in art as well as for career and agencies. Additionally, the rigorous course of opportunities in a broad spectrum of art and art- study provides students with the foundation to con- related fields. tinue with graduate studies in the field. 110
Required Courses DAD 102 Digital Art and Design GD 109 Introduction to Graphic Design GD 212 Website Creation GD 110 Applications of Graphic Design DAD 301 3D Animation and Computer Modeling GD 211 Intermediate Graphic Design DAD 302 Digital Art and Design Seminar GD 212 Website Creation Plus five electives GD 213 Typography I GD 214 Typography II Minor in Art GD 311 Advanced Graphic Design GD 312 Illustration A total of 18 credits in art is required for the GD 313 Digital Illustration and Information Design minor in art. Students must complete the following GD 411 Capstone Seminar in Graphic Design courses: GD 412 Professional Practices in Graphic Design AT 101 Introduction to Art GD 598 Internship AT 107 Introduction to Museum Studies AT 103 Basic Design I Plus two of the following Art History courses: AT 104 Basic Design II AT 231 Art History I AT 105 Basic Drawing I AT 232 Art History II AT 106 Basic Drawing II AT 331 Contemporary Art AT 209 Digital Photography I AT 333 Survey of African-American Art AT 231 History of Art I AT 232 History of Art II Plus two of the following: AT 315 Printmaking AT 201 Painting I AT 209 Digital Photography and Imaging I Concentration in Digital Art and Design AT 302 Figure Drawing AT 304 Sculpture I This concentration is most appropriate for AT 207 Exhibition Development I students interested in careers in the rapidly grow- AT 208 Exhibition Development II ing fields of digital design, animation, and website development. In conjunction with a student’s stud- ies in Graphic Design, the Digital Art and Design Minor in Digital Art and Design concentration will pair the skills learned in the A total of 18 credits is required for the minor in Graphic Design curriculum with Digital Art and digital art and design. Students must complete the Design studies in web design, computer modeling following courses: and animation, and digital and information design. DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia Active markets for Digital Art and Design include: DAD 102 Digital Art and Design the Internet, where careers in web page creation and AT 209 Digital Photography and Imaging I website management have grown exponentially in GD 212 Website Creation recent years; business, where computer presentations DAD 301 3D Animation and Computer Modeling have taken the place of slide shows; education, where DAD 302 Advanced Digital Art and Design Seminar teachers are finding new ways to present their mate- rial; and the entertainment industry, with the ever- growing use of computers for special effects in games, Minor in Graphic Design music videos, and films. A total of 18 credits is required for the minor in Graphic Design. Students must complete the follow- Required Courses ing courses: In addition to the BA Graphic Design major GD 109 Graphic Design I requirements, students must also complete the fol- GD 110 Graphic Design II lowing: College of Arts and Sciences 111
GD 211 Intermediate Graphic Design Programming and problem-solving abilities are GD 212 Website Creation developed through two-dimensional visualization Plus two courses from the following: techniques and three-dimensional model building. Hand-drawn and computer-generated drawings and Any GD 300-level or higher courses documents provide the basis for implementing design Any DAD 200-level or higher courses solutions. During the first two years of the program, students develop their theoretical understanding of design and their technical drawing skills through Minor in Museum Studies courses in architectural drawing, sketching and ren- A total of 18 credits is required for the minor in dering, construction documents, lighting design, and Museum Studies. Students must complete the fol- residential and commercial interior design studios. lowing courses: During the third and fourth years, students take AT 101 Introduction to Art advanced courses in interior systems, materials, codes, AT 107 Introduction to Museum Studies and interior products and specifications; computer AT 207 Exhibition Development I aided design (CAD); and history of architecture, inte- AT 208 Exhibition Development II riors, and furniture. Independent studies and intern- AT 209 Digital Photography and Imaging I ships, as well as interior design studies focused on Plus one of the following: areas such as kitchen and bath design, office design, hospitality and restaurant design, retail, health care, AT 231 Art History I historic preservation, universal design and sustain- AT 232 Art History II ability design are also completed during the third and AT 331 Contemporary Art fourth years. Career preparation is developed through AT 333 Survey of African-American Art a professional practices course and a series of portfo- ID 315 History of Architecture and Interiors I lio design and production courses culminating in a ID 316 History of Architecture and Interiors II senior portfolio. HS 270 Europe from Renaissance through Through experiential learning projects and field Enlightenment trips, students develop an understanding of the rela- tionship between interior designers and clients, the Minor in Photography interaction between interior designers and architects and other specialized professionals, and methods of A total of 18 credits is required for the minor in communication between designers and fabricators. Photography. Students must complete the following The program’s award-winning student chapter of the courses: American Society of Interior Designers and our affili- AT 209 Digital Photography and Imaging I ations with the design community for internships AT 210 Digital Photography and Imaging II and job placements provide students with excellent AT 309 Photographic Design opportunities to network and develop a clear under- AT 310 Photographic Lighting standing of the profession of interior design. AT 311 Digital Color Photography DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia Required Courses Courses include the University Core Curriculum B.A., Interior Design plus the following required courses for interior design majors, B.A.: Studies in the interior design programs are orga- nized to focus on the construction and technol- ID 100 Portfolio Design ogy of the built environment for a broad range of ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II residential, commercial, and institutional spaces. ID 200 Portfolio Production I ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II 112
ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications ID 313–314 CAD for Interiors I and II ID 215–216 Construction Documents I and II ID 315–316 History of Architecture and Interiors I ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors and II ID 300 Portfolio Production II ID 319 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes ID 311–312 Interior Design III and IV ID 320 Interior Products and Specifications ID 313–314 CAD for Interiors I and II ID 400 Portfolio Presentation ID 315–316 History of Architecture and Interiors I ID 411–412 Interior Design V and VI and II ID 414 Professional Practices for Interior Designers ID 319 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields ID 320 Interior Products and Specifications or ID 400 Portfolio Presentation ID 599 Independent Study ID 411–412 Interior Design V and VI Plus the following art courses: ID 414 Professional Practices for Interior Designers AT 103-104 Basic Design I and II ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields AT 105 Basic Drawing I or AT 213 Color ID 599 Independent Study Plus the following courses for the pre–architecture Plus the following art courses: concentration: AT 103-104 Basic Design I and II M 115 Pre-calculus (fulfills the core curriculum math AT 105 Basic Drawing I requirement) AT 213 Color M 117 Calculus Plus three electives (9 credits) PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory or Concentration in Interior Design/ PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Pre-architecture Laboratory (either course fulfills the core curriculum science with lab requirement) Studies in the interior design/pre-architecture CE 403 Sustainable Urban Planning concentration follow the same program format as the Plus one elective interior design degree program with the additional preparation of calculus, physics, and city planning. This concentration prepares the student to poten- Visual Arts tially enter a professional degree program such as See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS. architecture at the graduate school level. Required Courses Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus the following courses for interior design/pre-architec- ture concentration majors, B.A.: ID 100 Portfolio Design ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II ID 200 Portfolio Production I ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications ID 215–216 Construction Documents I and II ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors ID 300 Portfolio Production II ID 311–312 Interior Design III and IV College of Business 113 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Richard A. Highfield, B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean • Marketing Ben Judd, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean • Tourism and Event Management
Associate in Science (A.S.) Mission • Management The College of Business is a leader in student- centered graduate and undergraduate business and Minors professional education for diverse, career-focused, • Accounting global learners. We provide a high-quality, career- • Behavioral Economics advancing education that emphasizes discovery-based • Entrepreneurship learning and continuous self-improvement. The • Finance College achieves distinction by providing an educa- • International Business tion for a competitive global marketplace. We will • Management ensure student success by integrating real-life learn- • Marketing ing, communication skills, technological competen- • Quantitative Analysis cies, and an awareness of social responsibility. The College faculty advances business knowledge through Business-Related Programs contributions to their disciplines, applications to practice, and innovations to pedagogy. Bachelor of Science (B.S.) • Public Administration (evening courses only) College Learning Goals Graduates of our business degree programs should be The Robert Alvine Professional able to demonstrate: Enrichment Program • Fundamental business, analytical, and technical All College of Business students may participate in knowledge the Robert Alvine Professional Enrichment Program. • A global and integrated business perspective Students pursuing a B.S. degree in a business pro- • Social responsibility and ethical awareness gram must participate in several activities each year. This program offers co-curricular activities during • An ability to communicate, collaborate, and con- which students meet and network with area special- tinually self-improve ists; learn from business leaders; become involved in work-related endeavors such as a practicum and job Business Programs shadowing; and attend various seminars, workshops, and forums that deal with professional readiness and Bachelor of Science (B.S.) work-related issues or emerging issues that impact the • Accounting business environment. The Professional Enrichment • Finance Program builds upon the academic programs by (a) providing cutting-edge information and knowledge • Hotel and Restaurant Management concerning matters that impact the operation of busi- • Management ness and (b) merging theory into practice by way of • Management: Concentration in Management of the professional expertise and orientation of the ses- Sports Industries sion speakers. • Management of Sports Industries 114
Experiential Education Requirement requirement and the twelve-credit business In addition to participating in activities of the restricted elective requirement. Robert Alvine Professional Enrichment Program, all 3. No credit for course work completed at a com- College of Business students are required to engage munity/two-year institution may be applied to, or in some designated experiential education activity. transferred in as, 300-, 400-, or 500-level courses This may include internships, a practicum, study that are offered by the College of Business. abroad, faculty-sponsored research, or academic 4. Courses completed at AACSB-accredited institu- service learning program. This experiential focus is tions may be transferred into the business pro- consistent with University policy and provides a link grams for equivalent-level courses offered by the between classroom instruction and career develop- College of Business. Credits earned at four-year ment. Students should meet with their advisor to non-AACSB-accredited schools may be transferred plan the activity appropriate for their study program. only with the approval of the chair of the depart- Students will register for BA 500 during their senior ment offering the course and the dean of the year to record completion of their experiential edu- College of Business. cation requirement and participation in the Robert 5. Students pursuing either a dual College of Alvine Professional Enrichment Program. Evening Business major or a second College of Business students are exempt from this requirement. B.S. degree must meet all degree curriculum requirements for each major/degree. A minimum Complementary Non-Business Study of eighteen College of Business non-overlapping Most business majors require at least 15 credits of credits must be completed for each new major/ non-business studies beyond core curriculum require- degree program completed; credits taken must ments. All students in business majors are strongly have the approval of the department chair/pro- encouraged to meet with their advisors to plan a set gram director. of complementary non-business courses which sup- 6. To receive a degree from the College of Business, port their career goals. Depending on the major, the final 30 credits completed must be earned at these courses might focus on foreign language skills, UNH. graphic design skills, legal studies, additional science or technology, international history or political sci- Evening Accelerated Business Programs ence, or other social sciences. The College of Business offers Evening Accelerated Business Programs for part-time day students as well Academic Policies as part-time working professionals. Full-time students Following are the academic policies of the College who are financial aid recipients must consult with the of Business. Financial Aid Office to ensure that accelerated pro- 1. At least 50 percent of business program core cred- gram courses meet enrollment eligibility criteria for its (i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the federal financial aid programs. Full-time students must B.S. degree must be earned through course work also secure approval from University College before completed at the UNH College of Business. being permitted to enroll in accelerated courses. The accelerated program courses are scheduled in four 2. At least 50 percent of the major-specific credits modules plus summer terms throughout the academic (i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the year and are primarily cohort-driven. Complete degree B.S. degree must be earned through course work requirements for the B.S. in Management and the B.S. completed at the UNH College of Business. in Accounting are offered for evening students; cur- Major-specific course work includes all credit riculum requirements for day and evening programs requirements in both the eighteen-credit major are identical. For additional information about the College of Business 115
Evening Accelerated Business Programs, please call This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. University College at 203.932.7180 or 1.800.DIAL. History and Effective Citizenship (choose one) UNH, ext. 7180. PS 121 American Government and Politics PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics University Core Curriculum This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. In addition to departmental requirements, stu- Social Interaction (choose one) dents must fulfill all requirements of the University P 111 Introduction to Psychology Core Curriculum outlined on page 15. SO 113 Sociology This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.1. Business Program Structure Non-Business Restricted Electives: College of Business B.S. degree program credits 12 credits minimum plus: conform to the following template: QA 118 Business Mathematics University Core Curriculum: 37 credits (40 credits QA 216 Business Statistics including QA 380) Most business program majors require at least 15 Electives/Non-Business Restricted Electives: 12+ additional credits in a non-business topic beyond the credits University Core Curriculum requirements and QA 118 and QA 216. Consult the academic program of Business Program Core: 30 credits* choice for courses that satisfy this requirement. Major: 18 credits College of Business Program Core: Restricted Electives: 12 credits 30 credits * QA 380 satisfies a core curriculum requirement but These courses develop the foundation knowledge and is tabulated with the business program core credits. competencies from which major-specific course work Additional detail is provided below. may follow. A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting University Core Curriculum: 37 credits (40 credits A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting including QA 380) LA 101 Introduction to Business Law and the The following courses must be completed and will Regulatory Environment be utilized in partial fulfillment of core curriculum FI 213 Business Finance requirements: MK 200 Principles of Marketing Communication (choose one) MG 210 Management and Organization CO 100 Human Communication MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion QA 343 Management Information Systems This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. QA 380 Operations Management Analysis and Problem Solving MG 550 Business Policy M 109 Intermediate Algebra BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone (required, This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. non-credit*) *This non-credit requirement reflects the commit- Using Technology ment of the College of Business to engaged, profes- QA 380 Operations Management sional learning as well as to international awareness. This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. Economic Foundations College of Business Major Requirement: EC 133 Principles of Economics I 18 credits This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. Students should check their academic program of EC 134 Principles of Economics II choice for specific curricular requirements, which 116 build upon the business program core and offer in- by individuals, business firms, and government. The depth exposure to advanced material related to the Department of Accounting at the University of New area of study. Haven seeks to serve the educational needs of those involved in all areas of accounting: public, private, or College of Business Restricted Electives: government. 12 credits There are many career opportunities for account- These credits provide advanced material, either in the ing students in the business world, government, and major or in course work that reflects emerging issues academia. Accounting professionals are needed by of importance. Students should check their academic consulting firms, public accounting firms, and private program of choice for specific curricular requirements. industry as well as by federal, state, and local govern- ments. An educational opportunity is also available Business-Related Program Structure to students who desire to meet the 150-credit edu- cational requirements necessary to take the Certified College of Business business-related program Public Accounting (CPA) examination. These addi- requirements are specific to the area of study. tional educational requirements may be taken at the Students pursuing these academic programs should graduate level, leading to an M.B.A. degree. check the academic program of choice for all specific curricular requirements. The department encourages internships, which enable students to combine their education with practical, paid work experience in their career field. For additional details, consult your academic advi- Accounting sor and the Office of Internships and Employer Relations at 203.932.7491. Chair: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M., J.D., CPA Professors: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M. Boston University School of Law, J.D., CPA B.S., Accounting Associate Professors: Alireza Daneshfar, Ph.D., The accounting major is selected by students Concordia University; Robert McDonald, wishing to pursue a career in management account- M.B.A., New York University, CMA, CPA, CIA, ing or in public accounting leading to the Certified CFA; Michael Rolleri, M.B.A., University of Public Accounting (CPA) license. The integration Connecticut, CPA; Martin A. Goldberg, L.L.M., of business law, taxation, and finance into the pro- New York University, J.D. gram requirements provides the necessary academic background to meet the challenges of the accounting Assistant Professor: Xinyi Lu, Ph.D., University of profession. Texas at Dallas Students earning a B.S. degree in accounting are Instructor: Mary Miller, M.B.A., CPA University of required to complete 121 credits, including the core New Haven curriculum (37 credits), Business core curriculum The Accounting Department oversees courses in restricted electives (12 credits), non-business elective accounting, business law, and taxation. While the requirements (12 credits), and the business program study of accounting has its roots in economic theory, core (30 credits). Requirements are identical for both the courses emphasize practical application to real- day and evening programs. The following are in addi- world problems and the decision-making process, as tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: well as principles and procedures used to produce the information required by decision-makers. Accounting Core Curriculum Non-Business Restricted Elective: promotes an appreciation for not only the nature of EC 200 Global Economy accounting information but also the use of that infor- Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course mation in the complex process of decision-making partially fulfills the core curriculum non-business College of Business 117 restricted elective requirement. University of Rhode Island; John J. Phelan, Ph.D., George Washington University; Demissew Business Program Core: Ejara, Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Armando A 250 Accounting Information Systems Rodriguez, Ph.D., University of Texas For all accounting majors, this course replaces QA Assistant Professors: Esin Cakin, Ph.D., City 343 Management Information Systems in the busi- University of New York; Nadejda Doytch, Ph.D., ness program core. City University of New York Business Major: 18 credits Lecturer: Gregory Blosick, Ph.D., Ohio State A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I University A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II The Department of Economics and Finance offers A 323 Cost Accounting courses in both economics and finance. Faculty in A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III the department have a wide range of research inter- A 431 Advanced Financial Accounting ests, as well as extensive experience in government A 433 Auditing and Assurance Services policymaking, consulting, and industry. Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits Economics courses provide a basis for an under- A 435 Federal Income Taxation I standing of economic structures, a wide range of A 436 Federal Income Taxation II domestic and international issues, and trends in the economic life of modern societies. These courses offer Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the training in analysis of economic problems as an aid adviser. to the evaluation of economic policies. The minor in behavioral economics addresses the emerging impor- Minor in Accounting tance of understanding market behavior and the heu- (Business program majors only) ristics and biases that impact decision-making in the context of uncertainty. Requirements for the minor in accounting, for business program majors only, are nine credits Finance, as an area of study, is designed to pro- beyond the business program core. mote an analytic appreciation of the financial system and the financial decision-making process in which A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I society—through its individuals, business firms, and A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II governments—is continually engaged. In particular, Plus three accounting credits chosen in consultation the study of finance provides a structured analysis of with the adviser. the financial system and the financial decision-mak- ing process as determinants of the economic wealth of the individual, the business firm, and the nation. Economics and Finance The study of finance enables the student to pursue the preparation required for a number of financial Chair: Kamal P. Upadhyaya, Ph.D. decision-making positions in government and indus- Professors Emeriti: Phillip Kaplan, Johns Hopkins try, including the financial services industry. Both University; Ward Theilman, Ph.D., University of a B.S. and a minor in finance are available for the Illinois interested student. Professors: Richard Highfield, Ph.D., University The department encourages internships, which of Chicago; Robert M. Rainish, Ph.D., City enable students to combine their education with University of New York; Kamal P. Upadhyaya, practical, paid work experience in their career field. Ph.D., Auburn University For additional details, consult your academic advi- sor and the Office of Internships and Employer Associate Professors: Wentworth Boynton, Ph.D., Relations at 203.932.7491. 118
B.S., Finance Minor in Behavioral Economics Students earning a B.S. degree in finance are (Business program majors only) required to complete 121 credits, including the core Requirements for the minor in behavioral eco- curriculum (37 credits), Business core curriculum nomics, for business program majors only, are 9 cred- restricted electives (12 credits), non-Business elective its beyond the business program core. requirements (12 credits), and the business program EC 310 Game Theory core (30 credits). The following are in addition to the EC 313 Behavioral Economics aforementioned curricular requirements: EC 425 Decision-Making Economics and Core Curriculum Non-Business Restricted Elective: Uncertainty EC 200 Global Economy Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course partially fulfills the core curriculum restricted-elective International requirement. Business Major: 18 credits Business Programs FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management Professor: Michael Kublin, Ph.D., New York FI 345 Financial Institutions and Markets University FI 425 International Finance The College of Business international business FI 429 Corporate Financial Management programs and global initiatives are overseen by Plus two of the following: a committee of faculty members who are chosen A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III from each functional area of study in the College EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis of Business. This ensures that these programs are EC 341 Macroeconomic Analysis cross-disciplinary in nature and that they consider FI 314 Principles of Real Estate emerging issues that impact the operation of busi- FI 327 Risk and Insurance ness by way of all disciplines and fields of study. The FI 341 Financial Decision Making College of Business supports a minor in international business for students who are majors in business Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits programs, as well as a minor in international business A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I for students of business-related or non-business pro- A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II grams. In addition, the College of Business supports Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the exchange programs with other institutions across adviser. the world, including universities in China, Ecuador, Germany, Ireland, and Spain. Students interested in these study abroad initiatives should contact the Minor in Finance (Business program dean’s office in the College of Business for additional majors only) information. Requirements for the minor in finance, for busi- ness program majors only, are nine credits beyond Minor in International Business the business program core. (Business program majors only) FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management Requirements for the minor in international busi- Plus six finance credits chosen in consultation with ness, for business program majors only, are nine cred- the adviser. its beyond the business program core. CO 205 Intercultural Communication College of Business 119
Plus one of the following: Associate Professors: Dale M. Finn, Ph.D., EC 200 Global Economy University of Massachusetts; JiaJuan Liang, FI 425 International Finance Ph.D., Hong Kong Baptist University; Pawel MK 413 International Marketing Mensz, Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the MG 415 Multinational Management Polish Academy of Sciences; Subroto Roy, Ph.D., University of Western Sydney Plus one of the following: Assistant Professors: Khadija Al Arkoubi, Ph.D., IB 421 Operation of the Multinational Corporation New Mexico State University; Ahmet S. Ozkul, IB 422 International Business Negotiations Ph.D., Clemson University At this time, as all of society’s systems — govern- Minor in International Business mental, technological, societal, educational, indus- (Non-business and business-related trial, and military, as well as business-related — are program majors only) becoming increasingly sophisticated and complex, there is a growing need for skilled managers that Requirements for the minor in international busi- is unrivaled historically. Contemporary manag- ness, for non-business or business-related program ers must attend to global competition, understand majors only, are the following eighteen credits: complex logistical matters, maintain service quality EC 200 Global Economy and continuous improvement, and monitor both MG 210 Management and Organization the internal and external business environments. In MK 200 Principles of Marketing response to these needs, the management programs CO 205 Intercultural Communication seek to provide students with the foundations of MK 413 International Marketing knowledge and skill necessary to obtain and advance IB 422 International Business Negotiations in professional managerial positions in both national and international corporations. The Department of Management offers a diverse set of degree programs Management, Marketing, in management and public administration. Minors are also available, in niche areas such as entrepreneur- and Quantitative Analysis ship and quantitative analysis. The department encourages internships, which Chair: Cheng Lu Wang, Ph.D. enable students to combine their education with Professors Emeriti: Robert P. Brody, D.B.A., practical, paid work experience in their career field. Harvard University; Lynn W. Ellis, D.P.S., Pace For additional details, consult your academic advi- University; Judith Neal, Ph.D., Yale University; sor and the Office of Internships and Employer Warren J. Smith, M.B.A., Northeastern Relations at 203.932.7491. University Professors: Tony Carter, Ph.D., Western University The Co-op Program (California), J.D.; George T. Haley, Ph.D., The Department participates in the cooperative University of Texas at Austin; Ben B. Judd, education program (co-op), which enables students Jr., University of Texas at Arlington; Linda R. to combine their education with practical, paid work Martin, Ph.D., University of South Carolina; experience in their career field. For further details Abbas Nadim, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; see the Office of Internships and Employer Relations William S. Y. Pan, Ph.D., Columbia University; section of this catalog. Anshuman Prasad, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts; Cheng Lu Wang, Ph.D., Oklahoma State University 120
B.S., Management credits. Nine of these credits fulfill the business In order to function effectively in a variety of restricted elective group of courses, with three addi- organizational situations, administrators and manag- tional credits designated to fulfill the core curriculm ers must understand the complexities of organiza- restricted elective. The degree may be completed tional communication and the interrelationships that within the standard 121-credit requirement. exist among the various functional groups that each Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: impact organizational welfare. This point of view is SM 120 Development of American Sports (3) essential for managers who wish to both participate effectively with others in the administrative and Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course managerial group and also administer and oversee partially fulfills the core curriculum restricted-elective activities effectively in critical areas of responsibility. requirement. The department’s program in management provides Business Restricted Electives: the requisite skill sets for success in this demanding SM 230 Management of Sports Industries (3) and increasingly international and diverse work envi- SM 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports (3) ronment. SM 320 Sports Industries and the Law (3) Students earning a B.S. degree in management are These courses fulfill nine credits of the business required to complete 121 credits, including the core restricted-elective requirement. Three additional curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted credits of business electives are chosen in consultation electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ with the adviser. PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: A.S., Management Business Major: 18 credits Upon successful completion of 60 credits of the four-year B.S. degree program in management, stu- MG 331 Management of Human Resources (3) dents may petition to receive an Associate in Science MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity (3) (A.S.) degree in management. Credit requirements (Students completing the Concentration in are designed to facilitate continuance to the four-year Management of Sports Industries may substitute a B.S. degree in a business discipline. 3-credit MG or SM elective for MG 350) MG 415 Multinational Management (3) The following specific business program core MG 512 Contemporary Issues in Business and courses must be completed: Society (3) A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting Plus six management credits are chosen in consulta- A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting tion with the adviser. FI 213 Business Finance LA 101 Introduction to Business Law and the Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits Regulatory Environment These credits are chosen in consultation with the MG 210 Management and Organization adviser. MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity MK 200 Principles of Marketing Concentration in Management of Sports Students must also complete the following core cur- riculum requirements: Industries (Business program) 6 credits (E 105, E 110): core competency 1.1 Students majoring in management have the 3 credits (CO 100 or E 230) core competency 1.2 option of pursuing the concentration in manage- 3 credits (M 109): core competency 2.2 ment of sports industries. As part of the management 3 credits (EC 134): core competency 2.3 degree, the concentration requires a specified twelve 3 credits (QA 380): core competency 3 College of Business 121
3 credits (HS 101 or HS 102): core competency 4.1 most effective business approaches. 3 credits (PS 121 or PS 122): core competency 4.2 Requirements for the minor in entrepreneurship, 3 credits (P or SO): core competency 5.1 for business program majors only, are nine credits 3 credits (EC 133): core competency 5.3 beyond the business program core. 3 credits: core competency 6 MG 317 Entrepreneurship and New Business The following courses, which are offered by the Development College of Business, must also be completed: MG 327 Business Planning QA 118 Business Mathematics MG 417 Managing an Entrepreneurial Venture QA 216 Business Statistics
Minor in Management (Non-business or Marketing Business-related program majors) The discipline of marketing investigates business Requirements for the minor in management, for practices and strategies needed to attract customers non-business or business-related program majors and compete effectively in a global free-market system. only, are the following eighteen credits: Although the curriculum places a greater emphasis on A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting practices and strategies in the domestic environment, EC 133 Principles of Economics I international issues are explored in most courses and LA 101 Introduction to Business Law and the in an international marketing course. Newer coverage Regulatory Environment includes the emerging impact of the Internet on chan- MG 210 Management and Organization nels of distribution and on promotion practices. Skills MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity are also developed in the traditional areas of consumer MK 200 Principles of Marketing analysis and marketing research.
Minor in Entrepreneurship B.S., Marketing (Business program majors) Marketing is the study of the processes for devel- Throughout the United States, many large enter- oping and distributing goods and services attractive prises began as small businesses initiated by an entre- to selected customer groups. These markets may preneur with an idea or vision. Still today, ninety-five include both consumer and organizational (indus- percent of all businesses in the United States are trial, governmental, or non-profit) groups. An small businesses. Entrepreneurship and small busi- understanding of customers results from studies of nesses are dynamic and powerful interactive forces in psychological and sociological perspectives and from these increasingly difficult economic times. the use of research tools. Based on this understand- The University of New Haven offers a minor in ing, competitive strategies and distribution channels entrepreneurship as a means of preparing students can be devised to reach the desired customers more who are considering a business start-up, purchasing effectively. The emergence of e-commerce has sub- an existing business, or joining the family business stantially modified some of the existing strategies for following graduation. The minor may also provide understanding the customer and for managing chan- an “intrapreneurship” foundation for students who nels of distribution. aspire to work in big business. As such, the minor The department encourages internships, which pursues a multidisciplinary approach to entrepre- enable students to combine their education with neurship that integrates the business disciplines with practical, paid work experience in their career field. communication, negotiation, and presentation skills. For additional details, students should consult their Moreover, the program merges theory into practice academic advisor and the Office of Internships and by linking emerging academic developments with the Employer Relations at 203.932.7491. 122
Students earning a B.S. degree in marketing are Minor in Marketing (Non-business or required to complete 121 credits, including the core business-related program majors only) curriculum (37 credits), Business core curriculum Requirements for the minor in marketing, for restricted electives (12 credits), non-Business elective non-business or business-related program majors requirements (12 credits), and the business program only, are the following 18 credits: core (30 credits). The following are in addition to the aforementioned curricular requirements: MK 200 Principles of Marketing MG 210 Management and Organization Business Major: 18 credits Plus four of the following: MK 205 Consumer Behavior MK 205 Consumer Behavior or MK 302 Organizational Marketing MK 307 Advertising and Promotion MK 307 Advertising and Promotion MK 302 Organizational Marketing MK 321 Retail Management MK 326 Overview of E-Commerce MK 402 Marketing of Services MK 413 International Marketing MK 413 International Marketing MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global MK 515 Marketing Management Environment Plus one of the following: Minor in Professional Sales MK 316 Sales Management MK 321 Retail Management Students are encouraged to consider course work MK 402 Marketing of Services that segues well with their specific areas of interest. MK 515 Marketing Management Students completing the professional sales minor will learn to apply sales theories, employ the foundations Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits of selling, understand buyers, employ communication These credits are chosen in consultation with the skills, apply selling strategies, initiate customer rela- adviser. tionships, approach customers and deliver sales presen- tations. Students in the sales minor will be prepared to utilize well-developed and rational decision-making Minor in Marketing methodologies in handling customer dealings, partici- (Business program majors only) pate in team selling, employ techniques of self-leader- Requirements for the minor in marketing, for ship, and coordinate and execute activities that support business program majors only, are nine credits the creation of goods and services. beyond the business program core. MK 413 International Marketing Minor in Professional Sales Plus two of the following: (Business program majors only) MK 205 Consumer Behavior Requirements for the minor in professional sales MK 302 Organizational Marketing for business program majors only are nine credits MK 307 Advertising and Promotion beyond the business program core. MK 321 Retail Management Complete the following courses (6 credits) MK 402 Marketing of Services MK 316 Sales Management (3) MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global and Environment MK 317 Negotiation and Sales (3) MK 450–459 Special Topics MK 515 Marketing Management Complete 3 additional credits in Sales from the fol- lowing: MK 302 Organizational Marketing (3) College of Business 123 or Minor in Quantitative Analysis One of the Special Topics, MK 450, courses (3) (Business program majors) or Requirements for the minor in quantitative analy- Practicum, Internship, or Independent Study (3) sis, for business program majors only, are nine credits in quantitative analysis courses chosen in consulta- Minor in Professional Sales (Non-business tion with the adviser, in addition to the business pro- and business-related program majors only) gram core, QA 118, and QA 216. Requirements for the minor in professional sales for non-business or business-related program majors only are the following 18 credits: Sports Management, Complete the following courses (12 credits) MK 200 Principles of Marketing (3) Hospitality and MG 210 Management and Organization (3) MK 316 Sales Management (3) Tourism Management and MK 317 Negotiation and Sales (3) Chair: Gil B. Fried, J.D. Complete 6 additional credits in Sales from the fol- Professor Emeritus: Elisabeth van Dyke, Ph.D., lowing: Columbia University MK 302 Organizational Marketing (3) Professors: Gil B. Fried, J.D., Ohio State University; or Allen Sack, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University One of the Special Topics, MK 450, courses (3) Associate Professor: Juline Mills, Ph.D., Purdue or University Practicum, Internship, or Independent Study (3) Assistant Professors: Ming-Lun Lee, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas; Kevin P. Quantitative Analysis Mongeon, Ph.D., Washington State University Sports management is a rapidly growing field that The modern corporation operates on the basis of provides numerous career options from professional a set of programs of data collection to track its activi- and collegiate sports to sport broadcasting or selling ties and to understand the efficiency and profitability sporting goods. Hospitality, tourism, and event man- of its processes. The faculty in Quantitative Analysis agement are also strong fields that have significant deliver courses designed to address the development growth through large national hotel chains to amuse- of quantitative reasoning; critical thinking; informa- ment parks and resorts. The two fields have many tion collection, organization, and analysis; and deci- common issues/opportunities. UNH focuses on the sion-making skills. These include courses in applied business side of these industries. Our graduates work calculus, operations research and operations manage- in numerous business environments leveraging their ment, information systems, and statistics. A minor strong legal, financial, managerial, marketing, and in quantitative analysis is offered for those students event management skills embodied in our classes. interested in further strengthening their skill sets in Our courses are supplemented with numerous experi- this critical area that supports the business functions. ential education opportunities from industry intern- ships to professional enrichment opportunities where students can network with industry leaders. With several unique degree options, UNH’s Sport Management/Hospitality and Tourism Management Department can provide the education students need 124 to become leaders in these exciting industries. and The department encourages internships, which MG 415 Multinational Management (3) enable students to combine their education with or practical, paid work experience in their career field. HTM 410 International Tourism (3) For additional details, students should consult their Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits academic advisor and the Office of Internships and SM 325 Sports Facility Management (3) Employer Relations at 203.932.7491. SM 430 Financial Management for Sports Administration (3) B.S., Management of Sports Industries SM 475 Sport Event Management (3) SM 598 Internship (3) The sports industry continues to experience sig- nificant growth as a business sector of the economy. As the industry expands, so does the need for sports Minor in Management of Sports Industries management specialists who are trained in business Requirements for the Minor in Management of management skills and also demonstrate sensitivity to Sports Industries are the following 15 credits: the unique features of the sports enterprise. College SM 120 Development of American Sports (3) graduates in management of sports industries can Plus four courses (12 credits) from the following list: pursue careers in professional sports franchises, coli- seum and arena management, ski resorts, corporate SM 230 Management of Sports Industries (3) fitness centers, college sports programs, sports media SM 320 Sports Industries and the Law (3) industries, sporting goods merchandising, and a wide SM 325 Sports Facility Management (3) variety of other sports-related areas. Students of this SM 430 Financial Management for Sports program receive specialized training in areas such as Administration (3) sports law, marketing, finance, and event manage- SM 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports (3) ment, which are all integrated by way of the compre- SM 475 Sport Event Management (3) hensive internship requirement. SM 584 Sport Facility Development/Construction (3) SM 585 Applied Collegiate Fitness and Athletics (3) Students earning a B.S. degree in management of SM 586 Sport Business Development and sports industries are required to complete 121 cred- Sustainability (3) its, including the core curriculum (37 credits), core SM 598 Internship (3) curriculum restricted electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business program core (30 credits). The fol- B.S., Tourism and Event Management lowing are in addition to the aforementioned curricu- lar requirements: B.S., Hotel and Restaurant Management Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: These programs offer a balanced curriculum of SM 120 Development of American Sports together management skills and global orientations necessary with QA 118 and QA 216, this course fulfills the to develop leaders for careers in the world’s larg- core curriculum restricted elective credit requirement. est industry. Classroom learning integrates practical Business Major: 18 credits technology applications, academic excellence, and communication skills, and is reinforced through SM 230 Management of Sports Industries (3) experiential learning and professional enrichment SM 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports (3) opportunities. Students are also encouraged to SM 320 Sports Industries and the Law (3) participate in projects involving tourism and event MG 331 Management of Human Resources (3) professionals from the state, regional, national, and MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity (3) international levels. One SM elective (3) College of Business 125
The B.S. degree in either tourism and event HTM 360 Corporate Travel Planning management or hotel and restaurant management HTM 370 Gaming and Casino Management provides students with the knowledge and experi- HTM 430 Special Interest Tourism ence necessary to successfully obtain and advance in HTM 450–459 Special Topics managerial positions. Our student professional asso- HTM 470 Tour Design, Marketing, and ciations strive to supplement these prospects through Management networking, service learning, and interaction with HTM 597 Practicum industry leaders. SM 475 Sport Event Management Located between New York and Boston, two of the For students pursuing the B.S. degree in hotel and most prominent tourism gateways, the University of restaurant management: New Haven’s tourism and event management program Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits offers students an ideal location from which to study the industry. Furthermore, we are in proximity to sev- HTM 598 Internship eral multinational businesses with which our students Plus three of the following: may partner to complete their fieldwork (800 hours) HTM 202 Hospitality Purchasing and internship (400 hours) requirements. Each student HTM 210 Applied Techniques in the Culinary Arts is also required to complete a 200-hour service learn- HTM 220 Pastry Making Techniques ing component prior to graduation. HTM 226 Front Office Procedures Students earning a B.S. degree in either tourism and HTM 227 Service Management event management or hotel and restaurant manage- HTM 235 Dining Room Management ment are required to complete 121 credits, including HTM 300 Principles of Baking the core curriculum (37 credits), Business core cur- HTM 304 Volume Food Production and Service riculum restricted electives (12 credits), non-Business HTM 305 Wine Appreciation elective requirements (12 credits), and the business pro- HTM 315 Beverage Management gram core (30 credits). The following are in addition to HTM 380 Resort Operations the aforementioned curricular requirements: HTM 440 International Food, Buffet, and Catering HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine Management and Business Major: 18 credits Technique HTM 165 Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism HTM 450–459 Special Topics HTM 225 Restaurant Management HTM 597 Practicum HTM 250 Lodging Operations HTM 316 Hospitality Finance and Revenue Management HTM 325 Destination Marketing and Sales Public Administration HTM 410 International Tourism Chair: Charles Coleman, M.P.A. For students pursuing the B.S. degree in tourism and Professor: Jack Werblow, Ph.D., University of event management: Cincinnati Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits Associate Professor: Cynthia Conrad, Ph.D., HTM 598 Internship University of Texas Plus three of the following: Assistant Professor: Charles Coleman, M.P.A., West HTM 227 Service Management Virginia University HTM 335 Convention and Meeting Planning HTM 340 Tourism Planning and Policy HTM 345 Catering and Event Management 126
B.S., Public Administration LA 101 Introduction to Business Law and the (Business-related program) Regulatory Environment EC 314 Public Finance and Budgeting Public administration is a rich and challenging MK 200 Principles of Marketing multidisciplinary field that addresses both philosophi- MG 210 Management and Organization cal and social science perspectives that influence the PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics nature of organizations. The B.S. degree in public PS 216 Urban Government and Politics administration is designed to develop skill sets that QA 343 Management Information Systems impact on the personal and professional effectiveness BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone of people working in public, non-profit, voluntary, (non-credit) and private organizations. Graduates of the program are prepared to enter the work force and advance Public Administration Major Requirements: to leadership positions in these organizations with a 24 credits sense of commitment to social purpose, the public PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration interest, and effective public problem-solving. PA 302 Public Administration Systems and Students earning a B.S. degree in public adminis- Procedures tration are required to complete 121 credits, includ- PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning ing the core curriculum. PA 307 Urban and Regional Management Core Curriculum: PA 404 Public Policy Analysis PA 405 Public Personnel Practices 40 credits PA 512 Seminar in Public Administration The following required courses partially fulfill the PA 598 Public Administration Internship core curriculum requirements: Core Curriculum Electives/PACE Program: CO 100 Human Communication This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. 12 credits M 109 Intermediate Algebra These credits can fulfill the requirements of the This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. College of Business PACE program; otherwise, cred- its are chosen in consultation with the adviser. EC 134 Principles of Economics II This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. College of Business Public Administration Electives: CS 107 Computers and their Applications 6 credits This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. These credits are chosen in consultation with the HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times adviser. This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.1. Additional Electives: PS 121 American Government 6 credits This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. These credits are chosen in consultation with the EC 133 Principles of Economics I adviser. This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. College of Business Public Administration Core: 33 credits BA 100 Leadership in Business QA 118 Business Mathematics A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting Tagliatela College of Engineering 127 TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Barry J. Farbrother, Ph.D., Dean major role in the future, and individuals who are M. Ali Montazer, Ph.D., Associate Dean able to generate creative solutions to the myriad of problems that face society will be well rewarded.
The Tagliatela College of Engineering (TCoE) Vision offers a variety of programs in engineering and the applied sciences. These two areas encompass a num- The vision of the Tagliatela College of Engineering ber of dynamic professions in which practitioners is to be the acknowledged regional leader in innova- use their knowledge, judgment, and creativity to tive engineering and applied science education. address some of the most important and interesting challenges facing society. These challenges and the Mission changing face of engineering will shape the world of The mission of the Tagliatela College of the twenty-first century — a world of exotic materi- Engineering is to provide high-quality programs in als, new sources of energy, staggering telecommunica- an environment that supports student development, tions and computing capabilities, cybernetic factories, encourages faculty scholarship, and provides for the and needed public works. In the coming years we personal growth of all community members. The anticipate exciting opportunities to emerge at the college provides an innovative teaching and engaged frontier between engineering and the life sciences. learning environment in order to maximize student Few professions can match engineering for its success. Students are prepared for evolving profes- challenge and excitement or for its essential spirit sional careers by the fostering of a multidisciplinary of play. These qualities are true for each of the perspective, and by the instilling of broad problem- school’s seven engineering programs — chemical, solving, design, organizational, and communications civil, computer, electrical, general, mechanical, and skills. Graduates are prepared to practice ethical system engineering — and also for its applied science behavior, engage in career-long learning, and con- programs in computer science, information technol- tribute to the betterment of society. All community ogy, and chemistry. The rewards of an engineering members value diversity and expect that graduates career include challenging tasks, social standing, and will bring recognition to themselves and to the insti- appealing working conditions and compensation. tution throughout their professional careers. In the All of these are in addition to the great satisfaction context of our historically successful programs, we of seeing your accomplishments in the real world of have established a continuous quality-improvement engineered components and systems. But a degree environment that seeks to achieve the following goals: in engineering or the applied sciences can also lead • Sustain a positive environment for the critical to a wide variety of careers outside the realm of evaluation of new ideas engineering and applied science. Engineers are prob- lem solvers, and the ability to analyze a problem • Maintain nationally accredited programs and find a viable solution is a highly sought-after • Develop leading-edge curricula to meet the needs attribute in many walks of life. Engineering skills of the region provide an entry to business, law, medicine, poli- • Adapt curricula in response to technological tics, and entrepreneurship. Innovation will play a advances 128
• Maximize learning by incorporating new and • The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and effective pedagogies Environmental Engineering (MCEE) • Use appropriate classroom technology to support Further information concerning each opera- learning tional unit, its mission and goals, its faculty • Provide laboratory facilities that reflect the current and its program offerings is given below. state of practice • Further develop experiential learning opportunities Professional Accreditation • Integrate the theory and practice of engineering The programs leading to the bachelor’s degrees in by actively partnering with business, corporate, chemical, civil, computer, electrical, and mechani- government, industrial, and community leaders cal engineering are accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (EAC/ Guiding Principles ABET). The bachelor’s degree program in computer Members of the Tagliatela College of science is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Engineering teaching/learning community are Commission of the Accreditation Board for committed to the guiding principles below: Engineering and Technology (CAC/ABET). • To exhibit respect, integrity, dignity, and profes- sionalism Programs • To assist all members of the Tagliatela College of Responsibility for the curricular content of aca- Engineering — students, staff, and faculty — to demic programs resides with the faculty in each achieve their full potential of the academic units. Each academic program • To instill a spirit of pride, cooperation, and is managed by a program coordinator who is the accountability students’ primary point of contact for program- • To believe that personal contact with and concern related inquiries. Each of the college’s academic for our students are essential programs is listed under its departmental affiliation. • To be committed to the total development of the student Undergraduate Programs • To recognize that in diversity there is strength Bachelor of Science Operational Unit • To understand that the Tagliatela College of Chemical Engineering Ch/ChE Engineering is one component of the teaching/ Chemistry Ch/ChE learning environment and to offer support for other programs within the University Civil Engineering MCEE Computer Engineering EE/CEN/CS Organizational Structure Computer Science EE/CEN/CS The Tagliatela College of Engineering con- Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS sists of four operational units as follows: General Engineering ISME • The Department of Chemistry and Chemical Information Technology EE/CEN/CS Engineering (Ch/ChE) Mechanical Engineering MCEE • The Department of Electrical and Computer System Engineering ISME Engineering and Computer Science (EE/CEN/CS) • The Department of Industrial, System, and Associate in Science Multidisciplinary Engineering (ISME) Computer Science EE/CEN/CS Tagliatela College of Engineering 129
Certificates neering degree program other than general engi- Biomedical Engineering ISME neering are strongly advised to decide on their new program by the beginning of the sophomore Graduate Programs year. Students interested in chemistry, computer science, or information technology are advised Master of Science to choose that option in their first year. Computer Science EE/CEN/CS Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS Academic Advising Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS Faculty members within the Tagliatela College (CEN option) of Engineering take very seriously their responsi- Environmental Engineering MCEE bilities as academic advisers. Good academic advis- Engineering Management Office of the Dean ing helps a student make wise academic decisions Industrial Engineering ISME and avoid course sequencing errors that can delay graduation. Each student is encouraged to meet Mechanical Engineering MCEE with his or her academic adviser as soon as pos- Dual Degree sible during the first semester of the freshman year M.B.A./M.S. Industrial ISME and on a regular basis at least once per semester. Engineering All newly admitted students, including transfer Graduate Certificates students, are assigned a faculty adviser in the depart- ment responsible for their chosen degree program. Civil Engineering Design MCEE Computer Applications EE/CEN/CS The Multidisciplinary Foundation for Computer Programming EE/CEN/CS Engineering Programs Computing EE/CEN/CS To operate effectively in today’s workforce, Logistics ISME engineers need to have a multidisciplinary perspec- Lean/Six Sigma ISME tive along with substantial disciplinary depth. The Quality Engineering ISME faculty of the Tagliatela College of Engineering have developed an innovative approach to achieve this perspective: The Multidisciplinary Engineering Choosing a Major Foundation Spiral Curriculum. This curricular The University of New Haven is one of a small model enables the needed mix of breadth and number of universities in which entering freshmen depth, along with the desired professional skills, are admitted directly to the engineering college. A by providing carefully crafted, well-coordinated student may be accepted into the Tagliatela College curricular experiences in the first two years. of Engineering without declaring a major in a specific engineering discipline. This is possible because the freshman year curriculum is essentially common to University Core Curriculum all engineering programs. Students who have chosen In addition to college and department require- a major should follow the recommended first-year ments, students must fulfill all requirements of program for the major. Students who are undecided the University Core Curriculum. (See University about their choice of engineering major should Curricula section of the catalog.) Included within choose the general engineering degree program the core curriculum are requirements in the humani- and follow the recommended first-year program. ties and social sciences. For details, see the section Those students wishing to complete an engi- Social Science and Humanities Electives below. 130
General Policies of the Tagliatela College adviser and are usually chosen from engineering of Engineering college courses. The adviser’s approval is important to ensure that students meet the prerequisite The following information applies to requirements. all degree programs within the TCoE: Design Electives Transfer Credit Design electives within each program are those Transfer of credits for previous academic work upper-level engineering courses that incorpo- is coordinated by the dean’s office and assessed rate substantial design activities. Suitable courses by program coordinators according to school include a (D) following the course title. These policy, described in the document “Guidelines on courses may also be used as technical electives. Transfer Credit Awards.” All transferred courses are the result of a determination of equivalence Internship Requirement of course content and level. Courses for trans- All Tagliatela College of Engineering gradu- fer claiming engineering content normally are ates are required to complete an internship accepted only from ABET-accredited programs. prior to graduation. Students should check Transfer students whose previous academic with their academic adviser regarding the spe- work results in placement beyond the freshman cific requirements (which differ by program). year may be given the option of following the pro- gram worksheet in effect for upper-level students in Senior Project Experience the chosen major. Such a choice may shorten the The Tagliatela College of Engineering’s strate- time required to complete the degree program. gic plan calls for each TCoE engineering major to complete a year-long, team-based, client sponsored Social Science and Humanities Electives project. Students are encouraged to seek suit- The work of engineers and applied scientists able topics for project work from the organiza- requires creative solutions that are socially, politically, tions in which they undertake their internships. economically, culturally and aesthetically accept- able. Courses in the social sciences and humanities help to develop awareness of the needs of the global society and contribute to the ability of a scientist/ Chemistry and engineer to communicate technical options to the broad constituencies that are affected by technical Chemical Engineering solutions. Specific courses chosen in these areas must Chairman: Pauline M. Schwartz, Ph.D. satisfy the University Core Curriculum requirements. Professors Emeriti: Peter J. Desio, Ph.D., University Mathematics Electives of New Hampshire; George L. Wheeler, Ph.D., These are courses from the Mathematics University of Maryland Department at the 300 or higher level. Academic Professors: Michael A. Collura, Ph.D., Lehigh advisers should be consulted for recommenda- University; W. David Harding, Ph.D., tions on the mathematics electives most rel- Northwestern University; Michael J. Saliby, evant to a student’s career objectives. Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton; Pauline M. Schwartz, Ph.D., University of Michigan Technical Electives Associate Professors: Eddie Luzik, Ph.D., Bryn Technical electives are upper-level courses directly Mawr College; Arthur S. Gow III, Ph.D., pertinent to a student’s major field of study. These Pennsylvania State University electives must be approved by the student’s academic Tagliatela College of Engineering 131
Assistant Professor: Nancy Ortins Savage, Ph.D., for industries such as chemicals, petroleum products, The Ohio State University plastics, textiles, pharmaceuticals, and food processing. Lecturer: Eddie Del Valle, M.S., Pontifical Catholic Chemical engineers are at the forefront in University of Puerto Rico implementing emerging technologies such as bio- Visiting Instructors: Tiffany Hesser, M.S., processing and biomaterials and nanotechnology. University of New Haven; John G. Haggerty, Chemical engineers are also concerned with the Ph.D., Dartmouth College; Pier F. Cirillo, Ph.D., critical areas of resource depletion, energy conserva- Boston University; Jeffrey A. Webb, Ph.D., tion, pollution prevention and control, improved SUNY at Stony Brook control of processes, and enhanced productivity. The major has also proven to be an excellent back- The mission of the Department of Chemistry ground for the study of law, medicine, or business. and Chemical Engineering is to prepare a diverse student body for entrance into the Mission and Outcomes chemical engineering and chemistry professions The mission of the Chemical Engineering and for evolving professional careers, includ- program is to prepare a diverse student body ing graduate study and professional school. for entrance into the chemical engineering pro- The Department offers bachelor’s degree programs fession and for evolving professional careers. and minors in chemical engineering and chemistry. The following four program objectives have been set to achieve the program’s mission: Degrees Offered • To graduate students who have the technical B.S., Chemistry knowledge and professional skills necessary for the B.S., Chemical Engineering current practice of engineering. • To prepare students for technical careers that Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair and require a high level of interaction and commu- Scholarships nication with others and sensitivity to the broad The Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair of social scope of engineering problems. Chemistry and Chemical Engineering was estab- • To prepare graduates to apply an organized lished in 1981 by Mrs. Clarice Buckman of New approach to competently address problems and Haven in memory of her late husband, Jacob Finley opportunities through careful problem formula- Buckman, cofounder of Enthone Corporation. The tion, critical analysis of inputs, creative solutions, Clarice Buckman Scholarships are awarded to juniors and the ability to learn what is needed to solve the majoring in Chemical Engineering or Chemistry. complex problem. • To assure that students have a firm understand- ing of the terminology, techniques, and methods Chemical Engineering employed by chemical engineers. Chemical engineers are creative problem solvers. Based on the program objectives, ten pro- They apply the fundamental principles of chemistry, gram outcomes have been established: physics, biology, mathematics, and economics to the • Students can demonstrate the understanding of solution of practical problems and to the search for and an ability to apply concepts in basic science new knowledge. Traditionally, chemical engineers and mathematics and have a working knowledge develop, design, optimize, and operate processes that of advanced chemistry. convert material and energy resources into new or • Students can demonstrate the ability to design improved products. It was practitioners of this disci- and conduct experiments, analyze data, assess pline who developed the technological infrastructure 132
results, and make recommendations regarding the ernment or to continue study at the graduate level. outcome of their work. The freshman year in chemical engineering is • Students can demonstrate proficiency in the use like that of the other engineering disciplines (see of computer tools typical of those used in the pro- the section “Multidisciplinary Foundation for cess industries for research, development, design, Engineering Programs”). Chemical Engineering and operation activities. students take EAS 120, Chemistry with Application • Students can demonstrate the ability to function to Biosystems, during the freshman year. as integral members of multidisciplinary teams. The first chemical engineering course, taken • Students are aware that solutions to technical in the sophomore year, is the beginning of a well- problems have wide-ranging effects on society. integrated sequence that builds on the multidisci- They can demonstrate the ability to incorporate plinary foundation. Each chemical engineering course consideration of such effects into their solutions. contributes uniquely to the development of skills in problem solving, communication, computer usage, • Students can demonstrate the ability to effectively and engineering design. Several common themes communicate technical ideas to a variety of weave throughout these courses, including safety, audiences. concern for the environment, and practical applica- • Students can demonstrate the ability to develop tion of knowledge to real-world problems. A compre- solutions to open-ended problems that achieve hensive laboratory experience is integrated into most balance among competing constraints. of the chemical engineering courses and culminates • Students can demonstrate the ability to apply an with the chemical engineering laboratory course engineering approach to the solution of problems. during the senior year. This laboratory experience • Students can demonstrate the ability to think contributes to these educational objectives through creatively and to extend their knowledge through the use of modern, industrial-type data acquisition independent learning. and control instruments and computers on pilot- scale process equipment. Comprehensive design • Students can demonstrate the ability to apply projects in the senior year enable the student to syn- the concepts of balances, rate, and equilibrium thesize and focus on the entire curriculum. Several relationships and of process/product/equipment engineering or science electives allow flexibility in analysis and design. the program, to include areas of special interest. Achievement of these four objectives and Students in the Chemical Engineering pro- ten outcomes is assessed by a variety of means, gram satisfy the University Core Curriculum including course evaluations, exit surveys, requirements through specified courses and elec- alumni surveys, and employer surveys. tives. University Core Curriculum categories are indicated in the list below for such electives. B.S., Chemical Engineering Required Courses Program Coordinator: W. David Harding, Ph.D. (130 credits total including freshman year) The B.S. degree in chemical engineering is accred- ited by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers Freshman Year (AIChE) and by the Engineering Accreditation CH 115 General Chemistry I Commission of the Accreditation Board for CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The E 105 Composition Chemical Engineering program is challenging, but E 110 Composition and Literature for those genuinely interested, it develops the depth EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering of knowledge required to embark on a fascinating EAS 109 Project Planning and Development and satisfying professional career in industry or gov- EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis Tagliatela College of Engineering 133
EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems Plus one Core Competency 6 elective and 9 credits FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- of engineering or science electives time day-division freshmen) Students who wish to concentrate in a M 117 Calculus I particular area should select a cluster of elec- M 118 Calculus II tive courses that matches their interests. Plus one Core Competency 5.1 elective Following are examples of popular clusters:
Sophomore Year Biochemical Engineering Applications CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I CH 203 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology CM 220 Process Analysis BI 461 Biochemistry EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Biotechnology Applications Systems BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems BI 301 Microbiology EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems BI 308 Cell Biology M 203 Calculus III BI 311 Molecular Biology M 204 Differential Equations Environmental Engineering Applications PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory CE 315 Environmental Engineering PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with CE 404 Water and Wastewater Engineering Laboratory CM 521 Air Pollution Fundamentals In some cases, students may wish to take Junior Year courses beyond those required for the degree, CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II to gain depth in an area of interest. CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory CM 311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics CM 315 Transport Operations I Minor in Chemical Engineering CM 316 Transport Operations II Students who wish to earn a minor in chemical CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design engineering should complete EAS 224 and five courses EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog in chemical engineering, including the following: Devices EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering CM 220 Process Analysis Economics CM 315 Transport Operations I Plus one Core Competency 1.2 elective, and one CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design Core Competency 5.2 elective Plus two additional chemical engineering (CM) courses. Senior Year CM 401 Mass Transfer Operations CM 411 Chemical Engineering Laboratory Chemical Engineering Club CM 415 Process Dynamics and Control The Chemical Engineering Club has ties to CM 420 Process Design Principles the American Institute of Chemical Engineers CM 421 Plant and Process Design (AIChE). The Club provides students the EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar opportunity to socialize, meet chemical engi- HS 101 Foundations of the Western World neers working in the area, visit process plants, or and participate in community projects. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 134
Chemistry ing 16 credits in addition to those required Chemists are concerned with the structure for the B.S. degree in forensic science. and analysis of matter and the changes that mat- Required Courses ter undergoes. Today’s chemists are solving prob- Students majoring in chemistry must complete lems and developing new substances with the the following courses for a total of 123–126 credits: increasing use of laboratory instruments. Many of these instruments are interfaced with com- Freshman Year puters for rapid data analysis and display. CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II Careers for chemists in today’s market include CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory the rapidly developing fields of instrumentation; E 105 Composition computers; energy; environment; forensics; medi- E 110 Composition and Literature cine; biochemistry and biotechnology; safety and M 117–118 Calculus I and II health; pharmaceutical, product, and equipment PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with development; chemical engineering; plastics and Laboratory polymers; synthetic fibers; industrial chemistry; FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- technical sales and services; and management. time day-division freshmen) Objectives Plus one Core Competency 3 Option A elective The Chemistry program has the following educa- Sophomore Year tional objectives: CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II • To provide a strong background in theoretical CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory chemical principles and laboratory practice. CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory • To develop problem-solving and critical-thinking CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with skills. Laboratory • To develop the ability to communicate effectively. HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or • To provide pertinent experience with chemical HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times instrumentation. M 203 Calculus III PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with B.S., Chemistry Laboratory Program Coordinator: Arthur S. Gow III, Ph.D. Plus one computer science (CS) elective or an The B.S. in Chemistry program includes most approved restricted elective chosen with the adviser, of the courses recommended by the American and one Core Competency 5.1 elective Chemical Society (ACS) and provides a rigorous Junior Year background well-suited to those students who will pursue graduate studies in chemistry. The program CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II is also highly recommended for premedical students. CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory The program contains six technical electives. By CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry careful selection of courses, these electives allow the Plus two technical electives chosen with the student to develop a cluster in a related field such adviser, one advanced chemistry elective, one Core as biotechnology, biochemistry, computer science, Competency 1.2 elective, one Core Competency 2.3 environmental studies, or an engineering field. elective, one Core Competency 5.2 elective, and one Students majoring in forensic science may Core Competency 6 elective also earn a B.S. degree in chemistry by tak- Tagliatela College of Engineering 135
Senior Year chemistry and forensic science majors are encour- CH 411 Chemical Literature aged to join. Club activities include field trips, CH 412 Seminar community and University service projects, CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory or advanced films, group discussions, and social activities. chemistry or chemical engineering course CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Electrical and Computer CH 599 Independent Study or advanced chemistry or chemical engineering course Engineering and Plus four technical electives chosen with the adviser, and one biology or mathematics elective from Core Computer Science Competency 2 Professors Emeriti: Gerald J. Kirwin, Ph.D., Teaching Chemistry Syracuse University; Kantilal K Surti, Ph.D., Students interested in earning a teaching cer- University of Connecticut; Darrell Horning, tificate in secondary education in chemistry may Ph.D., University of Illinois; Roger G. Frey, enter the graduate program at UNH. The B.S. Ph.D., J.D., Yale University; Norman Hosay, or B.A. degree in chemistry is the best major Ph.D., University of Wisconsin for those planning to teach at the secondary Professors: Bouzid Aliane, Ph.D., Polytechnic level, but other related majors are also accept- Institute of New York; Tahany Fergany, Ph.D., able. Students interested in teaching science at University of Connecticut; Alice E. Fischer, the middle-school level need a variety of science Ph.D., Harvard University; Andrew J. Fish, Jr., courses, including chemistry. Please contact the Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Ali Golbazi, Education Department for additional information. Ph.D., Wayne State University; Bijan Karimi, Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Minor in Chemistry Associate Professors: William R. Adams, Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Andrew Brooks, Ph.D., To obtain a minor in chemistry, students must University of Strathclyde; Barun Chandra, Ph.D., complete 23–24 credits, including the following University of Chicago; David W. Eggert, Ph.D., courses: University of South Florida; Christopher Martinez, Required Courses Ph.D., University of Texas at San Antonio CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II Degrees Offered CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II A.S., Computer Science CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory B.S., Computer Engineering CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory B.S., Computer Science CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with B.S., Electrical Engineering Laboratory (A CH 300-level or above course may be substituted B.S., Information Technology for CH 221.) Five-year B.S./M.S. in Electrical and Computer Engineering Forensic Science and Chemistry Club Five-year B.S./M.S. in Computer Science The Forensic Science and Chemistry Club is a For graduate degrees offered by this Department, student affiliate of the American Chemical Society please refer to the UNH Graduate Catalog. (ACS). The Club is open to all students, and all 136
Mission students have “hands-on” experiences to further The mission of the Department is to prepare emphasize the lessons they have learned. These students from diverse backgrounds for professional activities culminate in a design project in their senior practice and continued growth in the fields of elec- year, as well as an internship in local industry. trical engineering, computer engineering, computer Internship Requirement science, and information technology. We provide students with the skills and basic background needed The internship program enriches the academic to become proficient in today’s technology, as well as experience for the student by providing exposure to to keep abreast of future developments in these fields. a working industrial environment. Each internship is a partnership between the student, a faculty adviser The offerings in the Department cover a wide and an employer. Once the junior year is reached (60 spectrum of possibilities. On one end, the electri- credits), a student is eligible to find and propose a cal engineering discipline focuses on the design particular experience. This could take the form of part- of electrical systems, both computer-related and time or summer employment, a co-op job, community non-computer-related. On the other end, the com- service or some other activity of sufficient duration puter science discipline focuses on the design and and with duties relevant to the discipline. The mini- implementation of computer software for various mum length of time required for the internship var- applications. In between, the field of computer ies for each program (300 hours for electrical and engineering bridges this gap through the design of computer engineering, 100 for computer science and computer hardware and its controlling software. information technology). Students who are already The area of information technology deals with the working in the field should contact their adviser deployment and integration of these various compo- concerning a possible waiver of this requirement. nents into larger systems, such as a secure computer network infrastructure or an e-commerce website. Extracurricular Activities Educational Philosophy Students are encouraged to develop them- selves not only academically, but also socially. Being true to the broader educational mis- Various opportunities exist outside the classroom sions of the University and the Tagliatela College for interaction with other students and faculty. of Engineering, the programs in the Department The Living/Learning Community provides a possess many facets. Through the University’s great bonding experience in the freshman year. In core requirements, students expand their cul- later years, various clubs and student chapters of tural and intellectual horizons by exposure to the national societies, such as the Institute of Electrical humanities and social sciences, in addition to and Electronic Engineers and the Association of the technical aspects of mathematics and science. Computing Machinery, provide an opportunity Written and oral communication skills are devel- to listen to visiting lecturers, attend workshops or oped continually throughout the curriculum. conferences, and take field trips into the surround- During the freshman and sophomore years, ing industry. Student chapters of national honor students in each program participate at different societies (for example, Eta Kappa Nu for electri- levels in the multidisciplinary spiral curriculum cal and computer engineering), also recognize the of the TCoE, in addition to taking introductory outstanding achievements of superior students. discipline courses. They then have an opportunity to pursue particular interests through required and elective courses in their final two years. Five-year B.S./M.S. Programs Another important feature of these programs Students of good academic standing are eligible is that they put theory into practice. Through a to participate in a five-year program in which both mixture of specific lab courses and in-class projects, B.S. and M.S. degrees are earned. Those in the B.S.E.E. and B.S.C.E.N. degrees can transition to Tagliatela College of Engineering 137 the M.S.E.E., while those in the B.S.C.S. program puter engineering skills that form the background can continue to the M.S.C.S. program with mini- for the upper-level elective and design courses. mal paperwork and no application fee. Students Physics, chemistry, mathematics, computer pro- take two graduate courses in their senior year that gramming, basic engineering science, and gen- both fulfill their B.S. requirements and waive certain eral education courses supplement the required M.S. requirements, so that they can graduate with and elective computer engineering courses. both degrees in five years. Students are encouraged The upper-level computer engineering course to speak with their academic advisers for details. work provides areas of concentration for in-depth study. Students can choose additional techni- B.S., Computer Engineering cal electives from outside the area of concentra- tion to provide more breadth of knowledge. Program Coordinator: Christopher Martinez, Ph.D. To influence our society’s evolution, the computer The B.S. degree in computer engineering engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. Commission of the Accreditation Board for The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). neers and to the public. The Computer Engineering Computer engineering is concerned with design program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- and implementation of digital systems such as ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements computer systems, computer-based control sys- allow students to expand their cultural and intel- tems, interfaces between digital and analog systems, lectual horizons by exposing them to the humanities interfaces between hardware and software, and and social sciences. Students learn written and oral control software for embedded computer systems. communication skills in the core courses as well as in This program spans the disciplines of both electri- multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the cal engineering and computer science, and can be freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these described as bridging the area between the two. skills in the humanities and social science courses as Computers are used in almost every device or well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. system manufactured today, from large multi- An important feature of the computer engineering computer systems to cell phones and credit card curriculum is the design experience. Our students reading devices. In addition, they are used in signal develop the ability to analyze appropriate models, processing applications, speech recognition, medi- conduct empirical tests, gather relevant informa- cal imaging, and picture and data communication. tion, interpret empirical tests, develop appropriate The Internet is possible in part because of advances models, develop alternative solutions, formulate made in computing machines and data communi- problems, and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. cations by people working in the capacity of com- This sequence of courses takes the student in gradual puter engineers. Careers for computer engineers steps from a well-structured laboratory experiment are found in all phases of the production of these in the sophomore year to an open-ended design devices and systems, from design, manufactur- project in the senior year. This allows students to ing, and maintenance to marketing and sales. gain practical experience in engineering design. Recognizing the changing trend in engineer- ing education, the Computer Engineering pro- Internship Requirement gram has adopted a multidisciplinary approach The internship program is intended to enrich for teaching and learning by incorporating the academic experience of our undergraduate a series of newly developed project-oriented students, providing exposure to and participa- courses based on the spiral curriculum. tion in a working engineering environment. Each The early part of the program emphasizes com- internship must involve a partnership consisting of the student, faculty, and employers/organiza- 138 tions to provide each student intern with an science, mathematics, and engineering. The last two optimal experience. A minimum of 300 hours years consist of courses in digital systems, computer performing relevant engineering duties is required systems, networks, electrical systems, and design of prior to graduation. Students must complete 60 software systems. Three electives in the fourth credits toward the bachelor’s degree in computer year give the student an opportunity to explore a engineering before an internship is attempted. hardware and/or software-oriented program. The The internship carries no credit for the degree; final year includes a year-long senior design project however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing in which the student designs a device, system, or a co-op position, summer employment, and part- software application. Depending on the student’s time or full-time positions that are approved by the interests, the project can be hardware and/or software student’s employer and by the department/internship oriented. Industry-based projects are encouraged. coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship The program also has a general education component experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- in communications, economics, and the humani- ship requirement may be granted for students who ties needed to create a well-rounded professional. are employed in the field, subject to a formal review Required Courses by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated Students must complete a total of 127 credits one year prior to the anticipated graduation date. to earn the bachelor of science degree in com- puter engineering. Humanities or social science Educational Objectives electives must be selected to fulfill the University The educational objectives of the Computer Core Curriculum requirements, and students Engineering program prepare students for must complete the internship requirement. professional practice and lifelong learn- Technical electives are 300-level or higher CS ing. Program graduates will demonstrate or EE courses that fit into the student’s plan of the following qualities and attributes: study and are approved by the academic adviser. • High-quality performance as computer engineers One technical elective may be taken outside the in industry who have a strong theoretical back- specified areas with the approval of the academic ground for pursuing graduate studies adviser. In the final year of study the student takes a two-semester senior design sequence, CEN 457 • Leadership abilities and an understanding of and CEN 458. In the first semester the student human relationships in general selects a topic, completes a literature search, and • The ability to function as innovators, entrepre- commences the design process. In the second neurs, and problem-solvers in industry or aca- semester, the student completes the design, imple- demia ments the project, and presents the results. • The ability to function as members of multidis- The following list shows the sequence ciplinary teams or as team leaders, and the ability of courses that a student should follow to to secure high-level managerial positions in their complete the program in four years. discipline Freshman Year • The ability to deal with societal and global issues such as environmental and ethical concerns CH 115 General Chemistry I CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Design and problem-solving are the central CS 110 Introduction to C Programming themes of this program. It combines the engineer- CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing ing and hardware approach of electrical engineering E 105 Composition with the knowledge of computing structures and E 110 Composition and Literature the algorithmic approach of computer science. The EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering first two years of the program concentrate on basic Tagliatela College of Engineering 139
EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis Social Interaction core elective FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- Communication core elective time day-division freshmen) Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective M 117 Calculus I Global Perspective core elective M 118 Calculus II PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Minor in Computer Engineering Laboratory A student may obtain a minor in computer Sophomore Year engineering by completing the following courses: CS 210 Java Programming CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections Systems EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Devices Devices EE 155 Digital Systems I EE 155 Digital Systems I EE 247 Electronics I EE 235 Analog Circuits EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory EE 356 Digital Systems II EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory EE 371 Computer Engineering I HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times Student Societies M 203 Calculus III The Computer Engineering program sponsors M 204 Differential Equations a student section of the Institute of Electrical and PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Electronics Engineers. This organization supports Laboratory visiting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips Junior Year to surrounding industrial sites, and social events. CEN 398 Computer Engineering Internship Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections electrical and computer engineers, is represented CS 320 Operating Systems by the Zeta Rho Chapter at the University of New E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination Haven. This society exists to honor superior students EE 247 Electronics I and to encourage high scholastic achievement. EE 302 Systems Analysis Signals and Systems EE 320 Random Signal Analysis B.S., Computer Science EE 356 Digital Systems II EE 371 Computer Engineering Program Coordinator: David W. Eggert, Ph.D. EE 410 Networking I The bachelor’s degree program in computer sci- EE 472 Computer Architecture ence is accredited by the Computing Accreditation EE 475 Embedded Systems, Interfaces, and Buses Commission of the Accreditation Board for Senior Year Engineering and Technology (CAC/ABET). Its objectives are to inform, challenge, and train our CEN 457 Design Preparation diverse student body for a constantly changing CEN 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory world of technology. Our objective is to edu- EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering cate graduates who will have the following: Economics EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar • Ability to work effectively and professionally with others Plus three technical electives, and one from each of the categories below: 140
• Ability to work effectively in a variety of contexts able in various application areas such as systems using various languages, systems, and environ- programming and web application and development. ments Internship Requirement • Ability to independently learn and master new tools of the profession The internship program is intended to enrich the academic experience of our undergraduate students, • Ability to develop or help develop a project that providing exposure to and participation in a work- meets professional standards ing computing environment. Each internship is a • Commitment to working ethically and making a partnership between the student, a faculty adviser, contribution to society and an employer/organization that provides each • Ability to move into a leadership position within a student intern with an optimal experience. Although few years of graduation the internship carries no formal credit for the degree, At the time of graduation, every student should a minimum of 100 hours performing relevant have achieved the following program outcomes: computer-oriented duties is required prior to gradu- ation. Students must complete 60 credits toward the • Have acquired a solid body of knowledge and bachelor’s degree before an internship is attempted. understanding of computer hardware, software, and theory, as defined by the Association for The requirement may be satisfied through a co-op Computing Machinery (ACM) curriculum guide- position, summer or part-time employment, commu- lines nity service or other activity that is approved by the student’s supervisor and by the department/intern- • Demonstrate the ability to communicate technical ship coordinator as relevant to the goals of the degree material effectively to a range of audiences in writ- program. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship ing, orally, and graphically requirement may be granted for students who are • Have the ability to analyze, design, implement, employed in the field, subject to a formal review by and document a program for a given application the department/internship coordinator. The stu- • Demonstrate a professional level of skill in pro- dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated gramming, both individually and collaboratively one year prior to the anticipated graduation date. • Comprehension of engineering trade-offs involved Required Courses in business choices A total of 126 credits, including the University • Have the knowledge of the rights, obligations, and Core Curriculum, is required for the degree legal and ethical concerns of the computing profes- of bachelor of science in computer science. sional Freshman Year • Understand the local and global impact of com- puting on individuals, organizations, and society CS 110 Introduction to C Programming (3) CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (3) • Be prepared for career-long learning CS 210 Java Programming (3) A typical initial job title might be applica- EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (3) tions programmer or software engineer. Later titles E 105 Composition (3) might be system analyst, team leader, or software E 110 Composition and Literature (3) consultant. Areas of application range from data- FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- base management to technical design projects. time day-division freshmen) (1) The Computer Science program includes instruc- HS 101 Foundations of the Western World (3) tion in several programming languages and a strong or base in mathematics, science, and engineering. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times (3) Intermediate courses include the study of systems, M 117 Calculus I (4) hardware, and theory. Advanced courses are avail- M 118 Calculus II (4) Tagliatela College of Engineering 141
Plus one Social Interaction core elective (3) Two semesters CS Senior elective (3 + 3) One semester elective (3) Sophomore Year Plus two senior-level computer science electives. one CS 212 Intermediate C Programming (3) technical elective, one technical or specialization CS 214 Computer Organization (3) elective, one specialization elective, and one Global CS 215 Introduction to Databases (3) Perspective core elective CS 216 Computer Organization Laboratory (1) CS 226 Data Structures using Collections (3) In addition, or as part of the preceding require- EAS 109 Project Planning and Development (2) ments, each student must complete a substantial EE 155 Digital Systems I (3) individual programming project and a team project. M 203 Calculus III Two semesters of a laboratory science (4 + 4) A.S., Computer Science One semester Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective (3) Program Coordinator: David W. Eggert, Ph.D. One semester Global Perspective core elective (3) This two-year associate degree program is designed Junior Year for part-time students and for those who wish to CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies (3) enter the job market as soon as possible. All credits CS 320 Operating Systems (3) can be applied toward the corresponding B.S. degree CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms (3) in computer science. It is recommended, however, CS 398 Internship (1) that students enroll in the bachelor’s degree program E 220 Writing for Business and Industry (3) when they begin the associate degree program in or order to guarantee that all A.S. credits can be applied E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation (3) toward the B.S. A total of 61 credits is required for E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam (0) the awarding of the A.S. degree in computer science. EAS Project Management and Engineering Required Courses Economics (3) EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics (3) Freshman Year One semester Citizenship core elective (3) CS 110 Introduction to C Programming One semester Math/Science elective (4) CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing CS elective (3) CS 210 Java Programming One semester Math/Science elective (3) E 105 Composition E 110 Composition and Literature Senior Year EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing (3) FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- CS 428 Software Project Analysis and Design(3) time day-division freshmen) Project elective: M 117 Calculus I CS 441 Web-Database Application Development (3) M 118 Calculus II or Plus one Social Interaction or Global Perspective core CS 526 Object-Oriented Principles and Practice/C++ (3) elective, and one History or Citizenship core elective Security elective: Sophomore Year CS 446 Introduction to Computer Security (3) CS 212 Intermediate C Programming or CS 214 Computer Organization CS 534 Cryptography and Data Security (3) CS 215 Introduction to Databases CS 504 Senior Software Project (3) CS 226 Data Structures using Collections CS 536 The Structure of Programming Languages (3) CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies CS 547 Systems Programming (3) EE 155 Digital Systems I 142
Two semesters of a laboratory science sequence and, for the upper-level elective and design courses. one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective Physics, chemistry, mathematics, computer pro- gramming, basic engineering science, and gen- Minor in Computer Science eral education courses supplement the required and elective electrical engineering courses. Students may minor in computer science The upper-level electrical engineering course by completing 18 credits of computer science work provides areas of concentration for in-depth courses. Those considering a minor in com- study. Students can choose additional techni- puter science should seek guidance from the CS cal electives from outside the area of concentra- undergraduate coordinator as early as possible. tion to provide more breadth of knowledge. Students must complete the following courses: To influence our society’s evolution, the electrical CS 210 Java Programming engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- CS 212 Intermediate C Programming ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. CS 226 Data Structures using Collections The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms neers and to the public. The Electrical Engineering Plus two CS electives at the 350 level or higher program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements B.S., Electrical Engineering allow students to expand their cultural and intel- lectual horizons by exposing them to the humanities Program Coordinator: Ali Golbazi, Ph.D. and social sciences. Students learn written and oral The bachelor’s degree program in electri- communication skills in the core courses as well as in cal engineering is nationally accredited by multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the the Engineering Accreditation Commission freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these of the Accreditation Board for Engineering skills in the humanities and social science courses as and Technology (EAC/ABET). well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. Electrical engineering is concerned with the analy- An important feature of the electrical engineering sis, design, development, and operation of electrical curriculum is the design experience. Our students and electronic systems. Examples of these systems develop the ability to formulate problems, analyze include communication, fiber optics, data process- appropriate models, conduct empirical tests, gather ing, power generation, and distribution, control, and relevant information, interpret empirical tests, instrumentation. Digital circuits and computers are develop appropriate models, develop alternative solu- important and integral parts of such systems and are tions, and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. widely used by electrical engineers in their design This sequence of courses takes the student in gradual and development. The electrical engineer is also con- steps from a well-structured laboratory experiment cerned with the devices that make up systems such in the sophomore year to an open-ended design as transistors, integrated circuits, rotating machines, project in the senior year. This allows students to antennas, lasers, and computer-memory devices. gain practical experience in engineering design. Recognizing the changing trend in engineer- ing education, the Electrical Engineering pro- Internship Requirement gram has adopted a multidisciplinary approach The internship program is intended to enrich for teaching and learning by incorporating the academic experience of our undergraduate a series of newly developed project-oriented students, providing exposure to and participa- courses based on the spiral curriculum. tion in a working engineering environment. Each The early part of the program emphasizes elec- internship must involve a partnership consisting trical engineering skills that form the background of the student, faculty, and employers/organiza- tions to provide each student intern with an Tagliatela College of Engineering 143 optimal experience. A minimum of 300 hours must be selected from upper-level offerings (third performing relevant engineering duties is required or fourth year) under the guidance and approval of prior to graduation. Students must complete 60 the student’s academic adviser. At least three must credits toward the bachelor’s degree in electrical be electrical or computer engineering courses. engineering before an internship is attempted. In the final year of study the student takes The internship carries no credit for the degree; a senior design sequence, EE 457 and EE 458, however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing over two semesters. In the first semester the stu- a co-op position, summer employment, and part- dent selects a topic and completes a literature time or full-time positions that are approved by the search and a preliminary design. In the second student’s employer and by the department/internship semester, the student completes the design, imple- coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship ments the project, and presents the results. experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- Freshman Year ship requirement may be granted for students who are employed in the field, subject to a formal review CH 115 General Chemistry I by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated E 105 Composition one year prior to the anticipated graduation date. E 110 Composition and Literature EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering Educational Objectives EAS 109 Project Planning and Development The educational objectives of the program, EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis based on the ABET Engineering Criteria and the FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- program mission, are to produce graduates who time day-division freshmen) demonstrate the following qualities and attributes: HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or • Ability to pursue professional practice in initial HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times electrical engineering positions or continue into M 117 Calculus I graduate study either in electrical engineering or M 118 Calculus II related fields PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with • Ability to adopt the analytical skills and the broad Laboratory foundation in general education and liberal arts to Sophomore Year allow for lifelong learning, providing the basis for leadership in their chosen field of endeavor CS 110 Introduction to C Programming EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering • Ability to communicate ideas effectively and par- Systems ticipate in multidisciplinary teams to solve techni- EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog cal problems and benefit humankind Devices • Responsibility and awareness of the broad issues EE 155 Digital Systems I relating to professional ethics, safety, and the envi- EE 235 Analog Circuits ronment EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory Required Courses EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory M 203 Calculus III Students must complete a total of 125 cred- M 204 Differential Equations its for a bachelor of science degree in electrical PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with engineering. Humanities or social science elec- Laboratory tives must be selected to fulfill the University Core Curriculum requirements and ABET. Plus one Global Perspective core elective Technical elective courses in the B.S.E.E. program 144
Junior Year Student Societies E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination The Electrical Engineering program sponsors EE 247 Electronics I a student section of the Institute of Electrical and EE 302 Systems Analysis Signals and Systems Electronics Engineers. This organization supports EE 320 Random Signal Analysis visiting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips EE 348 Electronics II to surrounding industrial sites, and social events. EE 349 Electronics Design Laboratory Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for EE 355 Control Systems electrical and computer engineers, is represented EE 371 Computer Engineering by the Zeta Rho Chapter at the University of New EE 398 Electrical Engineering Internship Haven. This society exists to honor superior students Plus one Social Interaction core elective, one math- and to encourage high scholastic achievement. ematics elective, and one technical elective Senior Year B.S., Information Technology EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Program Coordinator: David W. Eggert, Ph.D. Economics The goals of the bachelor’s degree program in EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar information technology (IT) are to inform, chal- EE 445 Communication Systems lenge, and train our diverse student body for EE 457 Design Preparation a constantly changing world of technology. At EE 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory graduation, every student should be able to dem- EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory onstrate the following qualities and attributes: Plus three technical electives, one Aesthetic • Knowledge and understanding of current techni- Responsiveness core elective, and one cal concepts and practices in the core information Communication core elective technologies • Ability to design effective and usable IT-based Minor in Electrical Engineering solutions and integrate them into a user’s environ- A student may obtain a minor in electrical engi- ment, both individually and as part of a team neering by completing the following courses: • Ability to assist in the creation of an effective EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog project plan Devices • Ability to communicate effectively and efficiently EE 155 Digital Systems I with clients, users, and peers, both orally and in EE 235 Analog Circuits writing EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory • Independent critical thinking and problem-solving EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory skills Plus one of the following sequences: EE 247 Electronics I and • Knowledge and understanding of computer hard- EE 348 Electronics II ware and software or • Sensitivity to human/computer interface design EE 371 Computer Engineering and issues EE 356 Digital Systems II • Awareness of the legal and ethical issues that con- or front the field of computing EE 302 Systems Analysis Signals and Systems • Knowledge of the rights and obligations of the and practicing computing professional EE 355 Control Systems • Readiness for lifelong learning in the field Tagliatela College of Engineering 145
The program consists of a common core that year prior to the anticipated graduation date. exposes students to a wide range of comput- Required Courses ing and technology topics, including the study of databases, hardware, networks, programming, and A total of 122 credits, including the University human/computer interaction. Advanced courses Core Curriculum, is required for the B.S. are selected from one of two tracks: web and data- degree in information technology. Students base development or network administration and must complete one of two tracks: web and security. A student also must complete a specializa- database development or network administra- tion in another discipline. Suggested specializations tion and security. Substitutions for track courses include criminal justice, management, market- are permitted with the adviser’s approval. ing, international business, art, and multimedia. Freshman Year Areas of application include web page design CS 110 Introduction to C Programming and development, database administration and CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing maintenance, and network development and CS 210 Java Programming administration. Typical initial job titles might E 105 Composition be web developer, network technician, applica- E 110 Composition and Literature tions developer, and network security technician. EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering With several years of experience, job titles might EC 133 Principles of Economics I be website administrator, network administrator, or database administrator, and security manager. EC 134 Principles of Economics II FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- Internship Requirement time day-division freshmen) The internship program is intended to enrich the HS 101 Foundations of the Western World academic experience of our undergraduate students, or providing exposure to and participation in a work- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times ing computing environment. Each internship is a M 115 Pre-Calculus partnership between the student, a faculty adviser, Plus one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective and an employer/organization that provides each student intern with an optimal experience. Although Sophomore Year the internship carries no formal credit for the degree, CS 214 Computer Organization a minimum of 100 hours performing relevant CS 215 Introduction to Databases computer-oriented duties is required prior to gradu- CS 350 Human-Computer Interaction ation. Students must complete 60 credits toward the CO 100 Human Communication bachelor’s degree before an internship is attempted. EAS 109 Project Planning and Development The requirement may be satisfied through a EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering co-op position, summer or part-time employ- Economics ment, community service or some other activity M 228 Elementary Statistics that is approved by the student’s supervisor and Plus one Laboratory Science core elective, and one by the department/internship coordinator as rel- Social Interaction core elective evant to the goals of the degree program. A waiver Web and Database Development Track (or substitution) of the internship requirement CS 226 Data Structures using Collections may be granted for students who are employed in the field, subject to a formal review by the Network Administration and Security Track department/internship coordinator. The student’s CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies request for such a waiver must be initiated one 146
Junior Year CS 110 Introduction to C Programming CS 320 Operating Systems CS 214 Computer Organization CS 398 Internship CS 215 Introduction to Databases E 220 Writing for Business and Industry CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies or Plus two CS electives (excluding CS 107) E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation A computer science or computer engi- E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam neering student is ineligible to earn a Plus one Business restricted elective, one Citizenship minor in information technology. core elective, two specialization electives, and one Global Perspective core elective Web and Database Development Track Mechanical, Civil, CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies DAD 101 Introduction to Multimedia and Environmental GD 212 Website Creation Network Administration and Security Track Engineering CS 445 Network Administration CS 472 Script Programming for Network Chairman: John Sarris, Ph.D. Administration Professors Emeriti: M. Hamdy Bechir, Sc.D., Plus one technical elective Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Oleg Faigel, Ph.D., Moscow Textile Institute; Ross Senior Year Lanius, M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing John C. Martin, M.E., Yale University; Thomas CS 428 Software Project Analysis and Design C. Warner, Jr., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of or Technology CS 504 Senior Software Project Professors: Carl Barratt, Ph.D., Cambridge IE 414 Engineering Management University; Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D., Plus one Global Perspective core elective, two special- University of Texas; Agamemnon D. ization electives, and one technical elective Koutsospyros, Ph.D., Polytechnic University; Web and Database Development Track Ismail Orabi, Ph.D., Clarkson University; CS 441 Web-Database Application Development Stephen M. Ross, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins CS 524 Advanced Databases University; John Sarris, Ph.D., Tufts University; Plus one technical elective Richard M. Stanley, Ph.D., Yale University; David J. Wall, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Network Administration and Security Track CS 446 Introduction to Computer Security Associate Professors: Samuel D. Daniels, Ph.D., Boston University; Jean Nocito-Gobel, Ph.D., Plus two CJ or CS restricted electives University of Massachusetts The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and Minor in Information Technology Environmental Engineering comprises faculty, staff, Students may minor in information technology by and facilities that support two undergraduate (B.S. completing 18 credits of computer science courses. Civil Engineering and B.S. Mechanical Engineering) Those considering a minor in information technol- and two graduate (M.S. Environmental Engineering ogy should seek guidance from the information and M.S. Mechanical Engineering) programs. technology undergraduate coordinator as early as pos- sible. Students must complete the following courses: Tagliatela College of Engineering 147
B.S., Civil Engineering • Instill an understanding of the technical, eco- Program Coordinator: Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D. nomic, political, ethical, and humanistic dimen- sions of civil engineering projects The bachelor’s degree program in civil engineering is nationally accredited by the • Prepare students to interact and communicate Engineering Accreditation Commission of effectively in multidisciplinary fields the Accreditation Board for Engineering • Instill the desire and provide the educational and Technology (EAC/ABET). foundation for lifelong learning Civil engineering is about community service; • Encourage service to the civil engineering profes- development and improvement; the planning, design, sion and to society through professional registra- construction, and operation of facilities essential tion and community involvement to modern life. Civil engineers are problem solvers taking on the challenges of environmental pollu- Program Outcomes tion, traffic congestion, infrastructure rehabilitation, Upon satisfactory completion of the Civil drinking water and energy needs, urban redevelop- Engineering program, students should: ment, and community planning. They are at the • Have the ability to solve civil engineering prob- forefront of technology, leading users of some of the lems by applying fundamental knowledge of most sophisticated high-tech products available (for mathematical, computational, scientific, and engi- example, GPS and GIS systems; fiber-optic sensors; neering concepts CAD systems; and highly sophisticated, task-specific • Have the ability to design and conduct experi- computer software). Innovation is paramount in ments, and to collect, analyze, and interpret data the solution to most civil engineering projects. • Have the ability to identify, formulate, and solve Program Mission and Educational Objectives civil engineering problems The mission of the Civil Engineering pro- • Have the ability to use appropriate techniques, gram is to provide a state-of-the-art/state- skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for of-the-practice program designed to: civil engineering practice • Educate a new generation of civil engineers to • Have the skills to plan, design, construct, and meet the challenges, demands, and expectations of operate a system, component, or process that sat- society isfies performance, cost, time, safety, quality, and • Cultivate, enrich, and promote scholarship, environmental constraints responsibility, and service among our graduates • Have the ability to function and communicate • Disseminate new knowledge effectively both at the individual level as well as within multidisciplinary team settings • Nurture interdisciplinary education for solving the problems facing an ever-changing society • Have the broad-based education necessary to understand the impact of civil engineering solu- In order to achieve its mission, the Civil tions in a global, societal, and environmental con- Engineering program has adopted the following text educational objectives and program outcomes: • Understand professional and ethical responsibility Educational Objectives • Recognize the need for and gain the ability to • Provide educational experiences that prepare our engage in life-long learning students for professional practice of modern civil • Have knowledge of contemporary issues engineering in a global, societal, and environmen- To help achieve the educational objectives and tal context program outcomes presented above, the faculty of • Promote scholarship and problem-solving skills the Civil Engineering program, in combination 148 with the other faculty of the Tagliatela College of of the program are encouraged to continue their Engineering, have developed a new and innova- education throughout their professional careers tive curriculum: the Multidisciplinary Engineering and to become registered professional engineers. Foundation Spiral. It is an effort to provide the A bachelor’s degree from an ABET-accredited student, during the first two years of study, with institution is required to become a PE, a registered a multidisciplinary engineering perspective. professional engineer. Accreditation is a testament The foundation engineering courses (EAS prefix) to the quality of the Civil Engineering program. taken during the first two years of study serve both as Internship Requirement the basis for depth in civil engineering study and as part of a broad multidisciplinary background. Each The internship program is intended to enrich foundation course also stresses the development of the academic experience of our undergraduate several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral students, providing exposure to and participa- and written communication, the design process, tion in a working engineering environment. Each teamwork, project management, computer analysis internship must involve a partnership consisting methods, laboratory investigation, data analysis, and of students, engineering faculty, and employers/ model development. In the junior and senior years, organizations to provide each student intern with the student is exposed to required and elective civil an optimal experience. A minimum of 300 hours engineering course work embedded with experiences performing relevant engineering duties is required in analysis, design, and professional issues, provid- prior to graduation. Students must complete 60 ing insight into five civil engineering subdisciplines: credits toward the bachelor’s degree in civil engi- structural, geotechnical, hydraulics water resources, neering before an internship is attempted. transportation, and environmental engineering. The The internship carries no credit for the degree; critical skills introduced during the first two years however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing are further enhanced through a variety of peda- a co-op position, summer employment, and part- gogical methods, including laboratory reports, team time or full-time positions that are approved by the projects, design assignments, oral presentations, and student’s employer and by the department/internship participation in American Society of Civil Engineers coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship Student Chapter activities, as well as field trips to experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- local civil engineering projects. Upper-level technical ship requirement may be granted for students who electives provide comprehensive exposure to cur- are employed in the field, subject to a formal review rent, emerging, and sustainable technologies in the by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- various civil engineering subdisciplines. Aspects of dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated professional and ethical civil engineering practice one year prior to the anticipated graduation date. and service to the profession and society are cov- Students must complete a total of 129 cred- ered to a finite degree in all upper-level courses and its for the bachelor’s degree in civil engineering, extensively in the required course, “Professional and including the engineering requirements for the Ethical Practice of Engineering.” Course work cul- freshman year, the University Core Curriculum minates with a capstone design course that provides requirements, and the internship requirement. extensive exposure to real-world design problems Students are also required to earn a cumulative faced within contemporary civil engineering pro- quality point ratio of no less than 2.0 in all civil fessional practice. Humanities and social science engineering courses and technical electives. courses are included at all levels of the curriculum. Required Courses The Civil Engineering program is enriched by a diverse student body, which includes students of Freshman Year a wide range of ages, professional and nonprofes- CH 115 General Chemistry I sional experiences, and nationalities. Graduates CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Tagliatela College of Engineering 149
E 105 Composition Senior Year E 110 Composition and Literature CE 301 Transportation Engineering EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering CE 315 Environmental Engineering EAS 109 Project Planning and Development CE 327 Soil Mechanics Laboratory EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis CE 328 Hydraulics and Environmental Laboratory EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications in Biosystems CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of EAS 120L Chemistry with Applications in Engineering Biosystems Laboratory CE 500–501 Senior Project I and II FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- HS 101 Foundations of the Western World time day-division freshmen) or M 117 Calculus I HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times M 118 Calculus II Plus 9 credits of civil engineering technical electives, Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective of which 6 credits must be Civil Engineering design Sophomore Year courses, and one Core Competency 6.0 elective. CE 203 Elementary Surveying CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems Minor in Civil Engineering EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Students are required to complete 18 credits of Systems civil engineering courses for the minor. With the EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems approval of the program coordinator, engineer- EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials ing majors may substitute other civil engineer- EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems ing courses for a minor. Students must fulfill all M 203 Calculus III prerequisites for courses chosen. Six courses from M 204 Differential Equations the following list are required for the minor: PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with CE 203 Elementary Surveying Laboratory CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems PH 250 Electromagnetism and Optics with CE 301 Transportation Engineering Laboratory CE 304 Soil Mechanics Junior Year CE 306 Hydraulics CE 206 Engineering Geology CE 309 Water Resources Engineering CE 304 Soil Mechanics CE 312 Structural Analysis CE 306 Hydraulics CE 315 Environmental Engineering CE 309 Water Resources Engineering CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of CE 312 Structural Analysis Engineering CE 323 Mechanics and Structures Laboratory CE 398 Civil Engineering Internship Student Chapter of the American Society E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam of Civil Engineers EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Economics An active student chapter of the American EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) sponsors tech- nical lectures, field trips, and social activities that Plus one Core Competency 5.2 elective (EAS 300 offer an opportunity for students to interact with Global Solutions for Sustainability), and one Core practicing professionals. Membership is open to Competency 1.2 elective all civil engineering students in good standing. 150
Chi Epsilon • Appreciate and address contemporary issues, Students with high academic standing are nomi- including ethical, safety, and environmental con- nated annually for membership in Chi Epsilon, cerns related to mechanical engineering the national honor society for civil engineers. • Strive for continuous self-improvement By the time they graduate, mechanical engi- Engineers without Borders neering students should be able to: Engineers without Borders supports community- driven development programs through the design • Apply knowledge in mathematics (through mul- and implementation of sustainable engineering tivariate calculus and differential equations, with projects and fostering responsible leaderships. It familiarity with statistics and linear algebra) promotes the professional development of mem- • Apply knowledge in science (chemistry and calcu- bers by its programs and relations with other EWB lus-based physics, with depth in physics) student chapters. To learn more, visit our website • Apply knowledge in engineering, including the at engineerswithoutborders@newhaven. edu. formulation and solution of engineering problems • Use techniques, skills, and tools (contemporary B.S., Mechanical Engineering analytic, computational, and experimental) neces- sary for modern engineering practice Program Coordinator: John Sarris, Ph.D. • Design, conduct, and analyze results of experiments Mechanical engineering represents a wide diver- sity of pursuits including the analysis, design, and • Actively participate in teams, including multidisci- testing of machines, products, and systems essential plinary teams to everyday life — everything from doorknobs, • Communicate effectively tennis rackets, and fishing reels to power plants, • Accomplish design and realization of thermo/fluid skyscrapers, and automobiles. Mechanical engineers and mechanical systems, components, and pro- work in a variety of fields such as aerospace, utili- cesses ties, materials processing, transportation, manu- facturing, electronics, and telecommunications. • Understand the professional and ethical ramifica- tions of engineering solutions within the context Program Mission and Educational Objectives of modern society The mission of the Mechanical Engineering • Cultivate a lifelong capacity for learning program is to graduate professionally compe- Recognizing current knowledge-based tent and responsible students who can meet demands on graduating engineers and respond- industry’s current and future needs in the ing to input from the program’s stakeholders, general area of mechanical engineering. the Mechanical Engineering Department has In order to achieve its mission, the embraced the concept of a multidisciplinary foun- Mechanical Engineering program must dation to discipline-specific education . Thus, ensure that its graduates will be able to: the bachelor of science in mechanical engineer- • Utilize modern techniques to solve mechanical ing (B.S.M.E.) curriculum includes a sequence engineering problems within the context of engi- of ten (EAS prefix) foundation courses. neering practice Mechanical engineering classes are small (rarely • Design, develop, test, analyze and/or manufacture more than twenty students) and are taught almost mechanical engineering components, systems, exclusively by full-time faculty. Restricted and and/or processes technical elective courses offer the opportunity for further learning in areas such as fluids, energy, • Function productively as team members and design, heat transfer, numerical analysis and com- effective communicators Tagliatela College of Engineering 151 puters, aerospace sciences, and control systems. consulting firm, technical organization, govern- Experienced practitioners from industry ment agency, or other appropriate setting. may also contribute their expertise in selected Interns are required to complete a minimum courses. Faculty and students work with of 300 hours of practical experience in an area or industry in research and design projects. technical project closely related to mechanical engi- neering. The requirement may be satisfied through Academic Performance appropriate work experience, part- or full-time Mechanical engineering majors who complete employment, a summer job, or an apprentice- their first twelve credits of ME-prefixed engineer- ship or volunteer work at any time during a stu- ing courses with a cumulative grade point aver- dent’s undergraduate studies. Registration, proof age for these courses of less than 2.0 will have of compliance, or a request for waiver must be their academic records reviewed by the entire submitted to the Department only after comple- ME faculty on a regular basis. An ME-prefixed tion of 75 credits toward the B.S.M.E. degree. course may not be taken more than twice unless The internship is graded on a Satisfactory/ consent is granted by the program coordinator. Unsatisfactory basis and carries no academic credit. An undergraduate student already enrolled The B.S.M.E. program has been nationally accred- at the University of New Haven who wishes ited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission to transfer to mechanical engineering will nor- of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and mally be expected to satisfy the standards of Technology (EAC/ABET) for over 40 years. the program for admission by transfer. Required Courses The coordinator of the Mechanical Engineering Students earning the bachelor of science degree in program reserves the right not to award transfer mechanical engineering are required to complete 128 credit for technical courses taken at any institution credits, including the University Core Curriculum. more than ten years prior to a student’s matricula- tion in the bachelor of science degree program in Freshman Year mechanical engineering at the University of New In addition to the common first-year courses Haven, if it is determined that knowledge acquired listed under the Tagliatela School of Engineering, in those courses is either inadequate or obsolete. mechanical engineering students take the Mechanical Exceptional students having an overall average Engineering Skills Workshop. This one-hour-per- of 3.5 or better are invited to join the Delta Zeta week workshop familiarizes students with basic Chapter of the Pi Tau Sigma mechanical engineer- practices in a laboratory environment, including ing honor society, which provides the opportunity safety considerations, design planning, layout, for closer relations with faculty and other prominent fabrication, and the use of basic measuring equip- individuals in the field for the purpose of further ment and devices to test and verify a design. The professional development, involvement in faculty workshop is offered in the spring semester and research, and varied social and intellectual activities. is graded on a Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis. The workshop carries no academic credit. Internship CH 115 General Chemistry I It is recognized in the Mechanical Engineering CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory program that experiential work by undergradu- E 105 Composition ate students is a valuable tool in launching a suc- E 110 Composition and Literature cessful professional career. It is desirable, then, EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering for mechanical engineering majors to spend time EAS 109 Project Planning and Development prior to graduation performing engineering- EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis related duties at a manufacturing company, 152
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- Senior Year time day-division freshmen) EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar M 117 Calculus I ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer M 118 Calculus II ME 415 Thermo/Fluids Laboratory ME 001 Mechanical Engineering Skills Workshop ME 431–432 Mechanical Engineering Design I (D) ME 101 Engineering Graphics and II (D) Plus one lab science elective (EAS 120 or a four- Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective credit biology course) energy-related course, 3 credits of an Aesthetic Sophomore Year Responsiveness (Core Competency 6) elective, 3 credits of a design elective (D-designated ME course), EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 3 credits of a technical elective*, 3 credits of an engi- Systems neering/mathematics analysis elective*, 3 credits of EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems a Social Interaction and Global Perspective (Core EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials Competency 5.2) elective.* EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems M 203 Calculus III *Must be chosen in consultation with the student’s M 204 Differential Equations adviser. ME 101 Engineering Graphics The B.S.M.E. program includes two required ME 215 Instrumentation Laboratory stems of coherent course offerings: 1) Thermo/ PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Fluid Systems, comprising EAS 211, EAS 224, ME Laboratory 305, ME 321, ME 404, ME 415, and a restricted PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with ME elective (21 credits) and 2) Mechanical Laboratory Systems, comprising EAS 213, EAS 222, ME 300, Plus 3 credits of a Communication (Core ME 308, ME 315, ME 330, and a restricted ME Competency 1.2) elective elective (21 credits). It should be noted that the required capstone design sequence ME 431–432 Junior Year (6 credits) may be taken in either of the above E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination stems. Also, technical and design electives are EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog offered periodically in both thermo/fluid and Devices mechanical systems, and the practicum experience EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering could be in either one or both of these areas. Economics HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or Minor in Mechanical Engineering HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times Students wishing to minor in mechani- ME 300 Dynamics cal engineering must complete the follow- ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics ing courses with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0: ME 308 Applied Elasticity EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow ME 101 Engineering Graphics ME 330 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (D) ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics ME 398 Internship ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective (ME 344 ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow or controls-related course, and 3 credits of a Social Interaction (Core Competency 5.1) elective Tagliatela College of Engineering 153
Student Chapter of ASME Mission Membership in the American Society of The Industrial, System, and Multidisciplinary Mechanical Engineers student section is open Engineering Department (ISME) strives to promote to all mechanical engineering students in good inter- and multidisciplinary perspectives, educa- standing and provides the opportunity for field tion, and research that relates to engineering and trips to local industrial plants, attendance at technology. The department strives to achieve a technical presentations, social activities, and process of continuous improvement of the curricula, access to interesting professional literature. provide a faculty that is current in their field, main- tain state-of-the-art facilities, and develop innova- tive interdisciplinary and specialized programs. 4+1 BS/MS Mechanical Engineering Goals of the ISME are as follows: Program • To attract and retain highly qualified students of The 4+1 combined BS/MS Mechanical diverse backgrounds and prepare them for success- Engineering degree program is available to qualified ful careers and leadership positions mechanical engineering upper-level students. Two graduate-level courses (ME 602 and ME 604) taken • To promote scholarly activities that enrich the during the senior year count toward both the BS educational programs and MS degrees in Mechanical Engineering. During • To develop partnerships with business, industry, the fifth year, students complete the MSME degree government, and the scientific community and be by taking nine more ME graduate-level courses. responsive to their needs for education, service, To qualify, students must apply for admission and research no later than two semesters prior to the anticipated • To create design-oriented, active learning environ- fulfillment of the BSME degree requirements, have ments where students obtain hands-on laboratory a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 at the time of and design experience application to the 4+1 program (upon completion • To support the Engineering and Applied Science of 90 credits toward the BSME degree), and sub- (EAS) “spiral” engineering curriculum mit one letter of recommendation by a mechanical To do this, the department offers the following: engineering faculty member. A minimum grade of B- is required in each of the two overlapping gradu- • MS in Industrial Engineering ate courses for them to apply to both programs. • MS in Engineering and Operations Management • BS in System Engineering • BS in General Engineering for students seeking a Industrial, System, comprehensive education in engineering science • Certificate in Biomedical Engineering for students and Multidisciplinary in other engineering disciplines seeking a basic competency in the discipline and enhanced back- Engineering ground in the life sciences • Elective and required courses to support the needs Chairman: Ismail I. Orabi, Ph.D. of students outside the major and minor programs Faculty in the Multidisciplinary Engineering • The Engineering and Applied Science (EAS) “spi- Systems Division (MESD) hold a primary appoint- ral” engineering curriculum ment to one of the disciplinary departments of the Tagliatela College of Engineering and are MESD Program Educational Objectives Instructors, Fellows, or Scholars, depending on their Upon graduation, every student should be able to level of participation in the activities of the division. do the following: 154
• Exhibit an ability to apply knowledge of basic Unlike the more traditional approach, each of the natural sciences, engineering sciences, and math- foundation courses includes a mix of these topics ematics to engineering problems that require syn- presented in a variety of disciplinary contexts. A solid thesis, including the ability to analyze, design, and background is developed by touching key concepts implement solutions to engineering problems at several points along the spiral in different courses, • Exhibit an ability to communicate well, both adding depth and sophistication at each pass. Each orally and in writing foundation course also stresses the development of several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral • Be responsible, well-rounded and aware of broad and written communication, organizational skills, social issues, and cognizant of the need for per- the design process, teamwork, project management, sonal growth and self-reflection computer analysis methods, laboratory investigation, • Be prepared for direct entry into the professional data analysis, and model development. Students will environment and to further their education at the build substantial depth in some of the foundation graduate level. areas in subsequent courses, while other topics may not be further developed, depending on their cho- First-Year Engineering Program sen discipline. Thus, the foundation courses serve both as the basis for depth in disciplinary study and The First-Year Engineering Program prepares as part of a broad multidisciplinary background. students for upper-level study in their chosen discipline through a combination of specialized First Semester advising, the first-year engineering curriculum, CH 115 General Chemistry I extracurricular activities, and workshops. Students CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory learn about the contributions and attributes of vari- E 105 Composition ous engineering and applied science disciplines to EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- help them finalize their choice of a major area of Based) study. Workshops and tutoring sessions help stu- EAS 109 Project Planning and Development dents meet the challenges of a rigorous academic FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- program in engineering or applied science. Plant time day-division freshmen) trips and guest speakers provide an exciting bridge M 117 Calculus I to the industrial world beyond the classroom walls. Second Semester E 110 Composition and Literature The Multidisciplinary Engineering EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis Foundation Spiral Curriculum EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems The Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation or Spiral Curriculum is a four-semester sequence of Laboratory Science Course (a four-credit science engineering courses (EAS prefix) matched closely course, with laboratory, specified by degree pro- with the development of students’ mathematical gram) sophistication and analytical capabilities and inte- M 118 Calculus II grated with course work in the sciences. Students Plus one Core Curriculum competency 5.1 elective develop a conceptual understanding of engineer- During the sophomore year, engineering ing basics in a series of courses that stresses practi- students begin taking courses in their chosen cal applications of these principles. Topics in these discipline, along with math, science, and addi- courses include electrical circuits, fluid mechanics, tional multidisciplinary foundation courses. heat transfer, material balances, properties of mate- rials, structural mechanics, and thermodynamics. Tagliatela College of Engineering 155
B.S., General Engineering computer, electrical, mechanical, system) but who Program Coordinator: Ismail I. Orabi, Ph.D. are undecided about their choice should start with general engineering and change majors when they The Bachelor of Science in general engineer- have decided on an area of specialization. For most ing (G.E.) is a degree program designed for those choices, making a decision by the end of the first interested in a career involving engineering knowl- year of study will result in a smooth transition. edge but with more flexibility than is possible in a specific engineering discipline. The program Required Courses provides an opportunity for a student to combine Freshman Year engineering with any other undergraduate discipline within the University, such as the following areas: CH 115/117 General Chemistry I and Laboratory E 105 Composition • business E 110 Composition and Literature • communication EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- • legal studies Based) • science or math EAS 109 Project Planning and Development EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis • teaching and education EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems It also provides the opportunity for includ- FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- ing elements of two different engineer- time day-division freshmen) ing disciplines in one degree program. M 117 Calculus I Career opportunities depend on the areas M 118 Calculus II of study selected and might include Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective • engineering and technical services Sophomore Year • technical management and sales EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering • engineering-related business activities Systems • music EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems • science-related activities EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems • computer-related activities CS 110 Introduction to C Programming • technical writing or • medical services Programming Elective • education HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or The Degree Program HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times The bachelor’s degree program in general engi- M 203 Calculus III neering requires completion of 121 credits. Students PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with can use electives (including engineering electives) Laboratory to focus on an area of interest within engineer- PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with ing or to combine engineering with other areas. Laboratory As part of the program, students must select a Plus one University Core Competency 1.2 elective minor from any recognized program at UNH. Junior Year Undecided Option E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination Students who wish to earn an engineering EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog degree in a designated discipline (chemical, civil, Devices 156
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering requires substantial undergraduate course work in Economics the content area for which certification is sought. EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics The General Engineering program requires sig- or nificant study of math and science, as well as M 204 Differential Equations the application of math and science in the EAS Plus one Engineering elective, two TCoE Electives, courses. By selecting electives wisely, in consulta- one University Core Competency 4.2 elective, one tion with an Education Department adviser, a University Core Competency 6 elective, and two student can readily earn the necessary credits to Electives for Minor satisfy the content requirements for math and a science area. Possible certification areas include Senior Year math, chemistry, physics, and general science. EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar Graduates of the General Engineering program Plus one University Core Competency 5.2 elective, may apply for entry to the UNH Master of Science one University Core Competency 5.3 elective, one in Education (M.S.E.D.) program, which will allow Engineering elective, three Electives for Minor and them to complete the master’s degree in education two electives and earn a teaching certification in one year after graduation. Eligible students may apply for acceler- Additional Requirements ated entry into the M.S.E.D. program and take three Students must select a minor area of study from education courses as part of their undergraduate pro- any department at UNH. Electives designated as gram. This accelerated program is designed to facili- “Elective for Minor” may be used to satisfy the minor tate a smooth transition into the graduate program requirements. In some cases, courses required for and to introduce the student to the teaching profes- the minor include courses that are specifically listed sion during the junior and senior years. Students as required in general engineering. For example, the interested in this option are assigned a co-adviser calculus sequence counts toward a minor in math, so from the Education Department to assure compli- only three of the electives are needed to complete the ance with the rigorous policies for certification. math minor. In such a case, the remaining “Electives for Minor” choices may be used as free electives. Quality Engineering Option In order to assure depth of study, at least five of The Quality Engineering option prepares stu- the elective courses in the program should be at or dents for jobs in the areas of quality and process above the 300 level and should have prerequisites. improvement, popularly applied in the busi- ness, service, government, and retail industries. Teaching Certification Students learn about concepts, theories, tools, and There is a growing need for primary and sec- techniques, including process mapping, sampling ondary teachers in math and science. In addition, techniques, statistical process control (SPC), experi- many high schools have begun offering engineer- mental design applicable when implementing lean ing courses for their students, using curricula such and six sigma projects, quality audit programs, as the Project Lead The Way program. Students SPC monitoring systems, and quality assurance. completing the General Engineering program gain This option can be combined with other IE and a broad understanding of math and science and SE courses to form an industrial engineering of the application of these subjects in engineer- minor or may be included as a separate cluster. ing work. This background, along with generous SE 346 Probability Theory elective choices, provides an excellent opportu- SE 347 Statistical Analysis nity to prepare for the teaching profession. (note: this would replace EAS 345) Within the state of Connecticut, certifica- IE 304 Production Control tion to teach at the primary or secondary level IE 436 Quality Control Tagliatela College of Engineering 157
Bioengineering and Pre-med Options Required Courses: An interest in bioengineering can be read- BI 259 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I with ily accommodated by the general engineering Laboratory degree in several ways. Students may combine BI 260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology II with the minor in biology with electives in other areas, Laboratory or they can minor in one of the engineering dis- BME 300 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering ciplines and select several biology electives. For BME 350 Biomechanics example, to prepare for a career in the biomedical BME450 Special Topics in Biomedical Engineering field, a student can combine a minor in electri- cal, mechanical, or chemical engineering with B.S., System Engineering general and human biology, anatomy and physiol- Program Coordinator: Amy Thompson, Ph.D. ogy, and cell biology. Faculty in the Engineering and Biology departments would guide the student System engineering, as a formal engineering into specific courses based on career interests. discipline, traces its history to the 1950s but is play- ing an even greater role in the 21st century given The rigor of an engineering program the advances in information technology, engineer- serves as an excellent preparation for medi- ing technologies, and the trend in globalization. cal school. Students choosing to pursue such a It is one of the most broad-based disciplines in path should include courses in organic chem- engineering and its application results in balanced istry as well as biology. These can be fit into solutions to diverse and complex problems primar- the structure of the General Engineering pro- ily related to product development and commer- gram using the minor and TCoE electives. cialization processes. Given the global marketplace, Management Option the ever-shrinking levels of both natural and human resources, and increasing product and system com- The minor in management includes course plexities, system engineering is becoming a major work in accounting, leadership, economics, busi- engineering function in business, industry, gov- ness law, management, and marketing. This ernment, service and non-profit organizations. broad background in business is an excellent choice for students who wish to pursue a career System engineers design, develop, facilitate and on the business side of a technical field. monitor the process of creating a product or ser- vice with the needs and concerns of the various Certificate in Biomedical Engineering constituencies in mind. This process incorporates The undergraduate certificate in Biomedical critical consideration of a multitude of factors Engineering offers students an opportunity to obtain with special emphasis on quality, cost and time to academic training in a rapidly developing field market. The factor of quality encompasses consid- of study and complement their primary majors. erations such as manufacturability, reconfigurabil- Students in the certificate program must fulfill the ity, reliability, maintainability, safety, ergonomics requirements for an undergraduate degree and also and aesthetics, the environment, and the eventual meet the additional requirements of the certificate disposal of the product. The factors of cost and program. It is designed to introduce biomedical time to market translate into procedures that engineering and enhance skills in engineering and are prerequisite to creating a product or service science. The certificate provides a strong founda- that can compete in the global marketplace. tion in biomedical engineering life sciences within System engineering is the integration of all the the clinical environment. Through proper advis- disciplines and specialty groups into a team effort ing, students take classes that will count toward forming a structured development process that pro- the certificate and major requirements. A total of ceeds from product concept through production, ser- 15 credits is required for the certificate program. vice, and all lifecycle phases, considering all the needs 158 of the customer. System engineers are specialists and economic sectors, including high-tech manufac- experts in applying the system engineering method turing, engineered-products companies, consul- to complex product and system development. tancy, transportation, service, and government. The program consists of 128 credits including Mission and Educational Objectives a required internship. The credits include the final The mission of the System Engineering program year-long 6-credit industry-sponsored and team-based is to prepare our students for growth and career design project. Students are expected to work with opportunities in the field and/or advanced stud- their academic adviser to plan their course work and ies. The mission also includes recruiting a diverse project well in advance in order to experience an opti- student body; providing state-of-the-art educa- mal final project assignment. Students are required tion; and interacting with employers to ensure that to earn a cumulative quality point ratio of no less graduates are prepared to contribute to their chosen than 2.0 in all system engineering courses and techni- professions in various sectors of the economy. The cal electives. The B.S.S.E. curriculum is as follows: program objectives are to prepare graduates who: Required Courses • Apply system thinking to problems • Achieve academic and technical competence to Freshman Year pursue professional careers in engineering and BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory technology fields (or EAS 120) • Acquire and sustain gainful employment in the CH 115/117 General Chemistry I with Laboratory field commensurate with their education and E 105 Composition career goals E 110 Composition and Literature EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- • Excel at working on system engineering and Based) related projects and jobs EAS 109 Project Planning and Development • Pursue advanced and graduate studies and engage EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis in career-long education EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems • Contribute to the profession and the society at (or BI 121) large through professional societies, community FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- service, and civic activities time day-division freshmen) • Act as ethical and responsible citizens M 117 Calculus I M 118 Calculus II The highly interdisciplinary System Engineering program at the University of New Haven has Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective been designed and developed as a team effort Sophomore Year encompassing the various constituencies including EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering future employers of program graduates, students, Systems alumni, industry professionals, and the faculty. EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems In addition to the University Core Curriculum EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials requirements, the program combines strong theo- EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems retical foundations in science, mathematics, engi- SE 288 System Engineering Concepts neering through the Multidisciplinary Engineering SE 346 Probability Analysis Foundation Spiral Curriculum, and system engi- M 203 Calculus III neering. System engineering students learn system M 204 Differential Equations engineering principles using modern and advanced PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with computer applications that prepare a graduate to Laboratory enter the workforce in virtually all industries and Tagliatela College of Engineering 159
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with zation in order to provide the intern with the optimal Laboratory experience. An internship assignment with a mini- Junior Year mum of 300 hours performing relevant engineering duties is required prior to graduation. Students must CS 215 Introduction to Databases complete the equivalent of sophomore-level course E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination work toward the bachelor’s degree in system engi- EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog neering before an internship is attempted. The ideal Devices internship assignment is the one that leads to the EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering final program design project for the student intern. Economics SE 347 Statistical Analysis The internship carries one credit for the degree. SE 398 System Engineering Internship The requirement may be satisfied utilizing a co-op SE 402 Operations Research I position, approved summer employment and part- SE 403 Operations Research II time or full-time positions that are approved by SE 407 Reliability and Maintenance the student’s employer and by the department/ SE 435 Simulation and Applications Communication internship coordinator as being relevant to the goals SE 488 System Engineering Design Process of the system engineering discipline. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship requirement may Plus one University Core Competency 1.2 elective be granted for those students who are employed in Senior Year the field, subject to a formal review by the program EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar coordinator. The request for such a waiver must SE 428 Six Sigma Quality Plan be submitted to the program coordinator at least SE 441 Supply Chain and Logistics one year prior to the anticipated graduation date. SE 449 Lean Principles and Practices Accreditation SE 498 System Engineering Design I SE 499 System Engineering Design II The bachelor’s degree program in system engineer- University Core Competency 5.2 elective ing is designed to meet the requirements and stan- HS 101 Foundations of the Western World dards of the Engineering Accreditation Commission or of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times Technology (EAC/ABET). Accreditation will be sought as soon as the eligibility requirements are met. Plus two TCoE Electives and one University Core Competency 6 elective Students will choose, with the assistance and Minor in Industrial Engineering approval of their academic adviser, the appropriate Students enrolled in degree programs in the courses to fulfill the technical elective requirements Tagliatela College of Engineering may opt to take of the program. Students are also expected to work a minor in industrial engineering by completing with their adviser to select the University Core 18 credits. The program for the minor consists Curriculum courses in such a way to best support of the following required and elective courses: their career goals and professional development. IE 243 Work Design Internship Requirement IE 304 Production Control SE 346 Probability Analysis The internship program is intended to enrich the SE 347 Statistical Analysis academic experience of our students to bridge theory and practice by providing students the opportunity Plus two 300-level (or higher) industrial or system to see firsthand how an engineering enterprise works. engineering courses (6 credits) chosen with the pro- The internship must involve a partnership consisting gram adviser. of student, engineering faculty, and employer/organi- 160
The six courses required for the logis- tics certificate are as follows: LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics LG 310 Introduction to Logistics Support Analysis LG 320 Reliability and Maintainability Fundamentals LG 410 Life Cycle Concepts LG 440 Data Management in Logistics Systems LG 490 Logistics Seminar
Minor in Sustainability Studies The minor in Sustainablity Studies is directed toward students seeking to better understand envi- ronmental considerations in industry, government, non-profit, and academic institutions. Courses enhance students’ major area of study by providing links between science, engineering, mathematics, business, economics, and the humanities. The minor takes a problem-solving approach to the discipline as students learn to apply broad knowledge to specific institutional, local, or global problems. Students in this minor develop valuable insights into the nature of current sustainability practices. Students select five courses from the following list of courses. Students must fulfill all prerequisites for the courses chosen. AT 340 Contemporary Issues of Art and the Environment EAS 300 Global Solutions for Sustainability EC 240 Research Methods in Sustainability EC 370 Environmental and Natural Resources Economics EN 101/102 Introduction to Environmental Science with Laboratory EN 370 Ecology of Sustainability EN 540 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems HS 310 Environmental History LS 405 Environmental Law SE 310/311 Design for Environment with Laboratory SU 312 Introduction to Traditional and Alternative Energy Systems Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 161 Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences
Richard H. Ward, D.Crim., Dean Programs and Concentrations William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean Undergraduate Programs Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean Bachelor of Science The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences provides educational services Corrections for students who wish to major in degree programs Crime Analysis in public safety and security and public service. Forensic Psychology Students in the Henry C. Lee College of Criminal International Justice and Security Justice and Forensic Sciences typically pursue Investigative Services careers in areas such as criminal justice, forensic Juvenile and Family Justice science, fire science, arson investigation, correc- Law Enforcement Administration tions, law, paralegal and related areas. The school Victim Services Administration provides a broad professional education, which often incorporates classroom learning with labora- Fire Science tory and field experience. The school attracts stu- Fire/Arson Investigation dents of varied ages and levels of experience, from Fire Administration recent high school graduates to seasoned industry Fire Science Technology professionals. It also serves professionals seeking Fire Protection Engineering programs designed to meet requirements of national Forensic Science and/or regional accreditations and licensures. Legal Studies Graduate degree programs and certificates are Public Affairs available in various disciplines through the Graduate Dispute Resolution School. Paralegal Studies
University Core Curriculum Associate in Science In addition to departmental requirements, stu- Criminal Justice dents must fulfill all requirements of the University Fire and Occupational Safety Core Curriculum. Legal Studies Certificates Crime Analysis Criminal Justice Management Fire/Arson Investigation Fire Prevention Forensic Computer Investigation 162
Industrial Fire Protection State University, J.D., University of Connecticut; Information Protection and Security William L. Tafoya, Ph.D., University of Maryland Law Enforcement Science Associate Professors: James J. Cassidy, Ph.D., Paralegal Studies Hahnemann University Graduate School, J.D., Private Security Villanova School of Law; Robert D. Keppel, Victim Services Ph.D., University of Washington; Michael P. Lawlor, J.D., George Washington University, Graduate Programs Connecticut State Representative; James O. Matschulat, M.B.A., St. John’s University; James Master of Science Monahan, Ph.D., Florida State University; Donna Decker Morris, J.D., Yale University; Martin Criminal Justice J. O’Connor, J.D., University of Connecticut, Fire Science M.Div., Yale Divinity School; Christopher M. Forensic Science Sedelmaier, Ph.D., Rutgers University National Security and Public Safety Assistant Professors: Katherine M. Brown, Ph.D., Graduate Certificates Sam Houston State University; Leila Dutton, Arson Investigation Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Charles Criminal Justice/Security Management Lieberman, Ph.D., City University of New York Fire Science/Administration and Technology – John Jay College of Criminal Justice; Daniel Forensic Science/Advanced Investigation Mabrey, Ph.D., Sam Houston State University; Forensic Science/Criminalistics Fadia Narchet, Ph.D., Florida International Forensic Science/Fire Science University; David A. Schroeder, Ph.D., City Forensic Computer Investigation University of New York – John Jay College of Forensic Psychology Criminal Justice; Tracy L. Tamborra, Ph.D., City Information Protection and Security University of New York – John Jay College of National Security Criminal Justice National Security Administration Practitioners-in-Residence: William H. Carbone, Public Safety Management M.P.A., University of New Haven, Executive Victim Advocacy and Service Management Director, Judicial Branch, Court Support Services Division, State of Connecticut; The Honorable Martin Looney, J.D., University of Connecticut Criminal Justice Senior Lecturer: Ernest W. Dorling, M.P.A., Troy State University, European Campus Chair: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. Lecturer: Daniel Maxwell, M.S., M.P.A., University Professors Emeriti: Thomas A. Johnson, D.Crim., of New Haven University of California, Berkeley; David A. Clinical Instructor: Joseph R. Polio, M.S., University Maxwell, J.D., University of Miami, CPP; L. of New Haven Craig Parker, Jr., Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo; Gerald D. Robin, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Criminal Justice Professors: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., Pennsylvania Coordinator of Corrections: State University, J.D., Georgetown University; Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D., University of Coordinator of Crime Analysis: Oregon; William M. Norton, Ph.D., Florida Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Ph.D. Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 163
Coordinator of Forensic Psychology: associate to the master’s level, as well as cer- Fadia M. Narchet, Ph.D. tificates. Complete information about the Coordinator of International Justice and Security: master of science degree in criminal justice is James Monahan, Ph.D. available in the Graduate School Catalog. Coordinator of Investigative Services: Undergraduate criminal justice concentrations David A. Schroeder, Ph.D. in law enforcement, corrections, crime analysis, investigative services, juvenile and family jus- Coordinator of Juvenile and Family Justice: tice, forensic psychology, international justice Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. and security, and victim services administration Coordinator of Law Enforcement Administration: are available in the criminal justice program. William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D. Coordinator of Victim Services Administration: The Criminal Justice Club Tracy L. Tamborra, Ph.D. The American Criminal Justice Association (ACJA) is a national professional and pre-professional The Criminal Justice program at the University organization with goals that include improved tech- of New Haven provides students with a comprehen- nology, training, and service for the benefit of the sive and professional understanding of crime and the criminal justice system. UNH’s local student chapter administration of justice. The goal of the program is of ACJA is the Psi Omega chapter. This club offers to prepare students for professional careers in criminal students a variety of activities including community justice, public service, and social service organizations, service as well as the opportunity to meet and work as well as for future study in graduate and profes- with practitioners in the field. Students also meet sional fields. The program meets these goals through others with similar interests and are eligible to partic- its highly qualified full-time faculty, who both teach ipate in regional and national programs and activities. and conduct research in the field. The full-time faculty Alpha Tau is the local chapter of Alpha Phi members are supported by part-time faculty mem- Sigma, the National Criminal Justice Honor Society. bers drawn from the professional community who Alpha Tau’s purpose is to recognize and promote teach specialized courses in their areas of expertise. academic excellence among undergraduate and The Criminal Justice program of study fol- graduate students. The local chapter was formed in lows the University’s mission to provide engaged 1998 and embraces the full spectrum of criminal learning opportunities, including the utilization justice students from criminal justice and forensic of internships, service learning, and individual science to pre-law and the related social sciences. student research learning opportunities. Through Undergraduate students who have completed this engaged learning model, students develop an 60 credits and at least four criminal justice courses understanding of both theoretical and practical and who have at least a 3.5 cumulative G.P.A. are issues of crime and the administration of justice. eligible for membership. Graduate students who A full range of career opportunities is avail- have a 3.5 cumulative G.P.A. and who have com- able in criminal justice at all levels of govern- pleted at least 12 credits of graduate work, or 9 ment and within the private sector. Because of credits of graduate work and at least 3 additional its interdisciplinary approach, combined with the undergraduate credits, are eligible for membership. University’s engaged learning commitment, the The Department participates in the coopera- study of criminal justice fills the needs of students tive education program, which enables students seeking careers in teaching, research, and law, and to combine their education with practical, paid the needs of criminal justice professionals seek- work experience in their career field. For further ing academic and professional advancement. details see “Office of Internships and Employer The Department offers courses from the Relations,” which appears earlier in this catalog, or 164 contact the co-op coordinator in The Henry C. Lee Concentration in Crime Analysis College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. This concentration focuses on the application of advanced computer and geographical informa- B.S., Criminal Justice tion systems (GIS) in the collection and analysis of crime data. Data from local, state, and federal agen- Required Courses cies are considered. Students are encouraged to join Students earning the B.S. degree in crimi- the International Association of Crime Analysis. nal justice are required to complete at least Graduates will enter the field of Crime Analysis as 122 credits, including the University Core civilians or sworn officers, depending on their career Curriculum and the common courses for goal. This program also appeals to international criminal justice majors listed below: students interested in applying such technology to CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice their country’s police system. Students are required CJ 102 Criminal Law to complete a research project as well as present their CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation findings at a departmental crime research forum. CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology Students earning a B.S. degree in crimi- CJ 217 Introduction to Criminal Procedure I nal justice with a concentration in crime CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice analysis must complete the University Core CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice Curriculum, the common courses for criminal CJ 311 Criminology justice majors listed above, and the following: CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar CJ 312 The Police and Crime Control CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre-Internship or CJ 500B Criminal Justice Internship CJ 333 Police Civil Liability CJ 402 Police in Society Concentration in Corrections CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental This concentration prepares students for careers Design with federal, state, local, and private correctional CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing agencies and institutions. It is concerned with the CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis treatment of offenders, administration, planning, E 230 Public Speaking and research. The curriculum emphasizes law, social EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information and behavioral sciences, and research methodology. Systems Students earning the B.S. degree in crimi- Plus two restricted electives and eight electives nal justice with a concentration in correc- tions must complete the University Core Concentration in Forensic Psychology Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and the following: The forensic psychology concentration prepares students for professional and graduate careers in vari- CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs ous criminal justice and mental health settings. All CJ 220 Legal Issues in Corrections courses focus on new developments and best practices CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies from a cross-disciplinary perspective. The program CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies provides a wide array of courses covering a broad CJ 412 Substance Abuse and Addictive Behavior spectrum of topics in forensic psychology, including Plus two restricted electives and ten electives areas such as experimental research, mental health law, investigative psychology and clinical services. Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice with a concentration in forensic psy- Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 165 chology must complete the University Core University Core Curriculum — Specific courses Curriculum, the common courses for criminal or advisor approval are required for 8 of the 12 justice majors listed above, and the following: University Core Curriculum categories for the CJ 345 Police and Investigative Psychology Concentration in International Justice and Security CJ 357 Legal Psychology as indicated below: CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the Mental Health CC 1.1 E 105 and E 110 (6) System CC 1.2 Foreign Language (3) CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies CC 2.2 Any science with lab approved for the or University Core (4) CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies CC 2.2 Any qualifying Math above M 109 (3) CJ 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology CC2.3 CJ 250 (3) P 216 Child Development CC 3 CS 107 (3) P 336 Abnormal Psychology CC 4.1 HS 101 or HS 102 (3) P 370 Psychology of Personality CC 4.2 Any citizenship course approved for the Plus two restricted electives and seven electives University Core (3) CC 5.1 P 111 (3) CC 5.2 Foreign Language (3) Concentration in International Justice and CC 5.3 O 113 (3) Security CC 6 Any aesthetic responsiveness course The concentration in international justice and approved for the University Core (3) security is designed to attract a new type of student, Common Courses for Criminal Justice Majors — namely one with interests in serving in federal secu- See above rity agencies including the State Department. The program has several distinct features: a minimum of Concentration Courses two semesters in a foreign language of choice, and CJ 105 Introduction to Security specialized criminal justice, fire science and open CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation electives. Finally, students are required to complete CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and a study-abroad experience in their language coun- Investigation Procedures (3) try, taking electives of their choosing to equal a CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection, and minimum of nine credits. Such experiences in total Telecommunications (3) provide a superior undergraduate education to those CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice (3) anticipating a federal career track or as preparation CJ 578 Homeland Security and the Threat of for a strong graduate program. In support of the Terrorism (3) concentration, the Criminal Justice faculty has estab- FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations lished a Federal Agent Advisory Board, composed of FS 204 Fire Investigation I active and retired federal agents who provide coun- LS 410 Counterterrorism and the Law sel on curriculum and student career mentoring. PS 222 United States Foreign Policy (3) Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal PS 241 International Relations justice with a concentration in international justice One restricted elective approved by the advisor (3) and security must complete the University Core Study Abroad Curriculum (40 credits), the common courses for Elective credits earned as part of a study-abroad criminal justice majors listed above (33 credits), and experience (9) the following specified concentration courses (18 credits), a study-abroad experience of at least nine Electives credits, and 21 elective credits. Elective credits (21) 166
Concentration in Investigative Services Concentration in Law Enforcement This concentration provides an interdisciplinary Administration educational program for those entering investiga- This concentration prepares students for tive service work. The program is geared toward careers in federal, state, and local law enforce- enhancing the scientific knowledge of those stu- ment agencies, public and private security forces, dents seeking investigative positions in various planning agencies, and other related settings. The enforcement agencies. The curriculum emphasizes curriculum focuses on the roles, activities, and law enforcement, evidence and forensic science. behaviors of people with regard to maintaining Students earning the B.S. degree in crimi- law and order, providing needed services, protect- nal justice with a concentration in investiga- ing life and property, and planning and research. tive services must complete the University Core Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice with a concentration in law enforcement justice majors listed above, and the following: administration must complete the University Core FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science Curriculum, the common courses for criminal CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence justice majors listed above, and the following: FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory I FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System or CJ 333 Police Civil Liability CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation CJ 402 Police in Society Plus one restricted elective and eleven electives or CJ 312 Police and Crime Control Concentration in Juvenile and Family Plus two restricted electives and ten electives Justice This concentration prepares students for careers Concentration in Victim Services with federal, state, local, and private correctional Administration agencies and with service agencies whose mis- This concentration provides students with an sion brings them into regular contact with the interdisciplinary, practice-oriented educational pro- justice system. The curriculum is geared to pre- gram. It prepares graduates for entry into a wide paring service providers with knowledge of law variety of positions in law enforcement, criminal and of social and behavioral sciences as well as justice, the courts, corrections, and victim services communication skills with children, adolescents, programs as well as professional settings involv- and people of diverse cultural backgrounds. ing work with victims of crime, their families, and Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal the community at large. The curriculum encour- justice with a concentration in juvenile and fam- ages a broad-based training experience focusing ily justice must complete the University Core on the enhancement of the appropriate involve- Curriculum, the common courses for criminal ment of victims in the justice system and the justice majors listed above, and the following: provision of services to victims and survivors. CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System justice with a concentration in victim services CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies administration must complete the University Core CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies Curriculum, the common courses for criminal CJ 411 Victimology justice majors listed above, and the following: Plus two restricted electives and ten electives Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 167
CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis CJ 315 Domestic Violence EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information CJ 411 Victimology Systems CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration Plus one CJ elective, and one environmental science Plus two restricted electives and ten electives elective
A.S., Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Management Certificate Students completing the first two years of the This certificate teaches specific skills to pro- bachelor of science degree program in criminal justice fessionals in the criminal justice management with the law enforcement administration concentra- field. Courses emphasize the application of tion or the corrections concentration (61 credits) modern management principles and practices to are eligible to receive the associate in science degree. the field of criminal justice. The following four Interested students should contact their adviser. courses, or substitutions approved by the adviser, are required for completion of this certificate: Minor in Criminal Justice CJ 512 Criminal Justice Management CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing To minor in criminal justice, students must CJ 558 Leadership Issues in Policing complete 18 credits of criminal justice courses, CJ 540 Computer Applications in Reearch and including CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice. Program Evaluation or Criminal Justice Certificates CJ 541 Problem Solving, Planning, Analysis, and Adviser: Mario Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. Evaluation The Department offers certificates in crime analy- sis, law enforcement science, private security, and Forensic Computer Investigation victim services. Students must complete 12–18 cred- Certificate its of required courses to earn a certificate. Credits Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. earned for a certificate may be applied toward the This certificate is designed for those profession- requirements for a degree program at a later date. als who wish to enhance their knowledge and skills A student must successfully complete all in forensic computer investigation. Students inter- required courses as outlined below with a mini- ested in enrolling in the courses in this certificate mum G.P.A. of 2.0 to be awarded the certificate. must obtain consent of the instructor and/or the certificate adviser prior to registration. Alternate Crime Analysis Certificate course selections may be permitted with the consent of the certificate adviser. Four courses (12 credits) This certificate focuses on the analysis of crime are required for completion of the certificate: and criminal behavior. Geographic informa- tion systems and computer-assisted statistical CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and packages are used to assist in the study of crime Investigative Procedures analysis. All students are required to take 21 CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection, and credits, including the courses listed below: Telecommunications CJ 498 Research Project Plus two of the following, with consent of adviser: CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation Design CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I 168
CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence Private Security Certificate FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation This certificate is a concentrated program of CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques study in management security systems for private CJ 450 Special Topics business and industry. All students are required to CJ 498 Research Project take 18 credits, including the courses listed below: CJ 522 Computers, Technology, and Criminal Justice Information Management Systems CJ 105 Introduction to Security CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities and Criminal Activity CJ 203 Security Administration CJ 226 Industrial Security CJ 410 Legal Issues in Private Security Information Protection and Security FS 204 Fire Investigation I Certificate Plus one CJ elective Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. This certificate prepares individuals for assuming Victim Services Administration Certificate the responsibilities of protecting their agency or cor- porate information systems. The basics of informa- Students matriculated in other concentration tion systems security as well as legal issues and cyber areas, as well as non-matriculated students, may elect response strategies are reviewed. Computer gaming to take the five courses listed below to earn a cer- simulations as well as online attack and defense tificate in victim services administration. Although techniques are presented for student assignments. internships are not required of certificate students, an internship experience is strongly encouraged Five courses (15 credits) are required and will be facilitated at the student’s request. for completion of the certificate: CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice CJ 525 Information Systems Threats, Attacks, and CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System Defenses CJ 315 Domestic Violence CJ 526 Firewall and Secure Enterprise Computing CJ 411 Victimology CJ 527 Internet Investigations and Audit-Based CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration Computer Forensics CJ 528 Computer Viruses and Malicious Code CJ 529 Practical Issues in Cryptography Forensic Science
Law Enforcement Science Certificate Chair: Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. This certificate provides the fundamentals Professors: Howard H. Harris, Ph.D.; Henry C. Lee, of criminal investigation techniques and pro- Ph.D., Fredrick P. Smith, Ph.D. cedures, particularly for those involved in or Associate Professors: Michael Adamowicz, Ph.D.; planning to enter investigative positions in law Azriel Gorski, Ph.D.; Virginia Maxwell, Ph.D., enforcement agencies in both the private and Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. public sectors. All students are required to take 18 credits, including the courses listed below: Assistant Professor: Heather Coyle, Ph.D. CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation Lecturer: Peter Massey, M.S. FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science Coordinator: Azriel Gorski, Ph.D. FOR 227 Fingerprints with Laboratory Forensic science is a broad, interdisciplinary field FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory in which biological and physical science methods FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation are used to analyze and evaluate physical evidence Plus one CJ elective related to matters of criminal and civil law. The objective of the degree is to provide an appropri- Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 169 ate education and scientific background to men PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with and women planning careers as physical evidence Laboratory examiners in crime laboratories. The curriculum PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with is also appropriate for individuals currently work- Laboratory ing in forensic science laboratories and is valu- PL 222 Ethics able for those in related areas whose professional Plus five electives chosen through discussion with work requires in-depth knowledge of science and adviser. scientific investigation methods. At the end of Chemistry-emphasis students addi- their first year, students declare a concentration in tionally complete the following: either Forensic Chemistry or Forensic Biology. M 203 Calculus III CH 331/333 Physical Chemistry I with Laboratory B.S., Forensic Science CH 332/334 Physical Chemistry II with Laboratory The bachelor of science in forensic science is Biology-emphasis students addition- offered with a choice of two emphasis areas, chem- ally complete the following: istry or biology, to allow the student to major in BI 306 Genetics forensic science and specialize in an area of interest. BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory Required Courses BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory Students earning the B.S. degree in forensic science must complete 125–126 credits, including the University Core Legal Studies Curriculum and the following courses: Director: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice From the principles in the U.S. Constitution CJ 102 Criminal Law to the regulation of the food we eat, law governs FOR 200 Professional Practices in Forensic Science our society. With the impact of globalization FOR 216 Introduction to Forensic Science for as well as new forms of dispute resolution, legal Majors policy will increasingly shape our future. Legal FOR 403 Forensic Biology with Laboratory studies is a unique and exciting undergraduate FOR 404 Criminalistics with Laboratory degree program designed to prepare graduates to FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation be part of that future — and to help shape it. FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic Science FOR 498 Research Project Students select a program of study depending on or interests and career goals. Pre-law students plan- FOR 502 Forensic Science Internship ning to go to law school or students interested in BI 253–254 General Biology for Science Majors with graduate school in other areas choose either the Laboratory I and II public affairs or dispute resolution bachelor’s degree CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II concentrations. Students interested in careers as CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II paralegals choose the bachelor’s degree concentra- CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II tion in paralegal studies, the associate’s degree in CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II legal studies, or the paralegal certificate program. CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory B.S., Legal Studies CS 107 Computers and their Applications E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion The legal studies major provides students with M 117–118 Calculus I and II an understanding of fundamental principles of law M 228 Statistics and analyzes the role and function of the American 170 legal system within a societal and political context. or The interdisciplinary course of study develops criti- E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion cal thinking and writing skills and prepares students E 220 Writing for Business and Industry for law-related careers, law school or graduate school. or Three concentration options allow students to focus E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation on particular career aspirations and interests. or The legal studies international track provides E 251 Narrative Nonfiction an opportunity for students to study abroad P 111 Introduction to Psychology for a semester, expanding their experience and PL 222 Ethics knowledge of global legal and policy issues, while PS 121 American Government and Politics directly furthering requirements for their bach- Plus one of the following sequences: elor’s degree. In partnership with universities in P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences and England, Ireland, Scotland, and Australia, legal P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology or studies students with a minimum 3.0 GPA may CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice study abroad in either the spring semester of their and sophomore year or fall semester of their junior year. CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice A two-semester internship in the final year of study combines classroom learning with on- Concentrations the-job experience, enhancing employment Students select an area of concentration for the opportunities after graduation. Placements are elective portion of the program. The concentra- geared to the student’s area of concentration. tions consist of five courses that focus on a specific Students earning a B.S. degree in legal stud- approach to the field of legal studies. Course selec- ies must complete a minimum of 125 credits, tion is made with the assistance of the program including the University Core Curriculum, com- adviser. Only the paralegal studies concentration is mon courses for legal studies majors, and desig- designed to prepare students to become paralegals. nated courses for a legal studies concentration. Following are common courses required Concentration in Public Affairs for the major in legal studies: The public affairs concentration analyzes the LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts application of law to public policy concerns, while PS 122 State and Local Government developing critical thinking, legal research, and writ- LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I ing skills. Government regulation, vulnerable popula- LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II tions, and international, multicultural, and emerging LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibilities issues are emphasized. This concentration prepares LS 238 Civil Procedure I students for further education in law school, graduate LS 330 Legal Investigation school, or for careers in law-related fields and regula- PS 332 Constitutional Law tory affairs in federal, state, or local governments, LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation business, industry, and non-profit organizations. LS 500 Pre-Internship Concentration Requirements LS 501–502 Legal Studies Internship I and II Legal Studies majors are also required to LS 440 Law and Policy take the following courses as restricted elec- Plus four of the following, or related courses, as tives, some of which may be used to satisfy approved by program adviser: University Core Curriculum requirements: LS 340 Equality and Law CO 100 Human Communication Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 171
LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and CO 205 Intercultural Communication Practice P 312 Cognitive Psychology LS 405 Environmental Law P 321 Social Psychology LS 410 Counter-terrorism and the Law P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology LS 430 Cyberlaw SW 340 Group Dynamics CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Plus eight electives CJ 102 Criminal Law *Must be in addition to course selected to ful- CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs fill common course requirement for the major CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar Concentration in Paralegal Studies CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration This concentration is designed to prepare stu- CO 420 Communication and the Law dents for careers as paralegals in private law firms, MR 330 Coastal Resources and Management government agencies, or corporations. A paralegal PS 216 Urban Government and Politics performs specifically delegated substantive legal work PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy under the supervision of an attorney who is respon- PS 228 Public Interest Groups sible for the paralegal’s work. Paralegals may not PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence provide legal services directly to the public, except PS 231 Judicial Behavior as permitted by law. Graduates may also pursue PS 232 The Politics of the First Amendment careers in law-related areas of the insurance indus- PS 243 International Law and Organization try, banking and securities, businesses, non-profit PS 308 Legislative Process agencies, or in federal, state, or local governments. Plus eight electives Concentration electives allow students to focus on areas such as investigations, criminal law, general Concentration in Dispute Resolution civil law, or law and financial issues. As part of a high-quality liberal arts education, the concentra- Students in the dispute resolution concentra- tion also enables students to pursue broad career tion will explore alternative methods for resolving opportunities or graduate school. Development of disputes traditionally resolved through the civil or critical thinking, research, and writing abilities is criminal legal systems. This concentration provides emphasized, along with practical paralegal skills. students with an understanding of conflict manage- ment theories and alternative dispute resolution Concentration Requirements practices, and an introduction to practical skills in LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation negotiation, mediation, and facilitation. Graduates Plus four of the following, or related courses, as are prepared for law-related, alternative dispute approved by program adviser: resolution careers in the judicial system, govern- ment agencies, and the private sector, or for fur- LS 210 Mock Trial ther education in law school or graduate school. LS 226 Family Law LS 244 Estates and Trusts Concentration Requirements LS 310 Business Organizations LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and LS 326 Real Estate Law Practice LS 430 Cyberlaw Plus four of the following, or related courses, as A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting approved by program adviser: A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting A 435 Federal Income Taxation I CO 100 Human Communication* CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice CO 410 Management Communication Seminar CJ 102 Criminal Law 172
CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation students to become paralegals, unless the require- CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques ments for a paralegal certificate are satisfied. FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory Environment The Institute of Law Plus eight electives and Public Affairs
A.S., Legal Studies Director: William M. Norton, J.D., Ph.D. The Institute of Law and Public Affairs has been The associate degree program in legal studies established to provide undergraduates with specific prepares students to work as paralegals in law firms training in the areas of the paralegal profession, and legal departments or in law-related positions in public policy, and public affairs. Students with an corporations, banks, and local, state, and federal gov- undergraduate major in any of the colleges of the ernments. A paralegal performs specifically delegated University may attain paraprofessional standing in substantive legal work under the supervision of an paralegal studies or public affairs by completing a attorney who is responsible for the paralegal’s work. minor in the Institute. The term paraprofessional Paralegals may not provide legal services directly to applies to those with special training in a profes- the public, except as permitted by law. Students may sional field who do not yet possess the terminal also continue their studies toward a bachelor’s degree. degree normally required in the profession. In Students are required to complete 60 credits, many instances, paraprofessional standing is a step including the University Core Requirements for toward the accomplishment of the final degree. the associate’s degree and the following courses: LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility Minor in Public Affairs LS 238 Civil Procedure I The public affairs minor in the Institute of LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation Law and Public Affairs is directed toward provid- LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I ing training for civil service positions at all levels of LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II government. The goal of such training is to provide LS 330 Legal Investigation more effective public administrators and to intro- Plus three legal studies electives; PL 222 Ethics; duce creativity into the profession of public service. CO 100 Human Communication or E 230 Public The public affairs minor takes a problem-solving Speaking and Group Discussion; and one elective approach to the discipline as students conduct basic, in-depth research on problems of governmental Successful completion of the requirements for an agencies. Students in this minor develop valuable associate degree in legal studies includes the courses insights into the nature of the public policy process required for the paralegal studies certificate described from the vantage point of the bureaucracy. Courses in the Institute of Law and Public Affairs section are selected in consultation with a faculty adviser. below. The certificate is awarded via the Institute. Paralegal Studies Certificate Minor in Legal Studies Adviser: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. Students may minor in legal studies by suc- cessfully completing LS 100 Introduction to The paralegal studies certificate requires 18 credits Legal Concepts plus five additional legal studies of designated legal studies courses, each with a grade courses. A minor in legal studies does not prepare of C minus or better. A student must successfully complete all required courses as outlined below with Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 173 a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 to be awarded the certifi- Lecturer: Bruce Varga, M.S., University of New cate. As a prerequisite, students entering the program Haven must have completed, or complete concurrently with The Department of Fire Science and the paralegal studies courses, 42 other undergraduate Professional Studies offers several degree pro- credits, which may be from the University of New grams for students interested in the specific Haven or another institution and which satisfy ABA employment-related areas of fire science (tech- guidelines. The University of New Haven has con- nology, administration, and fire/arson investiga- ducted this certificate program since 1971, providing tion) and fire protection engineering. A number paralegal education to both traditional and part-time of certificates are also offered in these fields. evening students. A paralegal performs specifically delegated substantive legal work under the supervi- sion of an attorney who is responsible for the parale- gal’s work. Paralegals may not provide legal services Fire Science directly to the public, except as permitted by law. The following courses are required for the certificate: Chair: Sorin Iliescu, Ed.D. LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts The United States continues to be among LS 238 Civil Procedure I those countries worldwide that suffer the high- LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I est degree of destruction to life and property from LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II fire. The arson/fraud fire problem continues to contribute to these statistics at an alarming rate. Plus two of the following, or related courses, as approved by the program adviser: Concern over this unnecessary loss of life and property has triggered a rapidly growing need for LS 226 Family Law professionals in fire science. The municipal fire ser- LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation vice is only one part of the demand for individuals LS 244 Estates and Trusts with specialized education in this multi-disciplined LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation field. Career opportunities in the public sector LS 310 Business Organizations include those for municipal firefighters, fire inspec- LS 326 Real Estate Law tors, fire investigators, fire technicians, and fire LS 328 Legal Management and Administrative Skills protection engineers. Private sector careers include LS 330 Legal Investigation those of industrial firefighters, fire protection spe- cialists, fire protection engineers, fire investigators, and loss control consultants. Government, industry, Department of fire equipment manufacturers and vendors and the insurance industry are all potential employers. Fire Science and The University of New Haven offers five under- graduate degrees and four certificate programs Professional Studies designed for those entering the exciting field of fire science. A combination of classroom lectures, Chair: Sorin Iliescu, Ed.D. laboratory sessions, case studies, and field trips Associate Professor: Martin J. O’Connor, J.D., gives students the broadest possible exposure in this University of Connecticut area of study. Internships allow students to obtain Assistant Professors: Sorin Iliescu, Ed.D., Johnson real-life work experience in this specialized field. and Wales University; Ting Guang Ma, Ph.D., The University also offers graduate certificate University of Maryland programs and a master’s degree in fire science for those completing their bachelor’s degrees. 174
Fire Science Club Concentration in Fire/Arson Investigation The Fire Science Club is the campus activi- This concentration prepares students for careers ties organization for students with interests in in fire investigation, arson/fraud detection, and code fire science and related fields. This very active enforcement in both the public and private sectors. group organizes field trips, fire safety and sub- The curriculum provides the educational background stance abuse programs, and other activities, both to determine the cause and origin of fires. It also on and off campus, throughout the school year. provides an in-depth study of the laws regarding fire investigations and evidence collection. Students Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley choosing this concentration will complete the requirements for a minor in criminal justice. Students Chapter of SFPE earning the B.S. in fire science with a concentration The Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley in fire/arson investigation must complete 123 cred- Chapter of the Society of Fire Protection Engineers its including the University Core Curriculum, the is the professional society on campus for fire sci- common courses for fire science majors listed above, ence students. The Student Branch works closely and the courses listed below, some of which fulfill with the Fire Science Club to provide programs requirements of the University Core Curriculum. and field trips with a strong technical basis. FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire Science B.S., Fire Science FS 204 Fire Investigation I FS 313 Fire Investigation II The bachelor of science in fire science is FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory offered with a choice of three concentrations to FS 408 Fire Protection Law allow the student to major in fire science and FS 409 Arson for Profit specialize in an area of interest. The concen- CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic tration areas are fire/arson investigation, fire Chemistry I with Laboratory administration, and fire science technology. CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Required Courses CJ 102 Criminal Law Students earning the B.S. degree in fire sci- CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation ence are required to complete at least 122 cred- FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science its including the University Core Curriculum CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I and the common courses for fire science CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence listed below, some of which fulfill require- CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System ments of the University Core Curriculum. or FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology M 109 Intermediate Algebra FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with or Laboratory M 127 Finite Mathematics FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply P 111 Introduction to Psychology FS 207 Fire Prevention P 336 Abnormal Psychology FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials FS 304 Fire Protection Systems Concentration in Fire Administration FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes This concentration prepares students for careers FS 404 Special Hazards Control in municipal, private, or industrial fire depart- FS 501 Internship ments. The curriculum provides the educational Plus electives chosen with the adviser background to advance through the ranks and Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 175 become the future leaders of the fire service. nology must complete 126 credits including Students earning the B.S. degree in fire sci- the University Core Curriculum, the common ence with a concentration in fire administration courses for fire science majors listed above, and the must complete a minimum of 122 credits includ- courses listed below, some of which fulfill require- ing the University Core Curriculum, the com- ments of the University Core Curriculum. mon courses for fire science majors listed above, FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire and the courses listed below, some of which fulfill Science requirements of the University Core Curriculum. FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems Chemistry I with Laboratory FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations Laboratory FS 204 Fire Investigation I FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis Service CH 115 General Chemistry I FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory FS 307 Municipal Fire Administration EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering FS 405 Emergency Incident Management EAS 109 Project Planning FS 408 Fire Protection Law EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis M 109 Intermediate Algebra (in place of CS 107) or EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering M 127 Finite Mathematics Systems P 111 Introduction to Psychology EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog PA 302 Public Administration Systems and Devices Procedures M 117 Calculus I or M 118 Calculus II PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning MG 115 Fundamentals of Management PA 408 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory Plus one fire science elective PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Laboratory Concentration in Fire Science Technology Plus three fire science electives and one fire science or This concentration focuses on the technologi- engineering elective cal aspects of fire science. Fire control by design, construction, and fixed fire suppression systems is B.S., Fire Protection Engineering stressed. A combination of fire science and engi- neering courses prepares students to apply basic Coordinator: Ting Guang Ma, Ph.D. engineering principles to the fire problem. Fire The role of a fire protection engineer is to prevention and code compliance are stressed in this safeguard life and property from the devastating program. Careers in this field are mainly in the pri- effects of fire and explosions by applying sound, vate sector; however, these skills are becoming more multi-disciplined engineering principles to the fire important in all areas, as the fire service prepares protection problem. Through a combination of to meet the technical challenges of the future. engineering and fire science courses, students learn Students earning the B.S. degree in fire sci- how to design, construct, and install fire protec- ence with a concentration in fire science tech- tion systems that prevent or minimize potential 176 losses from fire, water, smoke, or explosions. CH 115 General Chemistry I Graduates of the fire protection engineering CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory program are qualified to design, evaluate, or test M 117 Calculus I systems responsible for the reduction of fire losses. M 118 Calculus II Students are also prepared to analyze the fire pro- M 203 Calculus III tection defenses of various structures and opera- M 204 Differential Equations tions and recommend cost-effective methods of PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with improving the level of protection that is provided. Laboratory PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Careers in this field may be in the private or the Laboratory public sector. Government, insurance companies, E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation industry, manufacturers, and consultants are pro- EC 133 Principles of Economics spective employers of fire protection engineers. Required Courses A.S., Fire and Occupational Safety Students earning the B.S. degree in fire pro- This two-year associate in science degree offers tection engineering must complete 128 credits students a well-rounded, basic program in the including the University Core Curriculum and the field of fire science with a focus on the private courses listed below, some of which fulfill require- sector fire protection industry. The program pro- ments of the University Core Curriculum. vides the student with two fire science and free FS 102 Principles of Fire Science electives, thereby allowing the student to custom- FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics ize the program to individual career goals. FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply Students are required to complete 62 credits, FS 304 Fire Protection Systems including the University Core requirements for FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems the associate degree and the following courses: FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology Laboratory FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with FS 404 Special Hazards Control Laboratory FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire FS 450 Fire Protection Heat Transfer Science FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- FS 207 Fire Prevention based) FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire EAS 109 Project Planning Service EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic Systems Chemistry with Laboratory EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems M 109 Intermediate Algebra EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics of Materials or EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems M 127 Finite Mathematics EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Devices Plus two fire science electives, and two electives cho- EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering sen with the adviser Economics Plus four fire science or engineering electives chosen with the adviser Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 177
Minor in Fire Science Fire Prevention Certificate Students wishing to minor in fire science The fire prevention certificate provides the fun- should contact the chair of the program. A damentals of fire protection and prevention to the minimum of 19 credits is required. The courses individual interested in fire inspection and/or code listed below are required unless a substitu- compliance. The certificate is applicable to both tion is approved by the chair of Fire Science. the public and private sectors, with an emphasis on property loss control. Students are required to com- Required Courses plete 19 credits, including the courses listed below. FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with Required Courses Laboratory FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology FS 204 Fire Investigation I FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with FS 207 Fire Prevention Laboratory FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection FS 207 Fire Prevention FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes Fire Science Certificates FS 404 Special Hazards Control The Fire Science Department offers certificates in fire/arson investigation, fire prevention, and Industrial Fire Protection Certificate industrial fire protection. To earn a certificate, The industrial fire protection certificate pro- students must complete from 16 to 19 credits. vides the individual interested in industrial prop- Credits earned for a certificate may be applied to erty loss control with the fundamentals related to an associate or bachelor’s degree in fire science. this field. While focusing on the private sector, A student must successfully complete all these principles are equally important to those in required courses as outlined below with a mini- the public sector who interact with those respon- mum G.P.A. of 2.0 to be awarded the certificate. sible for the protection of commercial and indus- trial properties. Students are required to complete 18 credits, including the courses listed below. Fire/Arson Investigation Certificate Required Courses The fire/arson investigation certificate provides individuals in either the public or private sector FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology with the fundamentals required to determine the FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire cause and origin of fires. Investigative techniques Science and arson determination are included in this cer- FS 207 Fire Prevention tificate program. Students are required to complete FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I 19 credits, including the courses listed below. FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection II FS 404 Special Hazards Control Required Courses FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire Science FS 204 Fire Investigation I FS 313 Fire Investigation II FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory FS 408 Fire Protection Law FS 409 Arson for Profit 178 University College 179 UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE trained adults who are equipped to meet the needs and demands of current employment and new University College was created in 2007 to reflect competition. UNH’s continued dedication to meeting the edu- cational needs of adult students and the region’s corporate communities, and to partner with the Center for Adult and Professional Studies University’s local and regional community. Programs (CAPS) and courses are designed specifically with adult Undergraduate degree and certificate programs for learners in mind, focusing on academic excellence, adult learners are administered through the Center for convenience and flexibility. All the degree, custom- Adult and Professional Studies (CAPS). UNH offers ized training, and certificate programs are the domain the following accelerated bachelor’s degree programs: of the appropriate academic college within the University of New Haven, thereby ensuring the aca- • Management demic quality and integrity of the programs. • Dental Hygiene (B.S.)* The mission of University College is stated below. • Liberal Studies (B.A.) • Professional Studies Mission Statement *Pending approval • Recognizing the distinctive needs of adult and Undergraduate part-time students can also enroll nontraditional students, provide opportunities to in other degree programs. Some programs can be earn a college degree, to continue lifelong learn- completed exclusively in evening study while others ing, to seek professional development and to study may require some day classes. Students can complete English as a Second Language. the University’s core competency requirements in the • In partnership with the other University of New evening accelerated format. Haven colleges, offer high-quality academic pro- grams and services uniquely designed for adult B. S. Professional Studies learners. The Bachelor of Science in Professional Studies • Provide the resources and support necessary for degree is specifically designed to equip adult students adult students to achieve individual academic suc- with applicable skills and competencies while prepar- cess and to enhance the academic experience. ing them to understand, serve, and lead organizations. • Develop and maintain a supportive learning This bachelor degree-completion program pro- environment that is responsive to the unique chal- vides graduates with both theoretical and practical lenges faced by adult learners and that enables education tailored to enhance their professional capa- them to achieve academic success. bilities as well as prepare them for new career oppor- • As a metropolitan university in the New Haven tunities. The degree provides a pathway toward a area, respond in innovative ways to meet the baccalaureate degree for graduates of associate degree emerging educational and training needs of educa- programs although students with less credit may also tors, businesses, public and social agencies, and apply. Students possessing a minimum of 30 trans- our multi-faceted communities. ferrable credits are eligible for admission. • Working with local communities, business and The curriculum includes all courses in the industry, and government, build partnerships 40-credit Core competencies providing a firm to facilitate the development of educated and grounding in the liberal arts. The 30-credit 180
Professional Studies Core provides the fundamentals SO 400 Minority Group Relations of professional organization principles. The student CO 400 Communication in Organizations 93) will select a 30-credit professional focus track in one of the following areas: Professional Focus, 30 credits • Arts/Humanities Studies Choose one set of professional focus courses from the • Organizational Leadership four following choices. • Communication Arts/Humanties Studies • Public Administration AT 331 Contemporary Art (3) Additionally, the student will earn 21 credits in PL 2xx or PL 3xx--One 200- or 300-level course in elective courses or a minor. To fulfill degree require- Philosophy (3) ments for the Bachelor of Professional Studies, stu- CO 306 Public Relations Systems and Practices (3) dents must earn a minimum of 121 credits, which E 3xx or E 4xx Two 300- or 400-level course in includes a minimum of 39 credits in 300-level or English Literature (6) higher courses. HU 300 Nature of Science (3) Required Courses: HS 3xx One 300-level history course (3) MU 300 Studies in Music I (3) Core Competencies, 40 credits P 321 Social Psychology (See catalog section on Core Competencies for a list of or SO 310 Primary Group Interaction (3) applicable courses if not identified below) PS 390 Political Modernization (3) CC1.1 E 105 Composition (3) Communication CC1.1 E 110 Composition & Literature (3) CO 109 Communication for Management and CC1.2 CO 100 Human Communication, Business (3) CO205 Intercultural Communications, CO 200 Theories of Group Communication (3) Modern Language, or Literature (3) CO 205 Intercultural Communication (3) CC2.1 Science with Laboratory (4) CO 300 Persuasive Communications (3) CC2.2 M 127 Finite Math (3) CO 306 Public Relations Systems & Practices (3) CC2.3 Analysis and Problem Solving (3) CC3.0 Using Technology (3) CO 309 Public Relations Writing (3) CC4.1 HS 101 Foundations of the Western World CO 399 Media Campaigns (3) or HS 102 Western World in Modern CO 410 Management Communications Seminar (3) Times (3) MK 200 Principles of Marketing (3) CC4.2 PS 122 State and Local Government MK 302 Organizational Marketing CC5.1 SO 113 Sociology (3) or CO 335 Advertising Media (3) CC5.2 Global Perspective Elective (3) Organizational Leadership CC6.0 Aesthetic Responsiveness Elective (3) CO 200 Theories of Group Communication (3) CO 300 Persuasive Communication (3) Professional Studies Core, 30 credits MG 331 Management of Human Resources (3) A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting (3) P 212 Business and Industrial Psychology (3) E 230 Public Speaking (3) P 321 Social Psychology (3) E 220 Writing for Business and Industry (3) P 355 Organizational Behavior (3) GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies (3) SO 114 Contemporary Social Problems (3) PL 333 Professional Ethics (3) SO 310 Primary Group Interaction (3) MG 210 Management and Organization (3) SO 315 Social Change (3) P 111 Introduction to Psychology (3) SO 333 Sociology of Aging (3) SO 390 Sociology of Organizations (3) University College 181
Public Administration Center for Corporate Education PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration (3) The Center for Corporate Education provides cus- PA 302 Public Administration Systems and tomized corporate training to area and regional busi- Procedures (3) ness and industry. The Center works to strengthen PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning (3) the knowledge, skills and productivity of the regional PA 404 Public Policy Analysis (3) workforce. Students can choose from an array of PA 405 Public Personnel Practices (3) topics offered as seminars, workshops, certificates or PA 408 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector (3) credit-bearing programs. Four 3-credit courses from the following list: P xxx Any psychology course EC 133 Principles of Economics I, International Credential Assessment and and/or EC 134 Principles of Economics II, Services LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts, University College is responsible for coordinat- HS 110 American History Since 1607, ing the review of international course syllabi for the HS 212 United States Since 1865, purpose of awarding university credit and the tran- or P 330 Community Psychology. (12) scription of completed course work in conjunction with Cultural Experiences Abroad (CEA). A faculty Electives or Minor, 21 credits committee has been established to review and assess Seven 3-credit elective courses or a minor and elec- course syllabi of international courses. tives equaling at least 21 credits. ELS Language Center Southeastern Campus Intensive English programs are offered through The Southeastern Campus has been serving the the ELS Language Center on the main campus. The educational needs of businesspeople and residents goal of the ELS Center is to prepare students to use in Southeastern Connecticut and Rhode Island for all four language skills for professional endeavors and nearly three decades. academic study in English-speaking environments. Completion of the appropriate programs will prepare Located on the campus of Mitchell College in students for undergraduate and graduate level study. New London, The Southeastern Campus offers undergraduate and graduate degree programs for the working adult who is interested in career advance- University College Contact Information ment. Innovative programs allow students to com- University College is located on the second floor plete their degrees quickly without sacrificing quality, of Echlin Hall. Hours are 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and without getting in the way of work and personal Monday through Thursday; 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. pursuits. on Friday. Students can reach us at 203.932.7180 or For further information, please contact the UNH [email protected]. Southeastern Campus at 469 Pequot Avenue, New London, CT 06320, or by phone at 860.701.5454. 182 Courses 183 courses
Course descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the course prefix codes as listed below. For the purpose of brev- ity, course descriptions do not follow traditional rules of grammar and may consist of sentence fragments.
A F M A Accounting FE Freshman Experience M Mathematics AR Arabic FI Finance ME Mechanical Engineering AT Art/Visual Arts FOR Forensic Science MG Management B FR French MK Marketing BA Business Administration FS Fire Science MR Marine Biology BI Biology G MU Music BME Biomedical Engineering GD Graphic Design P C GLS Global Studies P Psychology CE Civil Engineering GR German PA Public Administration CEN Computer Engineering H PH Physics CH Chemistry HS History PL Philosophy CJ Criminal Justice HTM Hotel and Tourism PS Political Science CM Chemical Engineering Management Q CN Chinese HU Humanities QA Quantitative Analysis CO Communication I R CS Computer Science IB International Business RU Russian D ID Interior Design S DAD Digital Art and Design IE Industrial Engineering SC Science DH Dental Hygiene IT Italian SE System Engineering DI Dietetics J SM Sports Management E J Journalism SO Sociology E English L SP Spanish EAS Engineering and Applied LA Business Law SU Sustainability Science LG Logistics SW Social Welfare EC Economics LS Legal Studies ED Education T T Theatre Arts EE Electrical Engineering EN Environmental Science U univ University Courses 184
ACCOUNTING rent liabilities, long-term liabilities, A 433 Auditing and Assurance deferred credits, and stockholder’s Services A 101 Introduction to Financial equity are examined. Special atten- Prerequisites: A 422, A 250, and Accounting tion is directed to preparing the senior standing. A general exami- Deals primarily with reporting the cash-flow statement. 3 credits. nation of the role and function financial results of operations and of the independent auditor in the financial position to investors, man- A 250 Accounting Information performance of the attest func- agers, and other interested parties. Systems tion. Emphasis is placed on current Emphasizes the role of accounting Prerequisite: A 101. This course auditing pronouncements, the information in decision-making. provides a thorough introduction to audit report, statistical sampling, 3 credits. basic systems theory, a firm work- evaluation of internal control, and ing knowledge of systems analysis the determination of the scope of A 102 Introduction to and design techniques, and an an audit. Rules and standards of Managerial Accounting examination of various transaction compilation and review reports are Prerequisite: A 101. The applica- cycles in the accounting system. presented. 3 credits. tion of accounting in relation to Emphasis is on EDP environments. current planning and control, 3 credits. A 435 Federal Income Taxation I evaluation of performances, special Prerequisites: A 102 and senior decisions, and long-range planning. A 323 Cost Accounting standing. An introduction to the Stress is on cost analysis. Additional Prerequisite: A 102. An in-depth federal income tax law including topics include income tax planning, examination of the accounting objectives, history, and sources of product costing, and quantitative principles and procedures underly- tax law and administration. Course techniques. 3 credits. ing the determination of product coverage is devoted to different costs for manufacturing concerns. types of taxpayers including indi- A 220 Intermediate Financial Emphasis on job order costing viduals, corporations, partnerships, Accounting I systems. Other topics are budgets, limited liability entities, subchapter Prerequisite: A 101. A rigorous standard costing, and CVP analysis. S corporations, and trusts and examination of financial account- 3 credits. estates. The course explores income ing theory and practice applicable tax concepts of accounting methods to the corporate form of business A 422 Intermediate Financial and periods, income, deduction organization. With an emphasis Accounting III losses, property transactions, fringe on reporting corporate financial Prerequisite: A 221. Advanced top- benefits, and retirement plans. standing and results of operations, ics include income tax allocation, 3 credits. the course includes the principles pensions and leases, accounting governing and the procedures for changes, price-level changes, install- A 436 Federal Income Taxation II implementing accounting valua- ment sales and consignments, and Prerequisites: A 102 and A 435. tions for revenue, expense, gain, revenue recognition. 3 credits. Advanced studies in taxation loss, current assets, and deferred including the tax consequences charges. A 431 Advanced Financial of the formation, operation, and 3 credits. Accounting termination of corporations, part- Prerequisites: A 221 and senior nerships, and limited liability com- A 221 Intermediate Financial standing. Advanced topics in finan- panies. Course coverage is devoted Accounting II cial reporting, including partnership to the alternative minimum tax, Prerequisite: A 220. Continues the accounting, consolidations, cost related party transactions, estate and emphasis on corporate financial and equity methods, and purchase gift taxation, financial tax account- reporting established in A 220. The versus pooling methods. 3 credits. ing concepts, and ethical responsi- principles and procedures applicable bilities in tax practice. 3 credits. to accounting valuations for cur- Courses 185
A 450–459 Special Topics writing skills developed in AR 101. students’ proficiencies in speaking, Prerequisite: A 102. Junior-level Students will advance their knowl- writing, listening, and reading so standing required unless specified edge of Arabic letters and sounds, that they can be at a level necessary in course schedule description. words and sentences, and basic con- for advanced literature and culture Selected topics in accounting or versation. 3 credits. courses. It will emphasize composi- taxation of special or current inter- tion and oral discussion as well as est. 3 credits. AR 201 Intermediate Arabic I concepts necessary for a sophisticat- Prerequisite: AR 102 or permis- ed appraisal of literature and culture A 597 Practicum sion of the instructor. This course in the target language. This course Prerequisites: A 220 and minimum builds upon the skills acquired will be conducted in the target lan- 3.0 GPA in the major. A course of in the first-year course sequence. guage. 3 credits. study designed especially for the Emphasis will be on mastering supervised practical application grammar, speaking skills, listening AR 401 Arabic Cultures through of previously studied theory in a comprehension, and reading skills. Literature and the Media group setting. Completed under the Students will gain the confidence Prerequisite: AR 301 or comparable supervision of a faculty sponsor and to converse with native speakers proficiency as demonstrated in coordinated with a business organi- on a variety of topics; will be able consultation with the instructor. zation. 3 credits. to write simple texts on everyday This course is a comprehensive themes; and will acquire the skills exposure to essential cultural issues A 598 Internship to read uncomplicated authentic and patterns as they have developed Prerequisites: A 422 and junior texts, such as newspaper articles on historically in the Arabic-speaking standing. On-the-job experience familiar topics. 3 credits. world. It will study how these issues performing accounting in selected manifest through representative organizations. 3 credits. AR 202 Intermediate Arabic II works of literature as well as popu- Prerequisite: AR 201 or permission lar and highbrow cultural media A 599 Independent Study of the instructor. This course is a such as music and film. The course Prerequisites: A 102 and junior second-year, upper intermediate will also provide a unique oppor- standing. A planned program of course in Modern Standard Arabic tunity to produce in-depth cultural individual study under the supervi- (MSA), which will continue to and literary analyses via oral discus- sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. focus on the four skills of reading, sion and written essays. Students writing, speaking, and listening. In will perform select written and oral this level, students will gain oral activities in Arabic. 3 credits. ARABIC proficiency and should become comfortable to converse on famil- AR 450–459 Special Topics in AR 101 Elementary Arabic I iar topics with a native speaker, Arabic This course introduces students to to write short texts on everyday Special topics of selected or current the basic skills of reading, writing, themes, and to read newspaper interest in the study of Arabic. speaking, and listening in Modern articles and short stories. Students 3 credits. Standard Arabic. Students will learn will also be introduced to aspects Arabic letters and sounds, write and of contemporary life and culture in AR 599 Independent Study create words and sentences, and be the Arab world through films and Prerequisite: Consent of faculty able to hold a basic conversation in cultural video clips. 3 credits. member and department chair. Arabic. 3 credits. Opportunity for the student, under AR 301 Advanced Arabic the direction of a faculty member, AR 102 Elementary Arabic II Prerequisite: AR 202 or comparable to explore an area of interest. This Prerequisite: AR 101 or permission proficiency level as demonstrated course must be initiated by the stu- of instructor. This course builds in consultation with the instructor. dent. 1-3 credits. upon the language, listening, and This course is intended to develop 186
ART/VISUAL ARTS AT 106 Basic Drawing II explores concepts of exhibition A continuation of AT 105 with design. Students will engage in the AT 101 Introduction to Art emphasis on perspective and depic- process of developing an exhibi- This introductory survey course tion of three-dimensional space and tion project timeline, exhibition will include studio art practices, art form by two-dimensional means. budget, fundraising proposals, and history, and museum studies topics. Study of architectural forms, promotional materials. The course Foundational studies in studio art natural objects, and landscapes. 3 includes presentations from profes- will be addressed as well as an intro- credits. sionals in the field. It focuses on duction to the areas of museum initial development of an exhibition studies and professional gallery AT 107 Introduction to Museum and leads into concepts and projects practices. Course work will include Studies that will be executed in AT 208. both hands-on studio projects This course initiates a broad intro- 3 credits. and research-based assignments. 3 duction to the areas of museum credits. studies and professional gallery AT 208 Exhibition Development II practices. The first half of the Prerequisite: AT 207. This course AT 103 Basic Design I course focuses on what a museum builds upon the research-based cur- A foundation course which includes is, and examines the various types riculum of AT 207, and focuses on exploration of two-dimensional of museums and galleries (contem- the practical and hands-on aspects visual elements: line, color, tex- porary, non-profit, public, private, of exhibition development and ture, pattern, value, shape, size, etc.) The second half investigates design. Working from proposals placement, figure-ground and the various jobs and responsibili- developed in AT 207, students their effective use. The course ties that professionals have within will learn about producing exhibi- focuses on introductory concepts museums as they work on exhibi- tions and produce an exhibition of two-dimensional design and a tions, education, research, collec- catalog. This course examines the close examination of color theory tion management, development, methodology of obtaining artwork through the interaction of form and and conservation. 3 credits. from artists, collectors, and other color for greatest effectiveness in art institutions. Students will then pictorial compositions. Laboratory AT 201 Painting I learn collections management skills fee; 3 credits. Problems in pictorial composition through art handling, installation, involving manipulation of form and loans and condition reports, ship- AT 104 Basic Design II color. Various techniques of apply- ping artwork, and lighting. This course complements AT 103, ing pigment are explored as well as 3 credits. with concentration on three-dimen- mixing pigments, stretching and sional elements of design including priming canvases. 3 credits. AT 209 Digital Photography and positive and negative volumes, sur- Imaging I faces, structural systems, and other AT 202 Painting II This course is an introduction to elements, employing a variety of A continuation of AT 201 with fur- photographic methods, form, and materials. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. ther exploration of two-dimensional content, with an emphasis on the pictorial arrangements of form and digital photographic process and AT 105 Basic Drawing I color for greatest visual effective- the “darkroom” of Photoshop. A basic-foundation course that ness. Students will be encouraged to Students will learn how to use the includes a disciplined study in the develop their own personal idiom camera, Photoshop, and printers to fundamentals of drawing, such as in the medium. 3 credits. create original artwork. Through nature studies, perspective, and the duration of this course, we will exercises in coordination of hand AT 207 Exhibition Development I look at photography as a medium and eye. 3 credits. Prerequisite: AT 107. This course and critically examine this form of focuses on curatorial practice, con- art and the implications of digital tent and audience research, and technologies that have emerged Courses 187 to affect the photographic image. societies and their reflections in art. sequencing and the extended print Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 3 credits. will be explored along with collage and basic bookmaking. Laboratory AT 210 Digital Photography and AT 232 History of Art II fee; 3 credits. Imaging II This course is a visual and tradi- Prerequisite: AT 209 or permis- tional exploration of Western art AT 310 Photographic Lighting sion of instructor. The purpose of from the Renaissance to the twenti- Prerequisite: AT 209. Aesthetic this course is a continuation from eth century in Europe and America. and technical elements of lighting AT 209 where we will examine Developments in art styles, content and photography. Use of natural advanced techniques of digital pho- and subject matter are related to and artificial lighting systems and tography and explore the capabili- cultural, political, and historical methods for working with digital ties of Photoshop in greater depth. contexts of the corresponding time photographic processes. Emphasis The course continues to critically period. In addition to in-class stud- on the portrait and still life image examine imaging and digital pho- ies, this course takes advantage of as well as creative problem solving. tography as a medium of art expres- visual-based learning experiences Laboratory fee; 3 credits. sion. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. through museum and gallery visits. 3 credits. AT 311 Digital Color AT 213 Color Photography An intensive exploration of color AT 302 Figure Drawing Prerequisite: AT 210. Theory and perception and interaction with Prerequisite: AT 105 or consent of practice of digital color photogra- manipulation of form and color the instructor. Study of drawing, phy through critical and lab studies for greatest effectiveness in pictorial which concentrates on the human of the camera and working with compositions. 3 credits. figure. 3 credits. digital photographic files on the computer. Study of current digital AT 225 Photographic Methods AT 304 Sculpture I color photographic materials and Prerequisite: AT 209. An explo- The exploration of three-dimen- processes. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. ration of ideas, experiments, sional materials for maximum effec- and investigations in alternative tiveness in expressive design. Exper- AT 315 Printmaking photographic processes. Includes imentation with clay, plaster, wood, The expressive potential of the toning, cyanotype printing, gum stone, canvas, wire screening, metal, graphic image through the tech- bichromate, platinum, and palla- found objects. A basic understand- niques of monoprints, etching, dium. Also covered will be negative ing of major fundamental methods: silkscreening, and photo/computer- manipulation, hand-applied color, casting and carving. Laboratory fee; scanned printing processes. Labora- and pinhole cameras. Laboratory 3 credits. tory fee; 3 credits. fee; 3 credits. AT 305 Sculpture II AT 331 Contemporary Art AT 231 History of Art I A continuation of AT 304 with Focus on art since 1945. The devel- Western art from cave art through further exploration of three-dimen- opments of the present stem from the Middle Ages to Gothic. This sional materials and the possibilities ideas emanating from the 1870s, course includes visual-based they present for creative visual state- especially Impressionism. This exploration of artworks through ments. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. course seeks to understand these museum and gallery visits and seeks connections. Emphasis on eco- to understand expressive, social, AT 309 Photographic Design nomic, historical, and technologi- cultural, political, and economic Prerequisite: AT 209. Introduction cal developments. Appropriate for aspects of the cultures in which spe- to basic materials and techniques business, communication, history, cific art styles and visual develop- of black and white photography and engineering students. 3 credits. ments emerged. Includes economic used in graphic design. The relation and technological changes in the between image and type as well as 188
AT 333 Survey of African AT 403–429 Selected Topics during their tenure at the Univer- American Art Selected topics of special or current sity of New Haven. They also must Artistic creation by African-Amer- interest in applied art or history of have successfully completed either icans in the United States from art. Credits vary. a three-credit internship, a three- the Colonial period to the present. credit practicum in the major field Consideration of African cultural AT 599 Independent Study of study, an officially designated influences. Analysis of modern Prerequisites: consent of the Academic Service Learning course, trends in the work of black artists. instructor and department chair. three credits of faculty-mentored 3 credits. Opportunity for the student, under research, or a minium of ten days the direction of a faculty member, of study abroad/study away, earn- AT 340 Contemporary Issues of to explore an area of interest. This ing at least three credits of business Art and the Environment course must be initiated by the stu- courses that are transferable into This course is an interdisciplinary dent. 1–3 credits. the major program of study. In course that focuses on contempo- cases where the internship, practi- rary issues of art and the environ- cum, or research would constitute ment. Lectures, readings, and BUSINESS excess credit, a non-credited intern- research will provide an overview of ADMINISTRATION ship, practicum, or research in the the history of artists working with major field of study that meets the the land as a medium, and focus on BA 100 Leadership in the standards of the credited experi- contemporary works and theories Business Community ence may be substituted with the by artists such as Robert Smith- Leaders and their behavior as it per- approval of the department chair. son, Christo and Jean-Claude, tains to the role of the leader within All College of Business day students Andy Goldsworthy, and Olafur the organization are the focus for must enroll in this course during Eliasson. Students will also work this participatory course. Theory their senior year. No credit. together in groups to create their and current research regarding lead- own environmental art installations ership are discussed as well as the to interact with the campus land- prerequisites, knowledge, and prac- BIOLOGY scape and address issues of sustain- tices required for successful leader- ability. This course will include ship. Student participation will be “*” denotes courses usually sched- visiting artist lectures and field trips enhanced through use of videotape, uled every other academic year. to local art venues. 3 credits. role playing, writing activities, and “+” denotes courses offered at the presentations. 3 credits. discretion of the department. AT 401 Studio Seminar I Prerequisites: AT 101–102, AT BA 450–459 Special Topics BI 121–122 General and Human 201, AT 302 or AT 209, and art Selected topics of special or current Biology with Laboratory I and II electives. Drawing on develop- interest in the study of business An introduction to the study of ment through their previous study, administration. 3 credits. biology, which integrates biologi- students will concentrate on major cal principles and human biology. projects in the areas of their choice. BA 500 Experiential Learning Major topics covered are biochem- 1–4 credits. Capstone istry, cell and molecular biology, This class ensures student comple- genetics, anatomy and physiology, AT 402 Studio Seminar II tion of the experiential learning behavior, ecology, and evolution. Prerequisite: AT 401. Continuation components for College of Busi- The laboratory involves experimen- of Studio Seminar I. 1–4 credits. ness programs. By the end of their tation and demonstration of prin- program of study, students must ciples covered in lecture. BI 121 is a have completed 16 points of activi- prerequisite for BI 122. Laboratory ties from the College of Business fee; 4 credits each term. Professional Enrichment Program Courses 189
BI 125 Contemporary Issues in organ systems with an emphasis on Laboratory emphasizes current Biology with Laboratory human systems. Laboratory fee; antibody methodology. Laboratory This course explores topics related 4 credits each term. fee; 4 credits. to biological sciences. The goal is to foster an informed citizenship pre- BI 261 Introduction to *BI 305 Developmental Biology pared for current biological debates. Biochemistry with Laboratory Students will learn the relevant Prerequisite: CH 105 or equivalent. Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. A biological principles in lecture and An introduction to biochemistry survey of developmental biology laboratory. The dynamic nature including the study of pH, water integrating classical embryology of scientific investigation may bioenergetics, enzymes, and the with modern concepts of cellular require adjustment and variation structure, function, and metabolism development. Laboratory includes in the specific topics covered each of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, examination of embryonic serial year. Topics may include emerg- and nucleic acids. A non-labora- sections as well as modern cellular ing diseases, cardiovascular health, tory course for students in dental and molecular studies of develop- reproduction, genetics, evolution, hygiene and dietetics. Not open to ment. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. ecology, and conservation. Labora- biology majors. 3 credits. tory fee; 4 credits. BI 306 Genetics BI 301 Microbiology with Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253. BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory A survey of modern genetics that Laboratory Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253 and integrates the principles and con- Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. one college course in general chem- cepts discovered in viruses, bacteria, A survey of invertebrate phyla istry. A history of microbiology and and mammals including humans. focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary a survey of microbial life. Includes Topics include organization of the relationships, structure and func- viruses, rickettsia, bacteria, blue- chromosome, transmission genetics, tion, physiological adaptations, and green algae, and fungi; their envi- DNA fingerprinting, linkage and life modes. Laboratory includes ronment, growth, reproduction, mapping, mutations and chromo- examination of the structure and metabolism, and relationship to somal aberrations, organelle genet- anatomy of representative taxa from humans. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. ics, genetic engineering, population the phyla, experiments and observa- genetics, and evolution. 3 credits. tions on behavior, and responses to *BI 303 Cells and Tissues with varying environmental conditions. Laboratory BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253. Laboratory Microscopic and chemical struc- Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253, BI 253–254 Biology for Science tures of normal tissues, organs, and one college course in general chem- Majors with Laboratory I and II their cellular constituents as related istry, and one college course in gen- Prerequisite or corequisite: M 109. to function. Laboratory includes eral physics. Basic theories of physi- A discussion of the principles of microscopic observation, tissue ology as applied to cells. Emphasis biological organization from the staining, and slide preparation. on cellular structure and function molecular level through the ecologi- Laboratory fee; 4 credits. as well as cell-cell interactions in cal. The basic course for biology multicellular organisms. Labora- and environmental studies majors. BI 304 Immunology with tory will stress practical aspects and Laboratory fee; 4 credits each term. Laboratory modern techniques. Laboratory fee; Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253 and 4 credits. BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy one college course in general chem- and Physiology with Laboratory istry. The nature of antigens and BI 311 Molecular Biology with I and II antibodies, formation and action of Laboratory Prerequisite: BI 121, BI 122, BI the latter, other immunologically Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253, 253, or BI 254. Examination of active components of blood and tis- plus CH 115 and 117. An in-depth structure and function of vertebrate sues, and various immune reactions. 190 discussion of nucleic acids, the flow on various experimental techniques BI 503 Biochemistry of Nucleic of information from nucleic acids including electrophoresis, chro- Acid to protein and the control of gene matography, spectrophotometry, Prerequisites: BI 461, CH activity. Laboratory emphasizes the centrifugation, and enzymology. 201–204. Second course in the techniques of modern molecular Laboratory fee; 4 credits. advanced biochemistry course biology. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. series; examines cellular metabo- BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific lism, the transfer of chemical ener- BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory Literature gy, and the biosynthesis of amino Prerequisites: CH 116 and BI Prerequisites: science major, junior acids, carbohydrates, fatty acids, 254 (or BI 122 with permission or senior standing. In this seminar- and nucleotides. 3 credits. of instructor). An investigation of format course, the student will be the major subdisciplines of ecology trained to present and critically BI 506 Genomics including organismal, population, analyze research papers. In the first Prerequisite: BI 311. This course community ecosystem, and land- part of the semester students will be combines information from the scape ecology. Human impacts instructed in critically reading and most recent genomic projects with and environmental management evaluating primary research articles. traditional genetic research meth- and assessment are also considered. In the latter part of the semester ods to provide novel understand- Laboratory includes designing the students will present primary ing of the role of the genome as ecological studies, field sampling research articles from the recent and the blueprint of life. Emphasis is techniques, ecological analysis, historical literature and a review placed on exploring the expression using global positioning systems in topic in a seminar format. Active of genes in context of the activity ecological studies, and gathering class participation in seminars is and function of the whole genome. information on the Internet. Several mandatory. 3 credits. Topics include genome anatomy, weekend field classes are required. functional genomics, regulation of Laboratory fee; 4 credits. BI 498 Internship the activity of the genome, genome Prerequisites: biology or environ- evolution, proteomics, genome +BI 433 Medical Microbiology mental science major, junior or engineering, and computational with Laboratory senior standing. Supervised field genomics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BI 301, CH 115. A experience for qualified students study of the more common diseases in areas related to biology and/or *BI 510 Environmental Health caused by bacteria, fungi, and virus- environmental science. Minimum Prerequisites: BI 260 and a college es, including their etiology, trans- of 150 hours of field experience chemistry course. The emphasis is mission, laboratory diagnosis, and required. 3 credits. on the health effects of environ- control. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. mental and occupational pollutants BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and and on the spread and control of BI 461 Biochemistry with Enzymology communicable diseases. Toxicologi- Laboratory Prerequisites: BI 461, CH 201– cal and epidemiological techniques Prerequisites: CH 201, CH 202, 204. First in a series of advanced are discussed. 3 credits. CH 203, and CH 204. A survey of biochemistry courses; examines the biochemistry including a discussion relationship between protein struc- BI 511 Molecular Biology of of pH, buffers, water, bioenergetics, ture and function. Topics include Proteins with Laboratory oxidative phosphorylation, enzy- properties of proteins and amino Prerequisites: BI 311 and BI 461. mology, metabolic regulation, and acids, protein folding, enzyme Because the techniques for working the structure, function, and metab- kinetics, and enzyme regulation. with proteins are basic to the cell olism of carbohydrates, proteins, 3 credits. and molecular biologist, and extend lipids, nucleic acids, vitamins, and beyond the understanding of basic cofactors. Laboratory exercises are protein biochemistry, this course primarily designed to concentrate provides a theoretical understand- Courses 191 ing of methods commonly utilized of results in a written report, under prosthetics, bioimaging, and tissue for protein/peptide analysis. In the guidance of a department fac- engineering. 3 credits. the laboratory students will isolate ulty member. Three hours of work proteins from various tissues or per week required per credit hour. BME 350 Biomechanics expression systems and analyze Laboratory fee; 1–6 credits. Prerequisites: PH 150, M 118, and them by one-and two-dimensional BME 300. Corequisite: BI 260 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. BI 599 Independent Study or equivalent. An introduction to Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Prerequisites: biology major, con- the basic concepts and methods in sent of the department. Weekly mechanics, as applied to biological BI 513 Molecular Biology of conferences with adviser. Three systems, including mechanics of Nucleic Acids with Laboratory hours of work per week required materials and rigid-body dynam- Prerequisite: BI 503 or permission per credit. Opportunity for the stu- ics. The biomedical applications of the instructor. Examination dent, under the direction of a fac- of mechanics will be illustrated. of gene expression and the tech- ulty member, to explore an area of The course is meant to provide an niques available for manipulating personal interest. A written report introductory background of biome- DNA, RNA, and protein expres- of the work carried out is required. chanics for students preparing for sion. Course utilizes an extensive 1–3 credits per semester up to medical school, industrial positions laboratory component to instruct 6 credits. in the biomedical and biotechnol- students in the practical and techni- ogy fields, and for those planning cal aspects of working with nucleic to attend graduate school in bioen- acids. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. BIOMEDICAL gineering. 3 credits. ENGINEERING BI 520 Bioinformatics BME 450 Special Topics in Prerequisite: BI 311. Students BME 300 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering become familiar with uses of com- Biomedical Engineering Prerequisites: BME 300, BME 350. puters in cellular and molecular Prerequisites: CH 116 or EAS This course is designed to allow biology and are introduced to the 120, and M 115. Corequisite: BI students to engage in the study of databases available for nucleic acid 259 or equivalent. This course is different topics in an area within and protein sequences as well as designed for students in science and biomedical engineering. Courses literature citations. Students work engineering who are interested in vary in content in response to stu- with modeling software that looks biomedical engineering. Biomedical dent interest and demand. 1 credit. for potential secondary structures engineering blends traditional engi- within both protein and DNA neering techniques with biological sequences. 3 credits. sciences and medicine to improve CIVIL the quality of human health and ENGINEERING BI 590 Special Topics in life. This introductory course will Biology/Science explain how mathematics and phys- CE 201 Statics Course(s) covering topics in biology ical science principles of engineer- Prerequisites: PH 150, M 117. or science that are of special or cur- ing are applied to solving biological Composition and resolution of rent interest. 1–4 credits. and medical problems. Students forces in two and three dimensions. will review physiologic systems as a Equilibrium of forces in stationary BI 595–596 Laboratory Research basis for understanding the funda- systems. Analysis of trusses, frames, I and II mentals of biomedical engineering. and machines. Centroids and sec- Prerequisites: biology major, con- The course will focus on a variety ond moments of areas, distributed sent of the department. Choice of topics including biomechanics, forces and friction. 3 credits. of a research topic, literature biomaterials, bioelectrical systems, search, planning of experiments, the development of devices and experimentation, and correlation 192
CE 202 Strength of Materials I CE 218 Civil Engineering CE 309 Water Resources Prerequisite: CE 201. Elastic behav- Systems Engineering ior of structural elements under Prerequisites: EAS 222 or CE Prerequisite: CE 306. Study of axial, flexural, and torsional load- 205 (may be taken concurrently), principles of water resources engi- ing. Shear and bending moment M 118. An introduction to civil neering including surface and diagrams. Stress in and deformation engineering design. Analyze needs, ground water hydrology. Design of members, including beams, col- determine capacities, and develop of water supply, flood control, and umns, and connections. 3 credits. design alternatives for civil engi- hydroelectric reservoirs. Hydraulics neering systems. Structures, water and design of water supply distribu- CE 203 Elementary Surveying and wastewater facilities, geotechni- tion and drainage collection systems Prerequisite: M 115 or consent of cal and transportation systems are including pump and turbine design. instructor. Theory and practice of studied. 3 credits. Principles of probability concepts in surveying measurements using tape, the design of hydraulic structures. level, and transit. Field practice in CE 301 Transportation General review of water and pollu- traverse surveys and leveling. Tra- Engineering tion control laws. 3 credits. verse adjustment and area computa- Prerequisite: M 117. A study of tions. Adjustment of instruments, planning, design, and construction CE 312 Structural Analysis error analysis. 3 credits. of transportation systems including Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. highways, airports, railroads, rapid Basic structural engineering topics CE 205 Statics and Strength of transit systems, and waterways. on the analysis of beams, trusses, Materials 3 credits. and frames. Topics include load cri- Prerequisite: PH 150. Effects and teria and influence lines; force and distribution of forces on rigid bod- CE 302 Building Construction deflection analysis of beams and ies at rest. Various types of force Introduction to the legal, architec- trusses; analysis of indeterminate systems, friction, center of gravity, tural, structural, mechanical, and structures by approximate methods, centroids, and moments of inertia. electrical aspects of building con- superposition, and moment dis- Relation between externally applied struction. Principles of drawing and tribution. Computer applications loads and their internal effects on specification preparation and cost and a semester-long design-analysis nonrigid, deformable bodies. Stress, estimating. 3 credits. project requiring engineering deci- strain, Hooke’s law, Poisson’s sions. 4 credits (two hours lecture, ratio, bending and torsion, shear CE 304 Soil Mechanics two hours discussion). and moment diagrams, deflection, Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. combined stress, and Mohr’s circle. Soil classifications. Methods of CE 315 Environmental 4 credits. subsurface exploration. Design Engineering principles are related to the poten- Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 117, CE 206 Engineering Geology tial behavior of soils subjected to CE 306. Introduction to water sup- Introduction to relationship of various loading conditions. Seepage ply and demand. Water quantity geologic processes and principles analysis. 3 credits. and quality. Design and operation to engineering problems. Topics principles of water and wastewa- include engineering properties of CE 306 Hydraulics ter treatment, disposal, and reuse rock as a construction and founda- Prerequisites: EAS 222 and M systems. Collection, recycling, and tion material, soil formation and 204 or consentof instructor. The disposal practices of solid wastes. soil profiles, and subsurface water. mechanics of fluids and fluid flow. Fundamentals of air pollution and 3 credits. Fluid statics, laminar and turbu- air pollution control. 3 credits. lent flow. Energy, continuity, and momentum. Analysis and design of pipes and open channels. Orifices and weirs. 3 credits. Courses 193
CE 323 Mechanics and working engineering environment. CE 405 Indeterminate Structures Structures Laboratory The internship will translate class- Prerequisites: EAS 112, CE 312, Prerequisite: CE 312 (may be taken room knowledge to a professional senior standing or consent of concurrently). Experiments cover- work environment, and the student instructor. The analysis of statically ing mechanics and structural engi- will work and learn with practicing indeterminate structures. Top- neering. The responses of metals engineers while gaining professional ics include approximate methods, and wood to different loading con- experience. A minimum of 300 moment distribution, conjugate ditions are examined. Laboratory hours performing related engineer- beam, energy methods, influence instrumentation is studied. Labora- ing duties is required. No credit. lines, and an introduction to matrix tory procedures, data collection, methods. Computer applications interpretation, and presentation are CE 401 Foundation Design and and a project requiring structural emphasized. 2 credits. Construction engineering decisions. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 304 or consent CE 327 Soil Mechanics of instructor. Application of soil CE 407 Professional and Ethical Laboratory mechanics to foundation design, Practice of Engineering Prerequisite: CE 304 (may be taken stability, settlement. Selection of Prerequisite: senior standing or concurrently). Experiments and foundation type — shallow foot- consent of instructor. Principles of laboratory testing in geotechnical ings, deep foundations, pile founda- engineer-client, engineer-society, engineering. Lab testing includes tions, mat foundations. Subsurface and owner-contractor relationships classification, density, hydraulic exploration. 3 credits. examined from ethical, legal, and conductivity, shear strength, and professional viewpoints. Examina- consolidation tests. Laboratory CE 403 Sustainable Urban tion of codes of ethics and prepara- procedures and data collection, Planning tion of contract documents. interpretation, and presentation are Prerequisite: senior standing. Engi- 3 credits. discussed. 2 credits. neering, social, economic, political and legal aspects of sustainable CE 408 Steel Design and CE 328 Hydraulics and urban planning. Emphasis placed Construction Environmental Laboratory on smart growth/smart energy, new Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis, Prerequisite: CE 315 (may be taken urbanism, low-impact develop- design, and construction of steel concurrently). Fundamentals of ment, and transit-oriented develop- structures. Topics include tension, data collection, analysis, and pre- ment. Case studies of communities compression, and flexural members; sentation. Principles of technical in local, nationwide, and global connections; members subjected to report writing. Laboratory methods examples. 3 credits. torsion; beam-columns; fabrication, in hydraulics and environmental erection, and shop practice. Designs engineering. Experiments include CE 404 Water and Wastewater will be based on Load Resistance pipe and open channel flow; Engineering Factor Design (LRFD). 3 credits. analysis of various hydraulics struc- Prerequisite: CE 315. Physical, tures, pumps and other hydraulic chemical, and biological aspects of CE 409 Concrete Design and machinery; titrimetric, gravimetric, water quality and pollution con- Construction and instrumental methods in water/ trol. Study of unit operations and Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis wastewater quality testing. 2 credits. processes of water, wastewater, and and design of reinforced concrete wastewater residuals treatment. beams, columns, slabs, footings, CE 398 Internship Emphasis on hydraulic and process retaining walls. Fundamentals of Prerequisite: 60 credits toward the design of water pollution control engineering shop drawings. B.S. degree. A partnership consist- facilities. 3 credits. 3 credits. ing of the student, faculty, and employers/organizations providing exposure to and participation in a 194
CE 410 Land Surveying stadia surveys, practical astronomy, or a project approved by the faculty Prerequisite: CE 203 or consent aerial photography, and adjust- adviser. 3 credits. of instructor. A study of boundary ments of instruments. Field prob- control and legal aspects of land lems related to classroom designs. CE 505 Solid Waste surveying including deed research, 3 credits. Management evidence of boundary location, deed Prerequisite: CE 315. Charac- description, and riparian rights. CE 415 Traffic Engineering teristics, volume, collection, and Theory of measurement and errors, Prerequisite: CE 301 or junior disposal of solid waste and refuse. position precision, state plane coor- standing. Traffic flow theory Design of processing, recycling, and dinate systems, photo-gammetry. including data collection, data recovery equipment; landfill design 3 credits. analysis, freeways, multilane high- and operation; resource recovery; ways, signalized and unsignalized incineration. 3 credits. CE 411 Highway Engineering intersections, intersection signal Prerequisite: CE 301 or consent of coordination. Students learn how to CE 520 Engineering Hydrology instructor. Highway economics and use several computer programs to Prerequisite: CE 309. Theory, financing. Study of highway plan- analyze traffic flow along roadways. methods, and applications of ning, geometric design, and capac- Projects deal with actual locations hydrology to contemporary engi- ity. Pavement and drainage design. in the area. 3 credits. neering problems. Methods of data 3 credits. collection and analysis as well as CE 450–459 Special Topics design procedures are presented for CE 412 Wood Engineering Selected topics of special or current typical engineering problems. Spe- Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. interest in the field of civil engineer- cific topics to be considered within Study of the growth and structure ing. 1–3 credits. this framework include the rainfall/ of wood and their influence on runoff process, hydrograph analysis, strength and durability, preserva- CE 500 Senior Project I hydrologic routing, urban runoff, tion, and fire protection. The Prerequisite: senior standing. An storm water models, and flood fre- analysis and design of structural introduction to project planning quency analysis. 3 credits. members of wood using the Allow- and presentation. This course pre- able Stress Design method (ASD) pares the student for professional CE 523 Open Channel including beams, columns, and practice by teaching organizational Hydraulics connections. The design of wood skills, scheduling, technical writing Prerequisite: CE 309. Basic theories structures. Discussion of Load for a lay audience, and oral pre- of open channel flow are presented Resistance Factor Design (LRFD). sentation. Students begin working and corresponding equations devel- 3 credits. on their senior design project and oped. Methods of calculating uni- use this preliminary work in their form/steady flow; gradually varied CE 413 Masonry Engineering course assignments. Oral and writ- flow; and rapid, spatially varied, Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE ten presentations will update the unsteady flow are investigated. Flow 205. The design and analysis of class on the progress of the project. through bridge piers, transitions, brick and concrete masonry non- 3 credits. and culverts; backwater curves and reinforced and reinforced structures. the design of open channels. Strength, thermal, fire, and sound CE 501 Senior Project II 3 credits. characteristics, testing, and specifi- Prerequisite: CE 500. Supervised cations. 3 credits. individual or group project. The CE 599 Independent Study project may be the preparation of Prerequisites: consent of instructor CE 414 Route Surveying a set of contract documents for the and department chair. Opportunity Prerequisite: CE 203. A continua- construction of a civil engineering for the student to explore an area tion of elementary surveying cover- facility, research work with a report, of interest under the direction of ing principles of route surveying, a faculty member. Course must Courses 195 be initiated by the student and CEN 458 Senior Design CH 115 General Chemistry I approved by the supervising faculty. Laboratory Prerequisite: high school algebra 1–3 credits. Prerequisite: CEN 457. Students or M 109, CH 103, CH 105 or complete the design planned in one unit of high school chemistry CEN 457. This course provides or written qualifying exam. Brief COMPUTER students with experience at a review of fundamentals including ENGINEERING professional level with engineer- stoichiometry, atomic structure, ing projects that involve analysis, and chemical bonding. Other CEN 398 Internship design, construction of prototypes, topics include thermochemistry, Prerequisite: junior standing. A and evaluation of results. Projects gas laws, and an introduction to partnership consisting of the stu- involving both hardware and soft- organic and biochemistry. Intended dent, faculty, and employers/orga- ware are encouraged. A final report primarily for science/engineering nizations providing exposure to and presentation and a formal written majors. CH 117 is taken concur- participation in a working engineer- report are required. 3 credits. rently with CH 115. 3 credits. ing environment. The internship will translate classroom knowledge CEN 599 Independent Study CH 116 General Chemistry II to a professional work environment, Prerequisites: consent of instructor Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 117 as the student works and learns and department chair. Opportunity or the equivalent. Topics include with practicing engineers while for the student to explore an area of properties of solutions; nuclear gaining professional experience. A interest under the direction of a fac- chemistry; rates of chemical reac- minimum of 300 hours perform- ulty member. Course must be initi- tions; chemical equilibria including ing related engineering duties is ated by the student. 1–3 credits. pH, acid-base, common ion effect, required. No credit. buffers, and solubility products; thermodynamics. Problems in each CEN 450–456 Special Topics CHEMISTRY area include environmental appli- Special topics of selected interest in cations. CH 118 is taken concur- the study of computer engineering. CH 103 Introduction to General rently with CH 116. 3 credits. 3 credits. Chemistry Introductory course for students CH 117 General Chemistry I CEN 457 Design Preparation without a high school chemistry Laboratory Prerequisite: senior standing. This background. Fundamentals of To be taken with CH 115. Experi- course offers the student time and chemistry including topics such ments include percent composition, guidance in selecting a topic for the as elements, compounds, nomen- stoichiometry, heats of reaction, gas senior design course (CEN 458), clature, and practical applications. laws, types of reactions and simple which follows this one. Suitable Intended primarily for non-science organic synthesis. 1 credit. design projects may be suggested by and non-engineering majors. the student, the faculty, or contacts 3 credits. CH 118 General Chemistry II in industry. Projects involving both Laboratory hardware and software are encour- CH 105 Introduction to General To be taken with CH 116. Experi- aged. Each student carries out a and Organic Chemistry with ments include colligative properties literature search on the topic, pre- Laboratory of solutions, quantitative measure- pares a written proposal with a plan Fundamentals of general and ments of chemical reaction rates, of action for the project, obtains organic chemistry: atomic struc- equilibrium constants, the common approval from the faculty adviser, ture and properties of compounds, ion effect, pH, buffers, and electro- makes oral reports of work in prog- stoichiometry and reactions, energy chemical cells. 1 credit. ress, and presents a formal project relationships, states of matter, solu- proposal. 3 credits. tions, hydrocarbons, and classes of organic compounds. 4 credits. 196
CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry CH 321–322 Plastics and of cryogenic conditions, separation I and II Polymer Chemistry I and II and purification, isolation of natu- Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118. Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118, ral products, experimental design, Common reactions in aliphatic and CH 202, CH 204. All phases of and safety procedures. A selection aromatic chemistry with emphasis the plastics and polymers field, of methods for transition metal, on functional groups and reaction including the chemistry involved, main-group element, and aromatic mechanisms. CH 203 and CH 204 methods of production, physical and aliphatic organic syntheses. are taken concurrently with CH properties, and the uses of specific Characterization of compounds by 201–202. 3 credits each term. polymers. 3 credits each semester. UV, IR, NMR, mass spectrometry, and other instrumental methods. CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry Eight hours of laboratory per week. I and II Laboratory I and II 4 credits. To be taken with CH 201–202. Prerequisites: CH 116, PH 205, M Some of the techniques, reactions, 203 (may be taken concurrently). CH 411 Chemical Literature and syntheses commonly employed Kinetic theory of gases, thermody- Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, in the organic chemistry labora- namics, phase equilibria, transport CH 332. Acquaints the student tory are covered on microscale and surface phenomena, kinetics, with the chemical literature and its level including qualitative organic quantum mechanics, atomic and use. Assignments include library analysis and FTIR analysis. 1 credit molecular spectroscopy. 3 credits searches and online STN searching. each term. each semester. 1 credit.
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry CH 412 Seminar with Laboratory I and II Laboratory Prerequisite: CH 411. The student Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118. To be taken with CH 331–332. researches a specific current topic in Theory and applications of acid- Laboratory training in vacuum line chemical research or applied chem- base, solubility, complex-formation, techniques and real-time collec- istry and presents a formal seminar and oxidation-reduction equilibria tion of temperature, pressure, and to the faculty and students. 1 credit. to quantitative chemical analysis; spectrophotometric data by micro- introduction to statistics and evalu- computer. Experiments include CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory ation of results. Laboratory analysis diffusion, velocity, and heat capaci- Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, of samples by gravimetric and volu- ties of gases; calorimetry; phase dia- CH 211, CH 221, CH 332. metric methods. 4 credits. grams of mixtures; electro-chemical An original investigation in the properties, kinetics of fast reactions, laboratory and/or library under CH 221 Instrumental Methods enzyme and oscillating reactions; the guidance of a member of the of Analysis with Laboratory rotational-vibrational spectroscopy. department. A final thesis report is Prerequisites: CH 116/CH 118 1 credit each semester. submitted. 2 credits. (or EAS 120) and CH 201/CH 203, or permission of instructor. CH 341 Synthetic Methods in CH 452–459 Special Topics in Theory and applications of various Chemistry Chemistry instrumental methods with empha- Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. sis on ultraviolet, visible, atomic CH 221. A one-semester laboratory In-depth study of topics chosen absorption, fluorescence, infrared course covering the synthesis and from areas of particular and current and nuclear magnetic resonance characterization of inorganic and interest to chemistry and chemical spectroscopy; mass spectrometry; organic compounds. Performance engineering students. 1–4 credits. gas and liquid chromatography; and of a variety of reactions and chemi- potentiometry. Laboratory analysis cal manipulations with a focus on CH 471 Industrial Chemistry of samples by methods discussed in advanced laboratory techniques: Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 211, the lecture. 4 credits. handling air-sensitive materials, use CH 221, CH 332. A course to Courses 197 bridge the gap from the academic CRIMINAL JUSTICE ticular kinds of investigation. to the industrial world. Topics 3 credits. include material accounting, energy CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal accounting, chemical transport, Justice CJ 203 Security Administration reactor design, process development Survey of criminal justice system An overview of security systems and control. 3 credits. with emphasis on prosecution, cor- found in retail, industrial, and gov- rections, and societal reaction to ernmental agencies; the legal frame- CH 501 Advanced Organic offenders. Retribution, rehabilita- work for security operations; and Chemistry tion, deterrence, and incapacitation the administrative and procedural Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204. serve as generic frames of reference processes in security management. This course focuses on four topics: and theoretical points of departure 3 credits. mechanisms of organic chemistry for analyzing the dispositional and reactions, fundamentals of synthe- correctional processes. The course CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic sis of complex molecules, organic focuses on the process from the Psychology chemistry of biologically important police and prosecution through the Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111. This molecules, and an introduction to courts, and from the courts through course provides an overview of the medical chemistry. An underlying the correctional system. 3 credits. various applications of psychology theme throughout this course is to forensic settings. Topics include the relationship between chemical CJ 102 Criminal Law criminal investigation and profiling, structure and the function and reac- The scope, purpose, and defini- personnel selection, dynamics of tivity of organic compounds. tions of substantive criminal law: violence and victimology, eyewit- 3 credits. criminal liability, major elements of ness testimony, trial processes, and statutory and common law offenses a variety of other areas within the CH 521 Advanced Inorganic (with some reference to the Con- criminal and civil justice systems. Chemistry necticut Penal Code), and signifi- 3 credits. Prerequisite: CH 331. Corequisite: cant defenses. 3 credits. CH 332. Review of atomic struc- CJ 209 Correctional Treatment ture and introduction to group the- CJ 105 Introduction to Security Programs ory and symmetry. The chemistry General survey of the major his- Prerequisite: CJ 100. Various treat- of transition metal complexes and torical, legal, and practical develop- ment modalities employed in the organometallic compounds with ments and problems of security. rehabilitation of offenders. Field emphasis on bonding and structure, Course stresses the components, visits to various correctional treat- physical and chemical properties, organization, and objectives of ment facilities such as halfway and reaction mechanisms includ- security; the trend toward profes- houses and community-based treat- ing catalysis and photochemistry. sionalization; the role of security in ment programs. 3 credits. Bioinorganic chemistry and ionic the public and private sectors and solids will be covered as time per- its relationship to management. CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice mits. 3 credits. 3 credits. Introduction to issues of diversity CH 599 Independent Study CJ 201 Principles of Criminal within the criminal justice system. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Investigation The course focuses on prejudice Opportunity for the student, under Introduction to criminal investiga- and discrimination along with other the direction of a faculty member, tion in the field. Conducting the special problems experienced by to explore an area of interest. This crime scene search, interviewing women, gays, and various ethnic course may be used to do prelimi- witnesses, interrogating suspects, and racial minority groups in deal- nary work on the topic studied for methods of surveillance, and the ing with the criminal justice system. Thesis (CH 451). 1–4 credits. special techniques employed in par- 3 credits. 198
CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I industrial management systems pre- CJ 301 Group Dynamics in Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. An sented along with industrial security Criminal Justice inquiry into the nature and scope requirements and standards, alarms Prerequisites: CJ 205, P 111. Anal- of the U.S. Constitution as it relates and surveillance devices, animate ysis of theory and applied methods to criminal procedures. Areas dis- security approaches, costing, plan- in the area of group process. Focus cussed include the law of search ning, and engineering. Principles of on both individual roles and group and seizure, arrests, confessions, and safety practices and regulations, fire development as they relate to crimi- identification. 3 credits. prevention, property conservation, nal justice issues. Experiential exer- occupational hazards, and personal cises are included. 3 credits. CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II safeguards. 3 credits. and Evidence CJ 306 Security Problems Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Seminar Legal doctrines employed in con- Criminal Justice Prerequisites: CJ 105, CJ 203. An trolling the successive stages of Prerequisites: CJ 100; M 109 or analysis of special problem areas the criminal process. Rules of law M 127. Introduction to the use of including college and university related to wiretapping and lineups, scientific methods and logic in the campuses, hospitals, hotel/motels, pretrial decision-making, juvenile human service professions. Topics etc. Also, special problems concern- justice, and trial. 3 credits. include science and the scientific ing computer protection, bank approach to problem solving, the security, executive personnel protec- CJ 220 Legal Issues in logic of causal inference, problem tion, credit cards, case law and legal Corrections and hypothesis formulation, the use aspects, control of proprietary infor- Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 217, of experimental designs, laboratory mation, and white collar crime. junior standing. Examination of the methods, survey research methods, 3 credits. legal foundations of correctional and measurement issues in human practice and review of recent judi- services. 3 credits. CJ 310 Criminal Justice cial decisions that are altering the Institutions correctional environment. An anal- CJ 251 Quantitative Applications Prerequisite: CJ 300. Examination ysis of the factors and forces that in Criminal Justice of the societal and psychological are creating a climate of significant Prerequisite: CJ 250. Introduction implications of various types of reform in corrections. 3 credits. to the use of quantitative analysis institutions. Includes both social through study of the basic statistical and total institutions and examines CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System tools and databases used in human their similarities and dissimilarities Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111. Anal- services. Emphasis will be on with particular emphasis on their ysis of stages and decisions made applied applications of quantitative implications for criminal justice. 3 at critical junctures of the juvenile methods in service delivery systems. credits. justice process. Topics include an 4 credits. analysis of Supreme Court treat- CJ 311 Criminology ment of juvenile justice issues and CJ 300 History of Criminal Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111, SO the ability of the juvenile justice Justice 113. An examination of principles system to respond to juvenile crime. Prerequisite: CJ 100. The develop- and concepts of criminal behavior; Focus on the processing of juveniles ment of the major CJ elements criminological theory; the nature, through the system and the special including police, prisons, probation, extent, and distribution of crime; problems unique to juvenile justice. and parole. Significant historical legal and societal reaction to crime. 3 credits. (See also SO 231.) events and philosophical postulates 3 credits. (See also SO 311.) as they pertain to this development. CJ 226 Industrial Security 3 credits. CJ 312 The Police and Crime Prerequisite: CJ 105. Concepts Control of security as it integrates with Prerequisite: CJ 100. The changing role, perspectives, and operational Courses 199 strategies of policing as they relate ways to relieve the pressures of this given to the justification of mental to the crime control function of the potential liability. Emphasis placed health law concepts, such as civil police. The focus is on innovative, on negligence and intentional torts. commitment and parens patriae promising, emerging, or “futuris- 3 credits. power. Topics include competence tic” and often highly controversial to stand trial, insanity, civil com- police practices, programs, and CJ 345 Police and Investigative mitment, sexual predator com- approaches to law enforcement Psychology mitment statutes, confidentiality, as well as on selective community Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course duty to warn, informed consent, crime prevention efforts undertaken focuses on the functions of the malpractice, and issues of expert in conjunction with, under the police psychologist, such as candi- testimony. Legal cases are examined auspices of, or independently of the date screening, stress management to give the students a foundation in police department. Special attention and counseling, hostage negotia- actual legal case law. Ethical issues will be devoted to police brutal- tions, critical incident debriefing and issues of professional responsi- ity, the use of deadly force and its and fitness-for-duty evaluations. bility are covered. 3 credits. consequences, including high-speed Application of psychological princi- police pursuits. 3 credits. ples to investigation strategies such CJ 400 Criminal Justice as profiling and forensic hypnosis Problems Seminar CJ 315 Domestic Violence are also explored. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CJ 100. An examina- Introduction to the study of family tion of theoretical and philosophical violence issues. Typology and his- CJ 350 Leadership and issues affecting the administration tory of family abuse, responses to Management in Human Services of justice: the problems of recon- family violence, and public policy Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- ciling legal and theoretical ideals issues are the focus of study. Issues ing. An in-depth view of leadership in various sectors of the criminal in domestic violence, sexual abuse, and management skills in a variety justice system with the realities of emotional abuse, elder abuse, child of criminal justice and human practice. 3 credits. abuse, treatment approaches, and service settings. Special focus on legal guidelines. 3 credits. problem solving and quality control CJ 402 Police in Society in agencies. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CJ 100. Acquaints CJ 325 Transnational Crime students with the major develop- Prerequisite: junior standing. CJ 357 Legal Psychology ments and trends of policing in a This course is a comprehensive Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course free society. Emphasis placed on survey course on the internal and focuses on the study of human American police and the role of external mechanisms which support behavior and cognitions within the the police in a democracy. Further and foster international crime sys- legal and criminal justice system. emphasis placed on the examina- tems. Crime systems will be looked Special emphasis is given to the tion of the interactions between the at via countries as well as conti- contributions of legal and cogni- police and the communities they nents. The form that crime takes tive psychology in understanding serve. 3 credits. transitionally will also be discussed the criminal and civil legal system. along with the judicial responses to Topics include eyewitness testimo- CJ 408 Child and Family crime transitionally including cor- ny, jury decision-making, confes- Intervention Strategies rections. 3 credits. sion evidence, and punishment and Prerequisites: P 111, P 336, CJ sentencing. 3 credits. 205. This course introduces CJ 333 Police Civil Liability students to the application of Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102, CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the investigation and critical-thinking CJ 217, or consent of instructor. Mental Health System strategies to the problems of child Overview of types of civil liabil- This class reviews the civil and abuse, neglect, and domestic vio- ity lawsuits brought against law criminal law as it relates to mental lence. Assessment, decision-making, enforcement officers. Exploration of health issues. Particular emphasis is 200 and case management strategies are and the services available to crime CJ 425 White Collar Crime explored. 3 credits. victims within the criminal justice Investigation system and in other settings. Topics Prerequisite: CJ 201. This advanced CJ 409 Adult Intervention include victim assistance programs course in white-collar crime inves- Strategies from law enforcement through the tigation focuses on the history, Prerequisite: CJ 205, P 111, P 336. courts and corrections systems as philosophy, evolution and types A comprehensive investigation of well as community-based advocacy of white-collar crimes. This course mental health and correctional and support. This study of victim examines the various types of white- systems, including residential and services is integrated with a focus collar offenses and explores how community-based treatment. on the underlying legal structure of and why such crimes are commit- Particular attention is placed on crime victim statutory and consti- ted. The course also explores the strategies for dealing with resistant tutional rights including notifica- various laws used to combat such clients. Students develop critical- tion, participation, protection, and offenses and considers the investi- thinking skills relating to best prac- financial remedies (e.g., restitution, gative techniques used to identify tices in a variety of settings. compensation, and civil litigation) those engaged in such activity. In 3 credits. as well as other rights. Practical pro- addition, the course explores the gram management, evaluation, and profile of the modern white-collar CJ 410 Legal Issues in Private funding issues are incorporated. offender and the role of various Security 3 credits. federal law-enforcement agencies Examines legal problems affecting responsible for investigating white- the private security industry and CJ 414 Legal Rights of Crime collar crime. 3 credits. ways to prevent loss from litigation. Victims Includes intentional torts, negli- Prerequisite: CJ 100. Introduces CJ 440 Death Investigation— gence, agency, contracts and law of the study of crime victims’ rights Scene to Court arrest, search and seizure, and inter- within the justice system. Topics Prerequisites: CJ 201, FOR 215, rogation by citizens. 3 credits. include victim-witness programs, or FOR 216 and FOR 415, senior victim impact statements, victim standing as criminal justice or CJ 411 Victimology notification laws, compensation forensic science major, or consent Introduction to the principles and schemes, and victims’ rights legisla- of instructor. An in-depth study of concepts of victimology, analysis of tion. 3 credits. the principles and techniques asso- victimization patterns and trends, ciated with investigating homicides; and responses to criminal victimiza- CJ 420 Advanced Investigative suicides; and accidental, natural, or tion. 3 credits. Techniques equivocal deaths. While considering Prerequisites: CJ 201, CJ 215, CJ the sociological, psychological, and CJ 412 Substance Abuse and 218, and junior/senior standing. legal aspects typically found in these Addictive Behavior An in-depth study of the principles cases, the process takes the student Course provides an overview of and techniques associated with the from the scene to the court—crimi- drug use and addictive behavior as collection and documenting of nal or civil. 3 credits. they relate to law enforcement and information obtained during an correctional treatment issues; cur- investigation. Addresses the many CJ 450–459 Special Topics rent estimate is that 80–90 percent sources of information, utilization A study of selected issues of par- of violent crime in the United of informants, the use of hypnosis, ticular interest to the students and States is correlated with alcohol and polygraph, advanced strategies instructor. 3 credits. drug use. 3 credits. for interviews and investigations, and provides documentation tech- CJ 475 Senior Seminar in CJ 413 Victim Law and Service niques. 3 credits. Forensic Psychology Administration Prerequisites: CJ 205, CJ 357, CJ Prerequisite: CJ 411. Introduces the 365, senior standing. This course study of crime victims’ legal rights Courses 201 explores a series of contemporary CJ 512 Criminal Justice izes students with legal information rotating research topics in law and Management that impacts Internet investigations. psychology that allows students to Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 3 credits. take an in-depth examination of a ing. An in-depth view of leadership single area of study. Areas explored and management skills in a variety CJ 524 Network Security, may include jury decision-making of criminal justice settings. Special Data Protection, and models, forensic assessment, wrong- focus will include problem solving Telecommunication ful conviction, death penalty, and and quality control in agencies. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. trial consulting. 3 credits. 3 credits. A comprehensive introduction to network security issues, concepts, CJ 498 Research Project CJ 520 Computer Crime: and technologies. The core tech- Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Legal Issues and Investigation nologies of access control, cryptog- ment chair. The student carries out Procedures raphy, digital signatures, authenti- an original research project in a Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher cation, network firewalls, and net- criminal justice setting and reports in CS 107 or an equivalent course, work security services are reviewed the findings. 3 credits. junior or senior standing, and con- along with issues of security policy sent of instructor. An overview of and risk management. 3 credits. CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre- computer crime and the procedures Internship that forensic computing specialists, CJ 525 Information Systems Prerequisite: junior standing in CJ. law enforcement investigators, and Threats, Attacks, and Defenses This course helps students to gain prosecutors must invoke to pros- This course provides an overview full understanding and apprecia- ecute computer criminals success- of the actors, motives, and methods tion of the internship experience. fully. 3 credits. used in the commission of com- Students become acquainted with puter-related crimes, and describes work rules in criminal justice agen- CJ 522 Computers, Technology, the methods used by organizations cies and receive guidance in select- and Criminal Justice Information to prevent, detect, and respond to ing an internship for their particular Management Systems these crimes. 3 credits. interest. A key issue is extended dis- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. cussion of criminal justice ethics as An introduction to information CJ 526 Firewall and Secure related to the various aspects of the systems used within the criminal Enterprise Computing criminal justice system. Students justice system. Overview of existing This course covers theory and prac- are required to complete the CJ criminal justice information systems tices of Internet firewalls and many 500A course prior to enrolling in with implications for future needs. of the details and vulnerabilities the CJ 500B internship experience. Analysis of the impact of science of the IP and embedded protocol 3 credits. and technology on criminal justice sites. In the laboratory and online agencies. 3 credits. portion of the course students CJ 500B Criminal Justice construct, deploy, and test a real Internship CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities firewall against common Internet Prerequisites: CJ 500A and consent and Criminal Activity attacks. 3 credits. of department chair. Provides field Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher experience with selected federal, in CS 107 or an equivalent course, CJ 527 Internet Investigations state, or local criminal justice agen- a grade of C or higher in CJ 520, and Audit-Based Computer cies under faculty supervision, junior or senior standing, and con- Forensics guidance, and review. The course sent of instructor. This course pro- Theory and techniques for track- includes classroom discussions to vides appropriate strategies for the ing attackers across the Internet facilitate a better understanding proper documentation, preparation, and gaining forensic information of the issues presented during the and presentation of investigations from computer systems. The course internship experience. 3 credits. involving the Internet, and familiar- includes case studies of Internet- 202 based crimes and addresses limits of CJ 541 Problem Solving: CJ 565 Investigating Wrongful forensic techniques. 3 credits. Planning, Analysis, and Convictions Evaluation Prerequisite: consent of instructor. CJ 528 Computer Viruses and Prerequisite: senior standing. An A research-oriented course that Malicious Code advanced seminar utilizing the skills focuses on investigating the circum- This course addresses theoretical developed in preceding research stances surrounding how and why a and practical issues surrounding methods and program evaluation particular wrongful conviction may computer viruses. 3 credits. courses. The focus is on integrat- have occurred in the Connecticut ing and developing an effective yet courts. Emphasis is on best practic- CJ 529 Practical Issues in flexible problem-solving schema for es to prevent future wrongful con- Cryptography criminal justice and human service victions. This course is restricted to Includes examples of current and agencies. Quantitative and qualita- senior investigative services majors historical cryptography and steg- tive solutions are stressed to fit the and graduate students in the foren- onagraphic systems; major types appropriate problem. Field prob- sic science program. 3 credits. of cryptosystems and cryptanalytic lems will be solicited. 3 credits. techniques and how they operate; CJ 578 Homeland Security and hands-on experience with current CJ 555 Crime Prevention the Threat of Terrorism cryptographic technology. 3 credits. Through Environmental Design This course is designed to familiar- Prerequisite: CJ 100. Analysis of ize students with the concept of CJ 530 Investigating Financial theory and applied methods of homeland security from administra- Crimes crime prevention using environ- tive, organizational, historical, and Study of principles and techniques mental design methods. Experien- critical perspectives. The course will associated with investigating finan- tial exercises are included. 3 credits. be taught in a critical thinking con- cial crimes. Emphasis on case-study text rather than a training context. approach to understanding financial CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Specific emphasis will be placed on crimes investigation. 3 credits. Policing homeland security as a public safety Prerequisite: CJ 100. An in-depth paradigm and the implications of CJ 535 Global Perspectives on examination of problem-oriented this paradigm on government agen- Crime and Justice policing, including examination cies at the state and local level, over- Affords students the opportunity to of the SARA model, specialized all national security, and public per- explore a number of foreign systems tactics, and methods of community ception/opinion. A key component with emphasis on policing. Differ- analysis. 3 credits. of this course is the presentation, ent perspectives of crime problems analysis, and discussion of critical will be looked at through the prism CJ 557 Crime Mapping and issues in homeland security. This is of foreign culture. 3 credits. Analysis also an advanced course designed Prerequisite: CJ 100. Survey of to familiarize students with the CJ 540 Computer Applications in GIS research and applications in history and evolution of terrorism, Research and Program Evaluation the field of public safety, including the key concepts and theories of Prerequisites: CJ 250, CJ 251; M analysis of hot spots, density pat- terrorism, the roles and responsibili- 109 or M 127. An advanced course terns, and forecasts of crime pat- ties of counterterrorism agencies in reviewing major statistical packages terns. 3 credits. the U.S., and the critical issues and and models employed in the analy- controversies of the current “War sis of criminal justice and human CJ 558 Leadership Issues in on Terrorism.” Terrorism will be services data. Students learn analytic Policing examined from a multidisciplinary techniques using real data sets. Pro- Prerequisite: CJ 100. Study of perspective, and critical thinking by gram evaluation needs are studied leadership within modern police the students will be encouraged. and tested. 3 credits. organizations. Experiential exercises 3 credits. are included. 3 credits. Courses 203
CJ 599 Independent Study puter simulation, oral and written CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Prerequisite: consent of depart- reports. 4 credits. Reactor Design ment chair. An opportunity for Prerequisite: CM 220. Corequisite: the student, under the direction of CM 311 Chemical Engineering M 203. Homogeneous and hetero- a faculty member, to explore and Thermodynamics geneous catalyzed and noncatalyzed acquire competence in a special area Prerequisite: EAS 224. Applica- reaction kinetics for flow and batch of interest. 1–3 credits. tions of the first and second laws of chemical reactors. Application of thermodynamics to batch and flow kinetic data to both isothermal and processes important in chemical nonisothermal reactor design. This CHEMICAL engineering for homogeneous and course is intended for both chemists ENGINEERING heterogeneous systems, mixtures, and chemical engineers. 3 credits. and pure materials. Topics include CM 220 Process Analysis phase and chemical equilibria, CM 401 Mass Transfer Prerequisites: CH 116 or EAS chemical reactions, thermochemis- Operations 120; EAS 211, EAS 213, M 118. try, thermodynamic properties, and Prerequisites: CM 220 or consent An introduction to the profession miscibility. 3 credits. of instructor; EAS 224. Coreq- of chemical engineering and the uisite: M 204. Advanced topics application of material and energy CM 315 Transport Operations I in diffusion and mass transfer in balances to the solution of chemical Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. solids, liquids, and gases. Topics engineering problems. Analysis and Application of transport phenom- include Fick’s law, mass transfer design of processes using physi- ena principles to systems involving coefficients, mass transfer correla- cal property estimation methods, momentum, heat, and mass trans- tion, interphase transfer, unsteady mass balances, and energy balances. fer with emphasis on equipment state mass transfer, adsorption, Typical processes include sequences design. Use of microscopic and membrane separations, humidifica- of mixing, separation, and reaction macroscopic balances, continuity tion and drying. Application to the steps. 3 credits. and Navier-Stokes principles, and analysis and design of mass transfer turbulent flow theories to develop controlled process equipment. CM 310 Transport Operations I mathematical models of physical 3 credits. with Laboratory systems with applications in fluid Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. mechanics, thermal energy trans- CM 410 Transport Operations II Application of transport phenom- port, and mass transfer. Topics with Laboratory ena principles to systems involving include design of piping systems, Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or momentum, heat, and mass trans- filters, heat exchangers, evapora- CM 315. Application of transport fer with emphasis on equipment tors, absorbers and others of current phenomena principles to systems design. Use of microscopic and interest. 3 credits. involving momentum, heat, and macroscopic balances, continuity mass transfer with emphasis on and Navier-Stokes principles, and CM 316 Transport Operations II equipment design. Topics include turbulent flow theories to develop Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or design of staged separation equip- mathematical models of physical CM 315. Application of transport ment for distillation, extraction systems with applications in fluid phenomena principles to systems and leaching, absorption, and oth- mechanics and thermal energy involving momentum, heat, and ers of current interest. Laboratory transport. Topics include design of mass transfer with emphasis on work includes experiments in mass piping systems, flow instruments, equipment design. Topics include transfer, reactor systems, computer filters, heat exchangers, evaporators, design of staged separation equip- simulation, oral and written reports. and others of current interest. Labo- ment for distillation, extraction and 4 credits. ratory work includes experiments in leaching, absorption, and others of fluid flow and heat transfer, com- current interest. 3 credits. 204
CM 411 Chemical Engineering CM 421 Plant and Process CM 501/502 Senior Project I Laboratory Design and II Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315; Prerequisites: CM 420 and senior Prerequisites: senior standingand CM 316 or CM 410. Laboratory standing. A capstone course in the consent of course instructor (fac- work includes experiments in fluid design of processing plants and ulty adviser) and program director. flow, heat transfer, mass transfer, equipment, applying principles Student should propose an original, and reactor systems. Focus on from transport operations, thermo- significant problem or theory. The Design of Experiments (DOE), dynamics, kinetics, and economics. investigation should include at planning, data analysis and pre- Students work individually and in least two of the following elements: sentation, team work, and oral groups to develop flow sheets, select theoretical analysis, mathematical and written reports. Students gain equipment, specify operating con- or computer modeling, optimal experience using industrial control ditions, and analyze designs from design methods, and laboratory hardware for data acquisition and technical, economic, and safety per- experimentation. Weekly confer- control. 3 credits. spectives. Extensive report writing ences with adviser; final written and and oral presentations. 3 credits. oral report with format to be deter- CM 415 Process Dynamics and mined by faculty adviser. 3 credits Control CM 431 Process Dynamics and per term. Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 Control with Laboratory or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 CM 521 Air Pollution Fundamental principles of chemi- or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Fundamentals cal process dynamics used in the Fundamental principles of chemi- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. measurement and control of process cal process dynamics used in the An introduction to the sources of variables such as temperature, pres- measurement and control of process air pollution, the transport of gas- sure, and flow rate. Development variables such as temperature, pres- eous and particulate pollutants in of linear and nonlinear dynamic sure, and flow rate. Development of the atmosphere on local and global process models, stability analysis, linear and nonlinear dynamic pro- scales, transformations of pollut- and control system design using cess models, stability analysis, and ants by atmospheric processes, analytical and computer methods. control system design using analyti- the impact of pollutants on the Analysis, design, and tuning of pro- cal and computer methods. Labora- environment, the control of sources cess loops using computer simula- tory assignments stress the analysis, of air pollution, and legislative tions. 3 credits. design, and tuning of process mandates. Introduction to meteo- loops using computer simulations rological concepts and computer CM 420 Process Design and industrial control equipment transport models. Current issues Principles on pilot-scale process equipment. such as ozone depletion and global Corequisites: CM 321, CM 410 Students gain experience using warming will also be discussed. or CM 316; EAS 232. Study and industrial control hardware such as 3 credits. application of principles needed in programmable logic controllers and the design of process systems. Top- distributed control systems. CM 599 Independent Study ics include cost estimation, hazard 4 credits. Prerequisites: consent of faculty and safety analysis, ethical concerns, supervisor and program director. preliminary design techniques, opti- CM 450–459 Special Topics in Opportunity for the student, under mization, computer-aided design Chemical Engineering the direction of a faculty mem- (using ASPEN PLUS), alternative Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ber, to explore an area of personal designs, and technical reports. Intensive study of some aspects of interest. Weekly conferences with Methods include team and indi- chemical engineering not covered supervisor; final written (and pos- vidual assignments, oral and written in the more general courses. sibly oral) report with format to be presentations. 3 credits. 1–4 credits. determined by faculty supervisor. 1–4 credits. Courses 205
CHINESE CN 301 Advanced Chinese course must be initiated by the stu- Prerequisite: CN 202 or compa- dent. 3 credits. CN 101 Conversational Chinese I rable proficiency level as demon- Oral Chinese for beginners. strated in consultation with the Emphasis on using Chinese for instructor. This course is intended COMMUNICATION communication in daily life. Teach- to develop students’ proficiencies es basic conversational sentences in speaking, writing, listening, and CO 100 Human Communication and vocabulary quickly through reading so that they can be at a Competencies and skills needed to word substitution and exten- level necessary for advanced litera- communicate effectively in varied sion practice. Taught in phonetic ture and cultural courses. It will personal, relational, and profes- English spelling (Chinese spelling emphasize composition and oral sional contexts. Communication system known as IIan Yu Pin Yin) discussion as well as concepts neces- process, verbal/nonverbal com- with exposure to the simplified sary for a sophisticated appraisal of munication, listening, persuasion, Chinese characters. Incidental refer- literature and culture in the target conflict management, and group ences to Chinese history, culture, language. 3 credits. decision-making are studied in and business. Open only to stu- interpersonal, public, mass, and dents with no previous knowledge CN 401 Chinese Culture through organizational settings. Students are of Chinese. 3 credits. Literature and the Media assisted in developing skills appro- Prerequisite: CN 301 or compa- priate to real-life situations. Recom- CN 102 Conversational Chinese II rable proficiency as demonstrated mended for all students regardless Prerequisite: CN 101 or consent of in consultation with the instructor. of major. 3 credits. instructor. Builds on the Chinese This course is a comprehensive language skills developed in CN exposure to essential Chinese cul- CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass 101 and develops speaking abilities tural issues and patterns as they Communication through class practice and gram- have developed historically. It will Corequisite: CO 100. Introduction matical drills. Additional Chinese study how these issues manifest to the mass media of newspapers, characters studied step by step. through representative works of film, magazines, radio, television, 3 credits. literature as well as popular and trade publications, and public rela- highbrow cultural media such as tions. Course emphasizes media’s CN 201 Intermediate Chinese I music and film. The course will impact on society. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CN 102 or permission also provide a unique opportunity of instructor. Intermediate study of to produce in-depth cultural and CO 102 Writing for the Media Chinese language, both conversa- literary analyses via oral discussion A study of drills and exercises in tional and written. Culture training and written essays. Students will writing television and radio news, through exposure to Chinese arts, perform select written and oral news releases, speeches, public history, economics, and society. activities in Chinese. 3 credits. service announcements, and film 3 credits. documentaries. Emphasis is placed CN 450–459 Special Topics on firsthand practical experience CN 202 Intermediate Chinese II Selected topics of special or current assignments and criticism of com- Prerequisite: CN 201 or permission interest in the study of Chinese. pleted copy. 3 credits. of instructor. Intermediate study 3 credits. of Chinese language. Extensive CO 103 Audio in Media reading of Chinese classical and CN 599 Independent Study Concerned with sound as used in modern fiction, drama, and poetry. Prerequisite: Consent of faculty radio, television, and film. Course 3 credits. member and department chair. entails lectures, demonstration, and Opportunity for the student, under lab practice of sound production the direction of a faculty member, and transmission. Laboratory fee; to explore an area of interest. This 3 credits. 206
CO 109 Communication for logging, and programming are CO 220 Film Production I Management and Business included. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: CO 214. Involves the Prerequisite: CO 100. Introduction transformation of an original idea to the concepts and skills needed to CO 205 Intercultural into film: initial analysis, proposed communicate effectively in business Communication treatment plan, sequencing, film and professional settings. Students Prerequisite: CO 100. A theoretical scripting, preproduction planning, develop communication competen- and practical survey of intercultural nature of the production process. cy by focusing on communication communication processes. This A short film is produced through activities common to business and course is concerned with the inter- team effort. Laboratory fee; service organizations. Interpersonal personal dimensions of intercultural 3 credits. communication, group and meet- communication and examines the ing communication, listening skills, distinctive cultural orientations, CO 300 Persuasive interviewing, speeches, public and behaviors, expectations, and values Communication instructional presentations, and that affect communication situa- Prerequisite: CO 100. Study of negotiation are stressed. 3 credits. tions. 3 credits. communication as social influence. Analysis of theories of attitude CO 114 Production CO 208 Introduction to change. The use and effects of Fundamentals Broadcasting compliance-gaining strategies in Introduction to theory and tech- Prerequisite: CO 101. General interpersonal, public, and mass nique in sound and video media. survey and background of broad- communication contexts. Students Several team projects will provide casting, cable, pay and premium develop, present, and analyze per- a fundamental production orienta- TV services, and new technologies. suasive messages. 3 credits. tion in each medium as well as Current changes, law, regulation, provide the environment to discuss financing, and public input are CO 301 Communication Theory goals and objectives of production. examined. Emphasis is placed on and Research Laboratory fee; 3 credits. current standingand future poten- Prerequisite: junior standing. tial of these industries. 3 credits. Acquaints students with the nature CO 200 Theories of Group of communication inquiry. Theo- Communication CO 212 Television Production I ries of communication effects are Prerequisite: CO 100. Focus is on Prerequisite: CO 114 or consent surveyed. Research methodologies the dynamics of communication of instructor. Introduction to the relevant to advertising, journalism, and group processes including lead- mechanics, techniques, and aesthet- broadcast media, public relations, ership styles, team building, task ic elements of television production. and organizational communication and maintenance functions, prob- Course provides basic grounding settings are examined. 3 credits. lem-solving and decision-making, in the art and craft of the medium. and conflict management. Students Laboratory fee; 3 credits. CO 302 Social Impact of Media develop communication skills Prerequisite: CO 101. Examines through class activities designed to CO 214 Elements of Film such problems as regulatory control maximize effective decision-making Prerequisite: CO 114 or consent of the media, law and ethics, and and evaluation. 3 credits. of instructor. Stresses the under- the behavioral aspects of mass and standing of film as a creative form interpersonal communication. Stu- CO 203 Radio Production of communication. Student is dents examine the variety of media Prerequisite: CO 103 or consent of introduced to basic techniques of writing and commence writing instructor. Theory and practice of motion picture production through their own media messages. techniques involved in the function lectures, audiovisual activity, and 3 credits. and operation of a radio station. small-group involvement. Labora- Microphone techniques, engineer- tory fee; 3 credits. ing operations, transmitter readings, Courses 207
CO 306 Public Relations Systems CO 312 Television Production II CO 340 The History of Film and Practices Prerequisite: CO 212. An inter- A survey of the historical develop- This course makes students aware mediate course providing students ment of the film medium. Includes of the depth and sensitivity of the with the opportunity to coordinate lectures, discussions, and screening role of public relations in today’s the many areas of TV production. of films that demonstrate the inter- business environment. Orients Videotape and live production relationships between historical students to career paths utilizing techniques are employed. Labora- development and the establishment communication, journalistic, and tory fee; 3 credits. of film as a powerful communica- management skills as well as skills tive art form. Laboratory fee; acquired in business and English CO 317 Advanced Writing for 3 credits. courses. Through lectures/discus- the Media sions, case studies, and guest speak- Prerequisite: CO 102. Planning CO 399 Media Campaigns ers, students learn the historical, and writing longer forms of scripts, Examines the role played by mass theoretical, practical, and technical emphasizing documentary and dra- media in political campaigning. applications of public relations. matic writing for production. Students look at historical perspec- 3 credits. 3 credits. tives and study current trends. FCC laws regarding advertising, lowest CO 308 Broadcast Journalism CO 320 Film Production II unit cost, section 315, and other Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent Prerequisite: CO 220. The creative regulations are examined. Students of the instructor. Entails practice process involved in translating the view videotapes of past political in news gathering, editing, writing, screenplay into a narrative film is media campaign examples and have and use of news services and sourc- explored. Narrative form, struc- the opportunity to participate in es. Includes creating documentary ture, and production techniques and produce hypothetical political and special-event programs through are examined through examples media campaigns. 3 credits. film for television news, on-the-spot of short and feature-length films. film and videotape reporting. Students produce short narrative CO 400 Communication in 3 credits. films by team effort. Laboratory fee; Organizations 3 credits. Examines communication in for- CO 309 Public Relations Writing mal organizational contexts such Prerequisite: CO 102. Examines CO 335 Advertising Media as schools, industry, hospitals, and the elements of good writing as This course covers the characteris- government. Prepares students to applied to the public relations field. tics of major media and the impact function more effectively in dynam- Students research and identify gen- of advertising on the demand for ic communication systems and to eral and specialized audience needs products and services. It provides solve problems related to the inter- and create messages to satisfy those students with a critical study of action of organizations with the needs. They plan and execute proj- communication principles and con- environment via the interactions of ects within selected media such as cepts as applied to advertising copy. people and messages. 3 credits. newspapers, magazines, TV, radio, Emphasis on how consumers use and film, as well as speeches for media; media planning and evalu- CO 410 Management public appearances. 3 credits. ation; copywriting styles; coordina- Communication Seminar tion of visual and verbal concepts; Open to all upper-division stu- CO 310 Pictorial Journalism and the principle problems of dents, regardless of major. Involves The study of photography and building, implementing, and evalu- structure and function of commu- media design as active observation ating advertising programs. nication in organizations. Offers and interpretation of events in the 3 credits. practice in understanding and print media. 3 credits. managing interpersonal differences. Emphasizes concepts and principles needed for effective management 208 of organizational communication CO 500 Seminar in ware. Not to be taken for credit by processes. 3 credits. Communication Studies computer science majors. 3 credits. Prerequisite: senior communica- CO 412 Advanced Television tion major. This capstone course CS 110 Introduction to C Production integrates current and developing Programming Prerequisite: CO 312. Essentials of trends with the individual student’s Prerequisite or corequisite: M 109 budgeting, marketing, and regula- interest and perspectives. Students or consent of CS coordinator. A tory policies and rules. Produc- present for discussion and examina- first course in computer program- tion teams are formed to produce tion issues of interest within a uni- ming using the C language; for sophisticated local television pro- fying theme. 3 credits. engineering, computer science, grams under close supervision. mathematics, and science stu- 3 credits. CO 597 Practicum dents. Problem-solving methods, Prerequisite: CO 301. A course of algorithm development, and good CO 415 Broadcast Management study designed especially for the programming style. Expressions, Involves administrative and person- supervised practical application of functions, libraries, basic types and nel problems of television and radio previously studied theory in a group arrays. Programming assignments studio management, broadcast setting. Done under the supervision stress numeric applications. Lec- engineering, local sales, continu- of a faculty sponsor and coordi- ture plus lab, including work with ity, and programming. Discussions nated with a business organization. LEGO Mindstorm™ robots. include scheduling and the develop- 3 credits. 4 contact hours; 3 credits. ment of facilities. 3 credits. CO 598 Internship CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for CO 420 Communication Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- Computing and the Law tor. On-the-job learning in selected Prerequisite: M 109. A foundation Prerequisite: junior standing. This organizations in production, public course for computer science majors. course traces the freedom and con- relations, journalism, or advertising. Introduction to fundamentals, trol of the print, broadcast, cable, 3 credits. including logic, sequences, sets, and telecommunications industries functions, recursion, induction, and their effects on the public. CO 599 Independent Study in proof methods, counting tech- 3 credits. Communication niques, and Big-O notation. Prerequisites: consent of faculty 3 credits. CO 435 Advertising Seminar member and department chair. Prerequisites: CO 335 and senior Opportunity for the student, under CS 210 Java Programming standing. Strategic approaches to the direction of a faculty member, Prerequisite: CS 110. Introduction managing an advertising campaign to explore an area of interest. 1–3 to the Java programming language. related to a specific area, topic, or credits per semester up to 6 credits. Strings, arrays, and vectors. Object- product are developed. Emphasis oriented programming concepts on market research, determining including encapsulation, inheri- consumer target markets, media COMPUTER tance, and polymorphism. Event- selection, creation of copy, devel- SCIENCE driven programming, graphics, and opment and control of budgets, GUI applications. 3 credits. and evaluation and presentation of CS 107 Computers and Their advertising. 3 credits. Applications CS 212 Intermediate C Concepts underlying modern Programming CO 450–459 Special Topics application of computer systems. Prerequisites: CS110, CS 210, or Topics in communication of special Windows, word processing, spread- consent of academic adviser and or current interest. 3 credits. sheets, databases, presentation soft- instructor. Further topics in the C programming language. Problem- Courses 209 solving methods, algorithm devel- CS 216 Computer Organization ating system concepts including opment, and good programming Lab interrupts, process and thread man- style. Pointers, strings, structured Pre- or Co-requisite: CS 214 or agement, concurrency, deadlock, data, two-dimensional arrays, EE 371. A hands-on exploration memory management, file system files, recursion, dynamic memory of current and historical computer management, resource allocation. allocation, parameter passing components and devices. Topics 3 credits. mechanisms, and the use of point- include computer boards, inter- ers to process arrays and lists. Basic faces, hard drives, memory, periph- CS 326 Data Structures and algorithms for searching, sorting, erals, and multimedia hardware. Algorithms and simple numerical analysis. Students will take a computer apart Prerequisites: CS 166, CS 212, CS Programming assignments include and reassemble it. 1 credit. 226. Data structures: trees, graphs, both numeric and non-numeric hash tables. Algorithmic techniques: applications. 3 credits. CS 226 Data Structures Using divide and conquer, greedy algo- Collections rithms, dynamic programming in CS 214 Computer Organization Prerequisite: CS 166 is recom- C, recursion, elimination. Algo- Prerequisite: CS 110, CS 166. Fun- mended. Intermediate program rithms: sorting, searching, shortest damentals of computer technology, design and debugging in Java. The paths. Analysis of the complexity of binary number systems, data type nature and application of data algorithms. Programming required. standards and data type storage structures such as arrays, stacks, 3 credits. requirements, Turing machines, queues, priority queues, and trees. binary logic, and simple “gate” Evaluation of the performance of CS 350 Human-Computer circuits. The five functional units different data structures for typical Interaction of input, output, ALU, control applications. Students will write Prerequisite: CS 210 or program- unit, and memory are covered and and debug several projects using ming experience in C, VB, VB.Net, integrated into a “virtual,” “generic” Java’s built-in class library; classes or Java. The study of psychological computing machine. Progres- covered include sets, maps, hash and physiological factors on the sion from Boolean fundamentals tables, trees, array-based lists, linked design of the Human-Computer through binary logic to micro-code lists, and stacks. 3 credits. Interface (HCI). The influence creation. Hands-on experience of the various input and output assembling and implementing CS 247 Network Essentials and devices on the efficacy of the inter- low-level programming of a typical Technologies action. Evaluation of the interaction computing system. 3 credits. Prerequisite: sophomore standing. as a function of the interface design. Corequisite: CS 214. A foundation Evaluation issues including quali- CS 215 Introduction to in current network technologies ties such as learnability, usability, Databases for local area networks (LANs), human efficiency, and accuracy. Prerequisite: CS 110. Emphasis on wide area networks (WANs), and Students will design, implement, comprehending database concepts the Internet. Introduction to the analyze, and evaluate Graphical and developing a practical level of hardware, software, terminology, User Interfaces (GUIs). 3 credits. skill in a current database software components, design, and connec- package. An introduction to data tions of a network. The OSI model CS 398 Internship modeling and normal forms, intro- will be covered as well as differing Prerequisites: junior standing, duction to Standard Query Lan- topologies and protocols for LANs. approval of adviser. Student will guage (SQL), Query By Example The course includes both lectures undertake a supervised work (QBE), security, and report genera- and hands-on labs. 3 credits. experience of at least 200 hours, tion. Students develop and imple- preferably in the local computer ment a modest database project. CS 320 Operating Systems science industry. The outcome will 3 credits. Prerequisite: CS 214 or EE 371. be evaluated by both student and Corequisite: EE 472. Modern oper- supervisor. 1 credit hour. 210
CS 416 Social and Professional language programming, including on one network; and general secu- Issues in Computing the hardware instruction set, assem- rity issues including prevention Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- bly language syntax and features, through firewalls and secure shells. ing. A broad look at the capabilities macros, subprograms, interrupts, Lab exercises use both UNIX and and limitations of computers and I/O conversions. Programming Windows systems. 3 credits. the effects of rapid change. Roles required. 3 credits. and responsibilities of the computer CS 446 Introduction to professional in our world; codes of CS 440 Programming Laboratory Computer Security ethics. Complex systems, risks, and Prerequisites: junior or senior stand- Prerequisite: CS 320 or consent system failure. Intellectual prop- ing in computer science, consent of the instructor. Knowledge of erty. Social effects of networks and of faculty supervisor, and approval networks desirable. A survey of global communication, outsourc- of program coordinator. The stu- computer and network security ing, privacy, databases, data mining, dent will write a large program or a issues including types of network cryptography, and snooping. Com- series of programs. Projects are an attacks, viruses, intrusion detection puter crime, break-ins, terrorism, extension of the course materials and tracking, firewalls, trust rela- and countermeasures. 3 credits. of one of the junior/senior courses. tionships and authentication, secure Course may be taken repeatedly, up connections, cryptography, and CS 425 Principles of Computer to three times, working in different recent security policy and legisla- Graphics languages or doing more advanced tion. 3 credits. Prerequisites: M 118, CS 212, CS projects. 1 credit. 226. Development and implemen- CS 447 Computer tation of the fundamental algo- CS 441 Web-Database Communications rithms of computer graphics: 2-D Application Development Prerequisites: CS 214 or CS 247 viewing, geometric transformations, Prerequisites: CS 215 and CS 210 and any one of the following: EAS clipping, curves, user interaction. or programming experience in 345, SE 346, M 371, or EE 320. Introduction to 3-D viewing and C++, VB.Net, or Java. Fundamen- Problems and solutions in network surfaces. Programming projects tal principles and techniques for design. Layered models, network required. 3 credits. creating network applications with topology, protocols, virtual cir- dynamic web pages. Topics include cuits and packet switching, local CS 428 Software Project Analysis establishing network connections, networks (CSMA, token ring, and Design database connectivity, Java Server ethernet), security (DES, public key Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 226. Pages (JSP), servlets, HTML, XML, crypto-systems), Internet protocols, An object-oriented design meth- https, and network security issues. client/server programming, sockets. odology course. Topics include If time permits, attention will also 3 credits. requirements capture, object- oriented system analysis, design be given to JavaScript and interna- CS 450–469 Special Topics and implementation. Primary tionalization. 3 credits. emphasis on the UML methodol- Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- ogy, separation of layers, design CS 445 Network Administration ing in computer science. New patterns, and the importance of Prerequisite: CS 320. Fundamentals developments or current practices these in developing a software of administration of a networked in computer science. 3 credits. project. Students will design a computer. Topics include basic major group project and imple- duties of a system administrator; CS 472 Script Programming for ment portions using C++ or Java. overview of TCP/IP networking; Network Administration 3 credits. file system layouts; user manage- Prerequisite: CS 320. Concepts and ment; network services such as details of writing small programs, CS 434 Assembly Language DNS, NIS, DHCP, file sharing, called scripts, for the Unix and Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 214 or printing, mail, ftp, web, and inter- Windows-server operating systems. EE 371. Introduction to assembly facing different operating systems Security issues in shell scripts, batch Courses 211 file programming, Perl scripts, and design and programming. Protec- preprocessors, conditional compila- Python scripts. Students will write tion of privacy, encapsulation tion, low-level interface program- scripts to administer both comput- of data with relevant functions. ming, UNIX system calls including ers and networks. 3 credits. Advanced aspects of C++; inheri- file operations and directory opera- tance, templates, polymorphism, tions, process control, interprocess CS 478 Artificial Intelligence virtual functions, and exception communication, and client-server Prerequisite: CS 226. An introduc- handling. Several programming routines. Programming projects tion to the fundamental methods projects in C++. 3 credits. required. 3 credits. of artificial intelligence (AI) used in problem solving by a com- CS 534 Cryptography and Data CS 563 Mobile Robotics puter. Techniques include heuris- Security Prerequisites: CS 226, CS 320. tic search, optimization, genetic Prerequisite: CS 166, CS 210, CS Principles of construction and algorithms, game playing, expert 320 or CS 212 and junior standing. navigation of mobile robots. Topics systems, probabilistic reasoning, A survey of cryptographic concepts include locomotion mechanisms, learning strategies, neural networks, and algorithms and their applica- sensor types and usage, reactive natural language understanding, tion to data security. Techniques behavior, tracking, obstacle avoid- and image understanding. Includes studied include private key crypto- ance, path planning, and com- the design and implementation of systems, public key cryptosystems, munication schemes for remote AI programs. 3 credits. and hash functions. Commonly control. Students work individually used algorithms are also studied. and in groups to construct and CS 504 Senior Software Project These might include DES, 3DES, program small mobile robots using Prerequisites: CS 428 and senior AES, IDEA, RSA, Diffie-Hellman, Lego Mindstorms kits. 3 credits. standing in computer science, MD5, SHA, and DSS. We will consent of faculty supervisor and also examine how these algorithms CS 599 Independent Study approval of program coordinator. are used to provide confidential- Prerequisites: junior or senior The project that was begun in CS ity, message authentication, key standing in computer science, 428 is completed and carried out in exchange, and digital signatures in consent of faculty supervisor, and conjunction with the faculty advis- applications such as client-server approval of program coordinator. er. Work is presented at a seminar authentication, email security, and (Refer to academic regulations for at the end of the term. 3 credits. web security. 3 credits. independent study.) Exploration of an area of interest. Written and oral CS 524 Advanced Databases CS 536 Structure of presentations are normally required. Prerequisites: CS 215, CS 226, Programming Languages 3 credits. and CS 320. A second course in Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. database systems covering advanced Computer language components: topics and new developments in their specification, semantics, DIGITAL ART the database field. Topics include implementation, and internal AND DESIGN database design methodologies and operation. The structure, syntax, evaluation, embedded SQL, con- and semantic aspects of several DAD 101 Introduction to currency control, recovery schemes, languages are examined. Short Multimedia security, query processing and opti- programs are required in two new This course is an introduction to mization, and an introduction to languages. 3 credits. technical and theoretical founda- object-oriented databases. 3 credits. tions in the field of multimedia and CS 547 Systems Programming digital art and design. It provides CS 526 Object-Oriented Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 320 or students with a comprehensive Principles and Practice/C++ EE 371. Techniques for UNIX background in multimedia and Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. systems programming in the C multimedia theory. Students will The C++ language; object-oriented language. Topics include macro explore the fundamental applica- 212 tions and concepts that are the and minor. It deals with advanced Emphasis is placed on professional basic building blocks of digital topics in the field and focuses on standards, health promotion, dis- design: digital imaging, Internet professional-level development ease prevention, review of dental and web design, and animation. of digitally created communica- specialties, and ethical issues that Practical elements of creating digital tions ranging from 3D modeling are encountered by dental hygien- presentations, digital portfolios, and to Internet-based design projects. ists. 1 credit. the use of authoring software are The course revolves around the studied through projects. 3 credits. development and implementation DH 214 Oral Facial Structures of a semester-long project based Prerequisites: BI 121, sophomore DAD 102 Digital Art and Design on student interest and instructor standing. This course examines Prerequisite: DAD 101. This course input and approval. All projects the head and neck region, empha- builds upon ideas and technologies will be published using appropriate sizing the anatomy of oral facial introduced in DAD 101. It deals medium (Internet, CD, DVD, et structures, including the teeth. This with digital media in relation to the al.) 3 credits. course also addresses oral histology fields of art and design. Hardware and embryology. 4 credits. and software tools are described in DAD 450-459 Special Topics detail. Students are introduced to Study of selected topics of special DH 215 Radiology with the step-by-step creative and orga- or current interest in digital art and Laboratory nizing process that results in a fin- design studies. 3 credits. Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, ished digital art and design project. sophomore standing. This course is The course emphasizes such topics an extension of the clinical course as how to structure information, DENTAL HYGIENE sequence and concentrates on the how to anticipate user experience, role of radiographs in the diagnosis and how to generate visually com- DH 105 Introduction to Dental and treatment of oral diseases. The pelling interfaces that successfully Hygiene I course emphasizes radiographic communicate the principles of good This course provides entry-level stu- characteristics and production, design and/or artistic expression. 3 dents with an introduction to allied exposing, equipment safety, pro- credits. health education and the profession cessing, and interpretation. of dental hygiene. Topics include 3 credits. DAD 301 3D Animation and the role of the dental hygienist in Computer Modeling the health-care delivery system; the DH 220 Dental Hygiene Prerequisite: GD 212 or permission history of dental hygiene; the role Concepts I with Laboratory of instructor. Introduction to 3D of professional associations; basic Prerequisite: sophomore stand- modeling and animation software. scientific terminology of the head, ing. DH 220 is the first in a series Students will explore concepts neck, and oral cavity; introduction of clinical courses; it provides associated with three-dimensional to the caries process and gingival the foundations of clinical den- space and use of the computer to disease process; and oral hygiene tal hygiene practice. The course render 3D forms, structures, and protocols. 1 credit. focuses on professionalism, ethical virtual environments. Critical issues decision-making principles, infec- associated with computer-generated DH 110 Introduction to Dental tion control, the impact of tooth imagery will also be addressed. Hygiene II accumulated deposits, and the Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: DH 105 or consent development of the knowledge and from the instructor. This course skills necessary for the delivery of DAD 302 Advanced Digital Art is a continuation of DH 105 and dental hygiene services. Clinical and Design Seminar provides students with a survey of laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: DAD 301. This course contemporary issues encountered is the culminating offering of the by dental health care professionals. digital art and design curriculum Courses 213
DH 225 Forensic Odontology and dental hygiene treatment. hygiene treatment plan. Clinical and Crime Scene Medications, local anesthetics, and laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: BI 121–122 or equiva- other chemotherapeutic agents uti- lent. This course provides students lized in the dental treatment setting DH 342 Dental Materials with with an introduction to the role are emphasized. Laboratory of dentistry in legal services. Class- 3 credits. Prerequisites: junior standing, room presentations/lectures con- required second-year dental hygiene centrate on the history of forensics, DH 325 General and Oral courses. This lecture/laboratory identification of human remains, Pathology course provides students with an DNA and computer technolo- Prerequisites: junior standing and understanding of the biomaterials gies, collection, examination, and required first- and second-year and techniques utilized in preven- reproduction of bitemarks, crime dental hygiene courses. A survey of tive, restorative, and surgical dental scene investigation, child abuse general pathology with emphasis procedures. Emphasis is placed on syndrome, serial killers, and case on the impact of pathologic condi- the role of the dental hygienist in studies. Students are required to tions on the oral cavity. Diseases of maintaining and evaluating preven- participate in hands-on activities in the gingiva and periodontium and tive and restorative materials. the classroom. 1 credit. the role of the dental hygienist in 3 credits. recognition and referral are empha- DH 240 Dental Hygiene sized. 3 credits. DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts II with Laboratory Concepts IV with Laboratory Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, DH 327 Periodontology Prerequisites: junior standing, sophomore standing. This course Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, required second-year dental is an extension of DH 220 and sophomore standing. This course hygiene courses. DH 350 is the focuses on the continuing devel- provides an in-depth examination fourth course in the clinical course opment of the didactic, affective, of periodontal diseases, the immune sequence. The didactic portion of and psychomotor skills necessary response, and both surgical and the course concentrates on ethical for comprehensive dental hygiene nonsurgical interventions. The role decision-making skills, problem- treatment. Lecture topics include of the dental hygienist as a peri- solving abilities, and treating the medical history, oral inspection, odontal co-therapist is emphasized. medically compromised patient. data collection procedures, caries 3 credits. Clinically, students will have an process, fluoride, oral physio- opportunity to treat more challeng- therapy and chemotherapeutics DH 330 Dental Hygiene ing cases. Clinical laboratory fee; for the management of caries and Concepts III with Laboratory 5 credits. periodontal disease, and treatment Prerequisites: junior standing and planning. Classroom presentations required second-year dental hygiene DH 360 Local Anesthesia with concentrate on the dental hygiene courses. DH 330 is a continuation Laboratory process of care. Clinical laboratory of the clinical course sequence. Prerequisite: junior standing and fee; 4 credits. Content emphasis is placed on required second-year dental hygiene instrument alternatives, profes- courses. This course is designed to DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain sional mechanical oral hygiene care, prepare student dental hygienists Management instrumentation theory for preven- for the safe, effective administration Prerequisites: junior standing and tion and control of periodontal dis- of local anesthesia as current Con- required second-year dental hygiene eases, and the utilization of patient necticut legislation permits. The courses. This course provides an cases to assess periodontal standing. course includes the psychology of overview of medications encoun- Clinically, students treat patients pain management, pharmacology tered by health care workers. Partic- with a broader scope of oral/physi- of anesthetic agents, emergency ular attention is paid to the impact cal conditions while incorporating precautions and management, and various medications have on dental patient radiographs into the dental a review of anatomy and physiology 214 as they relate to the administration DH 460 Advanced Dental DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior of anesthetic agents. This course Hygiene Concepts with Project includes classroom, laboratory, and Laboratory Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, clinical instruction. Laboratory fee; Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, junior or senior standing or the 2 credits. DH 342, DH 350, junior stand- consent of the instructor. This ing. The clinical course sequence course provides the student with DH 423 Instructional Planning culminates in DH 460; this course the opportunity to design, imple- and Media provides the opportunity for stu- ment, and present a project that Prerequisites: junior standing and dents to integrate their skills and enriches existing knowledge and required first- and second-year didactic knowledge. Clinical time contributes to the profession of dental hygiene courses. This course focuses on increasing time efficien- dental hygiene. Previous and cur- provides dental hygiene students cy while maintaining recognized rent course work assists the student and practitioners with an overview standards of care. Didactic content in the effort. 3 credits. of the instructional planning pro- focuses on professional credentials, cess. Emphasis is placed on the state licensing agencies, continuing DH 490–499 Special Topics steps in the process, the develop- education, the role of professional Prerequisite: dental hygiene major; ment and utilization of media, and organizations, employment goals, specifics of course(s) to be deter- oral presentation skills. 3 credits. and resumé preparation. Clinical mined in consultation with the pro- laboratory fee; 5 credits. gram director. Opportunity for the DH 438 Dental Hygiene student, under the direction of the Research DH 461 Oral Medicine dental hygiene faculty, to explore Prerequisites: junior or senior Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, an area of interest. 1–3 credits per standing, required second-year DH 350, junior or senior standing. semester up to 6 credits. dental hygiene courses. This course Oral Medicine utilizes the content provides dental hygiene students from Anatomy and Physiology, with the skills needed to under- Pharmacology, Oral Pathology, NUTRITION AND stand, interpret, and critique profes- Dental Hygiene Concepts, and DIETETICS sional literature. Emphasis is placed other courses as the basis for dis- on the design of a sound research cussing the impact of systemic con- DI 150 Sports Nutrition protocol. 3 credits. ditions on the oral cavity. Medical Review of the principles of nutri- history is utilized in a case-study tion and exercise with emphasis DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public approach to address the role of the on counseling the athlete; facts Health with Laboratory dental hygienist in medical risk and fallacies of sports nutrition; Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 350, assessment and management. energy and fluid balance; evaluat- DH 325, DH 342, junior standing. 3 credits. ing sports nutrition information This course emphasizes the role of in the lay literature; appropriate dental and dental hygiene public DH 462 Dental Hygiene diets for training; and managing health programs in the health care Internship the young person, older adult, and delivery system. It stresses the role Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, athlete with special needs. Planning of the dental hygienist in commu- junior or senior standing or the meals for training and competition, nity disease prevention and health consent of the instructor. This as well as dietary evaluation using promotion activities. Students have course provides senior-level dental computerized nutrient analysis, will the opportunity to interact with hygiene students with the oppor- be included. 3 credits. a broad spectrum of community tunity to apply the knowledge and groups during the field experience skills gained throughout the dental DI 175 Food, Nutrition, and aspect of the course. 4 credits. hygiene curriculum in an internship Culture experience compatible with future Prerequisites: web access, fluent career goals. 3 credits. in Microsoft Office.. This course Courses 215 introduces the student to the study DI 215 Principles of Nutrition diseases, inherited errors of metabo- of food and culture of diverse Prerequisite: BI 121. An introduc- lism, and physiological stress condi- groups in Asia, Africa, the Ameri- tion to nutrition science including tions. 3 credits. cas, and Europe. It examines how nutrient interactions, digestion, ethnic foods and dietary practices absorption, sources of nutrients, DI 326 Principles of Dietetics may affect the nutritional status of and importance of phytochemicals. Management a population. It explores intercul- Energy metabolism, weight control, Provides knowledge required to tural communication strategies and contemporary nutrition issues, and effectively manage the provision of studies the history, religion, family individual nutrition analysis are dietetic services in a food service structure, and traditional health included. 3 credits. operation, clinical nutrition depart- practices to illuminate the cultural ment, community or ambulatory context from which ethnic cuisine DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, nutrition program, private practice emerges, evolves, and influences and Procurement office, or other food/nutrition facil- North American fare. 3 credits. Students learn principles of food ity. Management principles are sanitation, safety, and purchas- discussed using human resource DI 200 Food Science and ing. Students also prepare policies applications, leadership theories, Preparation with Laboratory and procedures and conduct an decision-making tools, and orga- Prerequisite: Nutrition major, in-service training class for a food nizational skills for the successful minor, or permission of instructor. service facility. Prevention of food dietetics manager. Managing mate- Provides knowledge of food science, poisoning, legal responsibilities of rials, productivity, financial data, cooking, and baking principles; management, food handling, and and information in a dietetics envi- physiology of taste; components delivery systems are discussed for ronment are discussed using quality of food including color and flavor safe and sanitary practices. Procure- improvement principles. 3 credits. pigments (phytochemicals); applica- ment specifications for food and tion of scientific reactions during equipment, facility layout, receiving DI 330 Nutrition Care Process preparation and cooking; accurate principles, issuing of food items, Prerequisite or corequisite: DI weighing and measuring skills; cost control, and budget prepara- 315. Provides knowledge of the proper tasting and product evalu- tion are also included. 3 credits. nutrition care process for patients ation techniques; safe handling of including nutrition screening and knives, kitchen equipment, and DI 222 Issues and Careers in assessment, nutrition diagnosis and food products. Instruction includes Health Wellness terminology, intervention strate- sanitary food experimentation and An overview of health-care issues gies, and monitoring and evaluation preparation in food laboratory in linked to lifestyle, living condi- tools. Medical terminology, labora- addition to classroom lectures. tions, physical environment, tory values, format of the medical Laboratory fee; 4 credits. socioeconomic standing, eating record, documenting nutrition care behavior, dental health, and ris- using acceptable medical nutrition DI 214 Menu Planning ing costs of health care. Critical therapy (MNT) processes. Diseases Principles of meal planning and analysis of community health and covered include: overweight and writing menus for volume food design, work environment, and obesity, diabetes, cancer, cardio- combinations, texture, color, nutri- eating behavior, as well as hygiene vascular disease, gastrointestinal tion, and cost. The interrelated habits related to wellness. Survey diseases, pulmonary insufficiency, steps involved in quantity food pro- and preparation for health careers. and renal disease. Nutrition care duction, the delivery of food, and 4 credits. process for managing enteral and the responsibilities of management. parenteral feedings is included, as 3 credits. DI 315 Nutrition and Disease well as patient interviewing and Prerequisite: DI 215. Aspects of counseling. 3 credits. diet in treating and preventing various symptoms and syndromes, 216
DI 335 Nutrition and Disease II discussed. The effects of various cies required for entry into a post Prerequisite: DI 215. Prerequisite influences on diet during the life graduate internship. 3 credits. or corequisite: BI 260. This course cycle and the nutritional priori- applies the knowledge of physiol- ties for each stage of the life cycle DI 599 Independent Study ogy using a body systems approach are covered. Dietary guidelines for Prerequisite: consent of the pro- to describe appropriate medical health maintenance and disease gram coordinator. Independent nutrition therapy in treating and prevention throughout the life cycle research projects or other approved preventing various syndromes are included. Also discussed is the phases of independent study. 3 and diseases. It provides the latest importance of nutrition on health credits. framework for nutrition therapy care, public policy, and health care and the most current research on cost reduction through disease pre- the integration of evidence-based vention. 3 credits. ENGLISH practice within the context of the nutrition care process. 3 credits. DI 405 Community Nutrition E 101 Academic Reading Prerequisite: DI 215. Emphasizes Reading, analyzing and interpreting DI 342 Healthy Food tools for developing community nonfiction for the purpose of learn- Preparation nutrition programs including ing to comprehend textbooks. Prerequisites: DI 215 and Nutri- planning, needs assessment, imple- 3 excess credits. tion major, minor, or permission mentation, and evaluation. Public of instructor. Emphasizes preparing health nutrition programs and poli- E 102 Academic Reading and food according to today’s healthy cies for varying population groups Speaking eating goals. Laboratory strategies will be discussed for cultural, eco- Reading, analyzing, and interpret- include modifying recipe content to nomic, and social health practices. ing nonfiction for the purpose of include natural sources of protein, Budgeting food for low-income learning to comprehend textbooks. fat, and carbohydrate in healthy populations, complementary/ Locating and organizing material meals, snacks, sports beverages, alternative medicine practices, and for public speaking and present- etc., while incorporating accurate presenting nutrition education pro- ing it with confidence and fluency. nutrition analysis and costing of grams will be included. 3 credits. Open only to Developmental Bloc recipes using the latest technology. students. 3 excess credits. Discussion of organic, functional, DI 450–459 Special Topics and genetically engineered foods. Selected topics in dietetics, health E 103 Fundamentals Students design recipe or food care, food service management, Designed to increase awareness of demo projects incorporating course team concepts, and a variety of cur- the structure of English. Intensive content. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. rent issues. 3 credits. practice in writing to improve the student’s ability to construct effec- DI 350 Nutrition Throughout DI 597 Dietetic Practicum tive sentences, paragraphs and short the Life Cycle An elective course that provides an essays. 3 excess credits. 6 class hours Prerequisite: DI 215. This course opportunity for students to gain per week. (See section titled Devel- covers various nutrients required practical work experience in the opmental Studies Program.) by humans and the roles of the dietetics field. Students must spend individual nutrients in determining a total of 130 hours at a field site E 104 Fundamentals growth, development, and health under the supervision of a regis- For international students. Same during the sequence of events that tered dietitian and an additional course description as E 103. comprise the human life cycle. 20 hours of course time devoted to Changes in nutrient needs in rela- preparation of a term paper or case E 105 Composition tion to physical, physiological, and study directly related to their practi- Prerequisite: E 103 or placement psychosocial growth and develop- cum experience. This opportunity by English department. Analytical ment throughout the life cycle are will help students meet competen- study of essays for the purpose of Courses 217 improving skills of written com- E 212 Modern British Writers E 225 Technical Writing and munication. Practice in writing in Prerequisite: E 110. A study of Presentation a variety of rhetorical modes with important British writers from the Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive emphasis upon clarity and preci- Romantic era to the present. practice in the common forms of sion. 3 credits. 3 credits. technical writing, with emphasis on technical description, processes, E 106 Composition E 213 Early American Writers reports, and manuals. Oral presen- For international students. Same Prerequisite: E 110. A study of tation of written work. 3 credits. course description as E 105. important American writers from Colonial times to the 1850s. E 230 Public Speaking and E 110 Composition and 3 credits. Group Discussion Literature Development of proficiency in Prerequisite: E 105 or placement by E 214 Modern American Writers organizing and presenting mate- the English department. Reading, Prerequisite: E 110. A study of rial in speaking, group interaction, analyzing, and interpreting litera- important American writers from conference management, and small- ture in three basic genres: fiction, the 1860s to the present. 3 credits. group discussion. 3 credits. poetry, and drama. Writing of ana- lytical and critical essays. Theatre E 217 African-American E 251 Narrative Nonfiction fee for day sections. 3 credits. Literature I Prerequisite: E 110. Exploration of Prerequisite: E 110. A survey of and practice in writing “the fourth E 111 Composition and African-American writers from the genre,” creative nonfiction. Empha- Literature late 1700s to 1940. Texts selected sis on the short piece, the literary For international students. Same from a variety of genres with memoir, and the personal essay. course description as E 110. emphasis on the African-American 3 credits. experience and heritage. 3 credits. E 201 Early World Literature E 260 The Short Story Prerequisite: E 110. Selected world E 218 African-American Prerequisite: E 110. A critical study classics of prose, poetry, and drama Literature II of the best stories of American and from ancient times through the six- Prerequisite: E 217 or consent of British writers as well as stories, teenth century, written in or trans- instructor. A survey of African- in translation, of writers of other lated into English. 3 credits. American writers from the Harlem nationalities. 3 credits. Renaissance to the present. Texts E 202 Modern World Literature selected from a variety of genres E 267 Creative Writing I Prerequisite: E 110. Selected world with emphasis on the African- Prerequisite: E 110. Exercises and classics of prose, poetry, and drama American experience and heritage. instruction in writing short fiction from the seventeenth century to the 3 credits. and poetry. Composing, critiqu- present, written in or translated into ing, and editing skills developed in English. 3 credits. E 220 Writing for Business and workshop format. 3 credits. Industry E 211 Early British Writers Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive prac- E 268 Creative Writing II Prerequisite: E 110. A study of tice in the various types of writing Prerequisite: E 267. Advanced important British writers from the required of executives, businesspeo- exercises and instruction in writing beginning of literature in English ple, engineers, and other profession- short fiction and poetry. Compos- through the Neoclassic era. als, with emphasis on business let- ing, critiquing, and editing skills 3 credits. ters, memos, resumes, internal and refined in workshop format. external reports, evaluations and 3 credits. recommendations, descriptions of procedures and processes. 3 credits. 218
E 270 The Advanced1Essay E 341 Shakespeare E 393 Mark Twain Workshop Prerequisite: E 110. An analysis of Prerequisite: E 110. Major works Prerequisite: E 251 or E 267 or representative tragedies, comedies, by America’s greatest humor- consent of instructor. Variable and history plays. 3 credits. ist and moral spokesman studied topics selected from travel, nature, through interactive discussions, science, social critique, and humor. E 353 Literature of the Romantic online research, and a portfolio of 3 credits. Era course work. Selections from travel Prerequisite: E 110. Poetry and works, including Innocents Abroad; E 275 Popular Lyrics prose of the major Romantics — the major works, including Tom Prerequisite: E 110. Popular lyrics Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn; and from the songs of the Jazz age, the Shelley, Keats, Lamb, and Hazlitt some short stories and sketches. Depression, and World War II to — with attention given to the 3 credits. rock ’n’ roll and the music video milieu of the writers, the Conti- revolution of today. 3 credits. nental background, and theories of E 394 American Humor Romanticism. 3 credits. Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive study E 281 Science Fiction of the history of American humor Prerequisite: E 110. A survey of the E 356 Victorian Literature and its relevance to modern Amer- development of science fiction dur- Prerequisite: E 110. Poetry and ica, including major humor writers ing the nineteenth and twentieth prose from 1830–1900. The works from Mark Twain to Woody Allen. centuries. Reading of American, of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, 3 credits. English, and European science fic- Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin, tion novels and short stories. and others studied in light of the E 395 American Realism and 3 credits. social, political and religious prob- Naturalism lems of the period. 3 credits. Prerequisite: E 110. Readings in E 290 The Bible as Literature the works of such major realists as Prerequisite: E 110. A study of lit- E 371 Literature of the Howells, Twain, and James; and erary genres in the Bible: narrative, Neoclassic Era important naturalist successors such drama, poetry, wisdom literature, Prerequisite: E 110. British writ- as Norris, Crane, and Dreiser. books of prophecy, letters. Exten- ers of the period 1660–1789, with 3 credits. sive readings in both the Old and emphasis on Dryden, Pope, Swift, New Testaments. 3 credits. and Johnson. 3 credits. E 406–409 International Literature E 300 Writing Proficiency E 390 The Novel in English Prerequisite: E 110. Selected poetry, Examination Prerequisite: E 110. Great nov- drama, and fiction, in translation, Required of each student after earn- els written in English (excluding from one of the following nations: ing 57 credits (including transfer American novels, which are studied Russia, France, Germany, or Spain. credits). See Writing Proficiency in American literature courses). Topic to be announced for each Examination statement, or contact 3 credits. semester. 3 credits each course. English Department Chair. E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and E 477 American Literature E 323 The Renaissance in Melville Between the World Wars England Prerequisite: E 110. A study of the Prerequisite: E 110. A study of the Prerequisite: E 110. Major writers poetry and fiction of three major achievements of the main figures of the English Renaissance, includ- representatives of the tragic outlook of the generation that flourished ing Sidney, Spenser, Donne, and on life in mid-nineteenth century between the two world wars and Milton. 3 credits. American literature. 3 credits. brought about “America’s Coming of Age.” Poets Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, Robert Frost, Wallace Stevens Courses 219 and William Carlos Williams; nov- EAS 107 Introduction to experience using computer tools to elists Hemingway, Faulkner, and Engineering solve these problems numerically. Fitzgerald. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M109 or equiva- Skill is developed in a spreadsheet lent. Overview of the problems, environment, and the fundamentals E 478 Contemporary American perspectives, and methods of the of programming are presented. Literature engineering profession. Modeling Applicators involve use descriptive Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive study of real-world problems for purposes statistics, regression, interpolation, of recent American fiction, nonfic- of optimization, decision-making, logical and numerical functions, sets tion, poetry, and drama. 3 credits. and design. Practical techniques of of algebraic, differential, and finite problem formulation and analysis. difference equations, integration. E 480 Internship 3 credits. Students are introduced to data Prerequisite: E 110. A work experi- types, assignment and conditional ence, arranged through the depart- EAS 108 Engineering Workshop statements, program flow control, ment, that will require the effective Prerequisite: M 115 (may be taken passing parameters, returning values use of written or spoken English. concurrently). An introduction to with functions, arrays. 3 credits. 3 credits. the use of elementary statistics and basic computer modeling for engi- EAS 120 Chemistry with E 481–498 Studies in English neering problem-solving. Software Applications to Biosystems Prerequisite: E 110. Special topics packages used may include spread- Prerequisites: CH 115/117, E 105, in literature, speaking, or writing. sheets, databases, math packages, EAS 109 (or consent of instructor), 3 credits. and drafting. 1 credit. M 115. Integrated concepts from chemical and life sciences includ- E 599 Independent Study EAS 109 Project Planning and ing solutions, equilibrium, kinetics, Prerequisites: English majors, junior Development thermodynamics, and electrochem- or senior standing, at least a 3.0 Prerequisite: M 115 (may be taken istry. Extensive laboratory com- G.P.A.; consent of the instructor concurrently). Students develop the ponent illustrates the interaction and department chair. Opportunity skills required to successfully plan between chemical and biological for the student, under the direction and implement selected projects processes. 4 credits. of a faculty member, to explore an within budgetary and time con- area of interest. This course must be straints using project management EAS 211 Introduction to initiated by the student. 1–3 credits software. Projects use LabVIEW© Modeling of Engineering Systems per semester. programming for data acquisition Prerequisite: EAS 112 or consent and control and CAD tools and of instructor. Corequisites: M presentation software for technical 118, PH 150. Modeling of simple ENGINEERING AND communication of design informa- engineering systems from different APPLIED SCIENCE tion. Students gain proficiency in fields using empirical laws and the each of these three areas as they balance principle for mass, charge, EAS 103 Technology in Modern apply to a series of projects span- linear momentum, and energy. Society ning the course. 2 credits. Applications include introductory Scientific and technological devel- problems in material balances, elec- opments and their implications EAS 112 Methods of Engineering tric circuits, fluid mechanics, statics, for the future of society. Prospects Analysis thermodynamics and heat transfer. and problems in communications, Prerequisite: a laboratory science Emphasis is on developing an energy sources, automation, trans- course. Corequisite: M 117. Stu- engineering approach to problem- portation, and other technologies. dents are introduced to typical solving. 3 credits. Use and control of technological problems encountered in various resources for public benefit. branches of engineering using a 3 credits. case-study approach. They gain 220
EAS 213 Materials in well as hands-on experience on fitting and correlation, probability Engineering Systems those devices as applied in various and model fitting, random vari- Prerequisites: CH 115, EAS 112. engineering disciplines. Applica- ables, statistical inferences, one-way Corequisite: EAS 211. Proper- tions include sensors, transformers, analysis of variance, prediction and ties, behavior, and application of motors, and transmission lines. tolerance intervals, and control materials (solid, liquid, and gas) 3 credits. charts. 3 credits. are studied and demonstrated, with emphasis on selection and use in EAS 232 Project Management EAS 415 Professional engineering systems. Topics include and Engineering Economics Engineering Seminar mechanical, electrical, magnetic, Prerequisites: EAS 109 or knowl- Prerequisite: senior standing. thermal, optical, rheological, and edge of the fundamentals of project Discussion of topics on professional chemical properties and behavior. management and familiarity with engineering and ethical matters 3 credits. the basic concepts of probability pertaining to the practice of engi- and statistics. An introduction to neering. This course is intended for EAS 222 Fundamentals of economic analysis with emphasis non-civil engineering majors. Civil Mechanics and Materials on those concepts directly related engineering majors take CE 407. Prerequisites: EAS 211, EAS 213. to project management. Topics 1 credit. Corequisite: M 203. Behavior of include analysis of alternatives, mechanical and structural systems project initiation, depreciation EAS 450–459 Special Topics under load. Topics include effects and taxation, cost estimates, risk Special topics of selected or current and distribution of forces on rigid and uncertainty, project planning, interest in the study of engineering bodies at rest; kinematics and kinet- execution, and control. 3 credits. and applied science. 3 credits. ics of particles; force systems; shear and moment diagrams; force-stress- EAS 300 Global Solutions for EAS 599 Independent Study strain-deformation relationships, Sustainability Prerequisites: consent of instructor including torsion and combined Prerequisites: M 109, M 127, or and department chair. Opportuni- loading; buckling and stability anal- a higher-level mathematics course, ty for the student to explore an area ysis; stress/strain transformation; a laboratory science course, and of interest under the direction of a Mohr’s circle. 3 credits. one social interaction course from faculty member. 1-3 credits. University Core Competency 5.1. EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems Review and examination of engi- Prerequisites: E 105, EAS 211, neered systems and their effects ECONOMICS EAS 213. Corequisite: M 203. An on the global environment; use expansive study of thermal and of global resources for sustainable EC 133 Principles of Economics I fluids principles and applications living, design protocols for sustain- Foundations of economic analy- including laws of thermodynamics, able engineered systems, design sis, including economic progress, basic power cycles, conservation and build for the environment; life resources, technology, private enter- laws, internal and external flows, cycle economics; multidisciplinary prise, profits, and the price system. and convective heat transfer. approach, team-based with hands- Macroeconomics including national 3 credits. on projects, expert guest speakers. income, employment, and eco- 3 credits. nomic growth. Price levels, money EAS 230 Fundamentals and and banking, the Federal Reserve Applications of Analog Devices EAS 345 Applied Engineering System, theory of income, employ- Prerequisite: EAS 211 or consent Statistics ment and prices, business cycles of instructor. Corequisite: PH 205. Prerequisites: M 118 and CS 107 and problems of monetary, fiscal, Fundamental principles of analog or equivalent. Topics include basic and stabilization policy. 3 credits. electrical devices as applied to a terminology, data presentation, variety of engineering systems, as descriptive statistics, curve-surface Courses 221
EC 134 Principles of Economics II ing to strategic decision-making in EC 342 International Economics Microeconomics including markets business. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and market structure and the allo- and junior standing. The role, cation of resources. The distribu- EC 313 Behavioral Economics importance, and currents of inter- tion of income, the public econo- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. national commerce; the balance my, the international economy, and The course focuses on judgment, of international payments; foreign selected economic problems. the cognitive aspects of decision- exchange and international finance; 3 credits. making, and their relevance in international trade theory; problems economics. The emphasis is on of payments adjustment; trade EC 200 Global Economy the merging of psychology and restrictions; economic development Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. economics in understanding how and foreign aid. 3 credits. This survey provides an under- managers make decisions and standing of the linkages between how decision-making might be EC 370 Environmental & the American economy and the improved. 3 credits. Natural Resources Economics rest of the world in a period of Prerequisites: EC 134, M increased globalization. Particular EC 314 Public Finance and 117. Develops the conventional emphasis is placed on understand- Budgeting neoclassical economics frame- ing the various policies of interna- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and work underscoring the analysis tional trade and finance and their junior standing. A general survey of of institutional, economic, legal, relationship to business. 3 credits. government finance at the federal, social, and policy issues related to state, and local levels, including natural resources and the environ- EC 240 Research Methods in government expenditures, principles ment. Analyzes the evolution and Sustainability. of taxation, public borrowing, debt development as well as key issues Prerequisite: M 228. The founda- management, and fiscal policy for in the field of natural resource and tions of quantitative and qualitative economic stabilization. 3 credits. environmental policy. Examination decision-making related to general of domestic and global resource and special considerations in sus- EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis issues and policy. Specific policy tainability. Classical inferential Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, issues addressed include water statistics, multivariate regression, and junior standing. Study of com- resources, air pollution, waste man- and introduction to contingent modity and factor pricing, theory agement, energy, the regulatory survey methods. Hypothesis testing of production, cost theory, market arena, and climate change. and probabilistic thinking. Survey structures under perfect and imper- 3 credits. and analysis of existing databases fect market conditions. 3 credits. and sources of data applicable to EC 380 Sustainable Development the issues of sustainability. Present EC 341 Macroeconomic Analysis Prerequisite: EC 134. An intro- techniques for the effective collec- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and duction to current topics and tion and presentation of numeri- junior standing. An investigation of debates in sustainable develop- cal qualitative information using the makeup of the national income ment. Examines the impact of eco- advanced statistical analysis soft- and an analysis of the factors that nomic development upon natural ware. 3 credits. enter into its determination. The resources and biodiversity. Meth- roles of consumption, investment, ods for assembling and appraising EC 310 Game Theory government finance, and money empirical evidence and estimat- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. influencing national income and ing costs and benefits of reduc- This course gives students an output, employment, the price level ing carbon emissions. Examines understanding of the relevance of and rate of growth, and policies for concerns over development and game theory to strategy. The course economic stability and growth. issues such as hunger, food sup- emphasizes applications of gam- 3 credits. plies, human rights, life expectancy, and poverty. Government policies 222 in developing countries and their EDUCATION be used as a psychology elective. implications for sustainable devel- 3 credits. opment. 3 credits. ED 350 Introduction to Education and Field Study ED 509 Adolescent Development EC 425 Decision Making Prerequisite: junior or senior A study of the physical, cognitive, Economics and Uncertainty standing. This course introduces and social development of ado- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and students to the field of education lescents, with special emphasis on QA 216. An examination of how and includes a field component. major theories and research meth- risk and uncertainty shape deci- Students focus on the Connecticut ods. Cannot be used as a psychol- sion-making. The course exposes Teaching Competencies and are ogy elective. 3 credits. students to modern analytic tools, given a broad overview of school- such as Monte Carlo simulation, related issues, including classroom that can be used to incorporate management skills. 3 credits. ELECTRICAL risk in business strategy and public ENGINEERING policy. 3 credits. ED 450–459 Special Topics Special topics of selected or current EE 155 Digital Systems I EC 440 Economic Development interest in the study of education. Fundamental concepts of digital Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, 3 credits. systems. Binary numbers, Boolean and junior standing. Economic algebra, combinational logic design problems of developing coun- ED 503 Human Growth and using gates, map minimization tries and the policies necessary to Development techniques. Use of modular MSI induce growth. Individual projects A study of the major aspects of components such as adders and required. 3 credits. human development from concep- multiplexers. Analysis and design tion through adolescence, present- of simple synchronous sequential EC 450–459 Special Topics ing the important theories and circuits, including flip-flops, shift Prerequisites: EC 133, and EC 134. research methods of the field and registers, and counters. Introduc- Coverage of new and emerging top- tracing the physical, cognitive, psy- tion to VHDL. 3 credits. ics and appreciation in economics. chological, and social development 3 credits. of each chronological division. 3 EE 201 Introduction to Electrical credits. Circuits EC 598 Internship Corequisites: M 118, PH 205. Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, ED 504 Educational Psychology Energy effects and ideal circuit ele- and junior standing. On-the-job Content emphasizes the applica- ments, independent and dependent learning in selected organizations in tion of psychological principles and sources; Ohm’s Law and Kirch- areas related to the student’s major. research results to the teaching- hoff’s Laws; resistive networks; 3 credits. learning process. Includes learning node and mesh analysis; Thevenin principles, development, planning and Norton Theorems, maximum EC 599 Independent Study instruction, evaluating student per- power transfer, analysis of first- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, formance, classroom management, order networks; introduction of and junior standing. Independent and motivation. Cannot be used as sinusoidal steady state, phasors, research projects or other approved a psychology elective. 3 credits. impedance, and admittance. DC forms of independent study. 3 and transient analysis using SPICE. credits. ED 508 Child Development 3 credits. A study of the physical, cognitive, and social development of children, EE 202 Network Analysis with special emphasis on major the- Prerequisites: EE 201, M 118. ories and research methods. Cannot Continuation of EE 201. Analysis and design of networks in sinu- Courses 223 soidal steady state. Use of phasors tion, sinusoidal frequency analysis, Norton theorems, capacitance and and phasor diagrams, voltage and resonant circuits, simple filter net- inductance measurements, transient current gain, resonance, watts, works, Laplace transform and its behavior of RLC circuits, opera- VARS, power factor. Average and application to circuit analysis. tional amplifiers and applications. RMS values. Maximum power 3 credits. PSPICE and LabView© are intro- transfer. Mutual inductance, ideal duced; written and oral reports are transformers, Fourier series, use of EE 247 Electronics I required. Laboratory fee; 2 credits. SPICE in steady state analysis and Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. design. 3 credits. Signals and their frequency spec- EE 302 Systems Analysis Signals trum, amplifiers, circuit models and Systems EE 212 Principles of Electrical for amplifiers, frequency response. Prerequisites: EE 201 or EAS 230 Engineering Operational amplifiers, ideal op- and Corequisite M 204. Continu- Prerequisite: EE 201. This course amps, inverting and noninverting ous-time and discrete-time signal includes several laboratory exercises configurations, op-amp circuits. and system properties; linear dif- related to topics covered in EE 201 Basic semiconductor concepts, drift ference equations; the convolution as well as new topics. The course currents, the p-n junctions, analysis integral and convolution sum; the is equally divided between lectures of diode circuits, Zener diodes. Laplace transform; the Z transform; and laboratory. Digital logic sys- BJT transistors, physical structure the Fourier transform of continu- tems. The binary number system, and modes of operation, biasing ous-time signals. 3 credits. binary arithmetic, decimal to binary techniques, the BJT as an amplifier, conversion, binary codes, hexadeci- biasing the BJT for discrete circuit EE 306 Electronic Materials and mal codes. Boolean algebra, AND, design, analysis of the transistor as Devices OR, NAND, NOR and XOR a switch. Field-effect transistors, Prerequisite: EE 247. Semiconduc- gates. Combinational logic design. structure and physical operation tor materials including doping, Multiplexer, rom, decoders, and of MOSFETs, voltage-current conduction, diffusion, p-n junction read and write memory. Digital sys- characteristics of various FETs. effects. Hall effect and quantum tems. Sequential logic, latches and FET circuits at DC, the FET as an theory. Diode current-voltage rela- flip-flops, digital counters, registers, amplifier. 3 credits. tion, diode capacitance and break- sequential logic design. This course down; FET and BJT operation. is intended for non-electrical engi- EE 256 Digital Systems Magnetic properties of matter. neering majors. 3 credits. Laboratory 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 155. Covers digital EE 235 Analog Circuits systems test instruments. Experi- EE 320 Random Signal Analysis Prerequisite: EAS 230 or EE ments in combinational and intro- Prerequisite: EE 302. The elements 201. In-depth analysis techniques ductory sequential circuits. Software of probability theory. Continu- applied to resistive circuits includ- tools, simulators. Schematic capture ous and discrete random variables. ing a review of nodal and mesh and introduction to hardware Characteristic functions and central analysis, Thevenin and Norton description languages. Design of limit theorem. Stationary random theorems, linearity and superposi- simple digital circuits. Written and processes, auto correlation, cross tion, maximum power transfer, oral laboratory reports. 2 credits. correlation. Power density spectrum applications of operational ampli- of a stationary random process. Sys- fiers, PSPICE projects, first- and EE 257 Analog Circuits tems analysis with random signals. second-order networks, mutual Laboratory 3 credits. inductance and transformers, steady Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. state power analysis, effective and Laboratory exercises and projects EE 341 Numerical Methods in rms values, complex power, power in DC and AC circuits including Engineering factor, three-phase circuits, power Ohms law, Kirchhoffs laws, mesh Prerequisites: M 203 and a stan- relationships, power factor correc- and nodal analysis, Thevenin and dard programming language. Top- 224 ics include solutions of algebraic op-amps, D/A and A/D converter EE 371 Computer Engineering and transcendental equations by circuits. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CS 110, EE 155. iterative methods; system of linear Introduction to the organization of equations (matrix inversion, etc.); EE 349 Electronics Design digital computers. Stored program interpolation, numerical differentia- Laboratory concept, instruction processing, tion and integration; solution of Prerequisites: EE 257, EE 348 (may memory organization, instruction ordinary differential equations. Sci- be taken concurrently). Labora- formats, addressing modes, instruc- entific and engineering applications. tory exercises and design projects tion sets, assembler and machine 3 credits. intended to give students practical language programming. Input/out- experience in analog electronics. put programming, direct memory (This course is cross-listed with M Experiments include operational access. Bus structures and control 338 Numerical Analysis.) amplifiers, diodes, BJTs, FETs, signals. Course includes laboratory. single and multistage amplifier 3 credits. EE 344 Electrical Machines design as well as open-ended design Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. projects. PSPICE and LabView© EE 398 Internship Magnetic fields and magnetic cir- are used; written and oral reports Prerequisite: junior standing. A cuits, forces and torques. Theory, are required. 2 credits. partnership consisting of the stu- characteristics, operation, testing, dent, faculty, and employers/orga- equivalent circuits, design concepts, EE 355 Control Systems nizations providing exposure to and and applications of direct current Prerequisite: EE 302. The model- participation in a working engineer- and alternating current machines ing of linear and nonlinear physical ing environment. An internship including transformers, synchro- systems with discrete and continu- translates classroom knowledge to nous and induction machinery. ous state space equations. Solutions a professional work environment, Design of main dimensions of to the discrete and continuous and the student works and learns transformer cores, rotors and stators linear state equation; state transi- with practicing engineers while and armature windings. 3 credits. tion matrices; phase variable forms. gaining professional experience. A Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Jor- minimum of 300 hours perform- EE 348 Electronics II dan canonical form. Controllability ing related engineering duties is Prerequisite: EE 247. Review of and observability of discrete and required. No credit. FETs. Biasing the FET in discrete continuous systems. Relationships circuits, biasing configurations of among controllability, observability, EE 410 Networking I single stage IC MOS amplifiers, and transfer functions. The stability Prerequisite: junior standing or FET analog switches. Differential of discrete and continuous linear consent of instructor. Reference and multistage amplifiers, the BJT systems, Liapunov, root locus, models TCP/IP and OSI, transmis- differential pair, biasing in BJT Nyquist, feedback; PID control; sion media, data link layer issues, integrated circuits, actively loaded lead-lag control. 3 credits. the medium access control sublayer, differential pair, MOS differential networking devices and topologies, amplifiers and multistage amplifiers. EE 356 Digital Systems II LANs, WANs, lab experiments. Frequency response of amplifiers, Prerequisite: EE 155 or equivalent. 3 credits. s domain analysis, poles and zeros, Course focuses on sequential logic Bode plots, Miller effect, frequency design. Both synchronous and asyn- EE 437 Industrial Electrical response of differential amplifiers, chronous techniques are covered, Power Systems Engineering study of various wide-band ampli- with an emphasis on controller- Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 247. fiers. Output stages and power based modular design. Design with Changing power systems landscape, amplifiers, Class A, B, and AB a hardware description language. electric energy sources including stages, IC power amplifiers. Analog Advanced topics will be covered as renewable and various distributed integrated circuits, complete analy- time permits. Course includes labo- generation (DG), environmen- sis of 741 op-amp circuits, CMOS ratory. 3 credits. tal consequences of the electrical Courses 225 energy, AC transmission lines and EE 440 Power Electronics major technologies: resistor-transis- cables, power flow in transmission Prerequisite: EE 302, EE 247. tor logic (RTL), transistor-transistor networks, loadability of transmis- Switch-mode power electronics, logic (TTL), and emitter-coupled sion lines, transformers, High switch-mode DC power supplies, logic (ECL). Related integrated Voltage DC (HVDC) transmission switch-mode converters for DC and circuit analysis including internal lines, power electronics devices and AC motor drives, wind/photovolta- variables and I-O characteristics. their applications, power quality ic inverters, interfacing power elec- 3 credits. and power factor, synchronous tronics equipment with utility sys- generators, voltage regulation and tem, power semiconductor devices, EE 447 Electric Drives stability, peak load issues, ways to magnetic design, electro-magnetic Prerequisite: EE 302, EE247. prevent voltage collapses, dynamic interference (EMI). 3 credits AC/DC electric-machine drives for stability, automatic generation speed/position control, integrated control (AGC). To reinforce the EE 441 Power Electronics discussion of electric machines, concepts, the course will utilize a Laboratory power electronics, and control sys- number of tools such as PSCAD, Corequisite: EE 440. Laboratory tems. Applications in electric trans- POWER WORLD, EMTDC, to accompany EE 440. PSpice/ portation, robotics, process control, MATLAB. 3 credits. Simulink-based simulations of and energy conservation, computer converters, topologies, and control simulations. 3 credits. EE 438 Electric Power in switch-mode dc power supplies, Transmission motor drives for motion control, EE 448 Electric Drives Prerequisite: EE 437. Power system and inverters for interfacing renew- Laboratory modeling for fault analysis using able energy sources to utility grid. Corequisite: EE 441. To reinforce sequence networks, bus impedance 1 credit. various concepts from Electric matrix formulation, rake equivalent Drives course (EE 441) through method, fault analysis by computer EE 445 Communications hands-on experiments. The methods, transmission line ABCD Systems Electric Drives laboratory is built parameters and distributed parame- Prerequisite: EE 320. The analysis around DSP-based electric-drives ter analysis, design and performance and design of communications sys- systems. 1 credit. using computers, load flow analysis, tems. Signal analysis, transmission Gauss-Siedel method, Newton- of signals, power density spectra, EE 450 Analog Filter Design Raphson method, economic load amplitude, frequency and pulse Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. sharing, stability design and analysis modulation; pulse code modula- Techniques in the analysis and using computers and FORTRAN tion; digital signal transmission. design of analog filters. First order programs. 3 credits. Performance of communications and second order. Design of But- systems and signal to noise ratio. terworth, Chebyshev, Bessel-Thom- EE 439 Electric Power 3 credits. son, and Cauer lowpass. Lowpass to Distribution band-pass, bandstop and highpass Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437. EE 446 Digital Electronic filter transformations, design, and Structure of electric power distri- Circuits sensitivity analysis. 3 credits. bution, distribution transformers, Prerequisite: EE 247. Analysis subtransmission lines, substations, and design of digital circuit classes EE 452 Digital Filter Design bus schemes, primary and second- (comparators and logical gates) by Prerequisite: EE 302. Techniques ary systems, radial and loop feeder application of Ebers-Moll transis- in the analysis and design of digital designs, voltage drop and regula- tor model (saturation/active/cutoff filters. Digital filters terminology tion, capacitors, power factor cor- regions). Comparators treated and frequency response. FIR filter rection and voltage regulation, pro- as overdriven differential/opera- design. IIR digital filter design tection, buses, automatic reclosures tional amplifiers, including bistable including Butterworth, Cauer, and coordination. 3 credits. Schmitt trigger. Gates treated for and Chebyshev lowpass, highpass, 226 bandpass, and bandstop filters. The by the student or the faculty or via tal field laws including Coulomb’s DFT and IDFT. FFT algorithms. industrial contacts. Each student Law, Gauss’s Law, BiotSavart’s 3 credits. carries out a literature search in an Law, and Ampere’s Law. Max- area of interest, prepares a writ- well’s equations, scalar and vector EE 455 Control System Design ten proposal with a plan of action, potentials, Laplace’s equation, and Prerequisite: EE 355, working obtains approval by the faculty boundary conditions. Magnetiza- knowledge of Matlab and Simu- project adviser, and makes an oral tion, polarization. 3 credits. link, or consent of the instructor. presentation of the project proposal. This course introduces the student 2 credits. EE 462 Electromagnetic Waves to techniques for the design and Prerequisite: EE 461. Electromag- implementation of automatic EE 458 Senior Design Laboratory netic wave propagation and reflec- control systems. Practical applica- Prerequisite: EE 457. A continua- tion in various structures, including tions of the methods studied in this tion of EE 457, this course provides coaxial, two-wire, and waveguide course include a space shuttle, water the student with experience at a systems. Transmission lines. Vari- tank, a space station, blood pressure professional level with engineer- ous modes of propagation in rect- control, airplane lateral dynamics, ing projects that involve analysis, angular waveguides. The dipole robot-controlled motorcycle, auto- design, construction of prototypes, antenna. Linear antenna arrays. mobile velocity control, six-legged and evaluation of results. 3 credits. amber, hot ingot robot control, Design laboratory activities include milling machine control, diesel elec- the following: EE 472 Computer Architecture tric locomotive, digital audiotape Prerequisite: EE 356. Introduction speed control, and fly-by-wire con- Communications/Signal Process to theory of computing, processor Laboratory. trol. 3 credits. design, control unit design, micro- (Prerequisites: EE 445 or EE 450 programming, memory organiza- or EE 452, EE 457.) EE 456 Hardware Description tion, and survey of parallel proces- Language Control Systems Laboratory. sors. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 356. General struc- (Pre-requisites: EE 355, EE 457.) ture of VHSIC Hardware Descrip- Digital Design Laboratory. (Prereq- EE 475 Embedded Systems, tion Language (VHDL) code; uisites: EE 356, EE 371, EE 457. Interfaces, and Buses entities and architecture in VHDL; Corequisite: EE 472 or EE 475.) Prerequisite: EE 371. Senior stand- signals, variables, data types; con- Fiber Optics/Microwave ing, CS 212 and EE 256. Micro- current signal assignment state- Laboratory. processors and perpheral devices. ments; if, case and loop statements; (Prerequisite: EE 462 or EE 480, Hardware and software aspects components; package; functions EE 457.) of interfacing. Microprocessor- and procedures; slices; attributes; Machines/Power Systems based system design. Introduction generate statement; blocks; projects Laboratory. to advanced topics such as data on design of combinational and (Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437, communication, memory manage- sequential circuits using VHDL. EE 457.) ment, and multiprocessing, as time 3 credits. permits. The course is structured A final report is required both in around laboratory exercises. Design EE 457 Design Preparation writing and as an oral presentation. of system-on-chip embedded sys- Prerequisites: EE 349 and the con- 3 credits. tems using reconfigured devices; sent of the instructor. This course EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory embedded programming principle provides the student time and Prerequisites: M 203, PH 205. for real-time execution; explor- guidance in selecting a topic for Basic electromagnetic theory ing the use of Linux in embedded the senior design course (EE 458), including static fields of electric systems; interfacing custom HDL which follows this one. Suitable charges and magnetic fields of designs with software; multi-core design projects may be suggested steady electric currents. Fundamen- Courses 227 programming and interaction (if in dealing with them. Through EN 370 Ecology of time permits). 3 credit hours a combination of lectures, case Sustainability. EE 480 Fiber Optic histories, in-class discussions, and Prerequisite: BI 320. This course Communications observation of the environmental focuses on the ecological under- Prerequisite: EE 461. The funda- decision-making process at work, pinnings of the sustainable use of mentals of lightwave technology, the student gains an understanding the earth’s ecosystems and biotic optical fibers, LEDs and lasers, of the complex nature of environ- resources (such as fisheries, timber signal degradation in optical fibers. mental problems and of the choices harvesting, agricultural systems), Photodetectors, power launch- that must be made in solving them. and the ecological understanding ing and coupling, connectors and May be taken concurrently with needed to make ecological systems splicing techniques. Transmission EN 102 Environmental Science sustainable. These topics are con- link analysis. This course includes Laboratory for laboratory science sidered within the framework of selected laboratory experiments. credit. Environmental Science historical changes to ecosystems and 3 credits. majors and minors must take EN the biosphere, their current status 102 concurrently. 3 credits. and how the science of ecology is EE 500 Special Topics in being used in efforts to make eco- Electrical Engineering EN 102 Environmental Science logical systems sustainable. Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. Laboratory 3 credits. Special topics in the field of electri- Corequisite: EN 101. A laboratory cal engineering. 3 credits. to accompany EN 101 Introduc- EN 500 Environmental tion to Environmental Science. Geoscience with Laboratory EE 599 Independent Study Laboratory and field methods of Prerequisite: M 115 or consent of Prerequisites: consent of faculty identifying, characterizing, and instructor. Study of geological sys- supervisor and approval of depart- dealing with environmental con- tems important in understanding ment chair. (Refer to academic cepts and problems such as water the causes of and solutions to envi- regulations for independent study.) quality, waste disposal, ecosystem ronmental problems. Includes basic Independent study provides the structure and change, population geological principles, examination opportunity to explore an area of growth, pesticides, and food pro- of natural hazards, their causes and special interest under faculty super- duction. Some field work required. mitigation, and mineral, energy, vision. May be repeated. 3 credits. Portions of some laboratory sessions and water resources. Laboratories are devoted to discussion. 1 credit. include practical exercises, data col- lection, problem solving, and case ENVIRONMENTAL EN 320 Introduction to histories. Some weekend field trips SCIENCE Environmental Geology may be required. Laboratory fee; 4 Prerequisites: EN 101 and intro- credits. EN 101 Introduction to ductory chemistry or physics. An Environmental Science introduction to geology-related EN 502 Environmental Effects of Today’s environmental problems environmental problems and the Pollutants have scientific, social, and politi- applications of geology to environ- Prerequisites: BI 320, EN 500. The cal aspects. This course, which is mental problem-solving. Topics demonstrated and suspected effects required for majors and is suit- include an introduction to basic of air, water, and other pollutants able for non-majors, focuses on physical geology, natural hazards on natural systems and on human the scientific aspects but does not (causes and remediation), energy welfare. Methods of studying ignore the other two. The student and mineral resources, waste dispos- effects. Some weekend field trips, is introduced to the geology, biol- al, and the applications of geology or acceptable alternative, required. ogy, physics, and chemistry behind to land use planning. 3 credits. 3 credits. the problems and to the social and political difficulties inherent 228
EN 521 Hydrology physics, morphology, and mineral- EN 541 Geographical Prerequisite: any one of the fol- ogy of soils and their genesis and Information System Techniques lowing: a college-level course in classification. Soil properties will be and Applications I physics, geology, hydraulics, or related to their role in environmen- Prerequisites: working knowledge of limnology or consent of instructor. tal problem-solving and decision- PC-based computing and consent Lectures cover basic hydrologic the- making. 3 credits. of instructor/program coordina- ory including nature and chemical tor. First of a two-course sequence behavior of water, precipitation and EN 533 Special Topics in Field on GIS technology and applica- evapotranspiration, interception, Geology tions. Laboratory exercises using surface water, ground water, water Prerequisites: EN 500/600 or a pre- both raster- and vector-based GIS supply and treatment, and water vious college-level course in geol- systems. Hardware and software law. Other topics may include irri- ogy; other prerequisite(s) dependent components of GIS; data acquisi- gation, flood control karst hydrol- on specific course topic. Selected tion, input, and manipulation; car- ogy, and water chemistry. Required field studies and trips of special tographic output; report generation. labs cover field measurement, sam- interest. Credit varies depending Laboratory fee; 3 credits. pling, and problem-solving tech- on the length of the trip or inves- niques. Some weekend fieldwork tigation. May be taken more than EN 542 Geographical required. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. once. 1–4 credits. Information System Techniques and Applications II EN 525 Geomorphology EN 534 Environmental Prerequisite: EN 541 or consent of Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- Education Instructor Clinic instructor. Second of a two-course vious college-level course in physical Prerequisite: any one of the fol- sequence on GIS technology and geology or geography or consent of lowing: a college-level course in applications. Laboratory exercises instructor. Study of landforms and geology, biology, ecology, or sci- using both raster- and vector-based the processes that produce them, ence education or permission of GIS systems. Advanced GIS including the operation of erosional the instructor. A course about techniques; spatial analysis and and depositional processes in a teaching environmental education modeling for a variety of applica- variety of geologic settings (fluvial, and natural history topics that will tions (e.g., environmental science, coastal, glacial, periglacial, karst, be conducted in the field. Students business, planning); development of and arid). Also covers relationship will receive intensive field train- GIS systems. Laboratory fee; of landforms and processes to the ing in natural history and a variety 3 credits. solution of environmental prob- of techniques. Laboratory fee; 3 lems. Lectures cover processes and credits. EN 543 Application of GIS in Environmental Science laboratories focus on landform rec- Prerequisite: EN 642 or consent of ognition and geomorphic process EN 540 Introduction to instructor. Application of advanced interpretation using maps and aerial Geographical Information Systems GIS techniques to environmental photographs. Two required field Survey of GIS technology, research, assessment and management con- trips (one 2-day and one 2 1/2-day) and applications in natural resource structed around a real-world project with shared transportation and management, environmental assess- from a government agency or non- costs. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. ment, urban planning, business, profit organization. Students collab- orate to design and implement the EN 527 Soil Science marketing and real estate, law complete GIS application, includ- Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- enforcement, public administra- ing definition of project goals, vious college-level course in physical tion, and emergency preparedness. special project needs, and steps geology/geography or consent of Includes critical evaluation, case necessary for successful completion. instructor. Properties, occurrence, studies, and computer demonstra- Laboratory fee; 3 credits. and management of soil as a natural tions. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. resource. Covers the chemistry, Courses 229
EN 590 Special Topics in FINANCE on the analytic techniques of secu- Environmental Science rity analysis, portfolio analysis, and Prerequisites depend on the specific FI 213 Business Finance portfolio selection. 3 credits. course content. Essentially, the Prerequisites: A 101, EC 133, course is a study of selected field QA 216. An introduction to the FI 341 Financial Decision studies, projects, and/or occasional principles of financial management Making trips of special interest. 1–4 credits. and the impact of financial markets Prerequisite: FI 330. An examina- and institutions on that managerial tion of the conceptual foundations EN 598 Internship function. An analytic emphasis is underlying portfolio theory, capital Prerequisite: consent of adviser. An placed on the tools and techniques market theory, and firm financial opportunity for fieldwork experi- of the investment, financing, and decision-making. Emphasis is ence under the supervision of a dividend decision. In addition, the placed on an integrated analysis faculty adviser. 3 credits. institutional aspects of financial of firm financial decision-making markets, including a description under varying conditions of certain- EN 599 Independent Study of financial instruments, are devel- ty and capital market perfections. Prerequisites: environmental science oped. 3 credits. 3 credits. major, consent of the department. Weekly conferences with adviser. FI 314 Principles of Real Estate FI 345 Financial Institutions and Three hours of work per week Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- Markets required per credit. Opportunity tion to the fundamentals of real Prerequisite: FI 213 (may be for the student, under the direction estate practice and the essentials taken concurrently). An examina- of a faculty member, to explore an of real estate business. Emphasis tion of the relationship between area of personal interest. A written is placed on brokerage, mortgage the financial system and the level, report of the work carried out is financing, investments, manage- growth, and stability of economic required. 1–3 credits per semester ment, and valuation relative to activity. Emphasis is placed on the up to 6 credits. commercial and industrial real theory, structure, and regulation of estate. 3 credits. financial markets and institutions, coupled with the role of capital FRESHMAN FI 327 Risk and Insurance market yields as the mechanism EXPERIENCE Prerequisite: FI 213. An exami- that allocates savings to economic nation and evaluation of risk in investment. 3 credits. FE 001 Freshman Experience business affairs and the appropriate Seminar methods for handling it from the FI 371 Structuring and Financing a New Business This course is required during the viewpoint of the business firm. Prerequisite: FI 213. This course first semester of study for first-time, Emphasis is placed on, and extend- covers the financing requirements full-time freshman day students. ed consideration devoted to, the for a new business start-up. Stu- The goal of this team-taught semi- various forms of insurance coverage. dents learn the process of evaluating nar is to give students the tools to 3 credits. help them understand and succeed a venture and structuring the deal for raising money to finance the in a competitive environment by FI 330 Investment Analysis and addressing topics such as academic Management business. 3 credits. standards, diversity, time and stress Prerequisite: FI 213. An analysis of management, college life vs. high the determinants of valuation for FI 425 International Finance school, university relationships, common stocks, preferred stocks, Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- responsible human sexuality, explo- bonds, convertible bonds and pre- tion to the theory and determina- ration of self, alcohol and substance ferred stock, stock warrants, and tion of foreign exchange rates, abuse, and experiential learning. puts and calls. Emphasis is placed mechanisms of adjustment to bal- 1 credit. ance-of-payments disturbance, fixed 230 vs. flexible exchange rates. The FI 599 Independent Study ognition, identification, individu- international reserve supply mecha- Prerequisite: FI 213. The student alization, and evaluation of physi- nism and proposals for reform of undertakes independent research in cal evidence such as hairs, fibers, the international monetary system. finance under the supervision of an chemicals, narcotics, blood, semen, 3 credits. instructor. The topic and meetings glass, soil, fingerprints, documents, are coordinated with the instructor. firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. FI 429 Corporate Financial Research findings are presented in a Management formal paper. 3 credits. FOR 227 Fingerprints with Prerequisite: FI 213. A compre- Laboratory hensive analysis of the structure of Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR optimal decisions relative to the FORENSIC SCIENCE 216. The genetic and mathemati- functional areas of corporate finan- cal theory relating to fingerprints, cial decision-making. Emphasis is FOR 200 Professional Practices chemical and physical methods placed on developing an under- in Forensic Science used in developing latent finger- standing of the applications and This course is a series of lectures prints, and major systems of finger- limitations of decision models for exposing the student to an overview print classification. Laboratory fee; the investment, financing, and divi- of the scientific disciplines and a 3 credits. dend decisions of the corporation. discussion of the basic analytical Topics include firm valuation, capi- laboratory and problem-solving FOR 300 Forensic Microscopy tal budgeting, risk analysis, cost of skills necessary in forensic science. The theory and techniques of capital, capital structure, and work- 1 credit. optical microscopy required to ing capital management. 3 credits. use the microscope for evidence FOR 204 Forensic Photography detection, analysis, and evaluation. FI 450–459 Special Topics in with Laboratory Microscopical methods of analysis Finance Introduction to basic techniques, and polarized light microscopy are Prerequisites: FI 213, junior-level material, and other aspects of crime covered in lecture and laboratory. standing unless otherwise specified scene photographs. Theory and Laboratory fee; 3 credits. in course schedule description, and practice of photographic image consent of instructor or finance formation and recordings. Labora- FOR 303 Forensic Science coordinator. In-depth coverage of a tory exercises with emphasis on Laboratory for Non-Majors selected topic in finance. 3 credits. homicide, sex offenses, arson, and Prerequisite: FOR 215. Specific accident photograph techniques. examination of topics and labora- FI 597 Practicum Laboratory fee; 3 credits. tory testing procedures introduced Prerequisite: FI 213. A course of in FOR 215. In the classroom, lab- study designed especially for the FOR 215 Introduction to oratory procedures are outlined and supervised practical application of Forensic Science discussed. Identification and indi- previously studied theory in a group No working knowledge of science vidualization of evidence, casting setting. Done under the supervision is required. Topics include the rec- of hairs and fibers for microscopic of a faculty sponsor and coordi- ognition, identification, individu- identification, electrophoretic sepa- nated with a business organization. alization, and evaluation of physi- ration of blood enzymes. Labora- 3 credits. cal evidence such as hairs, fibers, tory fee; 3 credits. chemicals, narcotics, blood, semen, FI 598 Internship glass, soil, fingerprints, documents, FOR 403 Forensic Biology with Prerequisite: FI 213. On-the-job firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. Laboratory learning in selected organizations in Corequisite: BI 306 and consent areas related to the student’s major. FOR 216 Introduction to of the forensic science faculty. 3 credits. Forensic Science for Majors In-depth examination of blood A working knowledge of science is grouping procedures for red cells required. Topics include the rec- antigens, isoenzymes, and serum Courses 231 proteins; identification and typing forensic science setting and reports FR 450–459 Special Topics of body fluids and their stains; col- the findings. 3 credits. Selected topics of special or current lection, processing, and handling interest in the study of French. of biological materials in casework. FOR 502 Forensic Science 3 credits. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Internship Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. FR 599 Independent Study FOR 404 Criminalistics with Provides academically supervised, Prerequisite: Consent of faculty Laboratory real-world experience for forensic member and department chair. Prerequisite: consent of the forensic science majors. The internship usu- Opportunity for the student, under science faculty. In-depth examina- ally constitutes the only practical the direction of a faculty member, tion of several subjects in modern experience in an actual casework lab to explore an area of interest. This criminalistics, including hair and that students have during the foren- course must be initiated by the stu- fiber analysis and comparison, arson sic science program, and it provides dent. 3 credits. accelerants and explosive residues, a valuable asset to the student in glass comparisons, and forensic the job market. 3 credits. chemistry. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. FIRE SCIENCE FOR 599 Independent Study FOR 415 Crime Scene Prerequisite: consent of depart- FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Investigation ment chair. An opportunity for Technology Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR the student, under the direction of Introduction to fire science. Review 216. A study of the methods and a faculty member, to explore and of the role, history, and philosophy techniques of scientific crime scene acquire competence in a special area of fire protection in the United investigation, documentation and of interest. 1–3 credits. States. Particular emphasis placed recognition of physical evidence, on identifying fire hazards and find- collection, and crime scene recon- ing appropriate methods of pro- struction. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. FRENCH tecting life and property from fire. Includes career orientation and dis- FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic FR 101–102 Elementary French cussion of current and future prob- Science I and II lems in fire protection. 3 credits. Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR Stresses pronunciation, aural and 216. An examination and evalua- reading comprehension, basic FS 106 Emergency Scene tion of current issues in the scien- conversation, and the fundamental Operations tific analysis of physical evidence in principles of grammar. 3 credits The responsibilities and operating criminal investigations. Individual each term. modes of officers commanding fire and group activities relating to department units, including engine, professional practices of forensic FR 201–202 Intermediate French ladder, and rescue companies. A science and the criminal justice sys- I and II basic study of the Incident Com- tem. 3 credits. Prerequisites: FR 101–102 or mand System and its application. equivalent. Stresses the reading Initial evaluation of the problems FOR 450–459 Special Topics comprehension of modern prose confronting first responding units. A study of selected issues of par- texts and a review of grammar nec- Outline of particular problems ticular interest to the students and essary for this reading. Students are encountered in various types of instructor. 3 credits. encouraged to do some reading in occupancies, buildings, and situa- their own areas of interest. 3 credits tions. Stress on safety of the operat- FOR 498 Research Project each term. ing forces as well as of the public. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- Standpipe and sprinkler system ment chair. The student carries out utilization. Overhauling operations. an original research project in a 3 credits. 232
FS 201 Essentials of Fire for the use of water in fire protec- conditions present during a fire. Chemistry and Physics with tion and to apply hydraulic prin- Emergency responder safety is a Laboratory ciples to analyze and to solve water key issue. Potential signs of collapse Prerequisite: CH 105/105 L or CH supply problems. 3 credits. are studied in depth. The codes 115/117 as required by a specific involved in building construction major. This course explains the the- FS 207 Fire Prevention and fire/life safety. 3 credits. ories and fundamentals of how and This course provides the fundamen- why fires start, spread and how they tal information regarding the his- FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous are controlled. The course includes tory and philosophy of fire preven- Materials an examination of the chemical tion, organization and operation of Prerequisite: FS 201. An in-depth requirements for combustion, the a fire prevention bureau, use of fire study of the chemical and physi- chemistry of fuels and explosive codes, identification and correction cal properties of a wide variety of mixtures, the various methods of of fire hazards, and the relationships hazardous materials to enable the stopping combustion and an analy- of fire prevention with built-in fire student to establish safety measures sis of the properties affecting fire protection systems, fire investiga- in a hazardous chemical environ- behavior. 4 credits. tion, and fire and life-safety educa- ment. Basic properties of hazardous tion. 3 credits. materials and appropriate handling FS 203 Risk Management and methods. Explanation of chemi- Insurance for Fire Science FS 208 Instructor Methodology cal reactions, toxicity, oxidation, Provides a working knowledge of A study of the methods and characteristics of explosives, plastics, the property and casualty insur- techniques of teaching fire safety resins, and fibers. 3 credits. ance industry with an emphasis on and security to public safety and property and liability coverages. industrial employees. The use and FS 303 Process and The basic fire insurance policy is development of visual aids. Actual Transportation Hazards studied in depth. Methods of rating teaching demonstrations and prac- Prerequisite: FS 201. A strong over- buildings to promulgate a property tice. 3 credits. view of the types and properties of insurance rate. Various methods hazardous materials as well as their of estimating the replacement cost FS 209 Occupational Safety and modes and methods of transporta- and actual cash value of buildings Health for the Fire Service tion, storage, and use. Types and are practiced. The concept of HPR This course introduces the basic hazards of various containers. In- (Highly Protected Risk) is studied. concepts of occupational health and depth study of identification and 3 credits. safety as it relates to emergency ser- control of emergencies involving vice organizations. Topics include hazardous materials. The various FS 204 Fire Investigation I risk identification, evaluation and marking systems used to aid in An analysis of fire investigations control procedures for emergency identification. 3 credits. from the viewpoint of the field organizations and accident investi- investigator. An in-depth study of gation procedures. Upon comple- FS 304 Fire Protection Systems determining the cause and origin of tion of this course, students should Prerequisite: FS 102. This course fires. Proper protection and collec- be able to establish and manage a provides theoretical information tion of evidence is covered. safety program in an emergency ser- and practical application in the 3 credits. vice organization. 3 credits. features of design and operation of fire alarm systems, water-based fire FS 205 Fire Protection FS 301 Building Construction suppression systems, and portable Hydraulics and Water Supply for Fire Protection fire extinguishers. 3 credits. Prerequisites: FS 102; M127 or Prerequisite: FS 102. An in-depth M109. This course provides a foun- study of building construction dation of theoretical knowledge in with a particular emphasis on how order to understand the principles each type of construction reacts to Courses 233
FS 307 Municipal Fire tection in industrial occupancies. FS 314 Fire Investigation II Administration 3 credits. Laboratory Prerequisites: FS 102, FS 207. Corequisite: FS 313. Experiments Delineates the fire safety problem; FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and practical experience in fire explores accepted administrative and Systems investigation with an emphasis on methods for getting work done; Prerequisites: FS 102, M 109, M proper investigative techniques. covers financial considerations, per- 127. Corequisite: FS 312. Applica- 1 credit. sonnel management, fire insurance tion of the principles of hydraulics rates, water supply, buildings and to the design phase of automatic FS 325 Fire and Life Safety equipment, distribution of forces, fire suppression systems. Applica- Codes communications, legal consider- tion of the current codes and stan- The study of current fire and life ations, fire prevention, fire investi- dards with respect to the selection, safety codes as they relate to the gation, emergency medical services, design, and installation of such sys- prevention and control of structural and records and reports. Designed tems. The fundamentals of hydrau- fires. 3 credits. for individuals involved in provid- lically calculated automatic fire ing fire protection and EMS servic- suppression systems are the focus of FS 404 Special Hazards Control es in the public or private sector as the course. 3 credits. Prerequisite: FS 102. Types of well as those in safety or insurance. industrial processes requiring spe- 3 credits. FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids cial fire protection treatment such and Systems Laboratory as heating equipment, flammable FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I Corequisite: FS 311. This course liquids, gases, and dusts. Emphasis Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of supplements FS 311 Fire Protec- on fundamental theories involved, instructor. Examines fire hazards tion Fluids and Systems by provid- inspection methods, determination and potential fire causes in business ing a more in-depth study of the of relative hazard, application of and industry. Provides an explora- hydraulic principles used in design- codes and standards, and econom- tion of management and organi- ing water-based fire suppression ics of installed protection systems. zational principles with emphasis systems. The process of designing 3 credits. on industrial fire protection equip- and reviewing hydraulic-designed ment, fire brigades, loss control automatic sprinkler systems, includ- FS 405 Emergency Incident programs, life safety, and OSHA ing the use of computer programs Management regulations dealing with industry. for these purposes. Hands-on test- Prerequisite: FS 106. A study of the 3 credits. ing of fire protection water supplies. effective organization and manage- 1 credit. ment of emergency resources at FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection II various fire and large-scale emer- Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of FS 313 Fire Investigation II gency incidents. Includes a review instructor. Examination of indus- Prerequisite: FS 204. An advanced of national standards and federal trial risk used in industry and pro- course geared toward personnel regulations impacting emergency cess safety management. Fire hazard who have or may have statutory incident management. Case studies evaluation techniques are discussed responsibility for fire investigation of actual and theoretical incidents utilizing quantitative and qualita- in the public sector and for private are used to reinforce command and tive evaluation methods. Risk sector persons who conduct or may control concepts. 3 credits. assessments are incorporated using conduct investigations for insurance event likelihood, system reliability, companies or litigation purposes. FS 408 Fire Protection Law and human error. These are used Proper techniques for investigation This course introduces the federal, to make cost-effective decisions of fires and explosions are studied state and local laws that regulate regarding personnel safety, continu- in depth along with the appropriate fire services; national standards ity of operations, and property pro- standards. 3 credits. influencing fire services; standard of care; tort and liability. Includes a 234 review of relevant court cases. are established from the time of to spend a minimum of 128 hours 3 credits. ignition to that of extinguishment. with the sponsor and prepare a Various methods of modifying the paper outlining the experience. FS 409 Arson for Profit time line. 3 credits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: FS 313/314. An over- view of the financial techniques FS 497 Research Project FS 502 Emergency Medical needed to investigate arson-for- Designed to allow fire science Technician profit fires with emphasis on sourc- majors to research a topic of special This course prepares the basic es of information, identification, interest to the individual student. emergency medical technician in and analysis of financial documents. Development of a student project accordance with the U.S. Dept. 3 credits. and a written report in a specific of Transportation curriculum and area of fire science, with faculty Connecticut EMS guidelines. The FS 425 Fire Protection Plan supervision. 3 credits. course provides a survey of emer- Review gency medical services including Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304, FS FS 498 Research Project I medical and legal/ethical aspects, 311/312. The technical and hands- Designed to allow fire science role of the EMT, CPR at the on practical experience necessary majors to research a topic of special American Heart Association Basic to complete a review of plans, interest to the individual student. Rescuer Level, patient assessment, specifications, and shop drawings Development of a student project care of wounds and fractures, for fire/life safety systems. Systems and a written report in a specific airway maintenance, medical and topics include construction; fire area of fire science, with faculty and environmental emergencies, resistance rated assemblies; means supervision. 1 credit. patient transportation, emergency of egress; occupancy classification; childbirth, and basic extrication. emergency systems; fire detection, FS 499 Research Project II Students can expect to spend some alarm, and communication systems; Designed to allow fire science time in practical experiences. Labo- automatic and manual extinguish- majors to research a topic of special ratory fee; 6 credits. ing systems; and HVAC systems. interest to the individual student. 3 credits. Development of a student project FS 510 Senior Seminar and a written report in a specific This course integrates current FS 450 Fire Protection Heat area of fire science, with faculty and developing knowledge of the Transfer supervision. 2 credits. behavior of fire with the problems Prerequisite: ME 301. The essen- presented by today’s building con- tials of fire spread and fire behav- FS 500 Special Topics struction, building materials, and ior: the combustion process, heat Selected topics in fire science on building codes. This course uses a transfer, limits of flammability, a variety of current problems and seminar format with full student flames and fire plumes, burning of specialized areas not available in the participation. 3 credits. fuels, flaming combustion, spread regular curriculum. 3 credits. of flame, flash-over, and production FS 599 Independent Study and movement of smoke. 3 credits. FS 501 Internship Prerequisite: consent of the chair Prerequisite: consent of the director of the fire science program. This FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis of the fire science program. The self-study opportunity allows the Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304, FS purpose of the fire science intern- fire science major to complete a 311/312. The application of sys- ship is to provide the student with fire science course that is not being tems analysis, probability, engineer- real-life work experience. The stu- offered or that the student is other- ing economy, and risk management dent is placed with an agency (the wise unable to complete in the tra- techniques to the fire problem. The sponsor), which agrees to provide ditional manner. The student must basic principles of fire growth and a meaningful work experience for have sufficient background in the spread in a building. Time lines the intern. The intern is required Courses 235 subject to complete the material in the graphic language used to com- GD 214 Typography II a satisfactory manner. 3 credits. municate to other design profes- Prerequisites: GD 213, GD sionals. Problem solving related to 110 or permission of instructor. design and analysis of client needs This course is a continuation of GRAPHIC DESIGN are addressed in relation to projects GD 213, dealing with advanced covering logo design and stationary techniques and understanding of GD 109 Introduction to Graphic systems, corporate brochures, poster typographic concepts as they relate Design design, book cover design, and CD to graphic design. It examines the An introduction to the various packaging. 3 credits. continuing history of typography, aspects of graphic design communi- graphic design, the design process, cation. This course will cover a brief GD 212 Website Creation text, and layout. It emphasizes the history of graphic design, concept Prerequisites: DAD 101, AT 209 practical use of technology and development and understanding or permission of instructor. A com- industry standard computer soft- of graphic design principles using prehensive investigation of website ware to execute class projects for typography, layout, and developing creation and design. This course portfolio consideration. Projects students’ skills. Weekly assign- will address some of the most are designed to generate a further ments investigate basic problems important topics for website design- understanding of the graphic design in graphic form and composition, ers: site evaluation and design, con- process using type. 3 credits. with emphasis on developing visual tent, structure, layout, industry best literacy and technical skills using practices, and audience. Current GD 311 Advanced Graphic both traditional and digital media. applications such as HTML editors Design 3 credits. will be discussed with the course Prerequisite: GD 211 or GD 213 culminating in the implementa- or permission of instructor. This GD 110 Applications of Graphic tion of an interactive website that is studio course examines the tech- Design Production uploaded to the Internet. 3 credits. niques necessary for preparation of Today’s graphic artists are required art and copy for professional offset to have technical skills and printing GD 213 Typography I printing. Projects will be designed knowledge. This is a basic intro- Prerequisite: GD 109 or GD 110 using traditional and page layout ductory course on how to use the or permission of instructor. Type methods. Historic development of Macintosh computer and the basic is everywhere around us and acts printing technology is also exam- skills using the industry’s standard as the primary visual component ined. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. computer applications. This course of our language. This course also explores various aspects of introduces fundamental elements GD 312 Illustration production as it relates to the print and appreciation of letterforms, Prerequisite: AT 105 or permission process. 3 credits. language, terminology, and use of instructor. This course introduc- of typography in graphic design es the skills associated with the illus- GD 211 Intermediate Graphic communications, and examines tration profession: providing black Design how typographic choices affect the and white and full color artwork Prerequisites: GD 109, GD 110 meaning and reception of a mes- for books, magazines, posters, the or permission of instructor. In this sage. Projects focus on problem movie industry, art directors, and course, students will further their solving through implementing basic designers. This is a basic foundation knowledge of graphic communica- design principles of typography to in preparing students to understand tion and concept development as develop and sharpen skills required what an illustrator does and how well as use the computer to execute for the graphic design profession. to approach assignments for pub- class projects for presentation. 3 credits. lications. Students will explore the The course will focus on utilizing various styles and techniques used design principles, typography, grid in illustration including pen and systems, and layout and learning ink, pencil, watercolors, painting, 236 and other mediums to execute the on the final preparation for enter- GLOBAL STUDIES projects. 3 credits. ing the professional graphic design environment. There is an emphasis GLS 100 Introduction to Global GD 313 Digital Illustration and on providing practical knowledge Studies Information Design of business practices in graphic As the foundation course of the Prerequisite: GD 312. This course design, marketing, contracts, esti- global studies program, this course explores conceptual approaches and mating, and developing requests for provides a comprehensive survey visualization methods using vector proposals. Projects will emphasize of the multiple factors and forces and pixel-based applications. Stu- portfolio and resume preparation, shaping the world’s political cul- dents will develop their analytical professional practices, presentations, ture, actors, and responses to skills exploring word and image particular approaches to the port- threats to civilization: war, poverty, relationships alongside diverse folio, and making use of discipline- injustice, pollution, hunger, disease, graphic conventions. Class projects based resources. 3 credits. and disorder. The course explores will be augmented with in-class values, institutions, and processes exercises, demonstrations, lectures, GD 598 Internship in Graphic among cultures, governments, and critiques. 3 credits. Design interests, and policy outcomes. Prerequisite: GD 312 or permission 3 credits. GD 316 Studies in Design of instructor. Students will have History an opportunity to intern within a GLS 200 Issues in Global This course is an exploration of the graphic design, publishing, advertis- History and Cultures graphic arts beginning with early ing, or other type of firm associated Investigate key commonalities in printing practices to modern design with the design field. Students may the human experience over the past masters and trends. This lecture- seek their own internship or the half-millenium that have contrib- based course examines the founda- program will match students with uted to the interconnectedness of tions of visual communications. firms appropriate to their interests the world’s economic, political, Through examples, the course pro- and skills. Mentors within the and resource-management systems. vides an understanding of how to firms provide students with a broad Understanding the shared experi- create effective design and elements range of learning opportunities. In ences examined will help in com- to avoid in creating visual commu- addition, students maintain weekly prehending the processes of global- nications. 3 credits. email journals and research career ization that have grown in intensity opportunities. 3 credits (135 intern- in the second half of the twentieth GD 411 Capstone Seminar in ship contact hours). century and in the early twenty-first Graphic Design century. 3 credits. Prerequisite: GD 313 or permis- GD 599 Independent Study sion of instructor. Drawing on Prerequisite: GD 313 or permis- GLS 401 Arabic Cultures development through previous sion of instructor; consent of the through Literature and the Media study, students will concentrate instructor and department chair. Prerequisite: permission of the on major projects in the graphic Opportunity for the student, under instructor. This course is a com- design industry that span all of the the direction of a faculty member, prehensive exposure to essential media associated with the profes- to explore an area of personal inter- cultural issues and patterns as they sion of graphic design. Projects will est associated with graphic design. have developed historically in the incorporate digital, print, and 3-D 1-3 credits with a maximum of Arabic-speaking world. It will study design. 3 credits. 6 credits. how these issues manifest through representative works of literature GD 412 Graphic Design as well as popular and highbrow Professional Practices cultural media such as music and Prerequisite: GD 411 or permission film. The course will also provide of instructor. This course focuses a unique opportunity to produce Courses 237 in-depth cultural and literary analy- prehensive exposure to essential GERMAN ses via oral discussion and written Latin American cultural issues and essays. Students will perform all patterns as they have developed GR 101–102 Elementary written and oral activities in Eng- historically. It will study how these German I and II lish. 3 credits. issues manifest through representa- Stresses pronunciation, aural and tive works of literature as well as reading comprehension, basic GLS 402 Chinese Culture popular and highbrow cultural conversation, and the fundamental through Literature and the Media media such as music and film. The principles of grammar. 3 credits Prerequisite: permission of the course will also provide a unique each term. instructor. This course is a com- opportunity to produce in-depth prehensive exposure to essential cultural and literary analyses via oral GR 201–202 Intermediate Chinese cultural issues and patterns discussion and written essays. Stu- German I and II as they have developed historically. dents will perform all written and Prerequisites: GR 101–102 or the It will study how these issues mani- oral activities in English. 3 credits. equivalent. Stresses reading compre- fest through representative works hension of modern prose texts and of literature as well as popular and GLS 450–459 Special Topics in a review of grammar necessary for highbrow cultural media such as Global Studies these readings. Students are encour- music and film. The course will Selected topics of special or current aged to read in their own areas of also provide a unique opportunity interest in global studies. 3 credits. interest. 3 credits each term. to produce in-depth cultural and literary analyses via oral discussion GLS 490 Global Studies GR 450–459 Special Topics and written essays. Students will Internship Selected topics of special or current perform all written and oral activi- This course provides a capstone interest in the study of German. ties in English. 3 credits. experience for majors in the global 3 credits. studies. Interns are placed in non- GLS 403 Russian Culture governmental organizations with through Literature and the Media a global focus, federal or state HISTORY Prerequisite: permission of the agencies, and multinational cor- instructor. This course is a com- porations. At least 150 hours of HS 101 Foundations of the prehensive exposure to essential substantive involvement with the Western World Russian cultural issues and patterns internship site are required. Traces the course of western civili- as they have developed historically. 3 credits. zation from its earliest beginnings It will study how these issues mani- in the ancient Middle East to fest through representative works GLS 491 Global Studies Research the eighteenth century. Includes of literature as well as popular and Seminar major cultural trends, interactions highbrow cultural media such as Prerequisites: senior standing or between society and economy, music and film. The course will permission of instructor. Capstone and analysis of the rise and fall of also provide a unique opportunity course in which students use the empires. 3 credits. to produce in-depth cultural and tools of their discipline to examine literary analyses via oral discussion a selected problem. Required of all HS 102 The Western World in and written essays. Students will Global Studies majors. 3 credits. Modern Times perform all written and oral activi- Europe and its global impact from ties in English. 3 credits. the eighteenth century to the present. Includes revolutionary GLS 404 Latin American Culture movements, the evolution of mass through Literature and the Media democracy, and the world wars of Prerequisite: permission of the the twentieth century. 3 credits. instructor. This course is a com- 238
HS 108 History of Science Includes decolonization, East-West HS 270 Europe from Renaissance The development of science and conflicts, and patterns of economic Through Enlightenment technology from antiquity to the cooperation and competition. Europe from 1300 to 1800; from present, and their impact on society 3 credits. feudal states to nation states. Devel- and the world. 3 credits. opment of cultural, political, social, HS 211 United States to 1865 and economic life; religious unity HS 110 American History Since Survey of American social, eco- and religious diversity. 3 credits. 1607 nomic, political, and diplomatic A one-semester survey cover- developments from colonial times HS 306 Modern Technology and ing major topics such as colonial to 1865. Not open to those who Western Culture legacies, the American Revolution, have had HS 110. 3 credits. The development of the modern nation-state building, sectional technological world and its rela- tensions, urbanization, industri- HS 212 United States Since 1865 tionship to social, economic, and alization, the rise to world power Survey of American history from cultural changes from the Industrial standing, social and cultural devel- 1865 to the present: institutional Revolution to the present. 3 credits. opments, and the post-World War and industrial expansion, periods of II era. Not open to those who have reform and adjustment, the U.S. as HS 310 Environmental History had HS 211 or HS 212. 3 credits. a world power. Not open to those This course investigates the devel- who have had HS 110. 3 credits. opment of natural and built envi- HS 120 History of Blacks in the ronments in modern times. The United States HS 260 Modern Asia problems of global warming are a The history and background of The ideological, cultural, and tradi- recent manifestation of environ- black people in the United States: tional political, economic, and dip- mental problems. Institutional, social, political, and cultural devel- lomatic history of east, south, and cultural, and political changes opment. 3 credits. southeast Asia from the sixteenth came with the construction of cit- century to the present. 3 credits. ies, industries, and infrastructures, HS 200 History Methods resulting in problems with air, This seminar acquaints students HS 262 Modern Chinese History water, land, and energy. These with the basic procedures, materials A study of China from 1800, local and global environmental and research tools used by histori- including the impact of the West issues may reflect an unsustainable ans. The course also reviews a vari- and Japan; transformation from relationship with nature. 3 credits. ety of approaches used to interpret monarchy to civil war to the Peo- history. Topics include the history ple’s Republic of China to the pres- HS 312 United States in the of the discipline, how to identify ent time; the Republic of China on Twentieth Century and interpret primary and second- Taiwan; the incorporation of Hong The interaction of political, eco- ary sources, how to identify the the- Kong into the PRC. 3 credits. nomic, social, and intellectual sis and methodology of secondary events and their impact on twenti- sources, how to develop a thesis and HS 264 Modern Japanese eth century America. 3 credits. compose a research project, how History to conduct historical research, and An analysis of the diverse politi- HS 345 Europe in the how to outline and draft an original cal, economic, social, military, and Nineteenth Century historical research paper. 3 credits. cultural factors that influenced the European history from the Napo- emergence of Japan as a modern leonic period to World War I; its HS 207 World History Since nation in the nineteenth and twen- internal development and world 1945 tieth centuries; its post-World War impact. 3 credits. Survey of major events and trends II growth into an economic giant; since World War II. Advanced and its current evolution. 3 credits. industrial societies are emphasized. Courses 239
HS 350 Latin American History HS 491 Senior Seminar South and East Asia, South Pacific, Analyzes the history of colonial The undertaking of an indepen- Pacific Islands, and Africa. The Latin America from ancient dent study and research project. study gives the student a well- America and pre-contact fifteenth- Required of history majors in their grounded knowledge of these areas. century Europe to the nineteenth senior year. 3 credits. 3 credits. century independence revolutions and the modern struggles with HS 599 Independent Study HTM 202 Hospitality political instability and economic Prerequisites: consent of faculty Purchasing dependence. The focus is on how member and department chair. Introduction to the purchasing, the mixture of European and New Opportunity for the student, under receiving, and issuing of foods and World inputs gave rise to unique the direction of a faculty member, food items. The identification of Latin American cultures. 3 credits. to explore an area of interest. This guides, preparation of specifica- course must be initiated by the stu- tions, and cost control procedures HS 351 Russia and the Soviet dent. 1–3 credits per semester up to are stressed. 3 credits. Union 6 credits. The development of czarist Russia HTM 210 Applied Techniques from 1200 to the Revolution of in the Culinary Arts 1917; the former USSR from 1917 HOTEL AND This course teaches the basic clas- to the present. 3 credits. TOURISM sical cooking techniques, includ- MANAGEMENT ing the basic principles of baking, HS 353 Modern Britain utilizing a hands-on format. The The development of British history HTM 165 Introduction to student applies the theories and from the Restoration of 1660 to the Hospitality and Tourism principles acquired in the prereq- present. Includes Britain’s role in Major elements of tourism are uisite course in the context of a international affairs. Special empha- examined, including customer professional kitchen environment. sis on social and economic topics. travel patterns, transportation sys- The class emphasizes concepts of 3 credits. tems, major tourism suppliers, and efficiency, organization, cleanliness, distribution systems. The role of and time management. Laboratory HS 355 Modern Germany the hospitality industry is explored fee; 3 credits. German civilization from the sev- in relationship to domestic and for- enteenth century to the present; its eign tourism. 3 credits. HTM 220 Pastry Making impact on Europe and the world. Techniques 3 credits. HTM 166 Touristic Geography This hands-on course presents the I — The Western Hemisphere basic principles of pastry making HS 381–389 Selected Studies in A study of travel patterns and in the context of a professional History destinations in the Western Hemi- environment. From basic custards Special topics in history dealing sphere. Included are the major to complex doughs and batters, with the modern world. An in- highlights of North America, students learn techniques as they depth study of vital historical issues. Central America, the Caribbean, create assorted desserts and plated 3 credits. South America, and the Antarctic. pastries. Cake decoration is part of 3 credits. the focus of the course. Laboratory HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth fee; 3 credits. Century HTM 167 Touristic Geography Recent and contemporary Euro- II — The Eastern Hemisphere HTM 225 Restaurant pean history beginning with World In this second course in touristic Management War I. Institutional development geography, the emphasis is on Prerequisite: HTM 165. A survey and its changing role in politics. major destinations in the Eastern of restaurant operations and the 3 credits. Hemisphere — the Middle East, successful management of food 240 service operations. Topics include dining room organization, hospital- HTM 304 Volume Food the manager’s role in restaurant ity human resource and marketing Production and Service operations, the role of manage- techniques, and dining thematic This course teaches the basic prin- rial leadership, staff selection and decoration skills. 3 credits. ciples of volume food production development, effective approaches and service, which are so critical to successful client relations, and HTM 250 Lodging Operations to the commercial food industry. approaches to maintaining a quality Analysis and evaluation of lodging Students prepare meals that are balance between food, service, and operations including assisted-care consumed and analyzed by the facilities. 3 credits. facilities, to include rooms, divi- public, and apply the theories and sions, food and beverages, sales and principles acquired in the prereq- HTM 226 Front Office marketing, engineering/mainte- uisite course in the context of a Procedures nance, human resources, account- professional kitchen environment. Students acquire an understanding ing, and other major functional The class emphasizes concepts of of the principles regarding proce- areas. 3 credits. efficiency, organization, cleanliness, dures and intradepartmental inter- and time management. Laboratory actions — which include sales and HTM 260 Club, Resort, and fee; 3 credits. marketing, housekeeping, mainte- Casino/Gaming Operations nance (engineering), accounting, Management HTM 305 Wine Appreciation and the food and beverage segments Typical organizational structures, Considers the major wines and — while maintaining high stan- management techniques, and spe- wine regions of the world, with dards of guest service. Examination cial aspects of operations for private emphasis on American, French, and of how various hospitality computer clubs, resorts, and casino/gaming. German wines. Wine tasting is an hardware and software applications 3 credits. integral part of the course. Students assist with the above responsibili- must be 21 years of age. Laboratory ties. 3 credits. HTM 280 Legal Aspects of fee; 3 credits. Hospitality, Tourism, and Private HTM 227 Service Management Clubs HTM 307 Cultural Introduction to various manage- An overview of specific issues and Understanding of Food and ment aspects of guest services, lodg- liabilities that the professional Cuisine ing, and assisted-care operations as manager faces. Classic and current The importance of food and cui- applied to the hospitality industry. case studies and issues are presented sine within the context of society. Staffing, budget preparation, including laws that affect personal This course explores the impact of materials planning, directing and and financial advancement. food on the evolution of mankind controlling ongoing operations are 3 credits. and addresses issues relating to the significant sections of this course. importance of food in the politi- 3 credits. HTM 300 Principles of Baking cal and economic structure of the Prerequisite: HTM 210. The basic world. Questions regarding food HTM 235 Dining Room principles of baking presented supplies and sources as well as Management within the context of a professional ethical questions facing mankind This course provides the knowledge and profit-generating commercial in the near future are examined. to fully understand dining room kitchen environment. Students Also explored are the influences management as essential to the demonstrate these principles and perceptions of food in different success of commercial food opera- through hands-on assignments in a cultures and how those perceptions tions. Students will practice various professional kitchen lab. 3 credits. affect intercultural understanding. service techniques that include 3 credits. American, French, and Russian service standards. They also have the opportunity to demonstrate Courses 241
HTM 315 Beverage Management tality and tourism organization that HTM 360 Corporate Travel The beverage area is perceived as a has a focus on sales. 3 credits. Planning profit center for hotels and restau- As airlines and hotels funnel most rants. Themes, decor, and ambi- HTM 335 Convention and of their energy, services, and ameni- ance that enhance the hospitality Meeting Planning ties toward the corporate traveler, experience are explored. All man- As corporate meetings and conven- bidding for a corporate account agement functions are examined; tions continue to increase in the (RFP) and servicing it successfully planning, staffing, accounting, mar- worldwide tourism market, one are exacting arts. Every aspect of the keting, and menu development are of the newer and more important industry is covered, including auto- emphasized. Other pertinent topics career paths is that of the profes- mation, cost-cutting strategies, and are discussed, including liability and sional meeting planner. Included professionalism. 3 credits. licensing issues. 3 credits. in the sphere of responsibility are meeting/organization agenda, site HTM 370 Gaming and Casino HTM 316 Hospitality Finance selection, meal planning, transpor- Management and Revenue Management tation, schedule of events, break-out This course provides an introduc- Prerequisites: senior standing sessions, leisure activities, finances, tion to the casino industry and and consent of department chair. and evaluation. 3 credits. examines its phenomenal growth This course takes the experienced and relationship to tourism and hospitality student through the HTM 340 Tourism Planning community development. Focus certification process for designation and Policy is on the concepts and definitions as a Certified Hospitality Account A comprehensive review of the essential for understanding the Executive (CHAE), and includes tourism planning and policy process industry and on links of its his- the certification exam as a portion used to develop or modify major tory to current gaming practices. of the course and final grading tourism destinations. Aspects of the Particular attention is paid to noted process. Additionally, Hospitality process include goals and objectives; casinos in Monte Carlo, Las Vegas, Financial and Technology Profes- the use of environmental, econom- and Atlantic City as well as Con- sionals (HFTP) membership is ic, marketing, topographical, and necticut’s Foxwoods and Mohegan included. Topics include invest- political studies; and procedures for Sun. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. ment trends and analysis, lease and monitoring and control to assure purchase considerations, working proper planning and policy imple- HTM 380 Resort Operations capital finance, audit and financial mentation. Focus on considering A comprehensive review of resort management, and the CHAE exam both tourism benefits and costs in operations. Content covered preparation. Students are responsi- assessing net impacts. 3 credits. includes the history and develop- ble for the cost and fees required for ment of resorts, guest services, and the CHAE examination and HFTP HTM 345 Catering and Events resort recreation functions. Students membership. 3 credits. Management are expected to create innovative A review of concepts germane to resort facilities and programs. Field HTM 325 Destination catering and event management trips to local resort properties may Marketing and Sales within the context of the hospitality be required. 3 credits. An in-depth study of marketing industry. Topics include themed theory and techniques crucial to events, outside services, audio-visual HTM 410 International Tourism success in hospitality and tourism and other special effects, on-and Institutions that run the inter- businesses and an examination of off-premise catering and function national tourism industry are the sales process, the destination life sales, staffing, computer applica- reviewed. The relationship between cycle, DMOs, and market segmen- tions in banquet management, and these institutions and various tation strategies. Students develop general event planning. Laboratory nations is discussed. Participants a strategic tourism plan for a hospi- fee; 3 credits. become familiar with the policy implications of operating in a mul- 242 tinational political, social, and eco- that includes team mission state- designated internship coordinator. nomic environment. 3 credits. ments, pre- and post-meal cost The internship experience empha- analysis, personnel deployment, sizes supervisory responsibilities HTM 430 Special-Interest interaction with the dining room whenever possible. This experience Tourism management teams, standardized is formulated by the faculty, the Investigates the extraordinary and recipe creations, and performance designated coordinator, the student, ever-increasing field of special-inter- appraisal criteria. Student-managers and an industry professional, — a est tourism. Provides an overview prepare a dining experience that is cooperative effort that helps to of the niche that each aspect of offered to paying clientele. Labora- ensure the student’s success. The special-interest tourism contributes tory fee; 3 credits. internship is augmented by written to the development of the tour- and oral reports, industry perfor- ism industry. Adventurous travel HTM 450–459 Special Topics mance evaluations, and faculty from dog sledding in Greenland to Includes studies of a variety of cur- oversight. 3 credits. dugout canoes in the tropics, from rent topics and specialized areas in ballooning in the French chateaux the field that are not available as HTM 599 Independent Study country and Masai Mara to heli- part of the regular curriculum. 3 Prerequisite: consent of department hiking and sightseeing in the Rock- credits. chair. Independent research projects ies. Included also is travel for the or other approved phases of inde- disabled and the adventurer. HTM 470 Tour Design, pendent study. 3 credits. 3 credits. Marketing, and Management This course studies the design, HTM 440 International Food, operation, and management of the HUMANITIES Buffet and Catering escorted tour. Instruction covers the Prerequisites: HTM 210, HTM entire process for the tour opera- HU 300 The Nature of Science 345. Students gain hands-on tor from initial contact to finished Prerequisites: E 110, HS 102, a lab- knowledge of planning, organizing, product. During the semester, each oratory science course, and a social preparing, and serving international student plans a tour from begin- science course. Investigates science food in the context of buffet-cater- ning to end, designs and writes the as a human activity, as a social ing service. Several public events brochure, prices the arrangements, institution, and as an instrument featuring an international theme and shows how to successfully oper- for acquiring and using knowledge. and food served in a buffet setting ate the finished product. 3 credits. The nature of scientific knowledge, are planned, created, and prepared the organization of scientific activ- by student management teams HTM 597 Practicum ity, and the interaction of science under the supervision of a chef Prerequisite: junior standing. A with technology and culture. A instructor. Gastronomy concepts course of study for the supervised course about science and the pro- are studied as they relate to the practical application of previously cess of generating new knowledge. international culture. 3 credits. studied theory in a group setting. 3 credits. Completed under the supervision HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine of a faculty sponsor and coordi- HU 450–459 Special Topics Management and Technique nated with a business organization. Special topics of selected or current This is the capstone course in food 3 credits. interest in the study of humanities. production and service. Students 3 credits. are provided an opportunity to HTM 598 Internship practice advanced culinary tech- Prerequisites: completion of 600 niques within various international hours of practicum and consent of and domestic cuisine themes. Stu- instructor. Interns are required to dents are divided into management complete 400 hours of internship teams and develop a meal manual experience in conjunction with the Courses 243
INTERNATIONAL dents in areas related to their major. and exterior spaces, furniture and BUSINESS 3 credits. related objects utilizing a variety of scales and the three-dimensional IB 421 Operation of the IB 599 Independent Study One-Point Perspective Grid sys- Multinational Corporation Prerequisite: EC 200. A planned tem of drawing. Drawings include Prerequisites: EC 200, FI 213, MG program of individual study under sketch concepts, orthographic 210. Specific problems encountered the supervision of a member of the evaluations and representations by multinational firms. Topics faculty. 3 credits. with multiple one-point perspective include investment decisions, envi- views, and sectional perspectives. ronmental scanning, planning and Laboratory fee; 3 credits. control, and the social responsibili- INTERIOR DESIGN ties of firms in host nations. ID 200 Portfolio Production I 3 credits. ID 100 Portfolio Design Prerequisite: ID 100. This is a Prerequisite: AT 211 or consent of studio course in the application of IB 422 International Business the instructor. This is a foundation portfolio design branding elements Negotiations course in the branding design of a to the production of portfolio Prerequisites: EC 200, MG 210. professional portfolio and related pages from art and design projects. An analysis of the various stages documents for internships, job Professional standards and a clear involved in the international busi- interviews, and career development. brand identity are applied to the ness negotiating process, beginning Branding, logo design, business portfolio for career development with planning and ending with cards, letterhead, and related sta- and advancement. Laboratory fee; post-contract adjustments. A sur- tionery will be designed, critiqued, 1 credit. vey and evaluation of the various and implemented for use in art primary and secondary sources that and design projects throughout the ID 211 Interior Design I negotiators can tap for information program. 1 credit. Laboratory fee; Prerequisites: ID 110, AT 212, in the negotiating process. 3 credits. 3 credits. and AT 213. In this introductory studio course students explore the IB 450–459 Special Topics ID 109 Architectural Drawing I elements and principles of design as Prerequisites: EC 200, junior An introduction to drafting with an they relate to interior environments. standing unless otherwise speci- emphasis on the use of mechanical The relationship between the built fied in course schedule description. drawing tools to accomplish begin- environment and human factors is Selected topics of special or current ning architectural drawings. Skills discussed as it relates to circulation interest in the study of international are developed in lettering, dimen- and furniture layouts. In addition, business. 3 credits. sioning, drawing, titling, symbols, the history and criteria that estab- symbol cross-referencing, line lish interior design as a profession IB 549 Global Business Strategy weights, drawing formatting, devel- are explored in detail. Laboratory Prerequisite: MK 413. This is a oping notes and specifications, con- fee; 3 credits. capstone course in international cept sketching, and reading blue- business. Through case analysis, it prints and construction documents. ID 212 Interior Design II covers identification and relation The principles of orthographic and Prerequisite: ID 211. A continu- of the elements involved in the paraline drawing are explored and ation of ID 211 with a focus on dynamics of a company and its drawings are produced. Laboratory programming and design using international environment. fee; 3 credits. two-dimensional methods of prob- 3 credits. lem-solving and presentation. Resi- ID 110 Architectural Drawing II dential and commercial spaces are IB 598 Internship Prerequisite: ID 109. A continu- explored using study models and Prerequisite: EC 200. Supervised ation of ID 109 with a focus on finished models, sample boards, field experience for qualified stu- one-point perspective for interior 244 and rendered perspectives for pre- accurate descriptive drawing notes, ID 311 Interior Design III sentations. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. specifications, dimensionings, and Prerequisites: ID 212, ID 216. This symbols within the construction course explores the specialized field ID 213 Architectural Drawing III documents. Building codes and of kitchen and bath design for resi- Prerequisite: ID 110. An advanced ADA issues are explored as appli- dential and commercial interiors. course in two-point and multi- cable to individual projects. Labora- All aspects of programming, design, point perspective drawing of inte- tory fee; 3 credits. specification, preparation, develop- rior and exterior spaces, furniture, ment, and production of design and related objects utilizing a ID 216 Construction Documents II and construction documents for variety of scales. Drawings include Prerequisite: ID 215. A continua- residential and commercial kitchens sketched concepts, orthographic tion of ID 215 with an emphasis and baths are developed in detail. evaluations, and representations on site measurement and documen- An emphasis is placed on kitchen with multiple perspective point tation of existing conditions and and bath design and the develop- views for each project. Laboratory mechanical systems, preparation ment of accurate descriptive draw- fee; 3 credits. of as-built drawings, oral presenta- ings, notes, specifications, dimen- tion of schematic design schemes, sioning, and symbols within the ID 214 Lighting Design and specifications and notes, millwork construction documents. Building Specifications drawings, details and sections, and codes and ADA issues are explored Prerequisite: ID 211 or consent proficiency, speed, and accuracy in as applicable to individual projects. of instructor. This course surveys preparing construction documents. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. the use of lighting, both natural Laboratory fee; 3 credits. and artificial, as a design element ID 312 Interior Design IV in planning residential and com- ID 217 Sketching and Rendering Prerequisite: ID 311, ID 313, or mercial interiors. The impact of for Interiors consent of instructor. Advanced perception, psychology, brightness, Prerequisite: ID 110 or consent of course in commercial interior color, and daylight are discussed. instructor. This course advances the design incorporating professional Interior lighting products including student’s basic drawing and illustra- scope of services including pro- incandescent and discharge lamps tive skills through the exploration gramming, conceptual design, are studied in detail along with of quick sketching and rendering design development, contract docu- auxiliary equipment, light controls, techniques for architectural and ments, contract administration, and photometrics, electricity, and lumi- interior spaces. A variety of media evaluation. Focus of the course is naries. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. are studied, including markers, on corporate office design, open pastels, color pencils, watercolor, office systems, and interior product ID 215 Construction pencil, and pen. Focus is on the specifications. Laboratory fee; 3 Documents I application of the media to create credits. Prerequisite: ID 110. This course visual expression of the exterior and introduces students to the prepara- interior elements. Laboratory fee; ID 313 CAD for Interiors I tion, development, and production 3 credits. Prerequisite: ID 212, ID 216 or of a complete set of construction consent of instructor. This course documents for residential and ID 300 Portfolio Production II introduces students to the use of commercial interior spaces, includ- Prerequisite: ID 200. This is a con- AutoCAD as a drafting tool for ing project evaluation and an in- tinuation of Portfolio Production floor plans, demolition and new depth understanding of document I. Students at this level continue to construction plans, reflected ceiling requirements, method applications, design and complete portfolio pages plans, electrical plans, wall eleva- blueprint reading, specification for their senior portfolio. Labora- tions, finish schedules and text/ writing, drawing nomenclature, and tory fee; 1 credit. notes. The use of AutoCAD as a millwork requirements. An empha- sketching tool for concept develop- sis is placed on the development of Courses 245 ment is explored. Laboratory fee; tion requirements for interior build- is focused on individual user needs 3 credits. ing elements and environmental with respect to health, safety, and systems. Issues related to interior welfare issues within the interior ID 314 CAD for Interiors II finishes, sustainability resources, environment. Laboratory fee; Prerequisite: ID 313 or consent of and green design are explored. 3 credits. instructor. This course is a continu- Building codes, fire codes, and ation of ID 313 with a focus on the ADA compliance relative to the ID 412 Interior Design VI use of AutoCAD for the design and built interior environment are stud- Prerequisite: ID 411 or consent of development of retail and restau- ied through the use of construc- instructor. Advanced senior-level rant spaces. Students use AutoCAD tion documents and study models. course in historic preservation, sus- to develop custom design furniture Laboratory fee; 3 credits. tainable design, and green design and cabinetry as well as three- incorporating professional scope of dimensional images of interior ID 320 Interior Products and services including programming, spaces in a variety of paraline views. Specifications conceptual design, design develop- Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: ID 212 or consent of ment, contract documents, contract instructor. Examination of interior administration, and evaluation. ID 315 History of Architecture textiles and products including Special attention is focused on and Interiors I fibers, upholstery and window fab- environmental issues and innovative This course is an overview of the rics, and wall finishes. Manufactur- design solutions. Laboratory fee; history of design in architecture, ing, measurement, and installation 3 credits. interiors, and furniture from the methods are explored. Laboratory ancient era through the end of fee; 3 credits. ID 414 Professional Practices for the eighteenth century. Lectures, Interior Designers readings, and research focus on ID 400 Senior Portfolio Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent of the development of major forms, Prerequisite: ID 300. This instructor. Provides fundamental period styles, ornament, and the advanced course completes the understanding of business practices decorative arts from ancient Egypt, production of the senior portfolio for the design professional. Survey Greece, and Rome through the and incorporates career preparation of business types, professional coun- Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, and activities. Job-search documents sel and liability, ethics, marketing Neoclassical eras. 3 credits. such as resumes, cover letters, and and selling of services and products, thank-you letters are prepared and fee structures. Examination ID 316 History of Architecture incorporating the student’s brand and preparation of business forms and Interiors II identity. Interviews and job con- including letters of agreement, bud- This course is a continuation of tracts are explored, and the course get estimates, purchase orders, and ID 315. The course explores the culminates in a senior portfolio pre- invoices. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. history of design in architecture, sentation and interview. Laboratory interiors, and furniture from the fee; 1 credit. ID 598 Internship for Interior nineteenth century to the present. Design and Allied Fields Styles examined include nineteenth- ID 411 Interior Design V Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent century revival styles, Arts and Prerequisite: ID 312, ID 314, or of instructor. Students have the Crafts, Art Deco European, Ameri- consent of instructor. Advanced opportunity to intern within can Modernism, and the influence senior-level course in institutional interior design, architectural, or of the Bauhaus. 3 credits. interior design incorporating pro- allied design and product industry fessional scope of services including firms. Students may seek their own ID 319 Interior Systems, programming, conceptual design, internship site, or the program will Materials, and Codes design development, contract docu- match students with firms appro- Prerequisite: ID 211, ID 215, or ments, contract administration, priate to their interests and skills. consent of instructor. This course and evaluation. Special attention Mentors within the firms provide explores the design and construc- students with a broad range of 246 learning opportunities. In addition, lem definition; design of alternative of procuring and controlling mate- students maintain weekly email work methods; and evaluation of rials in planning, routing, schedul- journals and research career oppor- alternative designs including process ing, and dispatching are considered. tunities. 3 credits (135 internship charting, operation analysis, and Familiarizes the student with contact hours). principles of motion economy. established and new methods used Emphasis placed on human factors in this field including MRP, JIT, ID 599 Independent Study and safety implications of alterna- computer-aided process planning, Prerequisite: senior standing or tive work-method designs. Equi- and group technology. 3 credits. consent of instructor and depart- table time standards are developed ment chair. Under the direction of for work-method designs through IE 311 Quality Assurance a faculty member and an outside the use of time-study procedures Prerequisite: junior standing. mentor, the student initiates devel- including stopwatch time study, Quality considerations in product opment of a capstone project. The computerized predetermined-time design and manufacturing; product purpose of independent study is to systems, and work sampling. inspection and process control; total further an area of special interest, 3 credits. quality management principles as to prepare for graduate school, or applied to process design, control, to meet the Honors Program thesis IE 302 Ergonomics and improvement; product safety requirement. 3 credits (135 project Prerequisite: junior standing. Cov- and liability issues. 3 credits. documented hours). ers basic terminology and applica- tion of ergonomic principles to the IE 344 Human Factors workplace. Topics include repetitive Engineering INDUSTRIAL motion injuries, cumulative trauma Prerequisite: SE 347 or equivalent. ENGINEERING disorders, carpal tunnel syndrome, Covers psychological and physi- anthropometry, human error analy- ological aspects of people at work, IE 204 Engineering Economics sis, channel capacity, reaction time, including work physiology, infor- Prerequisites: M 117 and CS 107 human-machine interaction, and mation processing, motor skills and or equivalent. A quantitative analy- current ergonomics news and appli- movement control, signal detection sis of applied economics in engi- cations. 3 credits. theory, and anthropometry with the neering design; the economy study aim of improvements in workplace for comparing alternatives; interest IE 303 Cost Control design. 3 credits. formulae; quantitative methods Prerequisites: junior standing and of comparing alternatives; intan- M 118. Basic analysis of cost con- IE 348 Manufacturing Processes gible considerations; selection and trol techniques. Designed to give Corequisite: IE 304. Provides a replacement economy for machines members of the management team basic understanding of manufactur- and structures; break-even and the underlying rudiments of cost ing processes as applied to conven- minimum cost points; depreciation; estimating and control systems. tional manufacturing. Properties of effect of income taxes on the econ- Theory of standard costs, flexible material; machining fundamentals; omy; review of current industrial budgeting, and overhead handling tool geometry; surface finish; forces; practices. Promotes logical decisions techniques emphasized by analytical material removal processes; casting, through the consideration of alter- problem solution. Life-cycle cost- forging, and extrusion processes; native courses of action. 3 credits. ing. Value engineering. 3 credits. measurement and inspection; pro- cess capability and quality control; IE 243 Work Design IE 304 Production Control ferrous and nonferrous metals; Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Prerequisites: IE 243, M 118. chip/type machining processes; Introductory course in the design The basic principles that govern machining economics in turning, and evaluation of efficient work the design of production control milling, and drilling. 3 credits. methods and working environ- systems in an industrial plant. The ments. Techniques useful in prob- principles used in solving problems Courses 247
IE 408 Systems Analysis design and development of differ- design and operation of better Prerequisites: senior standing and ent types of gauging for inspection tooling for different types of manu- SE 347 or equivalent. Presents in manufacturing. 3 credits. facturing operations. Experimental the analytical and conceptual investigation of metal cutting and techniques upon which systems IE 440 Synchronous metal working methodologies analysis and development are based, Manufacturing stressed. 3 credits. as applications to business and Prerequisites: IE 204 and IE 304. industrial fields. Development of Group technology in design and IE 450–459 Special Topics in case studies and their application, manufacturing; manufacturing Industrial Engineering oriented to improved designs. environment, resources, products, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 3 credits. constraints, and decisions; synchro- Selected topics of current interest in nized manufacturing operations the field of industrial engineering. IE 414 Engineering Management and process improvement. 3 credits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: senior standing. Pro- vides insight into the elements of IE 443 Facilities Planning IE 460 Computer-Aided the managerial process and develops Prerequisites: IE 243, IE 304 and Manufacturing a rational approach to the prob- senior standing. Factors in plant Prerequisites: IE 348 and CS 107 lems of managing productive pro- location, design, and layout of or equivalent. Topics covered cesses and the engineering function. equipment. Techniques for obtain- include computer-aided manufac- Focusing largely on complex prob- ing information essential to the turing (CAM), numerical control lems of top and middle-level man- development and evaluation of (NC), industrial robot applica- agement, students investigate the alternative facility layout designs tions, flexible manufacturing modern tools managers use under are presented with an emphasis on systems (FMS), group technology given circumstances, stressing the environmental and safety consid- (GT), integration of CAD/ CAM, ongoing activities of management erations. Design of departmental computer-aided process planning as part of an integrated, continuous areas, resource allocation and (CAPP), and applications software process. 3 credits. flow, materials handling, storage, for manufacturing. 3 credits. and the economic implications of IE 436 Quality Control alternative designs are discussed. IE 465 Robotics in Prerequisite: SE 347 or equivalent. Students work in small groups on Manufacturing Economics of quality control; mod- the design of a manufacturing facil- Prerequisite: IE 460. Topics cov- ern methods used by industry to ity to produce an actual consumer ered include applications of robotics achieve quality of product; prevent- product. Project culminates in both in manufacturing, robot classifica- ing defects; organizing for quality; written and oral presentations of tion, introduction to a high-level locating chronic sources of trouble; the proposed facility design. CAD robot language, task planning, and coordinating specifications, manu- techniques are used extensively in laboratory projects with industrial facturing and inspection; measuring the development of the final facility robots. 3 credits. process capability; using inspection layout. 3 credits. data to regulate manufacturing pro- IE 498 Internship cesses; statistical methods; control IE 448 Advanced Manufacturing Prerequisites: consent of faculty charts; selection of modern sam- Engineering Operations supervisor and approval of depart- pling plans. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ME 200 and IE ment chair. Supervised work-proj- 348. A course for understanding ect related to industrial engineering IE 437 Metrology and Inspection machining economics and the with local industries. 3 credits. in Manufacturing basic principles of the theory of Prerequisite: IE 436. The study of metal cutting and metal working to IE 504 Senior Project metrology and inspection practices improve manufacturing engineer- Prerequisites: senior standing and in manufacturing. Emphasis on the ing operations. Course emphasizes consent of department chair. The 248 student, in conjunction with a fac- J 201 News Writing and J 450–459 Special Topics in ulty adviser, selects and works on a Reporting Journalism project. Results are presented at a Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent of Selected topics in journalism that seminar at the end of the semester. instructor. The elements of news, are of current or special interest. 3 3 credits. the style and the structure of news credits. stories, news-gathering methods, IE 599 Independent Study copyreading and editing, reporting. J 599 Independent Study Prerequisite: junior standing. A 3 credits. Prerequisites: consent of instructor planned program of individual and department chair. Opportunity study under the supervision of a J 202 Advanced News Writing for a student, under the direction faculty member. 3 credits. and Reporting of a faculty member, to explore an Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive prac- area of interest. 3 credits. tice in news writing and reporting. ITALIAN 3 credits. BUSINESS LAW IT 101 Elementary Italian I J 311 Copy Desk Stresses pronunciation, oral and Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive prac- LA 101 Business Law and the reading comprehension, basic tice in copyreading, editing and Regulatory Environment conversation, and the fundamental revising, headline writing, photo- An overview of the legal system as principles of grammar. 3 credits. graph selection, page make-up, and it relates to the operation of a busi- reporting. Regular critiques of the ness. Topics include those relating IT 102 Elementary Italian II copy-desk work of major newspa- to the establishment and continuity Prerequisite: IT 101 or consent of pers. 3 credits. of business relationships: contracts, instructor. This course builds on sales, partnerships, corporations, the skills learned in IT 101. Stresses J 351 Journalistic Performance agency law, and business ethics. pronunciation, oral and reading Prerequisite: J 201. Students follow Other topics are those regulating comprehension, basic conversation, the coverage in the media given to business activities: consumer pro- and the fundamental principles of selected topics and prepare to make tection, environmental, employ- grammar through class practice and judgments of the coverage by doing ment, and antitrust laws. 3 credits. grammar exercises. 3 credits. research and becoming knowledge- able about the particular topics. LA 112 Accounting Business Law IT 450–459 Special Topics in The course stresses analytic reading Prerequisite: LA 101. Law of Italian and responsible, informed criticism. agency, employer/employee, part- Special topics of selected or current 3 credits. nerships, corporations, security interest in the study of Italian. and governmental regulation; real 3 credits. J 367 Interpretive and Editorial and person property law; creditors’ Writing rights and bankruptcy; wills and Prerequisite: J 201. Practice in the trusts. 3 credits. JOURNALISM writing of considered and knowl- edgeable commentaries on current LA 450–459 Special Topics J 101 Journalism I affairs and of interpretive articles Prerequisite: LA 101. Selected top- A survey of journalism designed based on investigation, research, ics in business law of special or to acquaint students with the and interviews. 3 credits. current interest not covered by an profession. Includes the American existing course. 3 credits. newspaper as a social institution and a medium of communication. 3 credits. Courses 249
LA 598 Internship Introduction to quantitative tech- the case study for critique by col- Prerequisite: LA 101. On-the-job niques and quality assurance. Strat- leagues and industrial engineering experience of business law in select- egies for optimizing effectiveness faculty. 1 credit. ed organizations. 3 credits. and in-service support. 3 credits.
LA 599 Independent Study LG 410 Life Cycle Concepts LEGAL STUDIES Prerequisites: LA 101 and junior Prerequisite: LG 320. Introduction standing. A planned program of to life cycle concepts in product LS 100 Introduction to Legal individual study under the supervi- design, quality engineering, field Concepts sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. support, maintenance, training, and Overview of the American legal end-use disposal. Techniques of life system in the context of historical cycle costing and the construction underpinnings. Structural make-up, LOGISTICS of life cycle forecasts. Product and purpose, and functions of the legal system warranties, and their inter- system in American society; distinc- LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics face with logistics support. tion between civil and criminal law Prerequisites: EAS 345 and CS 3 credits. systems. Introduction to major civil 107 or equivalent. Introduction to law substantive areas, including logistics as practiced in the defense LG 440 Data Management in torts, contracts and property, legal industry, the military, and multi- Logistics Systems concepts, and reasoning. 3 credits national corporations operating Prerequisite: LG 310. Review of the hours. foreign installations. Overview of role of data collection, analysis, and logistics elements, nomenclature, report generation in logistics sys- LS 201 Legal Ethics and techniques, management, and com- tems management. Uses of comput- Professional Responsibilities puter support. Survey of regula- er-aided management information Prerequisite: PL 222. Study of tions, standards, and logistics prod- systems, technical data acquisition, legal ethics, including codes of ucts. Identification of logistics and and software support in logistics professional responsibility and the its place in defense-related systems. organizations. Requirements for legal professional’s responsibilities 3 credits. documentation, data renewal, and in different types of organizations the generation of integrated logistics and occupational settings. Analysis LG 310 Introduction to Logistics support plans and reports. 3 credits. and discussion of case studies; role Support Analysis playing. 3 credits. Prerequisite: LG 300. Definition LG 450–459 Special Topics and description of logistics sup- Special topics of selected or current LS 210 Mock Trial port analysis with reference to interest in the study of logistics. Students will develop analytic MIL-STD-1388-lA and derivative 3 credits. thinking and oral communication requirements. Survey of integrated skills while learning theory and logistics support theory and practice LG 490 Logistics Seminar techniques of legal advocacy, the and the role of LSA. The role of a Upon completion of LG 300, LG trial process, and rules of evidence logistics support analysis plan, its 310, LG 320, LG 410, and LG through a mock trial simulation. method of construction, and its use 440 students pursuing the certifi- Open to all students, the course is in real systems. 3 credits. cate in logistics are required to take especially recommended for those this capstone seminar. Each student interested in participating in inter- LG 320 Reliability and develops an experiential case study collegiate competition on the mock Maintainability Fundamentals in conjunction with a faculty advis- trial team. 3 credits. Prerequisite: LG 300. Basic descrip- er. This case study draws on mate- tion and analysis of the concepts rial learned in prerequisite courses LS 226 Family Law of reliability and maintainability and the student’s work experience. A study of legal relations between in large high-technology systems. Each student is required to present husband and wife including mar- 250 riage, annulment, divorce, alimony, LS 241 Legal Research and LS 326 Real Estate Law separation, adoption, custody Writing II A variety of legal skills in real estate arrangements, and basic procedures Prerequisites: LS 240, E 110. law. Special attention given to title, of family law litigation. 3 credits. Through more advanced assign- operations, mortgages, deeds, leases, ments, students further develop property taxes, closing procedures LS 229 Legal Communications legal research, analytic, and writing and documents. 3 credits. Familiarization with the kinds of skills. Includes research and analy- legal documents and written instru- sis of realistic legal problems with LS 328 Management and ments employed by participants in preparation of opinion letters, legal Administrative Skills the legal process. Recognition and memoranda, and briefs. 3 credits. An examination of the procedures understanding of the purpose of and systems necessary to run a law writs, complaints, briefs, memoran- LS 244 Estates and Trusts office efficiently. Students learn da, contracts, wills, and motions. An examination of the legal prin- administrative skills such as how 3 credits. ciples and techniques of effective to interview clients, conduct legal estate planning and administration. correspondence, and maintain legal LS 238 Civil Procedure I Topics covered include inheritance records. Proven management tech- Prerequisite: LS 100. Study of statutes, preparation and execution niques for keeping track of filing procedural law governing civil legal of wills, and record-keeping prac- dates and fees, court dockets, and actions. Includes overview of civil tices. 3 credits. calendars are also examined. legal actions in state and federal 3 credits. courts with focus on legal principles LS 301 Administrative Law and that affect commencing and main- Regulation LS 330 Legal Investigation taining lawsuits. 3 credits. Study of the basic principles of law Examines skills needed to conduct for government agencies; structure investigations that are a routine LS 239 Civil Procedure II: of federal and Connecticut agen- part of the practice of law, such Litigation cies; and major laws governing as principles of fact-gathering in a Prerequisite: LS 238. An examina- these agencies, including the state wide range of cases (e.g., criminal, tion of civil litigation from com- and federal Administrative Proce- divorce, custody, housing). mencement of a lawsuit through dure Acts and Freedom of Informa- 3 credits. trial, including pleadings, motions, tion Acts. Overview of the role of discovery, and evidence. A combi- legal professionals in administrative LS 340 Equality and Law nation of theory and practice. practice with practical applications. Prerequisite: LS 100 or consent 3 credits. 3 credits. of the instructor. This course will survey equal protection law under LS 240 Legal Research and LS 310 Business Organizations the U.S. Constitution, statues pro- Writing I This course studies the various hibiting discrimination, and the Prerequisites: LS 100, E 105. An types of business organizations, interpretation and enforcement introduction to legal research and including corporations, partner- of principles of equality and non- writing. Students learn to use pri- ships, limited liability companies, discrimination through the courts mary and secondary legal authority sole proprietorships, and joint ven- while considering concepts of in the law library and computer- tures, and the legal and documenta- equality, social movements seeking ized legal research databases to tion requirements for their forma- equality, and policy considerations. solve legal research problems and tion, operation, and termination. Differences in the protections pro- assignments. Further study of legal Advantages and disadvantages of vided by federal and state law and reasoning and case and statutory different forms of business entities the seminal equal protection cases analysis. 3 credits. are examined. 3 credits. in various categories in the context of the corresponding social move- ments will be included. 3 credits. Courses 251
LS 350 Global Legal Systems as the impact of mass data banks this course prior to enrolling in This course surveys and compares on the right to privacy, copyright LS 501/502. 1 credit. major legal systems in the world, infringement, personal and social focusing on common law systems security concerns, and the tension LS 501/502 Legal Studies of the U.S. and Britain, civil law between the First Amendment and Internship I and II systems of Europe, the laws of the protecting vulnerable populations. Prerequisites: senior standing and European Union, Islamic law sys- 3 credits. completion of common courses tems, socialistic legal systems, and for the major. Pre-placement class- international law concepts. LS 440 Law and Policy room review of professional office 3 credits. Prerequisites: LS 100 and junior procedures including maintaining or senior standing. Reviews and legal records and files, handling oral LS 401 Alternative Dispute evaluates selected current law and written communications, ethi- Resolution: Models and Practice and policy issues and considers cal responsibilities, and time and Study of current models of conflict underlying philosophical principles workflow management. The intern- resolution, emphasizing mediation including justice, rule of law, and ship placement follows. Regular and restorative justice; applications democratic ideals, and the extent to class discussion sessions for analysis, in legal and organizational settings. which our legal system gives effect problem-solving, and skill build- Using simulations, students learn to or undermines these principles. ing are held during the internship basic negotiation and mediation Examines both the effectiveness placement. 4 credits each semester. skills. 3 credits. as well as limitations of using law to implement policy initiatives. 3 LS 599 Independent Study LS 405 Environmental Law credits. Prerequisite: consent of department Study of environmental law and chair. An opportunity for a student, regulation at the federal, state, LS 450–459 Special Topics under the direction of a faculty and local levels. Includes review Prerequisite: consent of department member, to explore and acquire of major federal environmental chair. A study of selected issues of competence in a special area of protection laws, state common law particular interest to the student interest. 1–3 credits. protections, local land use controls, and the instructor. 3 credits. and international law. Role of regulatory agencies and the courts LS 498 Research Project MATHEMATICS examined. 3 credits. Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of department chair. The All prerequisites for the following LS 410 Counterterrorism and the student carries out an original mathematics courses must be strict- Law research project in a legal setting ly observed unless waived by the This course studies the Patriot Act, and reports findings. 1–6 credits. Mathematics Department. Students FISA, and other counter-terrorism who have successfully completed laws, the balance between security LS 500 Pre-Internship any mathematics course may not and protecting constitutional rights, Prerequisite: junior standing in legal enroll in course prerequisite to the including personal liberty, and how studies. This course enables stu- completed course without explicit the courts decide these cases. His- dents to understand and prepare for consent of the Department. torical context and public policy as the internship experience. Students well as legal issues are considered. explore internship and legal career M 103 Fundamental 3 credits. opportunities, develop job applica- Mathematics tion skills, review professional office Required at the inception of the LS 430 Cyberlaw procedures and ethical responsibili- program of study for all students Analysis of special problems aris- ties, and select potential internship (day and evening) who do not ing from use of computers and the placements in an area of interest. show sufficient competency with Internet. Exploration of topics such Students are required to complete fundamental arithmetic and alge- 252 bra, as determined by placement ics, science, and engineering is the M 166 Discrete Mathematics for examination. This course covers basic prerequisite for all advanced Computer Science arithmetic operations, algebraic mathematics. Introduces differential Prerequisite: CS 110. A foundation expressions, linear equations in one and integral calculus for functions course for computer science majors. variable, exponents and polynomi- of one variable, including algebraic Introduction to fundamentals, als, Cartesian coordinates, equation and transcendental functions and including logic, sets, functions, and of a straight line, and simultaneous culminates in the fundamental induction. Emphasis on the internal linear equations. (Students must theorem of calculus. Includes basic computer representations and com- successfully complete M 103 before rules and properties of limits and putational properties of numbers. 3 taking any other course having derivatives and applications of credits. (This course is cross-listed mathematical content.) Students derivatives. Studies the plane ana- with CS 166 Discrete Mathematics who take M 103 will have the total lytic geometry needed for calculus. for Computing.) number of credits required for grad- 4 credits. uation increased by three. 3 credits M 203 Calculus III (4 to 6 meeting hours per week). M 118 Calculus II Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher Prerequisite: a grade of C or in M 118. The calculus of multiple M 109 Intermediate Algebra higher in M 117. Continuation of variables covering three-dimension- Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher first-year calculus, including the al topics in analysis and vector anal- in M 103 or placement by the fundamental theorem of calculus, ysis, partial differentiation, maxima department. A review of the funda- methods of integration, applications and minima for functions of several mental operations and an extensive of the integral, improper integrals, variables, line integrals, multiple study of functions, exponents, radi- infinite series, and introduction to integrals, spherical and cylindrical cals, linear and quadratic equations. differential equations. 4 credits. polar coordinates. 4 credits. Additional topics include ratio, pro- portion, variation, progression, and M 121 Algebraic Structures M 204 Differential Equations the binomial theorem. This course A first course in an orientation to Prerequisite: M 203. The solution is intended primarily for students abstract mathematics: elementary of ordinary differential equations, whose program of study requires logic, sets, mappings, relations, including the use of Laplace trans- calculus or business math. Other operations, elementary group forms. Existence of solutions, series students might consider M 127. theory. Open to all freshmen and solutions, matrix methods, nonlin- 3 credits. sophomores. 3 credits. ear equations, and varied applica- tions. 3 credits. M 115 Pre-Calculus M 127 Finite Mathematics Prerequisite: a grade of C or high- Prerequisite: M 103 or placement M 227 Mathematics for er in M 109 or placement by the by the department. Functions and Elementary Education Teachers department. Offers the foundation lines, linear systems, linear pro- Prerequisites: M 109 or M 127 needed for the study of calculus: gramming, mathematics of finance, or placement by the department. polynomials, algebraic functions, sets and counting, and an intro- From the point of view of a teacher elementary point geometry, plane duction to probability. Numerous this is a review of the mathematics analytic trigonometry, and proper- applications and an introduction topics covered in elementary school, ties of exponential functions. to computing and computers. This and it covers the mathematical 4 credits. course is intended primarily for underpinnings of such topics as students whose program of study whole numbers, fractions, number M 117 Calculus I does not require calculus. Students theory, geometry, and measure- Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher preparing to take calculus should ment. Problem-solving is an under- in M 115 or placement by the take M 109. 3 credits. lying theme to the course. 3 credits. department. This first-year college course for majors in mathemat- Courses 253
M 228 Elementary Statistics effectively be utilized in learning sit- M 325 Number Theory Prerequisite: M 127 or place- uations. Lesson plans are developed Prerequisite: M 305. Topics are ment by the department. A non- incorporating technology. selected from the following: math- calculus-based course that includes 3 credits. ematical induction, Euclidean algo- basic probability theory, random rithm, integers, number theoretic variables and their distributions, M 305 Discrete Structures functions, Euler-Fermat theorems, estimation and hypothesis testing, Prerequisite: M 118. Corequisite: congruences, quadratic residues, regression and correlation. Empha- M 203. Methods of proof, the and Peano axioms. 3 credits. sis on an applied approach to integers, induction, prime numbers, statistical theory with applications recursive algorithms, greatest com- M 331 Combinatorics chosen from the biological sciences mon divisors, the Euclidean algo- Prerequisite: M 311 or consent of and other fields of study. Students rithm, the fundamental theorem of the department. Problem-solving are introduced to and make use arithmetic, congruences. 3 credits. using graph theory and combina- of the computer package SPSS for torical methods. Topics include data analysis. 4 credits. M 308 Introduction to Real counting methods, recurrence, Analysis generating functions, enumeration, M 301 Geometry from a Modern Prerequisite: M 204. Sets and func- graphs, trees, coloring problems, Viewpoint tions, the real numbers, topology network flows and matchings. Prerequisite: M 117. A modern of the line, limits, continuity, com- Special emphasis on reasoning that approach to Euclidean geometry pleteness, compactness, connect- underlies combinatorical problem with emphasis on proofs; basic edness, sequences and series, the solving, algorithm development, results on lines, planes, angles, poly- derivative, the Riemann integral, and logical structure of programs. gons, circles, spheres; coordinate the fundamental theorem of calcu- 3 credits. and vector viewpoints. 3 credits. lus, sequences and series of func- tions. 3 credits. M 338 Numerical Analysis M 303 Advanced Calculus Prerequisites: M 203 and a stan- Prerequisite: M 204. A survey M 309 Advanced Differential dard programming language. Top- course in applied mathematics. Equations ics include solutions of algebraic Vector calculus: line and surface Prerequisite: M 204. Theoretical and transcendental equations by integrals, integral theorems of analysis and applications of non- iterative methods; system of linear Green and Stokes, and the diver- linear differential equations. Phase equations (matrix inversion, etc.); gence theorem. Complex variables: plane and space, perturbation theo- interpolation, numerical differentia- elementary functions, Cauchy-Rie- ry and techniques, series and related tion, and integration; solution of mann equations, integration, Cau- methods, stability theory and tech- ordinary differential equations. Sci- chy integral theorem, infinite series, niques, and relaxation phenomena. entific and engineering applications. calculus of residues and conformal 3 credits. 3 credits. mapping. 3 credits. M 311 Linear Algebra M 361 Mathematical Modeling M 304 Using Technology to Prerequisite: M 203. Matrices, sys- Prerequisites: M 311, junior stand- Teach Mathematics tems of linear equations and their ing. Problem-solving through Prerequisites: M 117, CS 210 or solutions, linear vector spaces, linear mathematical model building. MM 301, or consent of depart- transformations, eigen values and Emphasis on applications of math- ment. Students are introduced to a eigenvectors. 3 credits. ematics to the social, life, and man- variety of technological tools (calcu- agerial sciences. Topics are selected lators, computer software, Internet M 321 Modern Algebra from probability, graph theory, resources) useful in improving Prerequisite: M 305 or M 311. Markov processes, linear program- mathematics instruction. Students Groups, rings, integral domains, ming, optimization, and game investigate how technology can fields, polynomials. 3 credits. theory, simulation. 3 credits. 254
M 371 Probability and Statistics I logical space; bases; homeomor- experimental design. Topics include Prerequisite: M 203. Axiomatic phisms; relative topology; product single-factor designs, two-factor study of probability: sample spaces, spaces; separation axioms; metric designs, multiple-factor designs, combinatorical analysis, indepen- spaces; connectedness and compact- and randomized block designs. dence and dependence, random ness. 3 credits. 3 credits. variables, distribution functions, moment-generating functions, cen- M 450–453 Special Topics in M 491–499 Department Seminar tral limit theorem. 3 credits. Mathematics A study of a mathematical topic Selected topics in mathematics of or topics not covered in the M 381 Real Analysis special or current interest. 3 credits. above courses. Subject of study is Prerequisite: M 308. Foundation announced by the mathematics of analysis, sets and functions, real M 472 Probability and department in advance. A paper and complex number systems, Statistics II and/or seminar talk, suitable for limits, convergence and continuity, Prerequisite: M 371. Elements of presentation to all interested mathe- sequences and infinite series, and the theory of point estimation, matics faculty, is required. 3 credits. differentiation. 3 credits. maximum likelihood estimates, theory of testing hypotheses, power M 599 Independent Study M 403 Techniques in Applied of a test, confidence intervals, linear Prerequisites: consent of faculty Mathematics regression, experimental design and member and department chair. Prerequisite: M 204. Techniques in analysis of variance, correlation, and Opportunity for the student, under applied analysis including Fourier nonparametric tests. 3 credits. the direction of a faculty member, series; orthogonal functions such to explore an area of interest. This as Bessel functions, Legendre poly- M 473 Advanced Statistical course must be initiated by the stu- nomials, Chebychev polynomials, Inference dent. 1–3 credits. Laplace and Fourier transforms; Prerequisite: M 472. This course product solutions of partial dif- is designed to provide an in-depth ferential equations and boundary treatment of statistical inference. MECHANICAL value problems. 3 credits. Topics include distribution of ENGINEERING functions of one or several random variables, N-P structure of tests of M 423 Complex Variables Design elective/required choices are hypothesis, properties of “good” Prerequisite: M 204. For math- indicated by (D) following course estimators, and the multivariate ematics, science, and engineering title. students. Review of elementary normal distribution. 3 credits. functions and Euler forms; holo- ME 001 Mechanical Engineering morphic functions, Laurent series, M 481 Linear Models I Workshop singularities, calculus of residues, Prerequisite: M 472. This course Prerequisite: freshman standing. contour integration, maximum is designed to provide a compre- This one-hour-per-week workshop modulus theorem, bilinear and hensive study of linear regression. familiarizes mechanical engineering inverse transformation, conformal Topics include simple linear regres- students with basis practices in a mapping, and analytic continua- sion, inference in simple linear laboratory environment including tion. 3 credits. regression, violations of model safety considerations, design plan- assumptions, multiple linear regres- ning, layout, fabrication, and toler- M 441 Topology sion, and the Extra Sum of Squares ances. Demonstrations and actual Prerequisite: M 381 or consent of Principle. 3 credits. fabrication as time permits. Spring department chair. Topics selected semester only: No credit. from the following: Hausdorff M 482 Linear Models II neighborhood relations: derived, Prerequisite: M 481. Continuation open, and closed sets; closure; topo- of M 481, with an emphasis on Courses 255
ME 101 Engineering Graphics. ics of particles and rigid bodies experiments in mechanics of mate- Prerequisites: EAS 107P, EAS with emphasis on two-dimensional rials, vibrational analysis, computer- 109. Orthographic/multiview problems. Vector representation aided data acquisition and analysis. projections; isometric, auxiliary, of motion in rectangular, polar, Emphasis placed on measurement and sectional views; dimensioning and natural coordinates. Impulse techniques, report writing, and and tolerancing practices; working momentum and work-energy theo- error/statistical analysis. 2 credits. drawings; computer-aided drafting and solid modeling using contem- rems. Rigid bodies in translation, porary software (e.g., AutoCAD, rotation and general plane motion. ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Solid- Works). 2 credits. 3 credits. Flow Prerequisites: M 204, EAS 222 or ME 200 Engineering Materials ME 304 Mechanical Behavior of consent of instructor. Fluid kine- Prerequisite: CH 103. A study of Materials matics, continuity equation, vector the properties of the principal engi- Prerequisite: ME 200. Detailed operations. Momentum equation neering materials of modern tech- study of elastic and plastic defor- for frictionless flow, Bernoulli equa- nology: steels and nonferrous alloys mation of materials at room tem- tion with applications. Irrotational and their heat treatment, concrete, perature and elevated temperatures. flow, velocity potential, Laplace’s wood, ceramics, and plastics. Gives Dislocation theory and microplas- equation, dynamic pressure and lift. engineers sufficient background to ticity models considered. 3 credits. Stream function for incompressible aid them in selecting materials and flows. Rotational flows, vorticity, setting specifications. 3 credits. ME 305 Engineering circulation, lift and drag. Integral Thermodynamics momentum analysis. Navier-Stokes ME 215 Instrumentation Prerequisite: EAS 224. Corequisite: equation, stress tensor. Newtonian Laboratory M 203. Use of first and second laws fluid. Boundary layer approxima- Prerequisites: CE 205, E 225 (may of thermodynamics to investigate tions. 3 credits. be taken concurrently), ME Skills processes involving vapors and gases Workshop, EAS 109, ME 001. in closed and open systems. Analy- ME 330 Fundamentals of Laboratory experiments introducing sis of vapor and gas power and Mechanical Design (D) equipment and techniques used to refrigeration cycles. Exergy analysis, Prerequisite: EAS 222 or consent measure force, static displacement, psychometrics, and combustion of instructor. Review of methods of dynamic motion, stress, strain, fluid processes. 4 credits. mechanical design. Development flow, pressure, and temperature. of fundamental engineering analysis Introduction to statistical methods, ME 308 Applied Elasticity involving static and fatigue failure. data acquisition, data analysis and Prerequisites: EAS 222, M 203. Topics include the maximum shear control using microcomputers. Stress and strain tensors. Equilib- and Von Mises’ theories of static Computerized data acquisition, rium equations. Transformation design, safety factor, Soderberg calibration, and statistical analysis equations for stress and strain. and Goodman diagrams for fatigue of data uncertainty. 2 credits. Principal stresses and maximum design, modified endurance limit, shear stress. Stress-strain relations. reliability analysis, statistical consid- ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics Measurement of strain. Theories of erations, and stress concentration. Prerequisite: EAS 222. Planar and yielding and fracture. Introduction Introduction to codes and stan- 3-D kinematics and kinetics of to matrix methods of structural dards. Practical applications. rigid bodies. Work-energy meth- analysis, the finite element method, 3 credits. ods, impulse-momentum theorem, and computer-aided engineering. inertia tensor, Euler angles, and 4 credits. ME 343 Mechanisms (D) gyroscopic motion. Free-body Prerequisite: ME 300. Graphic and diagrams, equilibrium of forces, ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory analytic methods for determining friction. Kinematics and dynam- Prerequisites: EAS 222, ME 215 or displacements, velocities, and accel- consent of instructor. Laboratory erations of machine components. 256
Applications to simple mechanisms ME 365 Introduction to Energy ME 407 Solar Energy Thermal such as linkages, cams, gears. Efficiency. Processes (D) Design project. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EAS 224 and EAS Corequisite: ME 404. Introduction 230 or equivalent. Analysis of to the fundamentals of solar energy ME 344 Mechanics of Vibration selected engineering systems with a thermal processes including solar Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. The focus on improvements in electri- radiation, flat plate and focusing mathematical relationships neces- cal/thermal efficiency. Thermal collectors, energy storage, hot water sary for solving problems involv- and electrical power management heating, cooling and auxiliary sys- ing the vibration of lumped and and conservation in buildings with tem components. Emphasis on the continuous systems. Damping, free specific focus on HVAC system design and evaluation of systems and forced motions, resonance, iso- efficiency, energy efficient technolo- as they pertain to commercial and lation, energy methods, balancing. gies (electrical motors, lighting, heat residential buildings. 3 credits. Single, two, and multiple degrees of pumps). Energy audits, power freedom. Vibration measurement. management and cogeneration are ME 408 Advanced Mechanics 3 credits. discussed. 3 credits. Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. Plane and spatial motion of parti- ME 355 Interfacing and Control ME 398 Internship cles and rigid bodies, inertia tensor, of Mechanical Devices (D) Prerequisite: junior standing. A relative motion, gyroscopes, central Prerequisites: EAS 230 or consent minimum of 300 hours of practical force motion. Lagrangian and of instructor. A practical, hands-on experience in an area or technical Hamiltonian methods. 3 credits. approach to connecting, monitor- project closely related to mechanical ing, and controling thermo sensors, engineering. The requirement may ME 411 Fundamentals of motors, encoders, and other sensors be satisfied through an internship, Thermo/Fluid Design (D) and transducers using a PC and full- or part-time employment, Corequisites: ME 305, ME 330 a multipurpose expansion board. summer job, apprenticeship, or vol- or consent of instructor. Intro- Topics include hardware connec- unteer work. No credit. duction to the design of specific tions, voltage input and output, thermal, heat, and fluid devices and motor-generator and motor-encod- ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer systems as they apply to practical er feedback, stepper motors, ther- Prerequisites: M 204, ME 305, design problems. Review of design mal control, and digital switching. Corequisite: ME 321 or consent methodology and basic equations 3 credits. of instructor. Steady and unsteady in thermal sciences. Group design conduction in one and two dimen- studies in each of the three basic ME 361 Fundamentals of sions. Heat transfer in walls and areas of heat exchangers, prime Renewable Energy Systems. cylinders; internal generation of movers, and piping systems. Prerequisites: EAS 211, M 203, heat. Fins and extended surfaces. 3 credits. or consent of instructor. A study Introduction to matrix inversion; of the technology and engineering finite difference solutions using ME 415 Thermo/Fluids design issues of renewable energy matrix inversion and time-step Laboratory. systems (solar, wind, geothermal, iteration methods. Biot, Fourier, Prerequisites: ME 215, ME 321. tidal); availability of renewable Prandtl, Nusselt and other dimen- Corequisite: ME 404. A survey of resources and assessment of gen- sionless numbers. Internal and experiments and laboratory inves- eration capacity. Topics include external forced convection. Heat tigations covering the areas of fluid active and passive solar methods exchanges, log-mean temperature mechanics, thermodynamics, heat tied to HVAC systems; solar, ther- difference, effectiveness-NTU transfer, and gas dynamics. Analog mal, and electric power generation method. Radiation. Practical and digital data acquisition and alternatives; wind and tidal power examples. 3 credits. analysis. 2 credits. engineering; and current waste to energy systems. 3 credits. Courses 257
ME 422 Compressible Fluid ing the culmination of the ME ME 435 Advanced Mechanical Flow student undergraduate education Design (D) Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321, experience. A minimum of two Prerequisites: ME 321, ME 431. ME 404 or consent of instruc- weeks review/summary of relevant Selected advanced topics related tor. Compressible fluid flow with engineering principles. Students to the design of machine elements emphasis on one-dimensional expected to apply engineering prin- such as hydrodynamic theory ducted steady flows with heat trans- ciples acquired throughout their of lubrication and principles of fer, frictional effects, shock waves, academic and internship experi- hydraulic machines with applica and combined effects. Introductory ences to the design of a system, tion to hydraulic couplings. considerations of two- and three- component, or process. Projects 3 credits. dimensional flows. Applications to include design methodology, propulsive devices. Occasional dem- design problem statements and ME 438 Systems Dynamics and onstrations accompany the lectures. specifications, alternative solutions, Control 3 credits. feasibility and detailed system Prerequisite: ME 300, ME 321. descriptions. Consideration of real- Modeling, analysis, and design ME 426 Turbomachinery (D) istic constraints, such as economic control of dynamic systems with Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321 factors, safety, reliability, mainte- feedback. Response and stability or consent of instructor. Review nance, aesthetics, ethics, and social analysis. Methods include Routh- of basic thermodynamics and fluid and environmental impact. Oral Hurwitz, root locus, Bode plots, mechanics. Dimensional analysis; and written presentations. When Nyquist stability criterion. Design specific speed; classification of appropriate, one team with dem- and compensation methods. Appli- turbomachines; cavitation; losses; onstrated commitment to a major cations in mechanical, thermal, definitions of efficiency. Theories project may be selected to further electrical systems. Some lab appli- of turbomachines; design consid- develop that project with the intent cations. Project. 3 credits erations for stator blades and rotor of participating in a national com- blades. Computer-aided design. petition as a means of satisfying the ME 443 Introduction to Flight 3 credits. senior design sequence. Fall semes- Propulsion ter only. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 422 or consent of ME 427 Computer-Aided instructor. A senior course designed Engneering (D) ME 432 Mechanical Engineering for those students who intend to Prerequisite: ME 308 or consent of Design II (D) work or pursue further studies in instructor. Integration of comput- Prerequisite: ME 431. Continu- the aerospace field. Among the top ers into the design cycle. Interactive ation and completion of projects ics covered are detonation and def- computer modeling and analysis. initiated in ME 431 are carried to lagration, introductory one-dimen- Geometrical modeling with wire completion by the same groups. sional nonsteady gas flows, basic frame, surface, and solid models. Emphasis on design, documenta- concepts of turbomachinery, and Finite element modeling and analy- tion, and project management. survey of contemporary propulsive sis. Problems solved involving struc- Detailed design drawings and pro- devices. Shock tube, supersonic tural, dynamic, and thermal charac- totype construction (or simulation, wind tunnel, and flame propaga- teristics of mechanical devices. as appropriate), testing, and evalu- tion demonstrations accompany the 3 credits. ation. Midterm, final, oral formal lectures. 3 credits. reports and presentations and com- ME 431 Mechanical Engineering prehensive written reports. Course ME 450–459 Special Topics in Design I (D) offered only in Spring semester Mechanical Engineering Prerequisites: ME 330 and senior only. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. standing or consent of instructor’s. In-depth study of topics chosen First course of a two-semester cap- from areas of particular and current stone design sequence represent- 258 interest to mechanical engineering MG 240 Business Ethics and MG 350 Management of students. 1–6 credits. Diversity Workforce Diversity Prerequisites: E 110 and sopho- Prerequisite: MG 210. This course ME 512 Senior Seminar more standing. This course intro- explores issues of social identity, Open to seniors with coordinator’s duces the student to the complexi- social and cultural diversity, and approval. Individual oral presenta- ties of ethical behavior within the societal manifestations of oppres- tions of material researched on top- business environment and examines sion as they relate to the workplace. ics selected by students and faculty the impact of different demo- Workforce demographics are at the beginning of the term. graphic groups on various types of rapidly evolving due to changes in 3 credits. organizations. 3 credits. birthrates, immigration, legal sys- tems, social attitudes, and economic ME 599 Independent Study (D) MG 317 Entrepreneurship and expansion. Managing businesses Prerequisites: consent of faculty New Business Development and other organizations will require supervisor and approval of program Prerequisite: MG 210. Covers not just contemporary knowledge coordinator. Independent study the entrepreneurial process from and technology but the expertise to provides an opportunity for the conception to operation of a new manage increasing workforce diver- student to explore an area of special business. Concentrates on the sity. 3 credits. interest under faculty supervision. characteristics of entrepreneurs and 1–3 credits per semester, with a the process by which they turn MG 415 Multinational maximum of 12 credits. ideas into new business. Students Management also learn about the process of new Prerequisite: MG 210. An analysis business development in the large and examination of management MANAGEMENT corporation and study the effect of and organizational behavior against corporate culture on the success of a background of diversified cultural MG 115 Fundamentals of new ventures. 3 credits. systems. 3 credits. Management A course in introductory manage- MG 327 Business Planning MG 417 Managing an ment that explores the basics of Prerequisite: MG 317. Covers the Entrepreneurial Venture both theory and practice. Topics elements of planning for a new Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 317. are related to the five functions of business. Identifies the goals, objec- Covers the principles of managing management: planning, organizing, tives and strategies that an entrepre- a growing entrepreneurial business. staffing, leading, and controlling. neur must articulate for fulfillment Students learn how to anticipate Enrollment limited to nonbusiness of that entrepreneurial dream. The and deal with problems peculiar to majors and/or A.S. business admin- main focus of the course is to high- a growing business. The emphasis istration students only. 3 credits. light the milestones toward success is on innovation, creativity, and of the new venture. 3 credits. managing opportunities, in contrast MG 210 Management and with management of ongoing busi- Organization MG 331 Management of Human ness that is based on efficiency and Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Resources effectiveness. 3 credits. A study of management systems Prerequisite: MG 210. A survey as they apply to all organizations. of the industrial relations and the MG 450–454 Special Topics in Managerial functions, principles of personnel management system of Business management, and other aspects of an organization. Manpower plan- Prerequisites: MG 210 and junior the management process are exam- ning/forecasting, labor markets, standing unless otherwise specified ined. 3 credits. selection and placement, training in course schedule description. Spe- and development, compensation, cial studies in business and public government/employer and labor/ administration. Work may include management relations. 3 credits. study and analysis of specific prob- Courses 259 lems within units of business or current literature relevant to issues and distribution channels. government and application of affecting personnel functions in the 3 credits. theory to those problems; programs organization. 3 credits. of research related to a student’s MK 205 Consumer Behavior discipline; or special projects. Sev- MG 550 Business Policy Prerequisite: sophomore standing. eral sessions may run concurrently. Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210, A study of the principal compre- 3 credits. MK 200. An examination of hensive marketing models that organizational policies from the focus on buyer decision processes. MG 457 Family Business viewpoint of top-level executives; Topics include brand switching Management development of analytic frame- decisions, measures of media effec- Prerequisite: MG 210. Provides a works for achieving the goals of the tiveness, market segmentation, and fundamental understanding of fam- total organization. Discussion of other marketing techniques. ily business management, including cases and development of oral and 3 credits. historical and theoretical rudiments, written skills. 3 credits. transition stages, conflict resolution, MK 302 Organizational family systems, and succession. MG 597 Practicum Marketing Case studies of classic family busi- Prerequisite: junior standing. A Prerequisite: MK 200. Practices nesses are used for discussion and course of study designed especially and policies in the distribution of analysis. 3 credits. for the supervised practical applica- industrial goods, including purchas- tion of previously studied theory in ing, market analysis, channels of MG 467 Franchising a group setting. Completed under distribution, pricing, competitive Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210. the supervision of a faculty sponsor practices, and operating costs. Covers the franchising operation and coordinated with a business 3 credits. from both the franchiser’s and organization. 3 credits. franchisee’s perspectives. Provides MK 307 Advertising and the student with a framework to MG 598 Internship Promotion evaluate the feasibility of extend- Prerequisite: SM 320 or MG 210. Prerequisite: MK 200. The design, ing a new business into a franchise On-the-job experience in selected management, and evaluation of the and the potential profitability of organizations in management. various communications programs engaging in a franchise operation. 3 credits. involved in marketing and public 3 credits. relations. 3 credits. MG 599 Independent Study MG 512 Contemporary Issues in Prerequisite: MG 210. Independent MK 316 Sales Management Business and Society study on a project of interest to the Prerequisite: MK 200. The man- Prerequisites: MG 210 and senior student under the direction of a agement of a sales organization: standing. A rigorous examination faculty member designated by the recruiting, selecting, training, super- of competing concepts of the role department chair. 3 credits. vising, motivating, and compensat- of business in society. A capstone, ing sales personnel. 3 credits. integrative course relating the firm to its environment, including issues MARKETING MK 321 Retail Management arising from aggregate social, politi- Prerequisite: MK 200. Survey of cal, legal, and economic factors. MK 200 Principles of Marketing the problems and opportunities in 3 credits. Prerequisite: sophomore standing. the retail distribution field, includ- The fundamental functions of mar- ing a basic understanding of buy- MG 520 Current Issues in keting involving the flow of goods ing, selling, and promotion of the Human Resource Management and services from producers to con- retail consumer market. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MG 210, MG 331. sumers. Marketing methods of pro- Examines research findings and motion, pricing, product decisions, 260
MK 326 Overview of uct policy, pricing, promotion, and MK 599 Independent Study E-Commerce distribution. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MK 200. A planned Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior program of individual study under standing. A review of issues in MK 442 Marketing Research in the supervision of a member of the e-commerce. Technologies available the Global Environment faculty. 3 credits. for digitalization and transmis- Prerequisites: MK 200, QA 216. sion are surveyed. Different uses of Research as a component of the Internet, intranets, extranets, and marketing information system. MARINE BIOLOGY web pages are discussed. B2B sales Research design, sampling methods, and supply chain management are data interpretation, and manage- MR 101 Introduction to Marine introduced. Available security and ment of the marketing research Biology payment systems are compared. function. 3 credits. An introduction to the field of The impacts of e-commerce and marine biology and the marine e-tail on business structure, channel MK 450–459 Special Topics environments of southern Connect- conflicts, and alliances are intro- Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior icut. Students learn basic marine duced. 3 credits. standing. Coverage of new and sampling techniques and basic emerging topics and applications in organism identification. Students MK 371 Negotiation and Sales. marketing theory and practice. The also explore the different compo- Prerequisites: MK 200 and MG format may include both traditional nents of the marine environment, 210. Introduces the basic concepts classroom activities and innovative in particular Long Island Sound. and skills of professional selling, group projects. 3 credits. This course is intended for marine negotiation, including customer biology majors and other students analysis, communication skills, MK 515 Marketing Management interested in learning about the effective openings and closings, and Prerequisites: MK 200 and senior field. Students are required to have customer relations. Selling skills standing. The analysis, planning, hip waders. 1 credit. and concepts are developed through and control of the marketing effort the extensive use of sales exercises, within the firm. Emphasis on case MR 102 Seminar in Marine role-plays, and presentations. analysis. A marketing capstone Biology 3 credits. course. 3 credits. An introduction to careers and research topics in marine biology. MK 402 Marketing of Services MK 597 Practicum Every week students explore new Prerequisite: MK 200. The market- Prerequisite: MK 200 and senior scientific questions in marine biol- ing of services, including service- standing. A course of study ogy and learn about potential occu- based market planning, marketing designed especially for the super- pations within the field. This course mix, core marketing strategies and vised practical application of previ- is intended for marine biology trends, and the essential differences ously studied theory in a group majors and other students inter- between product and service-based setting. Completed under the ested in learning about ongoing marketing. 3 credits. supervision of a faculty sponsor and issues in the field of marine biology. coordinated with a business organi- 2 credits. MK 413 International Marketing zation. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EC 133, MK 200. MR 200 Oceanography with Applied marketing decision-making MK 598 Internship Laboratory in international firms. The devel- Prerequisite: MK 200. Supervised Prerequisites: BI 121–122 or BI opment of marketing strategy and field experience for qualified stu- 253–254, Math 109 or higher, and techniques in foreign markets. dents in areas related to their major. high school chemistry. This course Study of key multinational market- 3 credits. investigates the major aspects of ing skills, especially research, prod- physical, geological, chemical, and biological oceanography. Human Courses 261 impacts on the ocean environment MR 310 Marine Botany with evaluation of ecological function in are considered as well. The labora- Laboratory restored habitats. 3 credits. tory component provides hands-on Prerequisites: BI 122 or BI 254; experience with marine sampling, MR 200. A survey of plant and MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and mapping, and measurements, as algae taxa inhabiting the marine Biotechnology well as with computer simulations and estuarine environment. Prerequisite: MR 300. An examina- of ocean currents, tides, waves, and Emphasis is placed on the form and tion of marine aquaculture and the other oceanographic phenomena. function of the major groups and use of marine resources in develop- 4 credits. their adaptation to the marine envi- ing biotechnological products. The ronment. The laboratory section history of aquaculture and current MR 260 Marine Vertebrate includes exercises in lower plant aquaculture practices throughout Zoology with Laboratory taxonomy and morphology. Experi- the world are reviewed. Lectures are Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. A ments in plant physiology and field augmented by visits to commercial survey of marine vertebrate phyla, trips to study intertidal plant com- establishments and aquaculture focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary munities are included. Laboratory research laboratories. The second relationships, structure and func- fee; 4 credits. portion of the course focuses on the tion, physiological adaptations, and development of marine biotech- life modes. Laboratory includes MR 320 Marine Pollution nology, marine products, and the real and virtual examination of the Prerequisite: MR 300. A classifica- relationship between aquaculture structure and anatomy of represen- tion of the different forms of pol- and marine biotechnology. Some tative taxa from the phyla, labora- lution in the marine environment. required weekend field classes. tory experiments, and observations The fate and transport of different 3 credits. on the behavioral responses of pollutants are discussed as are the certain organisms to environmental effects of pollutants on coastal and MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry stimuli. 4 credits. open marine ecosystems. 3 credits. with Laboratory Prerequisites: CH 115–118, MR MR 300 Marine Ecology with MR 330 Coastal Resources and 300. A comprehensive study of Laboratory Management the biogeochemistry of marine Prerequisites: BI 250, BI 320. Prerequisite: MR 300. Examination waters and sediments. Emphasis is Investigation of ecological struc- of natural coastal resources, human on biogeochemical cycling of key ture and dynamics in marine and uses and alterations, federal and elements in marine and estuarine estuarine habitats at organismal, international regulations shaping ecosystems and their role in global population, community, and activities in the coastal zone, and processes. Chemical analysis and ecosystem levels. Geographic coastal management at the interna- field collection techniques together aspects and human interactions tional, federal, state, and local lev- with experimentation into the par- with marine ecosystems are also els. Some weekend field classes may titioning of chemical species among considered. Designed around spe- be required. 3 credits. sediment, water, and biota are con- cific topics covered in lecture, the ducted in the laboratory portion of laboratory includes investigation MR 331 Marine Conservation the class. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. of different types of estuarine and and Restoration coastal habitats, field and laboratory Prerequisite: MR 300. An inves- MR 501–502 Senior Project in techniques, and design of basic and tigation into the conservation of Marine Biology I and II applied marine ecological investiga- marine resources and the science Prerequisites: marine biology major, tions. Some required weekend field of habitat recovery and restoration. senior standing. Individual/group- classes. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Topics include fisheries conserva- based research in marine biology. tion, case studies of restored coastal Students develop specific research habitats, assessment procedures, and projects, conduct literature searches, plan and conduct experiments, 262 analyze the data, and present their of instructor. Open to all students MU 175–176 Musicianship I findings in a written report and at interested in ensembles or private and II a student conference at the end of instruction. Students with adequate Prerequisites: MU 111 or MU 112; the second semester. 3 credits each scholastic standing may carry this a grade of C or higher in MU 151. semester. course for credit in addition to a Development of practical skills normal program. 1–8 credits; maxi- essential to performers and ensem- MR 590 Special Topics mum 3 credits per semester. ble directors: ear training, sight- Selected topics of special or current singing, dictation, transcription, interest in the study of marine biol- MU 125 Elementary Music arranging, notation, score writing. ogy. 3 credits. Theory 3 credits each term. A one-semester introduction to MR 599 Independent Study the basic principles of music, pri- MU 198–199 Introduction to Prerequisites: marine biology major, marily for students who wish to American Music I and II consent of the department. Weekly gain insight into the fundamental Music of the North American conferences with adviser. Oppor- structures and workings of the art continent from the Puritans to the tunity for the student, under the form. Music majors who have not present day; both European and direction of a faculty member, to successfully passed the department non-European musical traditions, explore an area of personal interest. placement examination must enroll with emphasis on twentieth-century A written report is required. in MU 125 and MU 126. Top- developments. 3 credits each term. 3 credits. ics include notation, scales, key signatures, time signatures, staff rec- MU 201–202 Analysis and ognition, intervals, and triads. Non- History of European Art Music MUSIC music majors are not required to I and II enroll in the laboratory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher MU 106 Chorus in MU 151. The growth of West- Styles of group singing; survey of MU 126 Elementary Music ern art music from its beginnings choral music literature from around Theory Laboratory to the present day. Analysis of the world. 3 credits. Exercises in sight-singing, solfége, musical masterpieces on a technical melodic and rhythmic dictation, and conceptual basis. 3 credits each MU 111 Introduction to Music and music notation. Should be term. Basic forms and styles of music in taken concurrently with MU 125. the Western world; music apprecia- 1 credit. MU 211 History of Rock tion. 3 credits. Study of rock music as a musical MU 150–151 Introduction to tradition and as a social, politi- MU 112 Introduction to World Music Theory I and II cal, and economic phenomenon. Music Prerequisite: a grade of C or Ethno-musicological and historical Non-Western musical styles, their higher in MU 125 and MU 126 examination of rock from its pre- cultures and aesthetics; music of or placement by the department. 1955 roots to the present. 3 credits. the indigenous cultures of the Fundamentals of music: notation; Americas and the advanced musics physical and acoustical foundations; MU 221 Film Music of the Near East and Far East; harmony and melody; modality, Designed for both music and com- emphasis on India, the Orient, tonality, atonality; consonance and munication majors. Introduction Southeast Asia, Africa, and Indo- dissonance; tension; introductory to the art, science, and history of nesia. 3 credits. composition; and ear training. musical scores in film. Class work 3 credits each term. includes viewing and analysis of MU 116 Performance films with significant cuing and an Prerequisite: a grade of C or introduction to the musical reper- higher in MU 125 or permission Courses 263 toire available to the filmmaker. MU 301 Recording MU 322 Sound System Design 3 credits. Fundamentals and Maintenance Prerequisite: PH 100 or PH 150. A Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher MU 250–251 Theory and study of the fundamentals of sound in MU 311. This course covers Composition I and II recording technique and methodol- the basics of sound system trouble- Investigation of music theory in ogy: acoustics, basic electronics, the shooting and maintenance. Topics various parts of the world, includ- decibel, magnetism, microphones, include sound systems, the decibel, ing the Western art tradition. Exer- microphone placement, tape reading specs and diagrams, basic cises in the composition of music recorders, tape formats, mixers, sig- electronics, cabling, and test equip- within these theoretical constructs. nal processing and monitoring sys- ment. 3 credits. Ear training and keyboard har- tems. This course also emphasizes mony. 3 credits each term. the importance of sound aesthetics MU 350 Studies in Music II and ethics in the sound recording Area studies in musical forms; their MU 261 Introduction to the process. 3 credits. history, evolution, and resultant Music Industry metamorphoses; performance An introduction to the music MU 311–312 Multitrack practices and extant forms. Areas industry from the artist’s point of Recording I and II offered depend upon availability of view. Provides guidance to musi- Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher staff. 3 credits. cians and/or songwriters trying in MU 301. Two-semester course to break into the record industry. in the technique and methodol- MU 361 Production, Promotion, Topics include overview of the ogy of multitrack studio and live and Distribution music industry, songwriting and recording. Includes detailed study Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher publishing, the copyright law, of multiple tracking, mixing con- in MU 261. An overview of the music licensing, artist management, soles, microphones, tape recorders, music industry from the record agents and attorneys, and recording signal processors, studio proce- company’s perspective. Provides contracts. 3 credits. dures, sound synthesis, MIDI and guidance to music enthusiasts who digital audio. Also emphasizes the want to become record company MU 299 Problems of Music use of computers in the recording executives, sales managers, produc- Music as an art form throughout studio. Laboratory fee; 3 credits per ers, etc. Topics include record the world. Music aesthetics and its semester. company administration; business relationship to the performance and aspects of record production; pro- composition of music. 3 credits. MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI motion, publicity, and distribution; Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher recording studio management; MU 300 Studies in Music I in MU 301. A study of the use of radio station programming and Area studies in music and its parent synthesizers, drum machines, sound management; music videos; the culture. Cultural theory as related modules, and computers in the retail music store. 3 credits. to the music; instruments of the recording studio. Using a combina- area and their etymologies; per- tion of lecture/demonstrations as MU 362 Legal Issues, formance practices; the social role well as lab hours, students explore Copyrights, and Contracts of music, both art and folk. Areas the physics of sound, sound syn- Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher offered depend on availability of thesis, instrument control, Musi- in MU 261. A comprehensive staff: China, Japan, the Near East, cal Instruments Digital Interface overview of the legal procedures, the Indian subcontinent, Africa, (MIDI), and computers. Special timings, and agreements used in the American Indian, Afro-American, emphasis is placed on current music industry. Includes detailed Latin American, the Anglo-Celtic sequencing, notation, and printing study of the current copyright law, tradition, and others. 3 credits. software. 3 credits. publishing contracts, licensing, the manager and/or agent agreement, the record company contract, 264
AFM and AFTRA agreements, and MU 500–502 Seminars in P 205 Introduction to Forensic ethical considerations in the music Advanced Research Psychology industry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Prerequisites: CJ 100, P111. This Bibliographical studies of major course provides an overview of the MU 401–402 Recording world music areas; investigation of various applications of psychology Seminar/Project I and II current and historical musicologi- to forensic settings. Topics include Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher cal theories; analysis and criticism criminal investigation and profiling, in MU 312. Each student com- of musicological area literatures. 3 personnel selection, dynamics of pletes a professional-quality record- credits each term. violence and victimology, eyewit- ing production or research and ness testimony, trial processes, and development project. Work may MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic a variety of other areas within the consist of internship or co-op expe- Music criminal and civil justice systems. rience in a professional recording Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 3 credits. studio. Seminar also includes pre- The music tradition of inner-city sentations on areas of professional ethnic groups; emphasis on the P 212 Business and Industrial interest such as career opportunities operation of the oral tradition in Psychology and new development in studio the preservation of cultural values Prerequisite: P 111. Psychologi- technique and technology. Labora- and customs as evidenced through cal principles and research as they tory fee; 3 credits each term. music. Classroom discussion is bal- apply to the problems of work- anced by field research in the urban ing with people in organizations. MU 416 Advanced Performance vicinity. 3 credits. Analysis of problems and decisions Prerequisites: consent of the depart- in this use of human resources, ment staff and a faculty adviser. MU 599 Independent Study including selection and placement, Preparation and presentation of an Opportunity for the student, under criterion measurement, job design, instrumental or vocal performance the direction of a faculty member, and motivation. 3 credits. indicating sufficient proficiency to to explore an area of personal inter- warrant the awarding of a degree in est. This course must be initiated P 216 Child Development music. 3 credits. by the student. 1–3 credits per Prerequisite: P 111. This course semester, with a maximum of 12 reviews the literature on biologi- MU 450-452 Special Topics in hours. cal, motor, perceptual, cognitive Music (including intelligence), language, Study of selected topics of special or emotional, social, and gender current interest. 3 credits. PSYChOLOGY development in children. Child development history, theory, and MU 461–462 Internship in the P 111 Introduction to research strategies will be discussed, Music Industry I and II Psychology as well as effect of family, peers, Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher Understanding human behavior. media, and schooling. 3 credits. in MU 361 and MU 362. The Motivation, emotion, learning, purpose of this course is to provide personality development, and intel- P 217 Adolescent Development the student with advanced on-the- ligence as they relate to normal and Prerequisite: P111. Study of human job training via placement as an deviant behavior. Applying psy- development through adolescence apprentice/intern in music industry chological knowledge to everyday to maturity is examined. The role companies such as recording stu- personal and societal problems. 3 of maturational changes, and peer dios, radio stations, music stores, credits. and family influences in the process and record companies. 3 credits of self-emergence and personal each term. adjustment will be emphasized. The effect of these changes on the learning and teaching processes will Courses 265 be presented. Adolescent develop- P 301 Statistics for the tant psychological theories concern- mental theory and research designs Behavioral Sciences ing the way in which the human will be discussed. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M 127, P 305. Con- mind perceives, interprets, process- cepts and assumptions underly- es, stores, and retrieves information P 218 Sensation and Perception ing statistical methods essential about the world. Furthermore, the Prerequisite: P 111. This course to design and interpretation of course illustrates how the minds examines how humans process research on human subjects. Fun- mental representations of objects the stimuli that surround them damental descriptive and inferential and events serve as the basis for (sensation) and how the brain inter- methods. This course includes learning and memory, pattern prets these stimuli (perception). training in the use of a computer recognition, the use of language, Furthermore, it explores how our statistics program. 4 credits. and our ability to reason and solve interpretations and our responses problems. 3 credits. to environmental stimuli are influ- P 305 Experimental Methods in enced by our experiences, culture, Psychology P 315 Human and Animal physiology, emotional state, and the Methods of designing and analyz- Learning social situation. 3 credits. ing psychological experiments. The Prerequisite: P 111. Different types scientific method as applied to psy- of human and animal learning. P 220 Psychology of Language chology. Consideration of research Learning as an adaptive mechanism. and Reading techniques, experimental variables, Psychological principles underlying Prerequisite: P 111. This course design problems, and data analysis. learning. Practical applications of introduces students to the prin- This course includes training in the learning principles. 3 credits. ciples of how humans acquire and use of a computer statistics pro- understand language. It examines gram. 3 credits. P 316 The Psychology of Health the mental processes involved in and Sports different forms of language use P 306 Applied Experimental Prerequisite: P 111. The role of (e.g., speech, conversation, writing, Psychology psychological factors in the cause and thought) with a special focus Prerequisites: P 301, P 305. This and prevention of physical illness. on the processes involved in read- is an advanced course in the use The modification of unhealthful ing comprehension. Furthermore, of scientific methodologies in behaviors. The study of stress and the course includes an examination psychological research with special the management of stress, particu- of some of the difficulties often emphasis on experimental design larly during athletic competition. encountered when processing lan- and inferential statistics. The The nature of pain and pain man- guage, including aphasia and dys- course focuses on the formulation agement. The role of emotion in lexia. 3 credits. of hypotheses, use of appropriate athletic performance. The use of research design, methods of statisti- psychology in athletic performance P 261 Drugs and Behavior cal analysis of data, and dissemina- enhancement. Threats to the health Prerequisites: P 111 and BI 121– tion of experimental findings. Stu- of athletes. 3 credits. 122. This course introduces the dents are required to formulate an student to the relationship between experimental hypothesis, propose a P 321 Social Psychology drugs (legal and illegal) and human research study to test the hypoth- Prerequisite: P 111. The interde- behavior. The main topics include esis, collect and analyze the data, pendence of social organizations the role of drugs in today’s society, and prepare a complete APA-style and behavior. The interrelation- drug abuse and addiction, the treat- poster and report on the research. ships between role systems and ment of addiction, and the use of 3 credits. personality; attitude analysis, psychoactive drugs in treating psy- development, and modification; chological disorders. 3 credits. P 312 Cognitive Psychology group interaction analysis; social Prerequisites: P 111. This course conformity; social class and human introduces students to the impor- 266 behavior. 3 credits. (Same course as ogy setting. Supervision, guidance, P 350 Psychological Testing and SO 320) and review will be provided by Assessment faculty as well as placement super- Prerequisite: P 301. This course P 330 Introduction to visors. The course will include introduces students to the psy- Community Psychology required classroom meeting(s) to chometric aspects of psychological Prerequisite: P 111. Key concepts facilitate a better understanding of testing and assessment. Principles of of community psychology/com- issues presented during practicum test construction and standardiza- munity mental health. Community experience. A comprehensive tion as well as factors that influence problems, needs, and resources. report analyzing the internship reliability and validity are exam- The helping relationship. Interven- experience is required. 1-3 credits. ined. Commonly used psychologi- tion techniques. Programming cal instruments such as intelligence, services. Understanding behavioral P 336 Abnormal Psychology personality, neuropsychological, differences. Careers in community Prerequisite: P 111. Psychological aptitude, achievement, and per- psychology. 3 credits. and organic factors in personality sonnel tests are surveyed. The disorganization and deviant behav- historical, legal, and ethical aspects P 331 Practicum I in Psychology ior. Psychodynamics and classifica- of psychological testing are also Prerequisites: junior or senior stand- tions of abnormal behavior. Disor- reviewed. 3 credits. ing, and permission of instructor. ders of childhood, adolescence, and Provides closely supervised practical old age. Evaluation of therapeutic P 351 Behavior Therapies experience within a professional set- methods. 3 credits. Prerequisite: P 111. Principles of ting in clinical/community, foren- therapeutic behavior management. sic, or general psychology. The P 341 History and Systems Alteration of maladaptive behavior experience can include observing, Prerequisite: P 111. An historial patterns in institutional, neighbor- assisting, assuming regular duties, survey of theoretical formulations hood, home, educational, and social or pursuing a special project within and influential systems in psychol- settings by operant and respondent the professional setting. Supervi- ogy. Evaluates structuralism, func- reinforcement techniques. Habit sion, guidance, and review will tionalism, behavoralism, Gestalt management in oneself and in one’s be provided by faculty as well as psychology, psychoanalysis, human- children. 3 credits. placement supervisors. The course istic and cognitive movements. will include required classroom 3 credits. P 357 Legal Psychology meeting(s) to facilitate a better Prerequisite: P 205. This course understanding of the issues present- P 345 Police and Investigative focuses on the study of human ed during practicum experience. A Psychology behavior and cognitions within the comprehensive report analyzing the Prerequisite: P 205. This course legal and criminal justice system. internship experience is required. focuses on the functions of the Special emphasis is given to the 1-3 credits. police psychologist such as candi- contributions of legal and cogni- date screening, stress management tive psychology in understanding P 332 Practicum II in Psychology and counseling, hostage negotia- the criminal and civil legal system. Prerequisites: P 331, junior or tions, critical incident debriefing Topics includes eyewitness testimo- senior standing, and permission of and fitness for duty evaluations. ny, jury decision-making, confes- instructor. Provides closely super- Application of psychological princi- sion evidence, and punishment and vised practical experience within ples to investigation strategies such sentencing. 3 credits. a psychology setting in clinical/ as profiling and forensic hypnosis community, forensic, or general will also be explored. 3 credits. P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience psychology. The experience can Prerequisite: P 111 and BI include observing, assisting, assum- 121–122. This course explores the ing regular duties, or pursuing a neurological underpinnings related special project within the psychol- to cognitive processes and their Courses 267 associated behaviors. Specifically, P 375 Foundations of Clinical/ public services at the federal, state, the course focuses on the brain’s Counseling Psychology regional, and local levels. 3 credits. role in complex human behaviors Prerequisite: P 336. Course reviews such as attention, body movement, the humanistic, psychoanalytic, and PA 302 Public Administration consciousness, emotions, decision- behaviorist views on the emergence Systems and Procedures making, formation and retrieval and treatment of psychopathology. The major staff management func- of memories, and the production The fit between theory and tech- tions in government and in non- and understanding of language. 3 nique is explored. 3 credits. profit agencies: planning, budget- credits. ing, scheduling, and work analysis. P 475 Senior Seminar in 3 credits. P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience Psychology and Law Prerequisites: P 111; BI 121 and Prerequisites: P 205, P 357, P PA 305 Institutional Budgeting BI 122. Endocrinological, neural, 365, senior standing. This course and Planning sensory, and response mechanisms explores a series of contemporary Budgeting as an institutional plan- involved in learning, motivation, rotating research topics in law and ning tool, as a cost control device, adjustment, emotion, and sensa- psychology that allow students to and as a program analysis mecha- tion. 3 credits. take an in-depth examination of a nism is stressed. Attention is given single area of study. Areas explored to the salary expense budget, the P 365 Law, Psychology and the may include jury decision-making revenue budget, the capital budget, Mental Health System models, forensic assessment, wrong- and the cash budget. 3 credits. This class reviews the civil and ful conviction, death penalty, and criminal law as it relates to mental trial consulting. 3 credits. PA 307 Urban and Regional health issues. Particular emphasis is Management given to the justification of mental P 480–484 Special Topics in Methods and analysis of deci- health law concepts, such as civil Psychology sionmaking related to urban and commitment and parens patriae Selected topics of special or current regional problems. Topics include power. Topics include competence interest. 3 credits. housing, land use, economic devel- to stand trial, insanity, civil com- opment, transportation, pollution, mitment, sexual predator com- P 599 Independent Study conservation, and urban renewal. mitment statutes, confidentiality, Prerequisites: consent of faculty 3 credits. duty to warn, informed consent, member and department chair. malpractice and issues of expert Opportunity for the student, under PA 308 Health Care Delivery testimony. Legal cases are examined the direction of a faculty member, Systems to give the students a foundation in to explore an area of personal inter- An examination of the health care actual legal case law. Ethical issues est. This course must be initiated delivery systems in the U.S., includ- and issues of professional responsi- by the student after conferring with ing contemporary economic, orga- bility are covered. the faculty member who has agreed nizational, financing, manpower, to supervise the project. 1–3 credits. cost, and national health insurance P 370 Theories of Personality issues. 3 credits. Prerequisites: P 111, junior stand- ing. Theory and method in the PUBLIC PA 404 Public Policy Analysis understanding of normal and devi- ADMINISTRATION Using the public perspective, ant aspects of personality; theories examines the nature of the public of Freud, Jung, Rogers, neo-Freud- PA 101 Introduction to Public policy process from policy forma- ians, and others. 3 credits. Administration tion through policy termination. The nature of and problems Major emphasis on the techniques involved in the administration of commonly used in analyzing public policy, including cost/benefit analy- 268 sis and comparison of expected and a group setting. Completed under energy consumption, physical limits actual outcomes. An opportunity the supervision of a faculty sponsor to energy production and con- to gain hands-on experience in the and coordinated with a business sumption, environmental effects, analysis and evaluation of public organization. 3 credits. and comparisons of energy alterna- policy. 3 credits. tives. Special emphasis on the tech- PA 598 Internship nical, environmental, and economic PA 405 Public Personnel Prerequisite: consent of the coordi- aspects of nuclear power as well as Practices nator. Monitorial field experience energy sources of the future such as Study of the civil service systems with public and not-for-profit agen- fast-breeder reactors, fusion, solar, of the federal, state and local gov- cies. Minimum of 3 credits. and geothermal power. 3 credits. ernments, including a systematic review of the methods of recruit- PA 599 Independent Study PH 103–104 General Physics I ment, evaluation, promotion, disci- Independent study on a project and II with Laboratory pline, control, and removal. of interest to the student under Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or 3 credits. the direction of a faculty member equivalent math competency. Pri- approved by the department chair. marily for life-science majors with PA 408 Collective Bargaining in 3 credits. no calculus background. Basic the Public Sector concepts of classical physics: fun- Analysis of collective bargaining in damental laws of mechanics, heat, the public sector, with emphasis PHYSICS electromagnetism, optics, and con- on legislation pertaining to govern- servation principles. Introduction ment employees. 3 credits. “+” denotes courses offered on an to modern physics: relativity and “as needed” basis. quantum theory; atomic, nuclear, PA 450–459 Special Topics and solid-state physics. Application Selected topics of special or current PH 100 Introductory Physics of the physical principles to life sci- interest in the field of public man- with Laboratory ences. Laboratory fee; 4 credits per agement. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M 109/M 127 or semester. equivalent math competency. A PA 490 Public Health one-semester introduction to the PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Administration science of physics primarily for Waves with Laboratory An examination of public health liberal arts, business, and hospital- Prerequisite: M 117. Introduc- activities, including public health ity/tourism students. The course tory course for physical science organization, environmental health, provides a broad, algebra-based and engineering majors. Kinemat- disease control, use of information understanding of the basic laws ics, Newton’s laws, conservation systems, and social services. of nature, their application to our principles for momentum, energy, 3 credits. everyday lives, and their impact on and angular momentum. Thermal our technological society. Labora- physics. Basic properties of waves, PA 512 Seminar in Public tory fee; 4 credits. simple harmonic motion, super- Administration position principle, interference Selected topics related to public +PH 101 Energy — Present and phenomena, and sound. Laboratory administration are chosen for study Future fee; 4 credits. in depth. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or equivalent math competency. PH 203 The Physics of Music PA 597 Practicum Intended primarily for business and and Sound with Laboratory Prerequisite: junior standing. A liberal arts students. Explores the Prerequisites: PH 100 or PH 103 course of study designed especially nature, role, and economic impact or PH 150 or equivalent. A sec- for the supervised practical applica- of energy in our society. Topics ond- semester course in physics for tion of previously studied theory in include the nature and growth of music and sound-recording majors Courses 269 and others with a special inter- ry. Atomic, nuclear, solid-state, and tional safety and health, fire science, est in music, acoustics, or sound elementary particle physics. forensic science, and related fields and hearing. Study of the physics 3 credits. as well as for science and engineer- underlying such things as the pro- ing students with interest in this duction of sound by musical instru- +PH 270 Thermal Physics area. Topics include the nature ments, electromagnetic storage and Prerequisite: PH 103 or PH 150. of radiation and radioactivity; the reproduction of sound, human Basic thermodynamics and its interaction of radiation with matter; hearing, and acoustics of concert applications. Major emphasis on biological effects of radiation; detec- halls and other spaces. Integrated the efficiency of energy conversion tion and measurement of radiation; laboratory experiments provide and utilization. Topics include the shielding considerations; dosimetry; hands-on experience of these phe- laws of thermodynamics, entropy, and standards for personal protec- nomena. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. efficiency of heat engines, solar tion. 3 credits. energy, the energy balance of the PH 205 Electromagnetism and earth, energy systems of the future, +PH 401 Atomic Physics Optics with Laboratory economics of energy use. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PH 211. Structure Prerequisites: PH 150, M 118. and interactions of atomic systems Basic concepts of electricity and +PH 280 Lasers including Schrodinger’s equation, magnetism: Coulomb’s law, electric Prerequisite: PH 205. Laser theory, atomic bonding, scattering and field and potential, Gauss’s law, holography, construction, and mean free path, radiative transi- Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s rules, capaci- application to latest engineering tions, and laser theory. 3 credits. tance, magnetic field, Ampere’s law, and scientific uses. 3 credits. Faraday’s law of induction, Max- +PH 406 Solid-State Physics well’s equations, electromagnetic +PH 285 Modern Optics Prerequisite: PH 211. Introduction waves. Fundamentals of optics: Prerequisite: PH 205. Introduc- to the physics of solids with empha- light, laws of reflection and refrac- tion to optical theories. Topics on sis on crystal structure, lattice vibra- tion, interference and diffraction the latest developments in optics. tions, band theory, semiconductors, phenomena, polarization, gratings, Application to life sciences and magnetism and superconductivity. lenses and optical instruments. engineering. 3 credits. Applications to semiconductor Laboratory fee; 4 credits. devices and metallurgy. 3 credits. +PH 301 Analytical Mechanics PH 207 Engineering Physics Prerequisites: PH 150, M 204, +PH 415 Nuclear Physics Prerequisites: one full year of or consent of instructor. This is Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent non-calculus physics with labora- an intermediate-level course in of instructor. Elementary nuclear tories, two semesters of calculus. A Newtonian mechanics. Selected physics. Nuclear structure, natural one-semester course primarily for topics include the formulation of radioactivity, induced radioactivity, engineering transfer students who the central force problem and its nuclear forces and reactions, fission had a one-year non-calculus physics application to planetary motion and fusion, reactors, and topics of sequence. All the major topics of and to scattering; theory of small special interest. 3 credits. PH 150–PH 205 are covered with oscillations; dynamics of rigid body an ample use of calculus. PH 207 motion; and an introduction to PH 450 Special Topics in Physics should not be used as a technical Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for- Study of selected topics of special or elective. 4 credits. malism. 3 credits. current interest. 3 credits.
PH 211 Modern Physics +PH 303 Radioactivity and +PH 451 Elementary Quantum Prerequisite: PH 205. Modern Radiation Mechanics physics fundamentals. Twentieth Prerequisite: a college chemistry Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent century developments in the theory course or consent of instructor. of instructor. An elementary treat- of relativity and the quantum theo- Intended for students in occupa- ment of nonrelativistic quantum 270 mechanics. Schrodinger’s equation, on a central figure of the period. art, beauty, and aesthetics. Topics with its applications to atomic and 3 credits. include definitions of art, natural nuclear structure; collision theory; beauty versus artifice, the nature radiation; introductory perturbation PL 210 Logic of aesthetic experience, cultural theory. 3 credits. Modern symbolic logic and its relativism, and the value of art in applications. 3 credits. an age of science and globalization. +PH 470 Theory of Relativity 3 credits. Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent PL 215 Nature of the Self of instructor. Introduction to Ein- Investigation of personal identity, PL 450–459 Special Topics in stein’s theory of relativity: special human nature, and the mind from Philosophy theory of relativity; Lorentz trans- ancient, modern, Western, and Study of selected topics of special or formations, relativistic mechanics Eastern perspectives. 3 credits. current interest. 3 credits. and electromagnetism. General theory of relativity: equivalence PL 222 Ethics PL 599 Independent Study principle, Einstein’s three tests, How shall one live? Critical exami- Opportunity for the student, under graviton, black hole, and cosmol- nation of answers proposed by clas- the direction of a faculty member, ogy. 3 credits. sic and modern philosophers of the to explore an area of interest. This major world traditions. 3 credits. course must be initiated by the stu- PH 599 Independent Study dent. 1–3 credits. Prerequisites: consent of faculty PL 240 Philosophy of Science member and department chair. and Technology Opportunity for the student, under Scientific method; the logic of sci- POLITICAL SCIENCE the direction of a faculty member, entific explanation; the application to explore an area of personal inter- of science to practical problems and “+” denotes Institute of Law and est. This course must be initiated questions peculiar to the social sci- Public Affairs courses. by the student. 1–3 credits. ences. 3 credits. PS 101 Introduction to Politics PL 250 Philosophy of Religion A basic course introducing stu- PHILOSOPHY An examination of some philo- dents to the discipline of political sophical notions used in religious science and its subjects: political PL 101 Introduction to discourse, such meaning, truth, theory, law, national government, Philosophy faith, being, God, and the sacred. international relations, comparative The nature of reality and how it 3 credits. government, and political economy. may be known, according to the 3 credits. great thinkers of the Occident and PL 333 Professional Ethics the Orient. 3 credits. Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- PS 121 American Government ing or consent of instructor. What and Politics PL 205 Classical Philosophy does it mean to be a professional? A basic study of the American The origins of philosophy and the This course examines the relation- political system. Constitutional continuing influence of classical ship among technical competence, foundations, the political culture, thought on the development of financial gain, and ethical responsi- Congress, the Presidency, the judi- ideas. 3 credits. bility. 3 credits. cial system, political parties, interest groups, news media, individual PL 206 Modern Philosophy: PL 356 Philosophy of Art liberties, federalism, and the policy- Descartes to the Present Corequisite: a course in one of the making process. 3 credits. Philosophical theories that have arts or junior or senior standing. dominated the modern age. Focus Comparative study of beliefs in cultures around the world about Courses 271
PS 122 State and Local +PS 224 Public Attitudes and behavior; and the nature and Government and Politics Public Policy impact of the judicial decision- Problems of cities, revenue sharing, A study of the sources of mass making process. 3 credits. community power structures, wel- political attitudes and behavior and fare, public safety, the state political their effects upon public policy. PS 232 The Politics of the First party, big-city political machines, The course examines the techniques Amendment interest groups, state legislatures, for influencing opinion, including Prerequisite: PS 121. Examina- the governor, the mayor, courts, propaganda and mass media com- tion of the political implications of and judicial reform. 3 credits. munications. 3 credits. the First Amendment freedoms of speech, press, and religion; Supreme PS 203 American Political +PS 228 Public Interest Groups Court adaptation of the First Thought Examination of group institutions Amendment to changing political Pre-Revolutionary and Revolu- of the American political culture. and social conditions. 3 credits. tionary political thought; classical Emphasis on the legal nature, pur- conservatism, liberalism, Jacksonian pose, and function of each opera- PS 241 International Relations democracy, civil disobedience, tional organization in the political Forces and structures operating in social Darwinism, progressive indi- process. 3 credits. the modern nation-state system; vidualism, and pluralism. 3 credits. the foreign policy process; decision- +PS 229 Legal Communications making process; the impact of PS 205 The Politics of the Black Familiarization with the kinds of decolonization on traditional inter- Movement in America legal documents and written instru- state behavior; economic and politi- The political development of ments employed by participants in cal developments since World War the Black Movement in America the legal process. Recognization and II. 3 credits. emphasizing ideological, legal, and understanding of the purpose of cultural perspectives. 3 credits. writs, complaints, briefs, memoran- PS 243 International Law and da, contracts, wills, and motions. 3 Organization PS 216 Urban Government and credits. Prerequisite: PS 241. Traditional Politics and modern approaches to interna- A study of the urban political pro- +PS 230 Anglo-American tional law and organization. Major cess. Structures and organizations Jurisprudence emphasis on the contribution of of urban governments, decision- Surveys ideas about the nature of law and organization to the estab- making, public policy, the “urban law. Legal philosophers examined lishment of a world law and world crisis,” crime and law enforcement, include Plato, Aristotle, St. Thomas peace. The League of Nations sys- party politics and elections, taxation Aquinas, John Austin, William tem and the United Nations system and spending patterns, environ- Blackstone, Benjamin Cardozo, are analyzed. 3 credits. mental problems, management of L.A. Hart, and Oliver Wendell urban development. 3 credits. Holmes. The contribution to legal PS 261 Modern Political Analysis theory made by various schools of Introduction to political analysis, PS 222 United States Foreign jurisprudence (e.g., positivism, legal including quantitative and qualita- Policy realism). 3 credits. tive techniques, systems and data An examination of the global for- analysis, role and group theory, and eign policy of the United States +PS 231 Judicial Behavior simulations and projections using and of the process of policy-making Examination of the American court computerized models. 3 credits. involving governmental and non- system as a political policy-making governmental actors. A review of body. Topics considered include PS 281 Comparative Political the political, economic, military, the structure of the judicial system; Systems: Asia and cultural tracks of policy. the influence of sociological and Traditional and modern politi- 3 credits. psychological factors on judicial cal and social structures of China, 272
Japan, Korea, and other Asian ment of candidates; the committee +PS 344 Campaign Management: states, including the function of the system; lobbyists; and decision- Survey Research, Polling, and political system within each coun- making. 3 credits. Computers try. 3 credits. A study of the uses and interpreta- PS 309 The American tion of survey research, polling PS 282 Comparative Political Presidency projects, and computer techniques Systems: Europe The role of the President as and their application to political Political characteristics of modern commander-in-chief, legislative campaigns. 3 credits. European states. Emphasis on leader, party leader, administrator, political, social, and economic manager of the economy, director +PS 346 Campaign Management: institutions and structures. Special of foreign policy, and advocate of Financing and Election Laws attention to European integration social justice. Nature of presidential Exploration of the methods used and the European Union; changes decision-making, authority, power, to finance a political campaign; the in Eastern Europe and the former influence, and personality. 3 credits. nature of campaign costs; the role USSR. 3 credits. of political action committees; the PS 331 Theory and the Supreme effects of campaign finance laws; PS 283 Comparative Political Court and the technical aspects and politi- Systems: Latin America An examination of the ways in cal implications of election laws at Political modernization, develop- which the Supreme Court exer- the federal, state, and local levels. ment in Latin America, political cises judicial review with particular 3 credits. institutions, national identity, lead- emphasis on the various theories of ership, integration, political social- review as they have evolved from PS 350 Public Policy: U.S. ization, and political ideologies. 3 John Marshall to the present. National Security credits. 3 credits. The development and operation of U.S. military and national security PS 285 Comparative Political PS 332 Constitutional Law policy from George Washington to Systems: Middle East Prerequisite: PS 121. Principles and the present, with major emphasis Analysis of the Arab and non-Arab concepts of the United States Con- on the twentieth century and post- states in the region with particular stitution as revealed in leading deci- World War II era. 3 credits. attention to the political systems, sions of the Supreme Court and the violence, and the problems of tradi- process of judicial review. 3 credits. PS 355 Terrorism tion vs. modernity. 3 credits. Examination of the modern appli- +PS 340 Campaign Management: cations of terrorism in international PS 304 Political Parties Procedures and Operations affairs, paying special attention to Prerequisite: PS 121. Voting and A study of the procedures and oper- ideological and infrastructure deter- electoral behavior, nominations and ations of the contemporary political minants. 3 credits. campaign strategy, pressure groups, campaign, including issue develop- political party structure, and func- ment, voter registration, canvassing, PS 390 Political Modernization tions of the party system in the media usage, fundraising, schedul- Comparative analysis of political American political community. ing, and campaign data. 3 credits. change and development. Politi- 3 credits. cal transition, political integration, +PS 341 Campaign Management: and nation building; institutional PS 308 Legislative Process Structure and Organization developments; political parties; Prerequisite: PS 121. Legislative Exploration of the structure, orga- military elites; youth; intellectuals; process in the American political nization, and management of the the bureaucracy; economic develop- system: legislative function; leader- campaign operation, and the han- ment; and political culture. ship, norms, folkways and executive dling, roles, and tasks of the cam- 3 credits. relations. Selection and recruit- paign personnel. 3 credits. Courses 273
+PS 415 Internship in Legal and PS 599 Independent Study assignment problems, transporta- Public Affairs Directed research on special topics tion algorithms, network and Prerequisite: consent of instructor. to be selected in consultation with inventory models, and decision Students have the opportunity to the department chair and a spon- theory. 3 credits. work as paraprofessionals in legis- soring faculty member. 3 credits. latures, government agencies, and QA 343 Management party organizations and to share Information Systems their experiences with other interns QUANTITATIVE Prerequisite: QA 216. This course in legal and public affairs. 3 credits. ANALYSIS provides methodology of the design, analysis, and evaluation of +PS 450 Campaign Management: QA 118 Business Mathematics management information systems Internship Prerequisite: M109 or successful (MIS). Topics include organiza- Actual work experience in cam- completion of qualifying placement tional implications of information paign management. 3 credits. test by the Mathematics Depart- technology, planning and control ment. This course is designed to systems, implementation of an inte- PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient improve the quantitative reason- grated system, technical treatment and Medieval ing skills of business students. It of MIS management, and applica- Foundations of Western political provides an introduction to two tion of computers via computer thought from the Greek, Roman, important knowledge bases: linear packages in business environments. and medieval experiences as they functions and systems, and the 3 credits. apply to the total discipline of fundamentals of the derivative and political science. 3 credits. integration and their uses in busi- QA 350 Quantitative Techniques ness decision-making. The focus Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior PS 462 Political Theory: Modern of the course is on the application standing. Advanced applications of and Contemporary of these mathematical concepts to quantitative techniques to the solu- A continuation of the study of personal business, management, tion of business problems. Topics political thought from the High marketing, and finance issues. Excel include classical optimization tech- Middle Ages to contemporary theo- spreadsheet applications are used niques, nonlinear programming, rists. 3 credits. extensively throughout the course. topics in mathematical program- ming, and graph theory. 3 credits. PS 494–498 Special Topics in 3 credits. Political Science QA 380 Operations Management Special studies on a variety of cur- QA 216 Business Statistics Prerequisite: QA 118 or equivalent. Prerequisite: QA 216. Basic review rent problems and specialized areas of service and production system in the field not available in the A course in elementary probability and statistical concepts and theory, designs and performance evalu- regular curriculum. 3 credits per ation. Topics include operations course. with emphasis on data analysis and presentation; probability theory; strategy, staff and production scheduling, Just-in-Time and time- PS 499–500 Senior Seminar in sampling distributions; statistical based competition, project manage- Political Science I and II inference; z-test, t-test, and chi- ment, and the role of technology in Prerequisite: consent of depart- square test; and simple and multiple service and manufacturing opera- ment chair. Capstone course in regression analysis. 3 credits. tions. 3 credits. which students use the tools of their discipline to examine a selected QA 328 Quantitative Techniques QA 428 Forecasting for Decision- problem. May be conducted as a in Management Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior Making proseminar. Required of all political Prerequisite: QA 216. Review of science majors. 3 credits per term. standing. An introduction to quan- titative techniques in management. different approaches to forecast- Topics include linear programming, ing used by management at dif- 274 ferent levels of decision-making. forms of independent study. exposure to essential Russian Cul- Techniques include smoothing 3 credits. tural issues and patterns as they and decomposition, causal and have developed historically. It will judgmental methods. Computer study how these issues manifest applications and modeling are RUSSIAN through representative works of emphasized. 3 credits. literature as well as popular and RU 101–102 Elementary Russian highbrow cultural media such as QA 450–459 Special Topics I and II music and film. The course will Prerequisite: QA 216. Coverage Stresses pronunciation, aural and also provide a unique opportunity of new and emerging topics and reading comprehension, basic to produce in-depth cultural and applications in quantitative analysis. conversation, and the fundamental literary analysis via oral discussion 3 credits. principles of grammar. 3 credits per and literary essays. Students will term. perform select written and oral QA 480 Project Management activities in Russian. 3 credits. Prerequisite: QA 216. Survey of RU 201–202 Intermediate management techniques applicable Russian I and II RU 450–459 Special Topics to a wide variety of business-related Prerequisites: RU 101–102 or the Selected topics of special or current project types. Emphasis on the equivalent. Stresses reading compre- interest in the study of Russian. project management cycle, includ- hension of modern prose texts and 3 credits. ing selecting, scheduling, bud- a review of grammar necessary for geting, and controlling projects. this reading. Students are encour- RU 599 Independent Study Desired qualifications and roles of aged to read in their own areas of Prerequisite: consent of faculty project managers. Extensive use of interest. 3 credits per semester. member and department chair. project management software. Opportunity for the student, under 3 credits. RU 301 Advanced Russian the direction of a faculty member, Prerequisite: RU 202 or compa- to explore an area of interest. This QA 597 Practicum rable proficiency level as demon- course must be initiated by the stu- Prerequisite: junior standing. A strated in consultation with the dent. 3 credits. course of study designed especially instructor. This course is intended for the supervised practical applica- to develop students’ proficiencies tion of previously studied theory in in speaking, writing, listening, SCIENCE a group setting. Completed under and reading so that they can be at the supervision of a faculty sponsor a level necessary for advanced lit- “*” denotes courses usually sched- and coordinated with a business erature and culture courses. It will uled every other academic year. organization. 3 credits. emphasize composition and oral discussion as well as concepts neces- “+” denotes courses offered at the discretion of the department. QA 598 Internship sary for a sophisticated appraisal of Prerequisite: QA 216. Supervised literature and culture in the target +SC 111–112 Physical Science I language. This course will be con- field experience for qualified stu- and II ducted in the target language. dents in an area related to opera- The meaning of scientific concepts 3 credits. tions management or quantitative and terms and their relation to analysis. 3 credits. other areas of learning and to daily RU 401 Russian Culture through living. Development and unity of QA 599 Independent Study Literature and the Media physical science as a field of knowl- Prerequisites: QA 118, QA 216, Prerequisite: RU 301 or compa- edge. Includes astronomy, physics, and junior standing. Independent rable proficiency as demonstrated chemistry, and geology. 3 credits research projects or other approved in consultation with the instructor. This course is a comprehensive per semester. Courses 275
*SC 126 Astronomy SE 310 Design for Environment and permutations, probability An introduction to present con- Prerequisites: EAS107P, EAS112, space, law of large numbers, ran- cepts concerning the nature and M 115, and a chemistry course. dom variables, conditional prob- evolution of planets, stars, galaxies, Methods and concepts concerning ability. Bayes’ Theorem, Markov and other components of the uni- the design of engineered systems chains, and stochastic processes. verse. The experimental and obser- and processes and assessment of 3 credits. vational bases for these concepts are their effects on the global environ- examined. 3 credits. ment, minimization of residues, SE 347 Statistical Analysis materials selection and packaging, Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 +SC 135 Earth Science designing products for recycling, or equivalent. Provides an introduc- A dynamic systems approach to disassembly, and disposal. Decision tion to the application of statistical phenomena of geology, oceanog- making in new product develop- techniques to engineering problems. raphy, and meteorology. Emphasis ment and creating environmental Measures of central tendency and on interrelations of factors and pro- objectives. Incorporating design for dispersion, estimation, hypothesis cesses and on importance of subject environment into the design pro- testing, correlation and regression, matter to human affairs. Suitable cess. Use of product design matri- and elementary analysis of variance. for non-science as well as science ces, environmental effect analysis, 3 credits. majors. 3 credits. life cycle analysis, and other design for environment tools. 3 credits. SE 398 System Engineering SC 450 Special Topics Internship Selected topics of special or current SE 311 Design for Environment Prerequisite: junior standing. An interest in the study of science. 3 Laboratory opportunity for students to apply credits. To be taken with SE 310. Uses theoretical concepts in system specialized software and tools to engineering to real-world problems analyze products and systems to with industry. The internship SYSTEM determine their effects on the global is designed to expose students to ENGINEERING environment. Students will analyze professional practice and culture existing products by disassembly, and provide an opportunity to gain SE 288 System Engineering data collection and analysis in professional experience under the Concepts and Principles order to analyze residues, materials, direction of practicing professionals Prerequisite: sophomore standing. packaging components, assembly and a faculty advisor. A minimum Introduction to system engineering; and disassembly methods. Students of 300 hours of work related to sys- system thinking; structure of mod- will explore concepts and methods tem engineering or close-ly related ern systems; development process to redesign products for recycling, engineering function is required. and organization of development disassembly, and environmentally 1 credit hour. projects; life cycle and testing; friendly dispels. Decision making operational and environmental fac- in new product development an SE 402 Operations Research tors in design; system engineering creating environmental objectives. Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS management; risk and standards; Specialized tools include use of 107 or equivalent. The opera- needs analysis; concepts explora- product design matrices, environ- tions research area is oriented to tion and definition; developing of mental effect analysis, life cycle various mathematical methods for requirements; system development analysis, and other design for envi- solving certain kinds of industrial planning; and functional specifica- ronmental tools. 1 credit. problems. Topics covered are linear tion. Case studies and plant tours programming, including simplex are integrated in the course topics. SE 346 Probability Analysis method; transportation and assign- 3 credits. Prerequisite: M 203. Develops the ment problems; queuing; dynamic theory of probability and related programming; simulation. 3 credits. applications. Covers combinations 276
SE 403 Operations Research II projects are run using a modern SE 488 System Engineering Prerequisite: SE 402 or equivalent. simulation package. 3 credits. Design Process Advanced coverage of Bayesian Prerequisite: SE288, SE347, statistics, utility and game theory, SE 441: Supply Chain and SE407. Corequisite: SE 403. The logistics and distribution, schedul- Logistics Management process of system design and devel- ing theory, graph theory, and sto- Prerequisite: senior standing. The opment to create a product or ser- chastic processes. Includes applica- process of planning, implement- vice. Includes stages of conceptual, tions in manufacturing and service ing, and controlling flow and stor- preliminary, and detail design and industries. 3 credits. age of goods, services, and related development; system testing, evalu- information from point to point ation and validation. Also addresses SE 407 Reliability and of consumption with the customer design issues of reliability, main- Maintainability requirements in mind. Topics tainability, human factors, service- Prerequisite: SE 346 or equivalent. include fundamentals of logistics ability, producibility, designing for Reliability measures: hazard models and e-logistics, information systems environmental factors and dispos- and product life; reliability func- and e-commerce, inventory con- ability. Team projects and extensive tion; static reliability models; infer- cepts and management, material use of software. 3 credits. ence theory and reliability compu- flow and transportation manage- tation; dynamic reliability models; ment, warehousing and material SE 498 System Engineering and reliability design examples. handling, the type and use of elec- Design Project I 3 credits. tronic media in the daily functions Prerequisite: SE 488 and consent of supply chain management, and of department. The first course in a SE 428 Six Sigma Quality global logistics. 3 credits. two-course year-long design project. Planning With a faculty adviser, the student Prerequisite: SE 347 or consent of SE 449 Lean Principles and works with two or more members instructor. Improving quality and Practices on an industry-sponsored project. reducing cost through the use of Prerequisites: SE 441 or consent Includes project scoping and defini- statistical methods; statistical pro- of instructor. Concepts of lean tion; needs assessment and analysis; cess control and basic experimental production, Japanese production risks, standards and human fac- design techniques; well known systems, push vs. pull production tors evaluation; conceptual design; quality systems, including concept systems, benchmarking and evalu- developing requirements, functional and methodology of six sigma (a ation schemes, schedule manage- specification, and simulation of quality management program). ment, overcoming bottlenecks, the conceptual design; testing DMAIC process, ISO standards, and performance and productivity and validation. Work is presented quality project management, and improvement techniques appli- through both a formal report and at commonly utilized six sigma tools cable to service and manufacturing a department seminar. Work con- are the focus of this course. Plant systems. Workforce issues (affairs) tinues to the follow-up course, SE tours and six sigma implementation including union acceptance, pro- 499. 3 credits. cases are included. 3 credits. ductivity, workforce education, training, and compensation. SE 499 System Engineering SE 435 Simulation and 3 credits. Design Project II Applications Prerequisite: SE 498 and consent Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 SE 450–459 Special Topics of department. Continuation of or equivalent. Corequisite: SE 402. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. SE 498. With faculty and industry Techniques for modeling of a sys- Selected topics of current interest advisers, student continues to work tem (business or scientific/engineer- in the field of system engineering. on the industry-sponsored project ing) using computer simulation. 3 credits. for end-delivery. Includes detailed Simulation principles are empha- design requirements and develop- sized. Student exercises and design ment, operational feasibility, sys- Courses 277 tems models and prototype devel- of sports marketing and public to develop the skills necessary to opment, testing, evaluation and relations that set sports apart from manage virtually any aspect of a validation, operational feasibility, other industries. Students develop sporting event, including contin- reliability and other characteristics, a strategic sports marketing plan gency planning, logistics, working preparation of life-cycle value cost, that includes an emphasis on public with vendors, financing, ticketing and packaging for final delivery relations. 3 credits. and admissions, seating design to customer. Work is presented and controls, sponsor and sup- through both a formal report and at SM 320 Sports Industries and plier agreements, risk management a department seminar. 3 credits. the Law and insurance, marketing events Prerequisite: SM 120. Legal aspects and licensed merchandise, finding SE 599 Independent Study as they relate to professional and sponsorship, working with govern- Prerequisite: junior standing. A amateur sports institutions. An mental agencies, and scheduling planned program of individual analysis of legal problems and issues tournaments and matches. Focuses study under the supervision of a confronting the sports manager: on events ranging from cycling and member of the faculty. 3 credits. suits against the organizational running races to the Super Bowl structure; safety; collective bargain- and the World Series. A require- ing and arbitration; and antitrust ment is that students be directly Sports violations. 3 credits. involved with organizing a sports Management event during the semester. 3 credits. SM 325 Sports Facility SM 120 Development of Management SM 584 Sport Facility American Sports Prerequisites: SM 120, MG 210. Development/Construction A survey of the American sports An examination of how sports facil- Prerequisite: SM 325 and senior industry and how it relates to soci- ities like coliseums, municipal and standing. This course takes the stu- ety: issues and problems in national college stadiums, and multi-purpose dents through the entire process of and international sports activities. civic centers are managed. Among building a sport facility. From the An analysis of current sports issues the topics included are financial planning process and site acquisi- and trends. 3 credits. management of sports facilities, tion steps through hiring architects booking and scheduling events, box and builders, the course is detailed SM 230 Management of Sports office management, staging and and focused primarily on larger Industries event production, personnel man- sport facilities. 3 credits. Prerequisites: SM 120 and sopho- agement, concessions and merchan- more standing. A survey of the dising management. 3 credits. SM 585 Applied Collegiate principles of management appli- Fitness and Athletics cable to the administration of sports SM 430 Financial Management Prerequisite: senior standing. SM enterprises: planning, controlling, for Sports Administration 585 focuses on the applied process organizing, staffing, and directing Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210. of managing collegiate fitness and various activities necessary for effec- Methods and procedures as they athletic programs. Issues covered tive functioning. 3 credits. apply to sports administration, taxa- include arranging travel, scheduling tion, purchasing, cost analysis, bud- events, purchasing insurance, hir- SM 235 Marketing and Public geting, and the financial problems ing officials, handling sport media, Relations in Sports of dealing with mass media. town/gov. relationships, laundry Prerequisites: SM 120 and sopho- 3 credits. and equipment processing, and a more standing. This course intro- host of other actions required to duces students to marketing and SM 475 Sports Event run a collegiate program. 3 credits. public relations skills crucial to Management success in every sports business, Prerequisite: SM 120 and junior and examines the unique features standing. This course helps students 278
SM 586 Sport Business SO 114 Contemporary Social mate evolution, and early humans Development and Sustainability Problems and their culture. 3 credits. Prerequisite: senior standing. Sus- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent tainability is not just a marketing of instructor. The major problems SO 221 Cultural Anthropology gimmick, but a way of life and a that confront the present social A systematic study of the culture of good business model. This class order; the methods now in practice preliterate and modern societies and examines various issues from green or being considered for dealing of cultural change. Includes analysis buildings, to renewable energy, with these problems. 3 credits. of religion, economics, language, recycling programs, new technolo- social and political organization, gies, and how to develop passion- SO 115 Women in Society and urbanization. 3 credits. ate “green” followers. The class An overview of women’s role in the will focus on sport and hospitality social system. Discussion includes SO 231 Juvenile Delinquency industries, but all business segments myths and realities of sex differenc- Prerequisites: SO 113, P 111. An will also be covered. 3 credits. es. Areas covered include analysis of analysis of delinquent behavior in the relationships of women to the American society; examination of SM 597 Practicum economy, the arts, and the sciences, the theories and social correlates Prerequisite: junior standing. A and how these affect the behavior of delinquency and the sociolegal course of study designed especially of women in the contemporary processes and apparatus for dealing for the supervised practical applica- world. 3 credits. with it. 3 credits. (See also CJ 221.) tion of previously studied theory in a group setting. Done under the SO 214 Deviance SO 250 Research Methods supervision of a faculty sponsor and Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent Prerequisite: sophomore standing. coordinated with a business organi- of instructor (offered in the Spring The student develops the concepts zation. 3 credits. semester only). Centered around necessary for selection and formula- deviance as a social product. The tion of research problems in social SM 598 Internship problematic nature of the stig- science, research design and tech- Prerequisite: junior standing. On- matization process is explored in niques, and analysis and interpreta- the-job experience in selected orga- areas such as alcoholism, crime, tion of research data. 3 credits. nizations in management. 3 credits. mental illness, and sexual behav- ior. 3 credits. SO 260 Genocide in Modern SM 599 Independent Study Times: the Call of Memory Prerequisite: junior standing. Inde- SO 218 The Community Prerequisite: sophomore standing. pendent study on a project of inter- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent This course examines the role of est to the student under the direc- of instructor. The community and memory in shaping historical, liter- tion of a faculty member designated its provisions for health, educa- ary, artistic, and other responses by the department chair. 3 credits. tion, recreation, safety, and welfare. to major genocides committed Theoretical concepts of commu- since the turn of the 20th century. nity, plus ethnographic studies of The course will examine works SOCIOLOGY small-scale human communities. produced by victims, perpetrators, Introduces students to fundamental resistors, by-standers, up-standers, SO 113 Sociology concepts of community. 3 credits. and others, with emphasis on the The role of culture in society, the genocides of Armenia, Rwanda, person, and personality; groups and SO 220 Physical Anthropology East Timor and the Sudan, and group behavior; institutions; social and Archaeology especially the Nazi Holocaust. interaction and social change. An introduction to the study of The course relies on accounts of 3 credits. human evolution and of present responses to genocidal events by physical variations among human- individuals and groups from mul- kind. Includes geologic time, pri- tiple viewpoints, and is intended Courses 279 to enable students to better under- SO 315 Social Change members of this society as they age. stand the nature of this criminal Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent An examination of age stratification act, its roots, its manifestations, and of instructor. Sources, patterns, and the resultant problems of age- the need to prevent it. 3 credits. and processes of social change with ism, prejudice, and discrimination. examination of classical and mod- Systematic review of major theoreti- SO 310 Primary Group ern theories of major trends and cal framework and research studies; Interaction developments, as well as studies emphasis on the application of Prerequisite: SO 113. Exploration of perspectives on microlevels of sociological theory and research in of communication in group pro- change in modern society. 3 credits. the field of aging. 3 credits. cess. Building a group and analyz- ing group structure and interaction; SO 320 Social Psychology SO 337 Human Sexuality the ways people communicate emo- Prerequisite: P 111. The interde- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent tionally and intellectually. 3 credits. pendence of social organizations of instructor. A scientific study of and behavior. The interrelation- human sexual behavioral patterns, SO 311 Criminology ships between role systems and social class attitudes, and cultural Prerequisites: P 111, SO 113. An personality; attitude analysis, devel- myths. Topics include reproduc- introduction to the principles and opment, and modification; group tive systems, sexual attitudes and concepts of criminology. Analysis interaction analysis; social confor- behavioral patterns, abortion and of the social context of criminal mity; social class and human behav- sexual laws, and variations in sexual behavior, including a review of ior. 3 credits. (See also P 321.) functioning. 3 credits. criminological theory, the nature and distribution of crime, the soci- SO 321 Social Inequality SO 340 Medical Sociology ology of criminal law, and the soci- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of etal reactions to crime and crimi- instructor. Organization of social instructor. An analysis of a major nals. 3 credits. (See also CJ 311.) class: standing, power, and process social institution, the health care of social mobility in contemporary field. Emphasis placed on socio- SO 312 Marriage and the Family society. Social stratification: its cultural aspects of the field; general Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of functions and dysfunctions as it overview of the organization and instructor. The formation, func- relates to the distribution of oppor- delivery of health care services, and tioning, and dissolution of relation- tunity, privilege, and power in soci- current problems and issues. ships in contemporary American ety. 3 credits. 3 credits. society are examined from an applied sociology perspective. SO 331 Population and Ecology SO 350 Social Survey Research 3 credits. Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. of instructor. Societal implications Introduction to the logic of social SO 313 Sociology of Sport of population changes and trends; science by a survey research project. Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent impact of humans as social animals Emphasis on the use of computer of instructor. A study of the rela- on natural resources, cultural val- software in analyzing large data sets. tionships among sports, culture, ues, and social structures; influence Topics include theory development, and society. Emphasis is on both on environmental ethics. 3 credits. survey design, sampling, methods amateur and professional sports and of data collection, and statistical their impact on the larger social SO 333 Sociology of Aging analysis of social science data. This order. Course examines sports Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent course is part of the technology from a comparative and histori- of instructor. The sociological component of the University Core cal perspective but also focuses on phenomena connected with aging Curriculum. 3 credits. problems confronting the world of in America. Discussion of the con- sports in contemporary American nections between personal troubles society. 3 credits. and social issues encountered by 280
SO 390 Sociology of of selected topics in the field of SO 599 Independent Study Organizations sociology and a critical analysis of Prerequisites: consent of instructor Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of pertinent theories with emphasis on and department chair. Opportunity instructor. Classic sociological theo- modern social thought. 3 credits. for the student, under the direction ries of organization with emphasis of a faculty member, to explore on the concepts of bureaucracy, SO 441 Sociology of Death and an area of personal interest. This scientific management, human Suicide course must be initiated by the stu- relations, and decision theory. The Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of dent. 1–3 credits. relevance of these ideas to concrete instructor. A confrontation with organization contexts; e.g., civil individual mortality and an aca- service, business, social movements demic investigation of phenomena SPANISH and political parties, charitable such as funerals, terminal illness, institutions, and hospitals. 3 credits. and crisis intervention, among SP 101–102 Elementary Spanish many others. 3 credits. I and II SO 400 Minority Group Focuses on the fundamental princi- Relations SO 450 Research Seminar ples of grammar. Extensive vocabu- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. The lary and pronunciation exercises. In of instructor. An interdisciplinary student develops and carries out an SP 102 aural comprehension and analysis of minority groups with original research project in social pronunciation are tested by oral particular attention paid to those science, reporting this procedure to examination. 3 credits per semester. regional, religious, and racial factors the class. 3 credits. that influence interaction. Designed SP 201–202 Intermediate to promote an understanding of SO 451–455 Special Topics Spanish I and II subgroup culture. 3 credits. in Sociology, Social Services, Prerequisites: SP 101–102 or equiv- Anthropology alent. Stresses the reading compre- SO 413 Social Theory Prerequisites: SO 113, SO 221, or hension of modern prose texts and Prerequisites: nine credits in sociol- consent of instructor. Special top- a review of grammar necessary for ogy. An analysis of the develop- ics in sociology, anthropology, or this reading. Students are encour- ment of sociology in the nineteenth social welfare on a variety of current aged to read in their own areas of and twentieth centuries with problems and specialized areas not interest. 3 credits per semester. particular emphasis on the theories available in the regular curriculum. of Comte, Durkheim, Simmel, 3 credits. SP 301 Advanced Spanish Weber, Marx, deTocqueville, and Prerequisite: SP 202 or comparable others. 3 credits. SO 501–502 Practicum I and II proficiency level as demonstrated Prerequisite: consent of department in consultation with the instructor. SO 418 Public Opinion and chair. Field experience in sociology This course is intended to develop Social Pressure or anthropology. Seminars in con- students’ proficiencies in speaking, Prerequisites: SO 113, P 111. An junction with this experience before writing, listening, and reading so intensive analysis of the nature and off-campus fieldwork is undertaken. that they can be at a level necessary development of public opinion Contact during the fieldwork for advanced literature and cultural with particular consideration of the experience and guidance by the courses. It will emphasize composi- roles, both actual and potential, of mentor provide an opportunity for tion and oral discussion as well as communication and influence. understanding group and individual concepts necessary for a sophisticat- 3 credits. dynamics and their repercussions. ed appraisal of literature and culture Follow-up seminars and a paper are in the target language. This course SO 440 Undergraduate Seminar required. 1-6 credits. will be conducted in the target lan- Prerequisite: consent of depart- guage. 3 credits. ment chair. A detailed examination Courses 281
SP 401 Latin American Culture ponents of energy generation and ature review, collecting and analyz- through Literature and the conversion systems including fuel ing data from pertinent sources to Media. cells, passive solar heating, fos- gain insight into the problem, and Prerequisites: SP 301 or compa- sil fuel and nuclear energy plants, attending seminars and lectures on rable proficiency as demonstrated cogeneration, and others Explora- the state-of-the-art and advanced in consultation with the instructor. tion of the conservation principle as concepts related to the problem. This course is a comprehensive applied to these systems including 3 credits. exposure to essential Latin Ameri- the comparison of fossil fuel and can issues and patterns as they have biofuel energy intensities, steady- SU 499 Senior Project II developed historically. It will study state analysis of energy transfer in Prerequisite: SU 498. This course how these issues manifest through a solar heater, and power losses is intended for students to create a representative works of literature in simple circuits. Comparative solution to the complex problem as well as popular and highbrow economics analysis based upon related to environmental sustain- cultural media such as music and operating costs and profiles, as well ability previously developed in film. The course will also provide as capital investment considerations the prior project course. Students a unique opportunity to produce for various technologies. 3 credits. apply analysis methods, decision- in-depth cultural and literary analy- making methods, design methods, ses via oral discussion and written SU 398 Sustainability Internship management principles, and their essays. Students will perform select Prerequisite: Junior standing. An communication and teamwork written and oral activities in Span- opportunity for students to apply skills to solve the problem. ish. 3 credits. theoretical concepts in environmen- 3 credits. tal sustainability to real-world prob- SP 450–459 Special Topics lems. The internship is designed Selected topics of special or current to expose students to professional SOCIAL WELFARE interest in the study of Spanish. practice and culture and provide 3 credits. an opportunity to gain professional SW 220 Introduction to Social experience under the direction of Services SP 599 Independent Study practicing professionals and/or a Course explores two basic questions Prerequisite: consent of faculty faculty advisor. A minimum of from a historical perspective: Why member and department chair. 300 hours of work related to envi- are people poor, and how have soci- Opportunity for the student, under ronmental sustainability or closely eties responded to the conditions of the direction of a faculty member, related topic is required. 1 credit. poverty? Focus on how the different to explore an area of interest. This economic, political, psychological, course must be initiated by the stu- SU 498 Senior Project I and sociological arrangements of dent. 1–3 credits. Prerequisite: senior standing. This society and its social institutions course is intended for students to create conditions which stimulate research and inquire in-depth into and necessitate differing social wel- Sustainability a specific problem in environmen- fare responses. 3 credits. tal sustainability, working with an SU 312 Introduction to instructor and/or advisor. The SW 340 Group Dynamics Traditional and Alternative problem can be a research problem, Prerequisite: consent of instruc- Energy Systems an on-campus problem, a local tor. Designed for students who Prerequisites: EAS 112, M 117, government problem, community seek to develop their leadership and PH 150. An introduction service activity, or a problem in skills in working with groups of to the technical and economic private business. Student activities various types. Explores cogni- fundamentals of traditional and include developing a well-written tive and behavioral mastery of a alternative energy systems. Course problem statement considering range of complex variables for role introduces the processes and com- scope, conducting a thorough liter- effectiveness, including a working 282 knowledge of personal, group, and THEATRE ARTS T 250 Acting II organizational dynamics; profes- Prerequisite: T 150. An intensive sional skills of facilitation; and T 131 Introduction to the course in scene study utilizing values of one’s professional identity. Theatre exercises and methods for advanced 3 credits. Play analysis from a literary stand- problem identification, text analy- point and as it relates to special sis, and characterization within the SW 401–402 Field Instruction I problems of the actor, director, context of different styles of plays. and II designers, and backstage personnel. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Supervised experience relevant to Practical work in all phases within specific aspects of social services in the classroom. Fall semester. T 275 Stagecraft I human service agencies, institu- 3 credits. Fundamentals of theatrical design tions, and organizations at the local, – scenic, costume, properties, and state, and federal levels. Seminars T 132 Theatrical Style lighting – as well as stage manage- to assist students with the integra- Study of dramatic genres and the- ment are studied in theory and in tion of theoretical knowledge and atrical conventions through script practice. Participation in the design field techniques through lectures and critical reading, as well as prac- and building of the main stage and class presentations. Students tical work in class. Spring semester. production is a requirement of the are required to spend eight hours 3 credits. course. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. a week in the field. 3 credits each semester. T 150 Acting T 342 Directing I Developing of acting skills for the Prerequisite: consent of instructor. SW 415–416 Methods of stage through games, improvisation, Fundamentals of directing, staging Intervention I and II and scene study. 3 credits. techniques, working with actors, Basic social work theory in con- and direction of a one-act play for junction with practice of skills to T 225 Beginning Dance workshop presentation. 3 credits. help students begin to develop pro- This course will introduce funda- fessional techniques for intervention mental principles of dance – basic T 350 Playwriting at both the macro and micro levels movement, dance vocabulary, and Prerequisites: E 110 and T 250. of practice. 3 credits each semester. movement combinations. Exercises Basic playwriting techniques are designed to build strength, examining both dramatic structure SW 450–459 Special Topics increase flexibility, and provide a and the creative process will be Special topics of selected or current solid foundation to all dance styles. explored through a series of specific interest in the study of social wel- 3 credits. exercises in order to facilitate the fare. 3 credits. development of technique based on T 241 Early World Drama and dramaturgical ideas. Through the SW 599 Independent Study Theatre study and practice of playwriting, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Dramatic literature in theatrical the student will gain a knowledge Designed to permit students to contexts from Classical Greece and appreciation of the playwright’s pursue specific areas of interest that through Restoration England. work through their own individual may not be available in the regular 3 credits. practical application. By semester’s curriculum. 1–3 credits. end, students will develop one or T 242 Modern World Drama more longer pieces based on their and Theatre work in the course. The final exam Dramatic literature in theatrical will include staged readings of each contexts from Realism through the student’s work. 3 credits. present. Includes ethnic drama. 3 credits. Courses 283
T 375 Stagecraft II T 450-459 Special Topics UNIVERSITY Prerequisite: T 275. A continua- Selected topics of special or current COURSES tion of the technical skills covered interest in the study of theatre. in Stagecraft I. Students will be 3 credits. UNIV 450-459 Special Topics required to focus on specific areas Special topics of selected or current of technical theatre developing and T 485 Student Theatre Company interest from a variety of university designing sets, lights, properties, Prerequistes: MK 200 or MG 210; disciplines. 3 credits. and costumes for several hypotheti- to be taken only in the final semes- cal productions covering various ter of the senior year. Students, UNIV 501 Oskar Schindler theatrical genres. Students will be with the help and guidance of a Humanities Course required to assemble a portfolio faculty advisor will develop and An investigation of the underlying of each production which will run their own theatre company. principles of good behavior with include (but not limited to) exten- The class, operating under a spe- an emphasis on encouraging such sive research done for the project, cific budget, will choose a season behavior. Taught from a cross- design renderings and/or models, of plays to be presented to the disciplinary perspective by the cur- and lighting posts. Oral portfolio university. All decisions, includ- rent Oskar Schindler Humanities presentations for every individual ing management, artistic directing, Foundation Endower professor. project will be required for each marketing, directing, and casting, Topics will vary and can include, student. 3 credits. will be made by the students tak- but are not limited to, relevant ing the course. The professor will humanities, humanitarianism, and T 442 Directing II act only as an advisor and media- humanitarian intervention, altru- Prerequisites: T 150, T 250, T tor to the students in order to give ism, empathy, good corporate citi- 342, T 350. The class is a deeper students as free a hand as possible zenship, and scientific contributions and further examination of the to run the theatre company in any to solving problems in the human director’s art and craft. This class way they see fit. Specific guidelines condition. The course emphasis will will explore both traditional and will be imposed and monitored by be determined by the current Oskar non-traditional texts and con- the professor/advisor. 3 credits. Schindler Endowed Professor each cepts. These will be utilized in term. 3 credits. order to broaden the imagination T 491–492 Production and vocabulary of the director’s Practicum I and II UNIV 599 Independent Study work. Literary texts not originally Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Prerequisite: consent of Oskar written for the theatre including Practicum in various areas of the- Schindler Endowed Professor. An short stories, poetry, and works of atre: acting, directing, administra- opportunity for the student, under non-fiction will be used for source tion, technical theatre, and design. the direction of the Schindler Pro- material. Directors will be respon- Will be directly related to depart- fessor, to explore and acquire com- sible for assembling, creating, ad mental productions. 3 credits each. petence in a special area of interest writing their own adaptations related to the purposes of the Oskar from these texts. Non-traditional T 599 Independent Study Schindler Humanities Foundation adaptations of existing plays will Opportunity for the student, under Endowed Professorship through also be explored. Staged showcases the direction of a faculty member, a directed independent learning of student work will be presented to explore an area of interest. This experience. The topic and format throughout the semester as part of course must be initiated by the stu- to be pre-approved by the Schindler the mid-term and final exams. dent. 3 credits. professor. 1-3 credits. 3 credits. 284 Board, Administration, and Faculty 285 Board, Administration, and Faculty
BOARD OF GOVERNORS Bergami, Samuel S., Jr., Chair of the Board, President, Alinabal, Incorporated Bartels, Philip H., Vice Chair of the Board, Attorney, Shipman & Goodwin, LLP Barneby, Mary J., Executive Director, UBS Private Wealth Management Batchelor, Philip, Retired/Former Senior Vice President, Prudential Securities Biermacher, Kenneth W., Director, Kane Russell Coleman & Logan, PC, Dallas, TX Brekke, Gail L., Retired/Former Director of Distribution and Special Projects, LIN Television Bucknall, William L., Jr., Retired/Former Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Organization, United Technologies Corp. Carrubba, Frank P., Retired/Former Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer, Royal Philips Electronics, Eindhoven, The Netherlands Chowanec, William J., President, Young & Company, Pasadena, CA Chukwu, K. Oni, Chief Financial Officer, Triple Point Technology, Inc. DellaCamera, Jr., Ralph F., Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer, DellaCamera Capital Partners, New York, NY Deslauriers, Richard J., M.D., President and CEO, Doctors Research Group, Inc. Douglas, Heidi S., CEO and President, Mystic MD, Inc. Foster, Colin J., CEO and President, Optherion, Inc. Garcia, Armando, Vice President, Systems Assurance, IBM Corporation, Somers, NY Gatti, Rosa M., ESPN Senior Vice President, Communications Counsel and Corporate Outreach Hazell, Jeffery P., President, Boston Lobster Feast Restaurants; and Bar Harbor Lobster Co., Inc., Orlando, FL Lee, Robert M., Executive Vice President, The Lee Company Lewis, Thomas K., Jr., Retired/Former Chairman and CEO, APX, Santa Clara, CA Margiano, Raymond J., CEO and Founder, Foot Solutions, Marietta, GA O’Brien, Patrick G., President and CEO, MCM Engineering, Inc., Burlingame, CA 286
Reilly, James C., Principal, The Reilly Group Schaub, Ernest F., Retired/Former President and CEO, EnPro Industries, Inc., Charlotte, NC Sussman, Janice K., Internet Marketing Distributor Sweet, Patricia B., Director of External Relations for Connecticut, Achievement First Tagliatela, Stephen P., Co-owner, Saybrook Point Inn and Spa Thurston, Samuel, Retired Senior Vice President, Giant Food Toner, Michael W., Executive Vice President, Martine Systems Group, General Dynamics, Falls Church, VA Watts, Douglas D., Retired/Former CFO, Breed Technologies, Inc., Lakeland, FL Young, Rolan, Senior partner in Berchem, Moses & Delvin, P.C
EMERITUS BOARD Alvine, Robert, Chairman and CEO, i-Ten Management Corporation Bartels, Henry E., Retired/Former President, MMRM Industries (subsidiary of Insilco Corp.) Dodds, Isabella, Co-Chair, Friends of the UNH Library Dubno, Orest T., Chief Financial Officer, Lex Atlantic Corp. Echlin, John E., Jr., Retired/Former Account Executive, Paine Webber Frey, John Aaron, Chairman of the Board, Hershey Metal Products, Inc. Gordon, Robert M., Retired/Former President, Raybestos/Manhattan Handley, Jean M., Principal, Handley Consulting Lee, Henry C., Chief Emeritus of the Division of Scientific Services, State of Connecticut Department of Public Safety Levy, Mark S., President and CEO of Honeywell Life Safety Lyons, Sr., Robert J., Chairman of the Board, The Bilco Company Pearce, Herbert H., Chairman of the Board, H. Pearce Company Pompea, Charles E., Retired/Former Chair, Board of Directors, Primary Steel, Inc. Rubin, M. Wallace, Retired/Former Chairman, Wayside Furniture Shops, Inc. Schneiders, Francis A., Retired/Former President, Enthone-OMI, Inc. Taylor, III, R.C., Retired/Former President, Tay-Mac Corporation Vine, R. William, President, Railroad Salvage Stores Wilson, Robert F., Retired/Former Chairman, Wallace International Silversmiths, Inc. Board, Administration, and Faculty 287
EMERITUS FACULTY Bechir, Hamdy M., Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering B.C.E., Cairo University; M.A.Sc., University of Toronto; Sc.D, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Bell, Srilekha, Professor Emeritus, English B.A., M.A., University of Madras, India; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Bradshaw, Alfred D., Professor Emeritus, Sociology B.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Brody, Robert P., Professor Emeritus, Marketing B.A., Wesleyan University; M.B.A., University of Chicago; D.B.A., Harvard University Carriuolo, Ralf, Professor Emeritus, Music B.A., Yale University; M.M., Hartt School of Music; Ph.D., Wesleyan University Chandra, Satish, Professor Emeritus, Law and International Business B.A., University of Delhi; M.A., Delhi School of Economics; L.L.B., Lucknow Law School, India; L.L.M., J.S.D., Yale University Chepaitis, Joseph B., Professor Emeritus, History A.B., Loyola College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University Cohen, Howard, Professor Emeritus, Occupational Safety and Health B.A., Boston University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Michigan DeMayo, William S., Professor Emeritus, Accounting B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A., New York University; C.P.A. DeNardis, Lawrence J., Distinguished Professor/President Emeritus, Global Studies- Political Science B.S., College of the Holy Cross; M.A., Ph.D., New York University Desio, Peter J., Professor Emeritus, Chemistry B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Downe, Edward, Professor Emeritus, Finance B.A., Bowling Green State University; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Research; A.P.C., New York University Eikaas, Faith, Professor Emeritus, Sociology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Ellis, Lynn W., Professor Emeritus, Management B.E.E., Cornell University; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology; D.P.S., Pace University 288
Frey, Roger G., Professor Emeritus, Electrical & Computer Engineering and Computer Science, B.A., Yale College; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University; J.D., Yale Law School Fridshal, Donald, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.E.E., M.S., New York University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Gangler, Joseph M., Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., Columbia University Garber, Brad, Professor Emeritus, Occupational Safety & Health B.S., M.S., Drexel University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley George, Edward T., Professor Emeritus, Computer and Information Science B.S., M.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; D.Engr., Yale University Gere, William S., Jr., Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering B.M.E., M.S.I.E., Cornell University; M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University Glen, Robert A., Professor Emeritus, History B.A., University of Washington; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Hoffnung, Robert J., Professor Emeritus, Psychology A.B., Lafayette College, M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Horning, Darrell, Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., South Dakota School of Mines; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Hosay, Norman, Associate Professor Emeritus, Computer Science B.A., Wayne State university; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Hyman, Arnold, Professor Emeritus; Psychology B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; M.S., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Johnson, Thomas A., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice B.S., M.S., Michigan State University; D.Crim., University of California, Berkeley Kaplan, Phillip, Professor Emeritus, Economics B.A., University of Massachusetts; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Katsaros, Thomas, Professor Emeritus, Global Studies, History, and Political Science B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University Kirwin, Gerald J., Professor Emeritus, Electrical Engineering B.S., Northeastern University; M.S.E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Syracuse University Board, Administration, and Faculty 289
Lanius, Ross M., Jr., Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering B.S.C.E., University of Delaware; M.S., University of New Haven; M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut Marks, Joel H., Professor Emeritus, Philosophy B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Marx, Paul, Professor Emeritus, English BA, University of Michigan; M.F.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., New York University Maxwell, David A., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; B.B.A., J.D., University of Miami Moffitt, Elizabeth J., Professor Emeritus, Visual and Performing Arts B.F.A., Yale University; M.A., Hunter College Neal, Judith, Professor Emeritus, Management B.S., Quinnipiac College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Parker, Craig L. Jr., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice A.B., Bates College; M.Ed., Springfield College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo Robillard, Douglas, Professor Emeritus, English B.S., M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Wayne State University Robin, Gerald D., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Sachdeva, Baldev K., Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.Sc., M.A., Delhi University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Staugaard, Burton C., Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology A.B., Brown University; M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Sturi, Kantilal K., Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.E., University of Gujarat, India; M.E.E., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Theilman, Ward, Professor Emeritus, Economics B.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois Tyndall, Bruce, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.A., M.S., University of Iowa Van Dyke, Elisabeth, Professor Emeritus, Tourism and Travel Administration B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 290
Wakin, Shirley, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics and Education B.A., University of Bridgeport; M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Warner, Thomas C., Jr., Professor Emeritus, Mechanical Engineering B.E., Yale University; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Willliams, Brenda R., Professor Emeritus, English B.A., Howard University; M.A., Ph.D., Washington University Wright, H. Fessenden, Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology A.B., Oberlin College; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
ADMINISTRATION
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Kaplan, Steven H., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President Koziatek, Caroline, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Human Resources Leete, William M. Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Special Assistant to the President for Athletic Advancement and Outreach
Fazekas, Jennifer, B.S., M.B.A., Administrative Secretary Miller Evelyn R., Assistant to the President and to the Chairman of the Board Roy, Joanne, Executive Secretary Tagliatela, Gayle S., A.S., B.S., M.B.A., Executive Assistant to the President and Secretary of the University Zamparo, Jill, B.S., M.S., Director of University Special Events
OFFICE OF THE PROVOST and SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Dauwalder, David P., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs McLaughlin, Marilou, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President, UNH Foundation Kleinfeld, Ira H., B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Associate Provost for Graduate Studies, Research, and Faculty Development Simerson, Gordon R., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Provost for Undergraduate Studies, Accreditation and Assessment Board, Administration, and Faculty 291
Hyde, Silvia I., Executive Assistant to the Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs Sanderson, Janice P., Assistant to the Associate Provosts
INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH Turner, Susan B., M.P.H., Director of Institutional Research Mosconi, Angela, M.A., Administrative Operations Analyst Jones, Jeremy, B.A., Institutional Research Analyst
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION Anastos, Sally, B.A., M.S., Director of Academic Service Learning Anderson, Arlene, B.S., Director of Career Development Forkin, Kathleen, B.A., Director of Career Services
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE Kleinfeld, Ira H., B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Associate Provost for Graduate Studies, Research, and Faculty Development; Interim Dean Mason, Michelle, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Dean of University College, Director of Southeastern Campus Sangeloty, Jane C., B.A., Associate Dean of University College, Director of the Center for Adult and Professional Studies
Buley, Ellen, B.S., M.P.A., Assistant Director, Center for Adult and Professional Studies Linicus, Jessica, B.A., M.A., Director of Recruitment, Southeastern Campus Sutcliffe, Monica, B.A., Assistant Director of Enrollment Services, Southeastern Campus Salerno, Brian, B.S., M.S., Director of E-Learning Tall, Susan, B.S., M.S.L.R. Associate Director, Center for Adult and Professional Studies
UNH SOUTHEASTERN CAMPUS Mason, Michelle, B.A., M.B.A., Associate Dean of University College/Director of the Southeastern Campus Linicus, Jessica, B.A., M.A., Director of Southeastern Campus Recruitment Lovin, Mary Ann, Administrative Assistant II Sutcliffe, Monica, B.A., Assistant Director of Southeastern Campus Enrollment Services 292
HUMAN RESOURCES Koziatek, Caroline, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Human Resources Chamberland, Neil, B.A., Assistant Director of Human Resources Keeler, Jill, Human Resources Representative Pecka, P. Penny, B.A., Director of Human Resources
OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Bartholomew, Gregory, Director of Networking/Systems Operation Gleason, Joseph, B.S., Director of Administrative Computing London, Ronda, B.S., M.B.A., Database Administrator MacDougall, Alan, B.A., Director of Academic Computing Mangiacapra, Vincent, B.S., M.S., Chief Information Officer and Associate Vice President Mitchell, John, A.S, B.S., M.P.A., Telecom Systems Administrator Scranton, Lisa, B.A., Information Technology Coordinator
MARVIN K. PETERSON LIBRARY Belletzkie, Robert, A.L.B., M.L.S., Reference Librarian Dobi, Hanko H., B.A., M.L.S., University Librarian Griffith, Jaclyn, B.A., M.L.S., Reference Librarian Heydorn, Hella, M.A., M.L.I.S., Head of Access Services Sachdeva, Marion Hamilton, B.A., M.S.L.S., Head of Technical Services Spinato, Diane, B.S., M.B.A., M.L.S., Head of Reference
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Nowaczyk, Ronald H., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean Allen, Jerry L., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean Mo, Rosa A., B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Interim Assistant Dean Flynn, Angela J., Assistant to the Dean
DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS Chavent, Georgia, B.S., M.S., R.D., Director, Nutrition and Dietetics Griffiths, Matthew, B.S.C., Ph.D., Coordinator, Physics Board, Administration, and Faculty 293
Irizarry, Roberto, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Modern Languages McCormick, Brett, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director, Global Studies Mercer, L. Teal, A.S., B.S., M.P.H., Director, Dental Hygiene Mo, Rosa A., B.S., M.S., Ed.D., R.D., Chair, Division of Health Professions and Sciences and Division of Social Sciences and Humanities Niemi, Nancy, Associate Professor, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Education Raucher, Steven A., B.A., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Chair, Communication, Film, and Theatre; Interim Chair, Visual and Performing Arts Sidle, Stuart D., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Psychology and Sociology Smith, Donald M., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, English Todd, Edmund N., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, History Uebelacker, James W., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Mathematics Zajac, Roman N., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Biology and Environmental Science
GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS Ciochine, John, B.S., M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Capstone and Mathematics Coordinator, Education Gwatkin, Phyllis, B.S., M.S., C.A.G.S., Certification Officer, Education Maiorino, Nicholas, B.S., Fifth Year Certificate, M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Internship and Recruitment Coordinator, Education Mo, Rosa A., B.S., M.S., Ed.D., R.D., Coordinator, Graduate Program in Human Nutrition Morris, Michael A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in Community Psychology Murphy, Susanne, B.A., M.A., M.S., C.A.G.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Director of Student Teaching, Education Roberts, Lawrence, B.A., M.A.T., Sixth Year Certificate, Professional Education Coordinator for Southeastern Campus Sapi, Eva, B.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Cellular and Molecular Biology Sidle, Stuart D., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in Industrial/ Organizational Psychology Zajac, Roman N., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Environmental Science 294
FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Allen, Jerry L., Professor, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.S., Southeast Missouri State College; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University at Carbondale Arabolos, John, Assistant Professor and Professional-in-Residence, Visual and Performing Arts; B.A., University of Hartford; M.A., Pratt Institute of Design Asmus, Pamela, Lecturer, English B.A., Albertus Magnus College; M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Brown University Ayers, James, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Purdue University Bigos, Adam, Lecturer, Mathematics B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology Boles, Robert C., Lecturer, Communication, Film, and Theater B.F.A., New York University; M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College Bozack, Amanda R., Assistant Professor, Education and Psychology B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona Brubaker, David, Lecturer, Philosophy B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois Campernel, Sarah, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.S., M.S., Colorado State University Carr, Amory W., Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., Morehouse College; M.A., John Jay College; Ph.D., Fordham University Cayer, Maurice, Lecturer, Psychology B.A., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., New York University Celotto, Albert G., Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.M., Western Connecticut State College; M.M., Indiana University School of Music Chavent, Georgia, Assistant Professor, Nutrition and Dietetics B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Columbia University; R.D., Medical College of Virginia Ciochine, John, Lecturer, Education B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Sixth Year Certificate, Fairfield University Cuomo, Carmela, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., Adelphi University; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Board, Administration, and Faculty 295
D’Amato-Palumbo, Sandra, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.P.S., Quinnipiac College Davis, Laurence R., Professor, Earth and Environmental Science A.B., A.M., Washington University; Ph.D., University of Rochester Davis, Wesley J., Senior Lecturer, English B.A., M.A., Southern Connecticut State University Debies-Carl, Jeffrey S., Assistant Professor, Sociology and Psychology B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University DeGroff, Jason L., Lecturer of Music/Director of Bands, Visual and Performing Arts B.M., M.M.E., University of Massachusetts Dull, James W., Professor, Political Science B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University Falcone, Paul C., Director of Institutional and Instructional Media; Instructor, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.S., M.B.A., University of New Haven Farrell, Richard J., Senior Lecturer, English B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., University of Virginia; M.Phil., Yale University Febre, Ricardo, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., San Jose State University; M.A., State University of NY, New Paltz Ferringer, Natalie J., Professor, Political Science B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia Fetzer, Gary, Lecturer, Political Science B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.S. Public and International Affairs, Columbia University Fiondella, Roger, Lecturer, Mathematics B.A., Sacred Heart University; M.S., University of Bridgeport; Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Flay, Nina, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., Finch University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School Foster, Jeffrey, Lecturer, English A.B., Middlebury College; M.A., Western Connecticut State University; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island 296
Garcia-Leon, Jose, Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Binghamton University; M.M., D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music Griffiths, Matthew, Associate Professor, Physics B.S.C., Ph.D., University of Edinburgh Grosso, Gwen, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene A.S., Hudson Valley Community College; B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., University of Bridgeport Guzman, Alexandria E., Associate Professor, Psychology B.S., Seton Hall University; M.S., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton Hartmann, Jonathan, Lecturer, English B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Graduate Center of the City University of New York Hopkins, Mary El, Lecturer, Mathematics B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Florida Atlantic University Horton, Randall, Lecturer, English B.A., University of the District of Columbia; M.F.A., Chicago State University; Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany Irizarry, Roberto, Lecturer, Modern Languages B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas Isaacs, Karen, Lecturer, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.A., George Washington University; M.A., Fairfield University Jafarian, Ali A., Professor, Mathematics B.S., Tehran University, Iran; MS, Pahlavi (Shiraz) University, Iran; Ph.D., University of Toronto Jokl, Todd, Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of Connecticut Kacerik, Mark, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport Kaloyanides, Michael G., Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Ph.D., Wesleyan University Kaplan, Steven H., Professor, English B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Eberhard-Karls Universitat (Germany) Board, Administration, and Faculty 297
Kelly, John, Assistant Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., University of Miami; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of California Krugman, Murray, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Wesleyan University; J.D., Vermont Law School Lane, Bryan, Lecturer, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.A., Mansfield University; M.S., St. Joseph’s College of Maine L’Heureux-Barrett, Tara, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., State University of New York College at Plattsburgh; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Lyon, Cheryl, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., University of New Haven; N.D., University of Bridgeport Mager, Guillermo E., Associate Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.S., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Mandrile, A. Cecile, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., National University of Cordoba; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Bristol School of Art, Media & Design Markiw, Victor, Instructor, Visual and Performing Arts B.M., Hartt School of Music; M.F.A., State University of New York at Purchase Conservatory McCormick, Brett J., Assistant Professor, History and Global Studies B.A., State University of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University Mehlman, Marc H., Associate Professor, Mathematics B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Mercer, Teal, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene A.S., University of Bridgeport; B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.P.H., University of Connecticut Miller, Craig, Lecturer, Mathematics B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Mo, Rosa A., Lecturer, Nutrition and Dietetics B.S., College of the Holy Spirit, Philippines; M.S., Ed.D., Teachers College of Columbia University; R.D., Yale-New Haven Hospital Morris, Michael, A., Professor, Psychology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Boston College 298
Murphy, Susanne, Lecturer, Education B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Yale University; M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Niemi, Nancy S., Associate Professor, Education B.A., University of Rochester, M.A., Elmira College, Ph.D., University of Rochester Nikiforuk, Timothy, Practitioner in Residence, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., University of Calgary, Canada; M.A., University of Connecticut Nowaczyk, Ronald H., Professor, Psychology B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio Park, Eun-A, Assistant Professor, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.A., M.P.S., Chung-Ang University, Seoul, S. Korea; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Peck, Jesse, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Gonzaga University; M.A., Washington State University Pepe, Joy, Practitioner in Residence, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Charter Oak College; M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Rutgers University Pepin, Paulette, L., Associate Professor, History B.A., Western Connecticut State University; M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University Prajer, Renee, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport Randi, Judi, Associate Professor, Education M.A., Wesleyan University; M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University; C.A.S, Fairfield University; Ed.D., Teachers College of Columbia University Raucher, Steven A., Professor, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.A., Queens College; M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New York; Ph.D., Wayne State University; J.D., Bridgeport School of Law at Quinnipiac University Reba, Christopher, Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., University of Calfornia; M.M., University of Buffalo Roberts, Lawrence, Lecturer, Education B.A., Trinity College; M.A.T., Connecticut College; Sixth Year Certificate, Sacred Heart University Rosenthal, Erik, Professor, Mathematics B.A., Queens College, City University of New York; M.S., State University of New York at Albany; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Rossi, Michael J., Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Xavier University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky Board, Administration, and Faculty 299
Russo, Diane, Lecturer, English B.A., Manhattan College; M.A., Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina Salvaggio, Amy Nicole, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland Sandman, Joshua H., Professor, Political Science B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Sapi, Eva, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Vorosmarty Gymnasium; Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand University (Hungary) Savilonis, Margaret F., Lecturer, English B.A., Suffolk University; M.F.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Sharma, Ramesh, Professor, Mathematics B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, India; Ph.D., University of Windsor Sidle, Stuart D., Associate Professor, Psychology B.A., American University; M.A., Ph.D., DePaul University Sinha, Saion K., Associate Professor, Physics B.S., M.S., Indian Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Kentucky Sloane, David E. E., Professor, English B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University Smith, Donald C., Professor, Communication, Film, and Theatre B.A., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Emerson College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Smith, Donald M., Professor, English A.B., Guilford College; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University Smolinski, Joseph, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.F.A., University of Wisconsin; M.F.A., University of Connecticut Soares, Louise M., Professor, Education B.A., M.A., Boston University; Ph.D., University of Illinois Somerville, Christy A., Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts A.A., Fullerton College; B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach Todd, Edmund N., Associate Professor, History B.A., M.A., University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Uebelacker, James W., Professor, Mathematics B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 300
Vigue, Charles L., Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., M.S., University of Maine; Ph.D., North Carolina State University Voegeli, Henry E., Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Wranovix, Matthew, Lecturer, History B.A., Rice University; M.A., MPhil, Ph.D., Yale University Weinmann, Leon, Lecturer, English B.A., University of Massachusetts at Amherst; M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana- Champaign; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Whelan, Rosemary, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Ph.D., University College of Dublin, Ireland Whitley, W. Thurmon, Professor, Mathematics B.S., Stetson University; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Whitley, Wilma, Lecturer, Mathematics B.S., Stetson University; M.A., University of New Haven; M.S., Virginia Polythechnic Institute and State University Whitson, Melissa L., Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., Lafayette College; M.S., California State University; Ph.D., Columbia University Woodworth, Bradley, Lecturer, History B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Indiana University Wysocki, Leonard, Lecturer, Psychology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Sixth Year Certificate, University of Connecticut; M.B.A., University of New Haven Zajac, Roman N., Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION Arabolos, John, Registered Interior Designer, Connecticut Carr, W. Amory, Licensed Psychologist, New York Chavent, Georgia, Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association; Board Certified Sports Dietitian D’Amato-Palumbo, Sandra, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Board, Administration, and Faculty 301
Davis, R. Laurence, Professional Geologist, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Kentucky; Certified Professional Geologist, American Institute of Professional Geologists; Certified Professional Hydrogeologist, American Institute of Hydrology; Certified, Wilderness First Aid Grosso, Gwen, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Kacerik, Mark, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Krugman, Murray, Law License, Vermont Mercer, Teal, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Mo, Rosa A., Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association Prajer, Renee, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Somerville, Christy, Registered Interior Designer, Connecticut Wysocki, Leonard, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS Highfield, Richard, A.B., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean Judd, Ben, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean Loughlin, Selene, B.A., Assistant to the Dean
DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Coleman, Charles N., B.A., M.P.A., Chair, Department of Public Management Fried, Gil B., B.S., M.A., J.D., Chair, Department of Sports/Hospitality and Tourism Management Wang, Cheng Lu, B.A., M.A., Ed.S., Ph.D., Chair, Management, Marketing, and Quantitative Analysis Upadhyaya, Kamal, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Economics and Finance Wnek, Robert E., B.S.B.A., J.D., L.L.M., C.P.A., Chair, Department of Accounting
GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS Carlone, Linda, B.A., M.S., Director, Cohort Graduate Programs Coleman, Charles N., B.A., M.P.A., Coordinator, Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.), Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.), Master of Science in Health Care Administration, and Master of Science in Labor Relations Sack, Allen L., Ph.D., Director, Management of Sports Industries Programs 302
FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS Arkoubi, Khadija Al, Assistant Professor, Management B.S., School of Information Sciences, Rabat, Morocco; M.S., University of Manchester, U.K.; Ph.D., New Mexico State University. Boynton, Wentworth, Associate Professor, Finance B.A., Colby College; A.M., Brown University; M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Cakan, Esin, Assistant Professor, Finance B.S., M.Sc., Middle East Technical University, Turkey; Ph.D., City University of New York Carter, Tony, Professor, Management B.A., Hofstra University; M.B.A., Wagner College; J.D., University of Denver; Ph.D., Kennedy, Western University Coleman, Charles N., Assistant Professor, Public Management B.A., University of Maryland; M.P.A., West Virginia University Conrad, Cynthia, Associate Professor, Public Management B.A., Southern Illinois University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington Daneshfar, Alireza, Associate Professor, Accounting B.A., National University; M.S., Tehran University, Iran; Ph.D., Concordia University Dauwalder, David P., Professor, Management B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State University Doytch, Nadejda, Assistant Professor, Economics B.S., M.S., University of National and World Economy, Sofia, Bulgaria; Ph.D., City University of New York Ejara, Demissew D., Associate Professor, Finance B.A., Addis Ababa University; M.B.A., University of Texas, Pan American; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Finn, Dale M., Assistant Professor, Management B.S., M.Ed., University of Delaware; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Fried, Gil B., Professor, Sports Management B.S., California State University, Sacramento; M.A., J.D., Ohio State University Goldberg, Martin A., Associate Professor, Accounting B.A., Clark University; M.S., Boston University; J.D., University of Connecticut; L.L.M., New York University Board, Administration, and Faculty 303
Haley, George T., Professor, Marketing B.A., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Highfield, Richard, Professor, Economics A.B., Stanford University; M.B.A., Santa Clara University; Ph.D., University of Chicago Judd, Ben B., Professor, Marketing B.A., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington Kublin, Michael, Professor, Marketing and International Business B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Indiana University; M.B.A., Pace University; Ph.D., New York University Lee, Ming Lun, Assistant Professor, Hospitality and Tourism Management B.S., Chung-Shan Medical College, Taiwan; M.S., Purdue University; M.S., DePaul University; Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas Liang, Jiajuan, Associate Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.S., M.S., Nankai University, P.R.C.; Ph.D., Hong Kong Baptist University Lu, Xinyi, Assistant Professor, Accounting B.A., Northwest Normal University, China; M.B.A., Lanzhou University, China; Ph.D., The University of Texas at Dallas Martin, Linda R., Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.A., Regis College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina McDonald, Robert G., Associate Professor, Accounting B.S., City College of New York; M.B.A., New York University; C.M.A., C.I.A., C.F.A., C.P.A. Mensz, Pawel, Associate Professor, Management and Quantitative Analysis B.S., M.E., M.S., Warsaw Polytechnic, Poland; Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the Polish Academy of Sciences Miller, Mary, Instructor, Accounting B.S., M.B.A., University of New Haven; C.P.A. Mills, Juline E, Associate Professor, Hospitality and Tourism Management B.S., University of the West Indies, Jamaica; M.S., University of North Texas; Ph.D., Purdue University Mongeon, Kevin P., Assistant Professor, Sports Management B.A., B.Ed., Lakehead University (Canada); M.B.A., University of Windsor; Ph.D., Washington State University 304
Nadim, Abbas, Professor, Management B.A., Abadan Institute of Technology, Iran; M.B.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Pan, William S. Y., Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.S., National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan; M.B.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Columbia University Phelan, John J., Associate Professor, Economics B.S., M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., George Washington University Prasad, Anshuman, Professor, Management B.A., University of Delhi, India; M.B.A., University of Jamshedpur, India; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Rainish, Robert, Professor, Finance B.A., City College, New York; M.B.A., Bernard M. Baruch College; Ph.D., City University of New York Reis, Christina, Assistant Professor, Management B.B.A., University of Ottawa, Canada; Graduate Certificate in Management Studies, Harvard University; Ph.D., University of London, UK Rodriguez, Armando, Associate Professor, Economics B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas Rolleri, Michael, Associate Professor, Accounting B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.B.A., University of Connecticut; C.P.A. Roy, Subroto, Associate Professor, Marketing M.S., Birla Institute of Technology and Science, India; Postgraduate Diploma, Institute of Rural Management, India; Ph.D., University of Western Sydney, Australia Sack, Allen L., Professor, Management and Sociology B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Upadhyaya, Kamal, Professor, Economics B.A., Tribhuvan University, Nepal; M.A., Thammasat University, Thailand; Ph.D., Auburn University Wang, Cheng Lu, Professor, Marketing and International Business B.A., Shanghai Teacher’s University; M.A., Southeast Missouri State University; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Werblow, Jack, Professor, Public Administration B.A., Cornell University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Board, Administration, and Faculty 305
Wnek, Robert E., Professor, Tax Law, Accounting and Business Law B.S.B.A., Villanova University; JD, Delaware Law School of Widener University; L.L.M., Boston University School of Law; C.P.A.
Executive In Residence Shapiro, James E., Executive in Residence, Accounting B.S., J.D.
TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Farbrother, Barry, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Dean Montazer, M. Ali, B.S., (Cum Laude), M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean Ferrucci, Christine, Assistant to the Associate Dean Miller, Michele, Assistant to the Dean
DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Orabi, Ismail, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Industrial, System and Multidisciplinary Engineering Sarris, John, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Mechanical, Civil, and Environmental Engineering Schwartz, Pauline M., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Broderick, Gregory P., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Civil Engineering Collura, Michael, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E., Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation, Spiral Curriculum Eggert, David, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Science, Information Technology Fischer, Alice E., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Computer Science Golbazi, Ali, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Electrical Engineering Saliby, Michael J., B.S., Ph.D., Chemistry Collura, Michael A., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chemical Engineering Martinez, Christopher, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Engineering Nocito-Gobel, Jean, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., First Year Engineering Program 306
Orabi, Ismail, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., General Engineering, Undeclared Engineering Sarris, John, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Mechanical Engineering Sommers, Alexis N., B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., Industrial Engineering Thompson, Amy, M.S., B.S., Ph.D., Systems Engineering
GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Fischer, Alice E., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Computer Science; Coordinator, Master of Science in Network Systems Farbrother, Barry J., B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Coordinator, Master of Science in Engineering Management Karimi, Bijan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Electrical Engineering Koutsospyros, Agamemnon D., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Environmental Engineering Ross, Stephen M., B.S.M.E., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering Sommers, Alexis N., B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Industrial Engineering
FACULTY OF THE TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Adams, William R., Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S.E.E., M.S., University of New Haven; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Aliane, Bouzid, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering Diplome D’Ingenieur, Ecole Polytechnique d’Alger; M.S.E.E., M.S., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of New York Barratt, Carl, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.Sc., University of Bristol, England: Ph.D., University of Cambridge, England Broderick, Gregory P., Professor, Civil Engineering B.S., M.S., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Texas Brooks, Andrew, Associate Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering and Computer Science; B.S., M.Phil. Astronomy, University of Edinburgh; Ph.D., University of Strathclyde Carnasciali, Maria-Isabel, Assistant Professor, Multidisciplinary Engineering B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology Board, Administration, and Faculty 307
Chandra, Barun, Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S., St. Stephen’s College; M.S., Colorado State University; M.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., University of Chicago Cirillo, Pier, Ph.D., Lecturer, Chemistry B.Sc. (Hons.) University of the Witwatersrand (add); Ph.D., Boston University Ciston, Shannon, Assistant Professor, Multidisciplinary Engineering B.S. Illinois Institute of Technology, Ph.D. Northwestern University Collura, Michael A., Professor, Chemical Engineering B.S., Lafayette College; MS, Ph.D., Lehigh University Daniels, Samuel , Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Boston University Del Valle, Eddie, Lecturer, Chemistry B.S., Inter American University of Puerto Rico; M.S., Pontifical Catholic University of Puerto Rico Eggert, David, Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of South Florida Farbrother, Barry J., Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., University of Hertfordshire, England Fergany, Tahany, Professor, Computer Science B.S.E.E., Cairo University, Egypt; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Fischer, Alice E., Professor, Computer Science B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University Fish, Andrew J., Jr., Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S.E.E., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; MS, University of Iowa; M.S., St. Mary’s University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Golbazi, Ali M., Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., Detroit Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Wayne State University Gow, Arthur S. III, Associate Professor, Chemistry and Chemical Engineering B.A., Muhlenberg College; B.A., B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Haggerty, John G., Lecturer, Chemistry B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., Dartmouth College Harding, W. David, Professor, Chemical Engineering B.S., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Northwestern University Hesser, Tiffany, Lecturer, Chemistry B.S., M.S., University of New Haven 308
Karimi, Bijan, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., Aryamehr University of Technology, Iran; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Kleinfeld, Ira H., Professor, Industrial Engineering B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Columbia University Koutsospyros, Agamemnon D., Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S., M.S., National Technical University, Athens; MS, Polytechnic Institute of New York; Ph.D., Polytechnic University Luzik, Eddie D., Associate Professor, Chemistry B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Martinez, Christopher, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Computer Engineering B.S., M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of Texas, San Antonio Montazer, M. Ali, Professor, Industrial Engineering B.S., (Cum Laude), M.S., Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo Nocito-Gobel, Jean, Associate Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S., Manhattan College; M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Orabi, Ismail, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S., Helwan University, Egypt; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo; Ph.D., Clarkson University Ortins Savage, Nancy, Assistant Professor, Chemistry B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., Ohio State University Ross, Stephen M., Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S.M.E., New York University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Saliby, Michael J., Professor, Chemistry B.S., Union College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton Sarris, John, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., Tufts University Schwartz, Pauline M., Professor, Chemistry B.S., Drexel University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan Sommers, Alexis N., Professor, Industrial Engineering B.M.E., Cornell University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Purdue University Stanley, Richard M., Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Board, Administration, and Faculty 309
Thompson, Amy, Assistant Professor, System Engineering B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Wall, David J., Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Webb, Jeffrey, M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer, Chemistry B.S., Keene State College; Ph.D., SUNY at Stony Brook
FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION Broderick, Gregory P., E.I.T., Massachusetts Collura, Michael A., Professional Engineer, Pennsylvania Daniels, Samuel, Professional Engineer, Connecticut Eggert, David, E.I.T., Florida Farbrother, Barry J., Chartered Engineer, United Kingdom; European Engineer, E.E.C. Harding, W. David, Professional Engineer, Indiana Koutsospyros, Agamemnon D., E.I.T. New York, Professional Engineer, Greece Nocito-Gobel, Jean, E.I.T., New York Wall, David J., Professional Engineer, Connecticut, Pennsylvania
HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES Ward, Richard H., B.S., M.S., D.Crim., Dean Gaboury, Mario T., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean Norton, William M., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean Aceto, Maureen, Executive Secretary to the Dean Hilton, Tanaya, Assistant to the Dean
DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS Gaboury, Mario T., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., J.D., Chair, Department of Criminal Justice Iliescu, Sorin, B.S.M.E., Ed.D., Chair, Department of Fire Science and Professional Studies Morris, Donna Decker, B.S., J.D., Director, Legal Studies Palmbach, Timothy, B.S., M.S., J.D., Chair, Department of Forensic Science Schroeder, David, B.S, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Chair, Department of Criminal Justice 310
GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Cassidy, James J., B.A., J.D., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Criminal Justice Iliescu, Sorin, B.S.M.E., Ed.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Fire Science Maxwell, Virginia, B.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Forensic Science Norton, William, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in National Security and Public Safety
FACULTY OF THE HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES Arslan, Hasan, Visiting Professor, Criminal Justice J.D Marma University Law School, Ph.D., Sam Houston State University Adamowicz, Michael, Associate Professor, Forensic Science B.S. Univ. of Illinois, PhD. Univ. of Nebraska Brown, Katherine, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Texas at Austin, M.A., Sam Houston State University, Ph.D., Sam Houston State University Cassidy, James, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., California State University; J.D., Villanova School of Law; Ph.D., Hahnemann University Graduate School Coyle, Heather, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh; M.S., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire DeCarlo, John, Lecturer, Criminal Justice B.S., Chart Oak State College; M.S., Tiffin University; Ph.D., City University of New York Graduate Center Dutton, Leila, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., Siena College, M.S., Old Dominion University, Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Gaboury, Mario T., Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center Gorski, Azriel, Associate Professor, Forensic Science M.S., The Bloomsburg State College; Ph.D., The Hebrew University of Jerusalem Board, Administration, and Faculty 311
Harris, Howard A., Professor, Forensic Science A.B., Western Reserve University; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University; J.D., St. Louis University Law School Iliescu, Sorin, Assistant Professor, Fire Science B.S.M.E., University of Bucharest, Romania; M.S., University of New Haven; Ed.D., Johnson and Wales University Lawlor, Michael P., Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of London, England; J.D., George Washington University National Law Center; State Representative, Connecticut Lee, Henry C., Professor, Forensic Science B.A., Taiwan Central Police College; B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.S., Ph.D., New York University Lieberman, Charles, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., John Jay College; M.A., Ph.D., City University of New York Ma, Tingguang, Assistant Professor, Fire Science B.S., Southeast University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland Mabrey, Daniel, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., Ph.D., Sam Houston State University Massey, Peter, Lecturer, Forensic Science B.S., Eastern Connecticut State College; M.S., University of New Haven Matschulat, James, Associate Professor, National Security B.A., Colgate University, M.B.A., The College of Insurance, St. John’s College Maxwell, Daniel, Lecturer, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Miami, M.S., University of New Haven Maxwell, Virginia, Associate Professor, Forensic Science B.S., Liverpool University, England, D.Phil., The Queen’s College at Oxford University, England Monahan, James, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University Monahan, Lynn Hunt, Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon Morris, Donna Decker, Assistant Professor, Legal Studies B.S., Tufts University; J.D., Yale Law School Narchet, Fadia, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science B.S., Barry University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida International University 312
Norton, William M., Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., Louisiana State University; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law O’Connor, Martin J., Associate Professor, Fire Science B.A., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law Palmbach, Timothy, Associate Professor, Forensic Science B.S., M.S., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law Schroeder, David, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice M.A., University of Hull, Ph.D., The Graduate School of the City University of New York Sedelmaier, Christopher J., Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., The College of New Jersey; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University Smith, Frederick P., Professor, Forensic Science M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Tafoya, William L., Professor, Criminal Justice and National Security B.S., San Jose State University; M.P.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Maryland Varga, Bruce, Lecturer, Fire Science B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., University of New Haven
CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR Polio, Joseph, Criminal Justice B.S., M.S., University of New Haven
FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION Cassidy, James, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut; Attorney at Law, Connecticut Gaboury, Mario T., Attorney at Law, Connecticut Monahan, James, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut Monahan, Lynn Hunt, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut Morris, Donna Decker, Attorney at Law, Connecticut; American and Connecticut Bar Associations; Certified Mediator Norton, William M., Attorney at Law, Connecticut; Georgia Bar Association, Georgia Board, Administration, and Faculty 313
PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE Carbone, William H., Criminal Justice B.A., Providence College; M.P.A., University of New Haven; Executive Director, Court Support Services Division, Judicial Branch, State of Connecticut Dorling, Ernest W., M.P.A., Troy State University, European Campus Keppel, Robert, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., Washington State University, M.A., Washington State University, Ph.D., University of Washington Looney, Martin, Criminal Justice B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of Connecticut; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law; State Senator, Connecticut Massicotte, Robert, Fire Science B.S., M.S., University of New Haven Sanford, Wayne, Fire Science B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., Sacred Heart University San Pietro, David, Forensic Science B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.A., Hunter College of the City University of New York Turner, David, National Security M.S., American University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico Wilkinson, Edward, National Security B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University; M.S., National Defense University
HENRY LEE INSTITUTE OF FORENSIC SCIENCE Lee, Henry C., Professor, Forensic Science B.A., Taiwan Central Police College; B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.S., Ph.D., New York University Massey, Peter, Training Coordinator B.S., Eastern Connecticut State College; M.S., University of New Haven Moore, Jason, Research Assistant B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., University of Arizona 314
Pagliaro, Eliane, Grant Coordinator B.S., St. Joseph College; M.S., University of New Haven; J.D., Quinnipiac College of Law Palmbach, Timothy M., Executive Director B.S., M.S., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law Sudol, Joseph, Coordinator
OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT James S. McCoy, M.S., Ph.D., Vice President for Enrollment Management Morris, Linda, Assistant to the Vice President for Enrollment Management Montgomery-Boronico, Christine, Ph.D., Associate Vice President for Retention
GRADUATE ADMISSIONS Gormley, Eloise M., B.A., M.S., Director Hanscom, Marcus, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Director Kessler, Linda, B.A., Graduate Admissions Counselor Wnek, Michael, B.A., Graduate Admissions Counselor Stone, Jill, B.A., Director of Adult, Graduate, and Veterans Student Retention
GRADUATE RECORDS Apotrias, Michaela, Assistant Registrar Perrelli, Alice P., Assistant Registrar
INTERNATIONAL ADMISSIONS Ludington, Karen M., Associate Director Spellman, Joseph F., B.S., M.A., Director of International Admissions Zawaideh, Ashraf, B.S., M.A., Assistant Director
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS Bolt, Monique, A.S., Admissions Counselor Cardillo, Nicole, B.S., M.S., Admissions Counselor Clymer, Adam, B.S., Admissions Counselor deWarga, Rosemary, Administrative Assistant Board, Administration, and Faculty 315
Greaves, Terrence, B.S., M.S., Senior Assistant Director and Coordinator of Transfer Admission Hill, Pauline M., Director of Operations Kolwicz, Whitney L., B.A., Associate Director Letang, Alick, B.S., M.B.A., M.S., Senior Associate Director Marsella, Kristina, B.S., Admissions Counselor Phillips, Kevin J., B.S., M.B.A., Associate Vice President for Enrollment Management Riendeau, Jason, B.S., M.P.A., Senior Admissions Counselor Rogers, R. Gilbert III., B.S., M.B.A., Associate Director Sapienza, Thomas, B.A., Senior Admissions Counselor Wardwell, Edward, B.S., M.P.A., Admissions Counselor
UNDERGRADUATE RECORDS Baker, Nancy A., B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar Belbusti, Sally, Assistant Registrar
FINANCIAL AID Bush, Bambi-Lynne, Counselor Brown, Stephan, B.S, Assistant Director Desi, Elizabeth, B.A., M.Ed., Senior Associate Director Dwyer, Claire B.S., Senior Associate Director Flynn, Karen M., B.A., M.A., Associate Vice President, Financial Aid Giovanni, Maryann, B.S., Assistant Director King, Amanda, B.S., Assistant Director
UNIVERSITY MARKETING and PUBLICATIONS Abbagnaro, Sandra V., A.S., Director of Operations Hoyt, Barbara J., B.A., B.F.A., Graphic Designer McCullough, Matthew, B.A., M.A., Web Programmer Pranulis, Susan L., B.S., M.S., Director of University Marketing Soltesz, Gregory, B.S., Director of Internet Marketing Somers-Phillips, Ruth M., B.A., M.S., Web Site Assistant/Advertising Copywriter Teodosio, Christopher, B.A., Graphic Designer 316
ACADEMIC SUCCESS CENTER Cuozzo, Kathryn, B.S., M.S., Director
Academic Services Buckley, Janet, B.S., Assistant Director of Operations and Administration DeRobertis, Lynn, B.S., M.S., Assistant Director of Educational Programs; Academic Skills Counselor
Center for Learning Resources Malewicki, Debra L., B.A., B.F.A., M.A., Director Swift, Rosalie, B.A. Coordinator of CLR and Academic Services; University Ombudsman
First-Year Student Success Center Edwards, Felecia, B.S., M.S., Director
UNH BOOKSTORE Cartier, Cheryl, Manager
OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS Jablonski, Margaret, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Vice President for Student Affairs Johnson, Rebecca, B.A., M.A., Associate Vice President of Student Affairs/Dean of Students Baker, Frederick, B.A., M.S., Ed.D, Assistant Dean of Students Cappuccia, Paula, RN, Director of Health Services Copney-Okeke, Linda, B.S., M.A., Director of Disability Services and Resources Everhart, Deborah, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of the Counseling Center Hogan, Andrea, B.A., M.S., Director of International Student Services Overend, Gregory, B.S., M.A., Director of Student Activities Tyler, Wanda, B.S., M.A., Director of Intercultural Relations
Athletics and Recreation Chin, Deborah, B.S.E, M.S., Director of Athletics Schneider, Michael, B.S., M.S., Director of Campus Recreation Board, Administration, and Faculty 317
OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FACILITIES Beebe, Thomas, Vice President for Facilities Quagliani, Ronald, Executive Director of Transportation and Safety Gallagher, Patrick, Director of Facilities
University Police Starkel, Henry A., B.S., M.S., Chief
University Dining Services Lisborg, Lawrence, General Manager
Health Services Cappuccia, Paula, R.N., Director DiBlanda, Kim, R.N. Assistant Director Corsi, Christine, R.N. Part-Time Staff Nurse Deshpande, Judy, M.S.N., F.N.P., A.P.R.N.-B.C. Robertson, Sharon, Administrative Medical Assistant
OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FINANCE Synodi, George S., B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Finance and Treasurer of the University Cerami, Donna M., Assistant to the Vice President for Finance Flonc, Deborah, B.S., Budget Coordinator Lugo, Vincent J., B.S., M.B.A., Director of Accounting Maniatis, Marc P., B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager Torre, Patrick M., B.S., B.A., M.B.A., Associate Vice President for Finance
OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT Tuchman, Richard J., B.A., M.S., Vice President for University Advancement Alpaugh, Heather, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate Criscuolo, Ellen, Data Communications Specialist Davis, Barbara, B.S., M.S., Senior Associate Director of Development 318
Davis, Scott, B.S., Director of the Annual Fund Kalmanson, Daniel, B.A., M.A., Associate Vice President for Communications & Public Affairs Koral, Jacqueline, B.A., M.A., Executive Director of Development Lender, Andrea, A.S., Administrative Secretary II Lew, Elizabeth, B.S., M.B.A., Director of Development Lukowski, Christopher, B.A., M.B.A., Associate Director of Development Mortali, Paula, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate Neary, Marya, B.A., Annual Fund Officer Norman, Michelle, Coordinator of Research and Prospect Management Pitruzzello, Carl, B.S., M.B.A., Director of Advancement Services Pjatak, Jennifer, B.S., Director of Alumni Relations Sardalla, Noel, A.A., Administrative Secretary II Stanton, Timothy R., B.A., J.D., Associate Vice President for Advancement Operations Winkel, Julie, Director of Media Relations Yale, Judith, A.S., B.S., Development Project Coordinator
DEPARTMENTS AND SERVICES FOR STUDENTS Academic Success Center Cuozzo, Kathryn H., B.S., M.S., Director Athletics Chin, Deborah, B.S.E., M.S., Director of Athletics Audiovisual Services Falcone, Paul, B.S., M.B.A., Coordinator Bursar’s Office Maniatis, Marc P., B.S., M.S., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager Campus Bookstore Cartier, Cheryl, Manager Campus Card Services MacDougall, Alan, B.A., Director of Academic Computing Campus Police Starkel, Henry A., B.S., M.S., Chief Board, Administration, and Faculty 319
Career Services Forkin, Kathleen, B.A., Director Center for Learning Resources Malewicki, Debra, L., B..A., B.F.A., M.A., Director Counseling Center Everhart, Deborah, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director Moreggi, Danielle I., B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Director/PIR Dining Services Davis, Bryan, General Manager Disability Services and Resources Copney-Okeke, Linda, B.S., M.A., Director Financial Aid Flynn, Karen M., B.A., M.A., Associate Vice President Health Services Cappuccia, Paula, R.N., Director Intercultural Relations Tyler, Wanda, B.S., M.A., Director International Student Services Hogan, Andrea, B.A., M.S., Director Registrar Baker, Nancy A., B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar Residential Life Kitchell, Rebecca, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director Student Activities Overend, Greg, B.S., M.A., Director UNH Website Soltesz, Gregory, B.S., Director of Internet Marketing Veterans’ Affairs Officer Apotrias, Michaela, Assistant Registrar WNHU Radio Station Lane, Bryan, B.A., General Manager 320 Undergraduate Academic Calendar 2010-2011
Fall Semester 2010
August Tuition and residence charges due Monday, Aug. 2 Residence halls open for new students; Fall Convocation Sunday, Aug. 22 Orientations Monday-Tuesday, Aug. 23-24 Residence halls open for returning students Monday, Aug. 23 Classes begin Wednesday, Aug. 25
September Labor Day - no classes Monday, Sept. 6 ADD deadline Wednesday, Sept. 8 DROP deadline Tuesday, Sept. 21
October No classes, Fall Break Monday-Tuesday, Oct. 11-12 Last day to petition for January graduation Friday, Oct. 15 Midterm grades due Friday, Oct. 22
November Residence halls close Wednesday, Nov. 24 Thanksgiving Break - no classes Wednesday-Sunday, Nov. 24-28
December Last day of Undergraduate classes – Follow Monday Schedule Wednesday, Dec. 8 Reading day Thursday, Dec. 9 Exams begin Friday, Dec. 10 Last day of the semester Thursday, Dec. 16 Residence halls close Friday, Dec. 17
January 2011 Commencement, 2 p.m. Saturday, Jan. 15
Intersession 2011
January Classes begin Monday, Jan. 3 Martin Luther King Day - no classes Monday, Jan. 17 Classes end Wednesday, Jan. 19 Undergraduate Academic Calendar 2010-11 321
Spring Semester 2011
January Tuition and residence charges due Monday, Jan. 3 Residence halls open for new students Tuesday, Jan. 18 Orientation Wednesday, Jan. 19 Residence halls open for returning students Wednesday, Jan. 19 Classes begin Thursday, Jan. 20
February ADD deadline Thursday, Feb. 3 DROP deadline Wednesday, Feb. 16
March Last day to petition for May graduation Tuesday, Mar. 1 Residence halls close Friday, Mar. 11 Spring Recess - no classes Monday-Sunday, Mar. 14-20 Classes resume Monday, Mar. 21
May Classes end Wednesday, May 4 Reading day Thursday, May 5 Exams begin Friday, May 6 Last day of the semester Thursday, May 12 Residence halls close Friday, May 13 Commencement, 10:00 a.m. Sunday, May 15
Summer Sessions 2011
May First Summer Session classes begin Monday, May 16 Memorial Day - no classes Monday, May 30
June Last day to petition for August awarding of degrees Wednesday, June 15 First Summer Session Ends Monday, June 27
July Second Summer Session classes begin Tuesday, July 5
August Second Summer Session ends Monday, Aug. 15 Awarding of Degrees Saturday, Aug. 20 322 index
Athletic Grants-in-Aid...... 64 Chemical Engineering A Athletics...... 29 Courses (CM)...... 203 Absence, Leave of ...... 47 Attendance Regulations...... 53 Chemistry (Arts and Sciences)...... 80 Academic Advising...... 19 Chemistry (Engineering)...... 134 Academic Calendar...... 320 Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Academic Credit...... 45 Department of...... 130 Academic Integrity Policy...... 53 B Chemistry and Forensic Science Club...135 Academic Regulations...... 45 Bachelor’s Degrees...... 12 Chemistry Courses (CH)...... 195 Academic Requirements, Bachelor’s Degree Core Requirements....16 Chi Epsilon...... 150 Financial Aid...... 61 Bartels Hall...... 34 Chinese Courses (CN)...... 205 Academic Services, Office of...... 23 Beckerman Recreation Center, Civil, and Environmental Engineering, Academic Support Systems...... 23 David A...... 30 Department of Mechanical, ...... 146 Academic Status and Progress...... 47 Biochemistry Concentration...... 76 Civil Engineering...... 146 Academic Worksheets...... 47 Bioengineering...... 157 Civil Engineering Courses (CE)...... 191 Accounting Courses (A)...... 184 Biology and Environmental Science, Civil Engineers, American Accounting, Department of...... 116 Department of...... 75 Society of ...... 149 Accreditation...... 9 Biology Courses (BI)...... 188 Class, Dropping/Adding a...... 51 Adding a Class...... 51 Biotechnology, B.S...... 77 Class, Withdrawal from a...... 51 Administration...... 290 Black Studies...... 88 Class, Year of Study...... 48 Admission to the University...... 37 Board, Administration, and Faculty...... 285 Clubs and Organizations...... 31 Admission Procedures...... 40 Board Fees...... 58 College of Arts & Sciences...... 71 Full-Time Admissions...... 37 Board of Governors...... 285 College of Business...... 113 New Full-Time Students/ Bookstore, see Campus Bookstore...... 34 College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Freshmen...... 40 Business Administrative Courses (BA)...188 Sciences, The Henry C. Lee...... 161 Full-Time Transfer Students...... 40 Business Law Courses (LA)...... 248 College of Engineering, Tagliatela...... 127 International Students...... 41 Business, School of...... 113 Colleges of the University...... 10 Part-Time Admissions...... 42 Commencement, see Graduation Degree Seeking...... 42 Communication Courses (CO)...... 205 Non-Degree Seeking...... 43 Communication, Film and Theater, Admission, Policy...... 37 C Calendar, Academic...... 320 Department of (Arts & Sciences)...... 81 Adult and Professional Studies, Campaign Management, see Community-Clinical Psychology...... 104 Center for...... 179 Public Policy Computer Engineering Courses (CEN)..193 Advanced Placement...... 46 Campus Access Services...... 27 Computer Engineering ...... 137 Aid, Financial...... 61 Campus Bookstore...... 34 Computer Engineering, and Computer Alpha Phi Sigma-Alpha Tau Chapter....163 Campus Card...... 24 Science, Department of Electrical,....135 Alumni Auditors...... 44 Campus Facilities...... 32 Computer Facilities...... 32 Alumni Magazine, University...... 26, 34 Campus Recreation...... 30 Computer Science Courses (CS)...... 208 Alumni Relations...... 34 Campus Security Act...... 14 Computer Science, Department of American Society of Civil Career Services Center...... 25 Electrical, Computer Engineers, Student Chapter...... 149 Center for Adult and Engineering and ...... 135 American Society of Mechanical Professional Studies...... 179 Computer Science (Mathematics)...... 100 Engineers, see ASME...... 153 Center for Dispute Resolution...... 35 Computer Science...... 139 Applied Mathematics...... 101 Center for Learning Resources...... 23 Connecticut Independent Colleges Arabic Courses (AR)...... 185 Center for Family Business...... 35 Student Grant Program...... 63 Art, B.A...... 109 Center for the Study of Crime Victims’ Coordinated Course...... 45 Art/Visual Arts Courses (AT)...... 186 Rights, Remedies, and Resources...... 35 Core Curriculum...... 16 Arts and Sciences, College of...... 71 Certificates...... 12 Corrections...... 164 ASCE, see American Society Changes...... 51 Counseling and Psychological of Civil Engineers...... 149 Changing a Major...... 52 Services...... 26 ASME (American Society of Charger Bulletin, The ...... 26, 31 Councils (Student Government)...... 31 Mechanical Engineers)...... 153 Charger Gymnasium...... 30 Courses (Descriptions)...... 184 Associate’s Degrees...... 12 Chariot, The...... 31 Coursework Expectations...... 54 Associate’s Degree Core Requirements....19 Chemical Engineering...... 131 Courses Available at Other Colleges...... 45 Athletic Facilities...... 30 Chemical Engineering Club...... 133 Credit, Academic...... 45 Index 323
Credit by Examination...... 46 Evening Student Council...... 31 Global Studies, History, Modern Credit, Transfer...... 45 Event Management, Tourism and...... 124 Languages, Political Science, and Credit, Ways of Earning...... 45 Expenses, Tuition, Fees and...... 56 Philosophy ...... 88 Crime Analysis...... 164 External Credit Examinations...... 46 Global Studies...... 88 Crime Analysis Certificate...... 167 Global Studies, Courses (GLS)...... 236 Criminal Justice Certificates...... 167 Government, Student...... 31 Criminal Justice Club...... 163 Grade Point Aver age...... 49 Criminal Justice Courses (CJ)...... 197 F Grading System...... 48 Criminal Justice, Department of...... 162 Facilities, Athletic...... 30 Graduate Degrees...... 13 Curricula, University...... 16 Facilities, Campus...... 32 Graduate School...... 11 CWSP, see College Work Study Program Faculty...... 294 Graduation Fees...... 58 Family Educational Rights Graduation Criteria...... 54 & Privacy Act (FERPA)...... 13 Grants...... 63 Fees and Expenses, Tuition...... 56 Grants-in-Aid (University D Field Experience...... 47 and Athletic)...... 63-64 Dean’s List...... 50 Film and Theater, Department of Graphic Design...... 109 Degrees Offered by the University Communication (Arts & Sciences).....81 Gymnasium ...... 30 (see also Programs of Study listing on Finance...... 118 pages 6-7)...... 12 Finance Courses (FI)...... 229 Dental Hygiene...... 94 Finance, Department of Economics Dental Hygiene Courses (DH)...... 212 and (Business)...... 117 H Developmental Studies Program...... 24 Financial Aid...... 61 Health Professions and Sciences...... 94 Dietetics, see Nutrition and Dietetics Fire and Occupational Safety...... 176 Health Services...... 27 Dietetics, General Courses (DI)...... 214 Fire Administration...... 174 History, Modern Languages, Political Dismissal/Readmission Procedure...... 50 Fire/Arson Investigation Science, and Philosophy, Dining Services...... 29 Certificate...... 174, 177 Global Studies, ...... 88 Dispute Resolution Concentration...... 171 Fire Prevention Certificate...... 177 History Courses (HS)...... 237 Diversity policy...... 13 Fire Protection Engineering...... 175 History, Department of...... 90 Dropping/Adding a Class...... 51 Fire Science...... 174 History (of the University)...... 10 Drug Policy...... 14 Fire Science and Professional Studies, Honors...... 55 Department of...... 173 Honors Program...... 20 Fire Science Club...... 174 Hospitality and Tourism Management, Fire Science Courses (FS)...... 231 Department of Sports E Fire Science Technology...... 175 Management...... 123 Economics Courses (EC)...... 220 Foreign Students, see Hotel and Restaurant Management Economics and Finance, Department International Students Courses (HR)...... 239 of (Business)...... 117 Forensic Computer Investigation Hotel and Restaurant Management, Education, Department of...... 84 Certificate...... 167 B.S...... 124 Education Courses (ED)...... 222 Forensic Psychology...... 164 Housing, see Residential Life Electrical, Computer Engineering, and Forensic Science...... 168 Humanities Courses (HU)...... 242 Computer Science, Depart ment of...135 Forensic Science Club, Electrical Engineering...... 142 Chemistry and...... 135 Electrical Engineering Courses (EE)...... 222 Forensic Science Courses (FOR)...... 230 I ELS Language Center...... 180 Fraternities and Sororities...... 31 IEEE, see Institute of Electrical and Employment, Student...... 25, 64 French Courses (FR)...... 231 Electronics Engineers Engineering and Applied Science Freshman Experience Course (FE)...... 229 Independent Study...... 46 Courses (EAS)...... 219 Freshman Experience Seminar...... 22, 24 Industrial Engineering ...... 159 Engineering School of...... 127 Full-time Students, Academic Status Industrial Engineering Courses (IE)...... 246 Engineering Tuition Differential ...... 56 and Progress...... 47 Industrial Fire Protection...... 177 English Courses (E)...... 216 Information Protection and Security English, Deparment of...... 86 Certificate...... 168 Entrepreneurship, Minor in...... 121 Information Technolgy...... 144 Environmental Engineering, Department G Institute of Electrical and of Mechanical, Civil, and ...... 146 General Biology...... 77 Electronics Engineers...... 139, 144 Environmental Science Program...... 78 General Engineering...... 155 Institute of Law and Environmental Science Courses (EN)...227 General Psychology...... 103 Public Affairs, The...... 172 Evening Accelerated Business German Courses (GR)...... 235 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 29 Program...... 114 Intercultural Relations, Office of...... 28 324
Interior Design...... 111 Marine Biology Courses (MR)...... 260 Payments...... 59 Interior Design Courses (ID)...... 243 Marketing, Department of...... 121 Pell Grants...... 63 International Business...... 118 Marketing Courses (MK)...... 259 Performing Arts, Department of International Business Courses (IB)...... 243 Mathematics Courses (M)...... 251 Visual and...... 105 International Credential Mathematics, Department of...... 98 Perkins Loan Program...... 64 Assessment and Services...... 181 Matriculation...... 47 Peterson Library, Marvin K...... 33 International Justice and Security...... 165 Meal Plans...... 29 Phi Alpha Theta...... 90 International Services...... 28 Measles ...... 28 Philosophy...... 92 International Student Mechanical Engineering, B.S...... 150 Philosophy (of the University)...... 10 Acceptance Fee...... 56 Mechanical Engineering Philosophy Courses (PL)...... 270 International Students, Courses (ME)...... 254 Philosophy, Global Studies, History, Admission Procedure...... 41 Mechanical, Civil, and Environmental Modern Languages, Political Internships and Employer Relations Engineering, Department of...... 146 Science, and ...... 88 Office...... 26 Mechanical Engineers, American Society Physics Courses (PH)...... 268 Intersession...... 320 of (Student Chapter), see ASME Physics, Department of...... 98 Intramural Programs (Sports)...... 30 Minor...... 48 Placement...... 39 Investigative Services...... 166 Minority Affairs, see Intercultural Relations Placement, Advanced...... 46 Italian (IT)...... 248 Modern Languages, Political Science, PLUS, see Parent Loans for and Philosophy, Global Studies, Undergraduate Students History, ...... 88 Police, University...... 24 J-K Modern Language Study...... 86 Political Science, and Philosophy, Global Journalism Courses (J) ...... 248 Modern Languages...... 91 Studies, History, Modern Juvenile and Family Justice...... 166 Multidisciplinary Engineering Languages, ...... 88 Systems...... 154 Political Science Courses (PS)...... 270 Music...... 106 Political Science, Department of...... 92 Music Industry...... 107 Prearchitecture (Interior Design)...... 112 L Music and Sound Recording...... 108 Premedical/Predental/Preveterinary...... 76 Laboratory Fees...... 58 Music Courses (MU)...... 262 Private Security Certificate...... 168 Language Center, ELS...... 181 Probation and Dismissal...... 50 Late payment fees...... 58 Procedure, Dismissal/Readmission...... 50 Law Enforcement Administration...... 166 Professional Studies, Center for Law Enforcement Science N Adults and ...... 179 Certificate...... 168 New Students, Admission Procedure...... 40 Professional Studies, Department of Learning Resourc es, Center for...... 23 Newspaper (The Charger Bulletin)...... 31 Fires Science and...... 173 Leave of Absence...... 52 Nondiscrimination Statement...... 13 Proficiency Examination, Writing...... 55 Legal Studies...... 169 Nutrition and Dietetics...... 96 Programs of Study, Listing...... 6 Liberal Studies, BA...... 74 Nutrition and Dietetics Courses Programs, Major Aid (Financial)...... 63 Library, Marvin K. Peterson...... 33 (DI)...... 214 Psi Chi Honor Society...... 103 Literary Club...... 87 Psychology Club...... 103 Loans...... 64 Psychology Courses (P)...... 264 Logistics Courses (LG)...... 249 Psychology, Depart ment of...... 102 Legal Studies Courses (LS)...... 249 O Occupational Safety, Fire and...... 176 Psychology, Forensic...... 164 Off-Campus Activities...... 31 Public Administration...... 125 Office of Academic Services...... 23 Public Affairs Concentration...... 170 M Organizations, Clubs and...... 31 Public Affairs, The Institute Major...... 48 of Law and...... 172 Major Aid Programs...... 63 Public Administration Courses (PA).....267 Major, Changing a...... 52 Public Policy (Campaign Make-up Policy...... 54 P Management)...... 94 Management Courses (MG)...... 258 Paralegal Studies Certificate...... 172 Publications (Student)...... 31 Management, Marketing, and Paralegal Studies Concentration...... 171 Quantitative Analysis, Parent Loans for Undergraduate Department of...... 119 Students (PLUS)...... 64 Management of Sports Parking Permits...... 24 Q Quantitative Analysis Courses (QA)...... 273 Industries...... 124 Part-time Students Academic Marine Biology...... 79 Standing and Progress...... 47 Index 325
Stafford Student Loans...... 64 R State Scholarships...... 64 U Radio, WNHU...... 32 Statistics (Mathematics)...... 101 Undeclared Major...... 75 Readmission Procedure...... 50 Student Activities...... 29 Undergraduate Degrees...... 12 Recording Facilities...... 106 Student Center (Bartels Hall)...... 34 Undergraduate Student Government Recreation Center, Student Employment...... 25, 64 Association (USGA)...... 31 David A. Beckerman...... 30 Student Government...... 31 University Advancement, Office of...... 34 Refund Policy, Residence Hall...... 60 Student Loans...... 64 University Alumni Magazine...... 26, 34 Refund Policy, Tuition...... 59 Student Omsbudsman...... 27 University College...... 179 Registration...... 44 Student Publications...... 31 University Core Curriculum...... 16 Repetition of Work...... 51 Student Right-to-Know and Campus University Community...... 23 Research and Professional Facilities...... 35 Security Act...... 14 University Dining Services...... 29 Residence Hall Fee and Student Services...... 24 University Grants-in-Aid...... 63 Withdrawal Policies...... 60 Student Status, Transfer of University Mission...... 8 Residency Requirement...... 54 Full-time...... 47 University Vision...... 8 Residential Life...... 28 Part-time...... 47 University Guiding Principles...... 8 Restaurant Management, Hotel and.....124 Summer Sessions...... 321 University Values...... 8 Return of Title IV Funds...... 62 Supplemental Educational Opportunity University Philosophy...... 10 Room Fees...... 58 Grant (SEOG)...... 63 University Policies...... 13 Rubella...... 28 System Engineering...... 157 Russian Courses (RU)...... 274 System Engineering Courses (SE)...... 275 V Varsity Sports...... 29 S T Victim Services Administration...... 166 Satisfactory Progress...... 49 Tagliatela School of Engineering...... 127 Victim Services Certificate...... 168 Scholarships...... 65 Theatre Arts...... 83 Visual Arts...... 109 School, Graduate...... 11 Theatre Arts Courses (T)...... 282 Visual and Performing Arts, Science Courses (SC)...... 274 Theater, Department of Communication, Department of ...... 105 Security Act, Campus...... 14 Film, and (Arts & Sciences)...... 81 Seamless Five-Years BS/MS in Electrical Theatre Productions...... 84 and Computer Engineering...... 136 Tourism and Event Management...... 124 Smoke-Free Policy...... 14 Tourism Management, Department of W Ways of Earning Credit...... 45 Social Welfare Courses (SW)...... 281 Sports Management Withdrawal from a Class...... 51 Society of Fire Protection Hospitality and...... 123 Withdrawal from the University...... 53 Engineers (SFPE)...... 174 Transfer Credit for Writing Courses...... 87 WNHU Radio...... 32 Sociology Courses (SO)...... 278 Transfer of Credit to the University...... 45 Work, Repetition of...... 51 Sociology, Department of...... 105 Transfer of Student Status...... 48 Work-Study Program...... 64 Sororities, Fraternities and...... 31 Transfer Students, Admission Worksheets, Academic...... 47 Sound Recording, Music and...... 108 Procedure...... 40 Writing Proficiency Examination...... 55 Southeastern Campus, UNH ...... 179 Tuition Differential...... 56 Spanish Courses (SP)...... 280 Tuition Management Services...... 64 Sports (Intramural and Varsity)...... 29, 30 Tuition Refund Policy...... 59 Sports Management, Hospitality Tuition, Fees, and Expenses...... 56 Y and Tourism Management, Tutoring, see Center for Learning Yearbook (The Chariot) ...... 31 Department of ...... 123 Resources SSL, see Stafford Student Loan ® ate ate Catalog u 2010-2012 of University Haven New Undergrad
University of New Haven Undergraduate Catalog 2010-2012
Office UNH • DIAL • 800 • Call Toll Free 1 Admissions Undergraduate 203.932.7319 Web www.newhaven.edu 06516 ® 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, Connecticut